Full text of "Zoological studies chiefly on alcyonarians : (fifth and sixth series)"

See other formats

CT>

■

S C£>

■

^ cn

~ :~~

I — s

<->

r- ■■

■fai

76 1%

Aberdeen University
Studies : No. 46

Zoological Studies

(Fifth Series)

University of Aberdeen.

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS.

Convener : Professor James W. H. Trail. F.R.S., Curator of the Library.

UNIVERSITY STUDIES,
General Editor: P. J. Anderson, LL.B.. Librarian to the University.

^RoU of Alumniin Arts of King's College, 1596-1860. P.J.Anderson.

—Records of Old Aberdeen^ 1157-1891. A. M. Munro, F.S.A. Scot. Vol. I.

—Place Names of IVest Aberdeenshire. James Macdonald, F.S.A. Scot.

—Family of Burnett of Leys. George Burnett. LL.D., Lyon King of Arms.

—Records of Invercaulii, 1547-1828. Rev. J. G. Mtchie. M.A.

—Rectorial Addresses in the Universities of Aberdeen, 1835-1900. P. J. .Anderson.

—Albemarle Papers, 1746-48, Professor C. S. Terry, M.A.

—House of Gordon. J. M. BuHoch, M.A. Vol. I.

—Records of Elgin. William Craraond, LL.D. Vol. L

—Avogadro and Dalton. A, N. Meldrum, D.Sc.

—Records of the Sheriff Court of Aberdeenshire. David Littlejohn, LL.D. Vol. I.

—Proceedings of the Atuitomical and Anthropological Society, 1902-04.

— Report on Alcyouaria. Professor J. Arthur Thomson, M.A., and others.

.—Researches in Organic Chemistry. Prof. F. R. Japp, F.R.S., and others.

—Meminisse Jitvat : with Appendix of Alakeia. Alexander Shewan, M.A.

—Blackhalls of that Ilk and Barra. Alexander Morison, M.D.

— Records of the Scots Colleges. Vol. I. P. J. Anderson.

—Roll 0/ the Graduates, 1860-1900. Colonel William Johnston, C.B., LL.D.

— Studies in the History of the University. P. J. .\aderson and others.

Studies in the History and Art 0/ the Eastern Provinces of the Roman Empire.

Professor Sir W. M. Ramsay, D.C.L.. and pupils.
— Studies in Pathology. William BuUoch, M.D., and others.
, — Pioceedings of the Anatomical atid Anthropological Society, 1904-06.
. — Subject Catalogues of the Science Library and the Law Library. P. J. Anderson.
—Records of the Sheriff Court of Aberdeenshire. David Littlejohn, LL.D. Vol. II.
— Studies on Alcyonarians and Antipatharians. Prof. Thomson, M.A., and others.
— Surgical Instruments in Greek aiui Roman Times. J. S. Milne, M.A., M.D.
—Records of the Sheriff Court of Aberdeenshire. David Littlejohn. LL.D. Vol. IIL
, — Flosculi Graeti Boreales. Ser. IL Professor John Harrower, M.A.
. — Record of the Quaiercentemiry, 1906. P. J. .\nderson.
—House of Gordon. J. M. Bulloch. M.A. Vol. U.
— Miscellany of the New Spaldmg Club. Vol. IL

—Religious Teachers of Greece. James Adam, Litt.D. (Gifford Lectures, 1904-06.)
— Science and Philosophy of the Organism. Hans Driesch, Ph.D. (GIff. Lect., 1907.)
— Proceedings of the Anatomical arut Anthropological Society, 1906-08.
-Records of Elgin. Vol. IL Rev. S. Ree. B.D.
— Pigmentation Survey of School Children. J. F. Tocher, B.Sc.
— Science and Philosophy of Organism. Hans Driesch. Ph.D. Vol. IL (Giff. Lect.. 190S.
—Studies on A Icyonariam and Hydroids. Prof. Thomson, M.A., and others. Ser. Ill
.—Publications of Scottish Clubs. Professor C. S. Terry, M.A.
—Aberdeen Friars : Red, Black, White, Grey. P. J, Anderson.
—Studies on A Icyonariam. Professor Thomson. M.A., and others. Ser. IV.
—Records of Old Aberdeen. A. M. Munro. Vol. II.
— .Musa Latimi A berdonenses : Poetae Minores. W. K. Leask. M.A.
—Bulletins of the .Aberdeen and North of Scot I ami College of Agriculture. Nos. 1-14.
—Records of Inverness. Vol. I. W. Mackay and H. C. Boyd.
—Zoological Sttulies. Professor Thomson and others. Ser. V.
—Subject Catalogue of the Phillips Library.

1900.

No. I.-

„

No. 2.-

„

No. 3.-

I90I.

No. 4--

No. 5--

1902.

No. 6.-

No. 7--

1903.

No. 8.-

„

No. 9.-

1904.

No. 10.-

„

No. II..

No. 12.-

1905.

No. 13..

No. 14.

„

No. 15.-

„

No. i5.-

1906.

No. 17..

„

No. i8..

No. 19..

••

No. 20.-

„

No. 21.-

No. 22.

„

No. 23.

„

No. 24.

1907.

No. 25

„

No. 26..

„

No. 27.-

No. 28.

„

No. 29.'

No. 30.

:go8.

No. 31.

„

No. 32.

„

No. 33.

„

No. 34.-

„

No. 35..

No. 36.

1909.

No. 37.-

No. 3S.-

No. 39.

„

No. 40.'

„

No. 41.

No. 42.

1910.

No. 43.-

„

No. 44-

1911.

No. 45.-

„

No. 46.-

„

No. 47.-

Zoolosfical Studies

chiefly on

Alcyonarians

(Fifth Series)

By
J. Arthur Thomson, M.A.

Professor of Natural History

|. |. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc.

Carnegie Fellow

R. N, Rudmose Brown, D.Sc.

Sophia L. M. Summers, M.A., B.Sc.

George Crane, B.Sc.

James Ritchie, M.A., B.Sc.

ABERDKKN
Printed for the University
191 1

CONTENTS.

PAGES

Note on a Hydracoralline from Rockald. By Professor Thomson ---.-- 1
On a New Pseudaxonid Genus — Bendrogorgia. By Mr. Simpson 3-8

ECHINOIDEA AND AsTEROIDEA FROM THE MeRGUI AeCHIPELAGO AND MOSKOS IsLANDS, LoWER

Burma. By Dr. Rudmose Brown --- ........ 9-23

EcHINOIDEA FROM THE KeRIMBA ArCHIPELAGO, PORTUGUESE EaST AfRICA (MOZAMBIQUE). By Dr.

Rudmose Brown ---.-........ 24-32

AsTEROiDEA OF PORTUGUESE East Africa, COLLECTED BY Jas. J. SiMPSON. By Mr. Simpson and

Dr. Rudmose Brown 33-48

On a New Species of Cactogorg/a. By Mr. Simpson 49-51

Plate 51

Note on a Peculiar Clutch of Blackbird's Eggs and other Abnormalities. By Professor

Thomson ....---.- [53]-[55]

Note on Eunephthya Glomerata from the F.eroe Channel. By Professor Thomson [57]- [58]
Note on Dendrobrachia fallax, a rare and remarkable antipatharian. By Professor

Thomson 59-60

Antipatharians from the Indian Ocean. By Miss Summers ----- 61-69

Plate 61

Alcyonakians from the Gulf of Cutch. By Professor Thomson and Mr. Crane - - [71]-[75]
The Marine Fauna of the Merqui Archipelago : The Hydroids. By Mr. Ritchie - 1-27

Two PLATEg 27

Hicksonella, a New Gorgonellid Genus. By Mr. Simpson 29-40

Plate - . - - 29

v. — Note on a Hydrocoralline from Rockall.
By Professor J. Arthur Thomson, M.A.

(Read 20th December 1909. Received 20th December 1909.)
I RECEIVED this summer, from a trawler, three pieces of an interesting
Hydrocoralline brought up near Eockall, — that lonely granite rock in the
North Atlantic (57° 36' N. lat.: 13° 41' W. long.),— 184 miles west of
St Kilda, 260 from the North of Ireland, 290 from the nearest part of the
mainland of Scotland. As northern records of Hydrocorallinae are few and
far between, it is of interest to register this one.

The specimens are white flabellate colonies which agree with the description
and figures of Sfylaster gemmascens (Esper) given by Professor P. i\Iartin Duncan
{Tram. Zool. Soc, viii., 1874, p. 332, pi. i.\. 12 figs.). The diagnosis, quoted by
Duncan from ]\[ilne-Edwards and Haime, reads : — "The corallum is subflabelli-
form. The branches often coalesce, and the younger are crowded with small
granulations, which are irregularly placed between the calyces. The old branches
are almost smooth. The calyces are alternate on young branches, and sparingly
developed on the old ; they are circular, oval, or deformed, and have projecting
margins. There are from twelve to sixteen septa, which are often irregular."

The surface of the colony shows the " cups " that are characteristic of
Stylasterids. They occur all round the smaller branches, but are chiefly
lateral on the larger. Each " cup " consists, as is well known, of the cavity
of a nutritive polyp or gastrozooid, surrounded by a circle of twelve or so
smaller cavities lodging the tactile dactylozooids. Each cup bears a
deceptive resemblance to the calyx of a Madrepore, a resemblance heightened
in some cases, notably in Aulojwra, by septa-like ridges extending inwards
from the dactylozooids. It is historically interesting to notice that in Martin
Duncan's memoir of 1874, where this form is beautifully figured, it is still
misinterpreted as a Madreporarian, with wliich it has, of course, nothing
whatever to do. To get a general picture of the nature of a Hydrocoralline
colony, we have to imagine a much-branched hydrorhiza in which lime is
secreted from the tubes instead of a perisarc, so that numerous fine canals
are enclosed in a coherent calcareous framework. To this we have to add
that the polyps are dimorpliic or triniorphic, — gastrozooids, dactylozooids, and
sometimes medusoid reproductive buds.

The type of Stylaster gemmascens came from the Indian Ocean The Nortli
Atlantic forms identified with the type were dredged by the "Lightning" and
the " Porcupine " (530 fathoms). Another record is given by Sars {Fork. Selskahs
Ckristianid, 1872, p. 115), from a great depth in the Foldenfjord, Norway.

(lasiud separately, Mth February 1910.)

VI. — On a new Pseudaxonid Genus — Den drogorgla. By Jas. J.
Simpson, M.A., B.Sc, Carnegie Research Fellow, University of Aberdeen.

(Read 20th December 1909. Received 20th December 1909.)

In 1900 Professor Hickson {Marine Investigations in South Africa — The
Alcyonana and Hydrocorallincc, p. 85) described two specimens under the
name of Jtincella elonr/ata (Pallas), with the following observations : —

" Owing to the very imperfect state of our knowledge of the Juncella
group of Alcyonarians, I have considerable hesitation in naming the two
specimens of the genus sent to me from the Cape. . . . One of the most
characteristic features of the specimen is the great preponderance of triple-
star spicules 0'07 mm. in length, but there are also many spicules of the
shapes known as double-stars, warted spindles, etc. There are very few
spicules of the club-shape which are so characteristic of the species J.juncea
and J. gemmacea."

The specimens were dredged at Eij Bank, off Algoa Bay, long. 25° 51' 30"
E., lat. 33° 58" S. Depth— 25 fathoms. Bottom— dark sand.

In 1904 {Alcyonaria of the Cape of Good Hope, part ii., p. 233), while
admitting that the triple-stars might be regarded as a character sufficient to
distinguish these specimens as a distinct species. Professor Hickson refrained
from doing so, but renamed them Juncella elongata (Pall.) var. capensis.

Professor Hickson very kindly sent me a small poition of one of his
specimens along with various Juncellids, and later, Professor Thomson placed
a magnificent specimen, identical with the type, at my disposal. The latter
specimen was also found at the Cape.

Owing to the inadequate descriptions of Juncella elongata very diverse
forms have been, from time to time, ascribed to it, but an investigation of the
spicules hitherto undescribed, has shown that the specimens under considera-
tion— Professor Hickson's and ours — cannot be referred to the genus
Juncella. In fact the specimens do not belong to the Juncellids at all.

Before entering into a discussion of the systematic position of our
specimen, we shall give a short description supplementary to that which
Professor Hickson gave of those specimens wliicli hv referred to Juncella
elongata (Pallas) var. capensis, n.

Dendrogorgia capensis, n. gen. et sp.
A beautiful specimen of a deep-red colour (Fig. 1), massive in appearance,
and branched openly in one plane in what is evidently a false dictotomy.

The base is wanting. The total height of the colony is 20 cm. and the
maximum breadth is 3'5 cm. The diameter of the main stem at the
base is 9 mm. Near the base it gives rise to two primary branches with
diameters of 8 mm. and 7 mm. respectively. The former di\'ides after
a distance of lO'o cm., giving rise to a branch 6 mm. in diameter at its point
of origin. The latter branches after a distance of 5 cm. ; the diameter of this
secondary branch is 6 mm. Slightly beyond this point the main branch
has been contorted and curves towards the secondary branch.

All the branches taper very slightly ; one, however, maintains its original
diameter throughout and terminates bluntly in a dome.

The axis is 5'5 mm. in diameter at the base and tapers to a fine point in
the branches ; it is comparatively soft and is easily cut with a knife. The
horny part is spongy and the calcareous portion is composed of long smooth
or slightly warty ii-regular spicules, quite unlike those of the ccenenchyma.
These are longitudinally disposed. The axis is composed of concentric layers,
which, however, are not very distinct ; the outermost of these may be detached
in flakes, and the actual arrangement of the spicules is there visible. When
boiling down the ccenenchyma in strong caustic potash many of the spicules
become detached from the axis, and prolonged boiling of the axis disintegrates
the greater part of it. The axis is separated from the creuenchyma-proper by
a thin horny layer in which spicules identical with those of the axis are
embedded; this detaches with the ccenenchyma, but it is undoubtedly a
young layer of the axis.

The ccenenchyma is almost uniformly thick throughout, being, however,
slightly thinner towards the base. The proportion of ccenenchyma to axis is
markedly different at the various levels (Fig. 3), but in this connection it is
noteworthy that increase in thickness towards the base is due not so much to
growth in the ccenenchyma as to growth in the axis. The ccenenchyma is
comparatively soft, but at the same time densely spiculose.

Canal system (Fig. 2). — Around the periphery of the axis there is a series
of minute longitudinal canals all of the same size. Towards the outside of
the ccenenchyma, between the polyps, not internal to them, there are also
a number of longitudinal canals, and several are also scattered in the
ccenenchyma between these two series. The whole of the ccenenchyma
external to the inner series is penetrated by a net- work of transverse canals
uniting the various longitudinals.

The polyps are distributed over the whole of the ccenenchyma (Fig. 3),
the actual number at one level being dependent upon the position in the
colony. There are no very distinct verruca, due no doubt to the great
thickness of the ccenenchyma; the anthocodiae are withdrawn into the

feaf

Kio. I.
Colony, to show gpiioiul liul>it.

Kui. 2.

Tiaiisviisi' siTtions at tliieo levels, to show tl.i-

intiinal ^truuliin;.

r--^'

ii^'W ■■■:■ it -.'^ iTH

Fig. 3.

Small portion enlargefl, to sho« the nature and distribution of the verm

Fio. 4.
Spicules.

ccenenchyma, and their position is marked by a slightly elevated wart-like
projection with a central pore, around which may be discerned an eight-
rayed figure.

The spicules of the ccenenchyma (Fig. 4, a, h, and c) consist almost entirely
of triple-stars. Of these there are two distinct types — (a) triple-stars with
very densely-warted and closely-set heads, and with very short handles ;
(6) triple-stars with much longer handles and with the heads covered with
openly-set long warts ; (c) a few double clubs also occur. Most of these spicules
are red in colour. The spicules of the axis are colourless ; they are very
irregular in shape. Some are almost smooth, while others are warty. A
few of the characteristic variations in these spicules are shown in Fig. 4 (d-z).

The following are some of the measurements ^ in millimetres : —

1. Ccenenchyma (Fig. 4, «-c).

(a) Triple-stars with short shafts and densely-warted star
portions.

0-076 ; 0-068 ; 0-065 ; 0-038 ; 0-03.

(6) Triple-stars with long shafts and witli few simple waits
in the star portion.

0-087 ; 0-068 : 0-0C5 ; OO.nS.

(c) Double-stars — a few of these occur, but they are usually
small and may be undifferentiated triple-stars.
0072 X 0-03 ; 0057 x 0-042 ; 0038 x 0019.

2. Axis (Fig. 4, d-i).

0-152x0-076; 0-114x0065; 0-106x006; 0106x0075.

There can be no doubt that our specimens belong (1) to the Order
Pseuda.xonia, and (2) to the Family Sclerogorgidre, which is thus defined by
Bourne (Lankester's Treatise of Zoology, part ii., "The Anthozoa," p. 25):
"The medullary mass forms a distinct axis consisting of closely packed
elongate spicules with dense horny sheets. The axis does not contain
solenia but is surrounded by longitudinal canals, i.e., by large solenia which
are connected with tiie zooid cavities by smaller ramifying solenia."

The position of the Gorgonellidffi, in general classification, is a matter
of some difficulty, but in a memoir on that family about to be published,
we have suggested that forms such as the one under consideration may be
annectent between types like Suhcroyor/jia and types like Jinicella, but our
present knowledge does not warrant the inclusion of this form in the

I The measurement of the triple-stars taken is the maximum, i.e., from the extreme
end of one " star " to the extreme end of an .id jacent " stjir."

Gorgouellidie. The axis is markedly " sclerogorgic " iu that it consists of
individual spicules, different from those in the ccenenchyma, embedded in a
horny matrix. The horny substance, in which the spicules lie longitudinally,
is deposited in the form of concentric lamime, but the same applies to the
genus Suhcrogorijia, as was pointed out by Gray in his original description of
this genus, where he says : — " Axis, pale brown, formed of rather loosely
concentric fibrous lamimv, containing a large quantity of calcareous matter."

The proportion of the horny material to the calcareous is, however, very
much greater in the present case than iu Suherogorgia; the nature of the
colony is quite different ; there is no trace of two main longitudinal canals
larger than the others in the present specimen, and the spicules are very
distinctive, both those of the axis and those of the ccenenchyma.

For these reasons it seems necessary to establish a new genus, which
we propose to call Dendrogorgia, in the Family Sclerogorgidse, Order
Pseudaxonia.

The following generic diagnosis, based however on a single species,
may be given : —

Colony very robust, slightly branched approximately in one plane; the
branching is a false dichotomy. The axis is " sclerogorgic," and is moderately
soft; it does not contain solenia, and is composed of concentric lamin;e,
consisting of a horny matrix in which spicules are embedded longitudinally.

The spicules of the axis are smooth or warty, and very irregular iu
shape. The ccenenchyma is very thick, and is almost of a uniform thickness
throughout. It is densely packed with small spicules which are pre-
dominately triple-star-shaped ; double-stars also occur. The triple-stars are
of two kinds — (1) those with short "shafts" and large, closely tuberculated
"heads," and (2) those with long "shafts" and openly-warted "heads."
The canal system is very definite; it consists of (1) an inner longitudinal
series separating the axis from the cojnenchyma, and (2) an outer longitudinal
series which is situated near the periphery. Uniting these there is a dense
network of small transverse solenia. The polyps are disposed over the
whole cteneuchyma ; there is no distinct separation into verructe and
anthocodia- ; they are capable of being completely retracted into the
ccenenchyma when a small pore surrounded by an octoradiate structure
is to be seen.

Zoca/t^y.— Bird Island, E. by N. { N., 5 miles (Cape Colony); depth,
40 fathoms ; bottom — mud.

{Issued separately, \9lh Februan/ 1910.

II. — Echinoidea and Asteroidea from the Mergui Archipelago and
Moskos Islands, Lower Burma. By R. N. Rudmose Brown, D.Sc.

(Received 12th October 1909. Read 22nd November 1909.)

The material which forms the subject of the present paper was collected by
Mr James J. Simpson and myself, during our investigation of the pearl-oyster
fisheries of the Mergui Archipelago on behalf of the Indian Government in
1907.

Previous to this, the only published record of Echinoids and Asteroids
from the Mergui Archipelago was to be found in papers ' by Prof P. ilartin
Duncan and Mr W. P. Sladen, founded on material obtained by Dr John
Anderson in 1882. From the Moskos Islands several species of Echinoderms
are recorded by Dr A. E. S. Anderson in the Surgeon Naturalists Report
for the season 1898-1899 (Report of the Marine Survey of India, 1899).
The present collections would have been larger if time and opportunity had
permitted, for the fauna of the Archipelago is clearly a rich one, but both
Mr Simpson and myself had to concentrate all our attention on the pearl
oysters and questions immediately relating to that subject : there was, in
consequence, all too little time for general collecting. Some of the largest
specimens, notably those of Pentaceros superbus, P. lincki, and P. gracilis, we
could never hope to have obtained in perfect condition with a dredge ; these
we owe to our divers, whom we instructed to bring up anything they could
find in addition to pearl and mother-of-pearl oysters. This is probably one
of the first expeditions in which a diver has been employed to make
zoological collections, and the success of the method, even more in other
groups than in Echinoderms, should commend it to others.

My acknowledgments are due to Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell for his valuable

opinion on certain species ; to Prof. J. Arthur Thomson, who kindly

gave me accommodation in his laboratory at Marischal College, Aberdeen ;

and to ])r W. S. Bruce, who was of great assistance to me in obtaining

literature.

ECHINOIDEA.

The present collection contains fifteen species, none of which are new.
Dr Anderson, in 1882, collected si.\ species, two of which, Temnopleurus
toreumaticus (Klein), Agass., and Arachiwides placenta (Linn.), Agasa., are not
represented in this collection. The total number of species of Echinoids
known from the Mergui Archipelago is, therefore, seventeen.

' " Echinoidea of the Mergui Arcliipelago," by P. M. Duncan and W. P. Sludc-n, Jmir.
Linn. Soc. London ZooL, xxi. (1889), pp. ■.•,ir,..nO. "Asteroidea," by W. P. .Sladin, hir. cit.,
pp. 319-331.

The fifteen Echinoids in the present collection are as follows :—

1. Phyllacanthus haculosiis (Lam.), A. Ag.

2. Diadema saxatile, Linn.

3. Echinothrix tm-camm, Eet.

4. Astropyga radiata, Gray.

5. Asthenosmna Ch-ubei, A. Ag.

6. Echimmetra lucunter, de Blainv.

7. Salmads bicolor, Agass.

8. Salmacis Dussiimieri, Agass.

9. Salmacis sulcata, Agass.

10. Salmacis ghhator (Bell).

11. Mespilia glohuhcs, Agass.

12. Laganum depressum, Less.

13. Laganum decagonale, de Blainv.

14. Laganum sp.

15. Lovenia subcarinata. Gray.

The most noteworthy species in this collection are Asthenosoma Gruhei
and Salmacis glohator.

A. Crruiei, of interest in itself as a specimen of a little known species, has
an additional claim to notice since its occurrence in the Mergui Archipelago
extends to the Indian Ocean the range of a species that was previously
known only from the Philippines and Dutch East Indies.

Salviacis glohator has been recorded previously from Singapore and the
Pacific, but never from the Indian Ocean.

1. Phyllacanthus baculosus (Lam.), A. Ag.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 388.'
Locality. — XXIX.,^ High Peaked Island, coral reef.

A large specimen, 60 mm. in height and 75 ram. in diameter. Most of
the spines are of a very light-green coloui- banded with faint purple.

Distributed from the Eed Sea, Zanzibar, ^lozambique, and Mauritius,
to Timor and the Philippines.

2. Diadema saxatile, Linn.
A Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 274.
Localities. — III., Iron Island, shore pools; XIV. and XXIX., Bushby Island
and High Peaked Island, coral reefs.

' References are given only to Agassiz's Revision, except in the case of species described
since the date of that work.

^ These numbers refer to the Stations.

It is noticeable that at Iron Island this species flourishes in rock pools,
away from any coral reefs, contrary to its usual habit.
Known from the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific Oceans.

3. Echinothrix turcarum, Ret.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 416.
Locality. — VIII., Port Maria, Elphinstone Island, 3 fathoms, fine sand.

The spines of this species are but slightly hollow as a rule : in this
specimen, however, they are hollow throughout and very nearly approach
the spines of E. calamaris. The ambulacral areas are markedly gibbous
near the abactinal area.

Height, 27 mm. ; diameter, 55 mm. ; longest spine, 56 mm.
Distributed in the Indian Ocean and Pacific to Japan and Fiji.

4. Astropyga radiata, Gray.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 420.

Locality. — XXXII., Bentinck Island, 29 fathoms, soft mud.
A single small specimen, almost bare of spines.
Known from Zanzibar and Mozambique to the Philippines.

5. Asthenosoma Grubei, A. Ag.
A. Ag., Proc. Amer. Acad., xiv. p. 200 (1879).

Locality. — XIV., Bushby Island, 15 fathoms, rock and sand.

A single dry specimen in perfect condition, agreeing with the "Challenger "
specimen as described and figured by Sladen (" Challemjcr " Reports, iii.
p. 82, and pis. -w., xvi., xvii., etc.). It may be identical with Astlienosoma
varium from the China and Java Seas, but Grube's description of that species
is too vague and general to be of much value to systematists.

Not previously known from the Indian Ocean, and apparently only
recorded from the Philippines and Dutch East Indies.

C. Echinometra lucunter, de Blainv.
A. Ag., Key. Kcli., p. 431.
Locality. — Vlll., Port Maria, Elphinstone Island, 3 fathoms, fine sand.

Two small specimens in perfect condition. The spines are light-green and
olive-green respectively (in alcohol), and are tipped with straw colour; a few
narrow abrui)tly towards their extremities.

Distributed in the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

7. Salmacis bicolor, Agass.
A. Ag., Rev. Ecli., p. 471.
Localities.— XXXllL, Christmas Island, 23 fathoms, sand and mud; IX.,
Bentinck Island to Courts Island, 12 to 26 fathoms, coral and sand;
XXV., Gregory Group, 4 to 14 fathoms, sand and shell ; II., Iron Island,
10 to 25 fathoms, stones and mud.
In general appearance these specimens bear a strong resemblance to those
wliich I have referred to S. glohator, Bell, but on closer examination they
prove to be distinct. The sutural furrows are marked, and the sutural pores
conspicuous ; the tubercles are prominent even above the ambitus ; the spines
are numerous all over the test, the ambital ones attaining a length of 15 mm.
Height, 30 mm. 27 mm. 24 mm.

Diameter, 43 mm. 41 mm. 34 mm.

Actinostome, 13 mm. 12 mm. 10 mm.

Recorded from the Western Indian Ocean, Ceylon, and the Philippines ;
and from King Island, Mergui Archipelago, by Dr Anderson.

S. Salmacis Dussumieri, Agass.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 473.

Localities. — XXXIII., Christmas Island, 23 fathoms, sand and mud; IX.,

Courts to Bentinck Islands, 12 to 26 fathoms, coral and sand ; XVI.,

Alligator Rock, 8 to 18 fathoms, rock and sand ; XXX., Fly Island

(High Peaked Island), 8 fathoms, sand ; XXV., Gregory Group, 4 to 14

fathoms, sand and shell.

A good series of this species, all with the spines complete. Spines

spathiform and up to 17 mm. in length at the ambitus ; much shorter, 5 mm.,

sharper and relatively stouter on the abactinal surface ; on the actinal surface

mostly spathiform, especially around the actinostome, and from 5 to 7 mm.

in length. Only ambital and actinal spines banded with purple.

Height, 19 mm. 19 mm. 19 mm. 11 mm.

Diameter, 42 mm. 41 mm. 42 mm. 29 mm.

Recorded from the China Seas, the Philippines, and "East India
Islands"; and from King Island, Mergui Archipelago, by Dr Anderson;
also Mozambique.

9. Salmacis sulcata, Agass.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 476.
Localities.— IX., Bentinck to Courts Islands, 12 to 26 fathoms, coral and sand ;
XVIII., Ott Paway Island, 10 to 21 fathoms, sand and shell ; XVII., Sir

John Malcolm to Charlotte Islands, 18 fathoms, coarse sand; XXV.,
Gregory Group, 4 to 14 fathoms, sand and shell; XXIV., Cat and
Kitten, 12 fathoms, rock and sand.
All small specimens, the largest being 38 mm. in diameter. In the largest
the spines are tipped with violet ; the smaller ones have them entirely white.
Height, 18 and 20 mm. Diameter, 37 and 38 mm.
Recorded from the Eed Sea, Mozambique, and Ceylon, to the Philippines
and Australia ; and from King Island, Mergui Archipelago, by Dr Anderson.

10. Salmacis globator, Bell.
Bell, P.Z.S. (1880), p. 4.31, pi. xli. figs. 2, 3, and 8.

Localities. — XVI., Alligator Rock, 8 to 18 fathoms, rock and sand; XXII.
Hastings Harbour, St Luke's Island, 15 to 20 fathoms, sand and shell.
These two specimens agree in all respects with F. Jeffrey Bell's descrijjtion
and figure of S. glohator fi. There can be no doubt as to the identity of the
Mergui specimens, and the only difficulty that confronts one is the synonymy
of the species (see F. P. Bedford, P.Z.S. (1900), p. 282, pi. xxii.). The
primary spines are greenish-white and encircled with narrow bright red bands
at irregular intervals ; on the actinal surface they are more numerous and
longer, attaining a length of 10 mm. ai'ound the actinostome ; they are
flattened at the tips.

Height,
Diameter,
Actinostome,

Professor Bell's Salmacis alexandri {S. glohator a) (loc. ril.) is not
represented in this collection.

Distributed from Singapore to the east coast of Australia, and possibly
in the Korean Straits.

1 1 . Mespilia globulus, Agass.
A. A^'., Hl-v. Ech., p. 477.

Localities. — Vlll., Port Maria, Elphinstone Island, 4 fathoms, sand; XX.,
High Island, 5 fathoms, sand and rock; XXV., Gregory Group, 4 to 14
fathoms, sand and shell.
The median tracts of the ambulacral areas are scarcely bare except in the
largest specimens.

Not previously recorded from tlie Indian Ucean, but known from ihe
Pliilippines, Japan, and the Sandwich Islands.

41 mm.

36 mm.

59 mm.

57 mm,

15 mm.

16 mm,

1'2. Laganum depressum, Less.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 518.

Localities.— Ylll; Port Maria, Elphinstone Island, 3 fathoms, fine sand;
XXXII., Bentinck Island, 29 fathoms, soft mud.

The edges of the larger specimens have decided re-entrant angles,
especially posteriorly. A young specimen (22-5 mm. long) has the angular
outline of the adult, but the edges are straight.

Known from Zanzibar and Mozambique to the Philippines and Australia ;
and collected by Dr Anderson at King Island, Mergui Archipelago.

13. Laganum decagonale, de Blainv.
Peronella decagonalis, A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 520.

Localities.— XXXIL, Bentinck Island, 29 fathoms, soft mud; XIII., Maria

Island, shore pools ; XVIII., Off Paway Island, 10 to 21 fathoms, sand

and shell ; XXV., Gregory Group, 4 to 14 fathoms, sand and shell ;

XXII., Hastings Harbour, St Luke's Island, 15 to 20 fathoms, sand and

shell ; and XLI., Moskos Islands, 12 to 15 fathoms, sand and rock.

The largest specimen has a longitudinal diameter of 108 mm.

The youngest specimens have an almost circular outline with a bare

suggestion of the angles. A young denuded test (31 mm. diameter) from

Hastings Harbour recalls Clypeaster humilis, but, I think, is referable to this

species.

Distributed in the Bay of Bengal and the Western Pacific. Also recorded
from Mozambique.

14. Laganum sp.

Locality. — XVIII., Off Paway Island, 10 to 21 fathoms, sand and shell.

Five small dead and denuded tests were found in the dredge; the largest
has a longitudinal diameter of 17 mm. The test is orbicular and somewhat
swollen ; there are four genital pores.

These specimens seem to be identical with those described and figured
by F. P. IJedford as Laganum sp., from Singapore and Malacca {P.Z.S.
(1900), p. 285, pi. xxiii. fig. 7, a and h). They may or may not be the young
of L. depressum.

15. Lovenia subcarinata, Gray.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 377.

Locality. — I., Tavoy Island, 10 fathoms, sand and shell.

Three individuals were obtained, of which the largest is 32 miu. long
and 24 mm. broad.

Its occurrence in the Mergui Archipelago extends the range of the
species, which was previously known only from the Philippines to China,
Japan, and the Sandwich Islands, and Dutch East Indies. Later it has,
however, been recorded from the Mozambique coast.

ASTEROIDEA.

Xineteen species of Asteroids were collected, including no new species
but many new records for the ^Mergui Archipelago, and, in some cases, for
the Indian Ocean. These collections have therefore not borne out Dr
Anderson's belief of " a reasonable expectation that a number of new species
may ultimately be found in the Mergui Archipelago." Dr Anderson '
collected nine species, of which three were new. Of these nine species only
four occur in the present collection, or, at the most, five, if we can include
Astropecten JTcinprichii, should it prove to be the same as A. niauntuoius.
None of Anderson's new species are included in our collection. The total
number of Asteroids known from the Mergui Archipelago is therefore 24,
or possibly 23. In addition, a species of Cidcita was frequently seen on
the coral reefs, but no specimen reached this country.

The Asteroids in the present collection are as follows : —

1. Archaster typictui, M. & T.

2. Graspidaster hesperus (M. & T.), Sladen

3. Astropecten mawitianns, Gray.

4. Astropecten zebra, Sladen.

5. Astropecten poli/acanthics, M. & T.
G. Luidia fordfer, Sladen.

7. Luiclia macnlota, M. & T.

8. Goniodiscus articulatm (Linn.), Liitkeu.
9 Stellaster incei. Gray.

10. Anthenea jlavcscens (Gray), Perr.

11. Anthenea pentagomda (Lam.), Perr.

12. Peiiiaceros granulosus, Gray.

13. Pentaceros lincki (de Blainv.).

14. Pentaceros superhus, Mobius.

15. Pentaceros gracilis, Liitken.

16. Palmipcs rosaccns (Lam.), Duj. & Hupd.

' Jour. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool., xxi. (\»CQ), pp. 319-331.

17. Fromia viillepm-ella, Gray.

18. Retaster cribrosiis (von Mart.).

19. Echinastcr pwyureus (Gray), Bell.

The absence of any species of Linckia is noticeable, for this genus is widely
diffused and common in many parts of the Indian Ocean. Three species
constitute new records for the Indian Oceau, namely, Craspidaster hesperus,
a Pacific species, and Anihenea Jlavescens and Pentaceros granulosus, both
Australian forms. Pentaceros gracilis is extremely abundant on the pearl
banks of the Mergui Archipelago, and has since been noted in numbers on
the pearl banks of the Mozambique coast of Africa ; yet, as far as I can
ascertain, it was previous to these discoveries looked upon as an Australian
form ; a fact which forcibly illustrates the poverty of our knowledge of the
marine fauna of many parts of the Indian Ocean.

1. Archaster typicus, M. & T.
Perrier, Revision de Stellerides,' Arch, de Zool. e.\per. et gen., v. (1875), p. 265.

Localiti/. — XVI., Alligator Eock, 8 to 18 fathoms, rock and sand.

Two specimens in which .K = 44 and 46 and r = 10 and 9 respectively.-
In the smaller specimen a single spine appears on one supero-marginal ;
otherwise the supero-marginals have no trace of spines. A similar occurrence
in this species is noted by Liitken {Vidensk. Medd. (1864), p. 136), and
by Sladen (" Challenger " Reports, xx.x., p. 124).

This species is also recorded from the Mergui Archipelago by Dr Anderson
in 1882. "Widely distributed in Eastern Indian Ocean and Western Pacific.

2. Craspidaster hesperus (M. k T.), Sladen.
Sladen, "Challenger" Reports, xx.x. p. 177, pi. xvii. fitrs. 5-7 ; and pi. xviii. tigs. 1-4.

Locality. — XXXII., Off Bentinck Island, 29 fathoms, soft mud and sand.

Two specimens agree with the young phase described by Sladen. The
adpressed spinelets on the infero-marginal plates tend to fall oft' very readily,
but their presence is quite evident in both specimens.

R = 22 r=6-5.

Apparently not previously recorded from the Indian Ocean. Known from
Japan to Singapore.

' In the case of species included in Perrier's Eevision, I give no other reference than
to his paper as a rule : the synonymy is therein discussed.
- All measurements are in millimetres.

3. Astropecten mauritianus, Ciray.
Perrier, loc. dt., v. p. 279.

Localities. — Frequent on pearl banks throughout the Archipehigo, in 5 to 25
fathoms, sand and rock.

R^lll r=21-5 ^=81 >-=19.

Undoubtedly this species is very closely allied to A. Hempnchii, M. & T.,
despite de Loriol's belief that the two species cannot be confused (M^m. Soc.
Phy. Hist. Nat. Gen., t. xxix., No. 4, p. 74, and pi. xxi.). He lays stress
on the absence of supero-marginal spines in the angles of A. Ifemprichii and
their presence in A. mauritianus, but this, as Jeffrey Bell has pointed out,
is not a reliable character in Astropecten. It will not be surprising if the
two species prove to be one and the same. I have named the Mergui
specimens after careful comparison with specimens in the British Museum.

A new record for the P^astern Indian Ocean, but Dr Anderson collected
A. Hemprichii in the Mergui Archipelago.

4. Astropecten zebra, .Sladnn.

Slailen, '•Challenger" Reports, xix. p. 212, and pi. xx.wi. figs. .3 ami 4 ;
pi. xxxix., figs. 7 to 9.

Localities. — IX., Courts Island to Bentinck Island, 12 to 26 fathoms, coral
and sand ; XXV., Gregory Group, 4 to 14 fathoms, sand and broken shell.

Four specimens, the two larger of which are each in process of regrowing
an arm.

i2=2G /• = 7-.5 A' =30 r = 8 E = 25 r=7 A' = 16-5 r = 5-5.

A slight prominence in the centre of the upper surface of the disc appears
as a conical beak in the smaller specimens; it is most prominent in the
smallest. Of the supero-marginal plates, as many as tiie eight innermost on
either side of each arm may bear spines, but of these the last two are very
rudimentary. In the smallest specimen, one or two of the supero-marginals
on each side of the median interradial line bear spines. Even in the larger
specimens, however, the number of spines is variable, bearing out .Jeffrey
Bell's contention as to the absence of value of these in classification (Hornell
and Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries Report, ii. p. 149). Bell thinks
{loc. cit.) that A. zebra and A. Hemprichii are identical. They certainly
approach one another very closuly in their characters, but those whicli I'ell
figures (from photographs) as^l. Hemjiriihii seem to be A. zehra and apparently
were thus named by Sladen.

Known previously from Torres Strait and Ceylon.

5. Astropecten polyacanthus, M. i T.
Perrier, loc. cit., v. p. 275.
Locality. — I., Tavoy Island, 8 fathoms, shelly sand and mud.

.B = 15"5 r = 4. Breadth of arm at base = 4'5.

A single specimen, apparently a young form, in which the spines of the
ventral surface are scarcely developed. One supero-marginal on either side
of the median interradial line bears a distinct tooth-like spine inclined
slightly inwards.

The specimen seems to be referable to this species.

Eecorded previously from the Eed Sea, Zanzibar, and Mozambique, the
Seychelles and Ceylon to Hong Kong, the Fiji Islands, and Port Jackson.

6. Luidia forcifer, Sladen.

Sladen, " Challenger " Reports, sxx. p. 258, pi. xliv. fig. 5, and pi. xlv. figs. 5 and 6.

Locality. — IX., Between Courts Island and Bentinck Island, 12 to 26
fathoms, coral and sand.

A single specimen, not of full growth, but which can be referred to this
species. 7i = 30 /• = 5.

Collected by Dr Anderson at King Island and at Sir William James
Island in the Archipelago, and also known from Torres Strait and the
Arafura Sea.

7. Luidia macnlata, M. <fe T.
Perrier, loc. cit., \. p. 258.
Localities.— XYIIL, Off Paway Island, 10 to 21 fathoms, sand and shell;
XXV., Gregory Group, 4 to 14 fathoms, sand and shell.
Several young specimens, in the largest of which Ji= 62 and r = 11.
Found by Dr Anderson at King Island. Also known from Mozambique
to Madras, Manilla, and Japan.

8. Goniodiscus articnlatus (Linn.), Liitken.
Liitken, V'idensk. Medd. (1864), p. 147.
Locality.— XLl., Moskos Islands, 12 to 25 fathoms, rock and sand.

A single dried specimen in which ^=70, /•=35. Number of marginals,
14 to 15.

This specimen agrees with that collected by Dr Anderson at King Island
in 1882 in having the interbrachial arc more rounded than in de Loriol's
figure, and consequently the rays appear more well-defined (de Loriol, Hec.
Zool. Suisse., t. i. p. 638, pi. xxxv., 1884).

Also known from Singapore, the Sunda Straits, and Western Australia.

There is quite evidently some contusion prevalent with regard to this
species. Perrier (" Pedicellaires," Ann. Sci. Nat., xii. (1869), p. 279) describes
his Goniodiscus articidatus, Ed. P., whicli is certainly not Goniodisais
articulatics, Lutken, nor Asterias articulata, Linn. In liis Edvision des
Stdlendes (v. p. 91), Perrier reduces his Goniodiscus articulatus to Anthenea
pentagonnla (Lam.), and these are the same species, but Goniodiscus articu-
latus (Linn.), Lutken, is quite distinct.

y. Stellaster incei, Gray.
Perrier, loc. cit., v. p. 43.

Localities. — II., East of Iron Island, 10 to 25 fathoms, stone and mud;
XXXIII., Christmas Island, 23 fathoms, sand and mud ; IX., Between
Courts and Bentinck Islands, 12 to 26 fathoms, coral and sand; XVIIL,
Off Paway Island, 10 to 21 fathoms, sand and shell ; XXV., Gregory
Group, 4 to 14 fathoms, sand and shell; XXII., Hastings Harbour,
St Luke's Island, 15 to 20 fathoms, sand and shell.
The commonest asteroid in the Mergui Archipelago, and represented in
this collection by an extensive series of specimens. Among these are certain
ones which might be referred to S. belcheri, Gray, but the distinctive characters,
never very marked, break down entirely in intermediate forms. It is there-
fore unjustifiable to separate the two species, and I have followed F. P.
Bedford {P.Z.S. (1900), p. 294) in combining them under the first name.
The measurements of the largest and smallest are

i2=51 r=21 ^=30 r=12.

Eecorded from Sumatra and Singapore to Australia, and Korea, and
Ceylon, but apparently rare in the Indian Ocean. A single one has been
recorded from the Mozambicjue coast.

10. Anthenea flavescens (Gray), Perr.
Perrier, loc. cit., v. p. 92.

Localities.— II., East of Iron Island, 10 to 25 fathoms, stones and mud;
XXV., Gregory Group, 4 to 14 fathoms, sand and shell.

In the largest specimen 11 = 50 and (• = 21.

The smallest specimen (/J =20) from the Gregory Group shows a strong
resemblance to a young form of Anthenea di-edged by the "Challenger" in
Torres Strait and referred provisionally by Sladen to Anthenea tuberculosa.
Gray, juv. {" Challem/er" lieports, xxx. p. 340, and pi. Ivi. figs. 5 to 8). It

seems likely that both these young specimens IVom Torres Strait and the
Mergui Archipelago belong to A. flavescens.

Previously recorded from Port Jackson and Freemautle.

11. Anthenea pentagonula (Lam.), Perr.
Perrier, loc. cit, v. p. 90. Goniodiscus articulatus, Ed. P. (non Lutken) Pedicellaires,

p. 279.

Locality.— XH., Moskos Islands, 12 to 25 fathoms, rock and sand.

A single dried specimen in which R=V20, /• = 62. Number of marginal
plates, 19. The arms are more acute than in the smaller specimens in the
British Museum.

Known from Hong Kong, Madras, and N.W. Australia.

12. Pentaceros granulosus, Gray.

Perrier, loc. cit., v. p. 52.

Locality.— IX., Between Courts and Bentinck Islands, 12 to 26 fathoms,
coral and sand.

Several dried specimens. ^ = 34, r=14r; i2 = 20, r = 7.

This species, which has the habit of a Go7iiodiscus rather than of a
Pentaceros has been referred, from Singapore specimens, to Goniodiscus
articidatus (Linn.), Liitken, by F. P. Bedford (" Malayan Echinoderms,"
P.Z.S. (1900), p. 294). The specimens in the present collection agree in
all respects with certain ones from Singapore in the British Museum
(P. granulosus), and in the meantime it may be advisable to keep the two
species separate.

Apparently only recorded previously from Swan River and Freemantle,
Western Australia.

13. Pentaceros lincki (de Blainv.).
P. muricahis, Perrier, loc. cit., v. p. .55.

Localities. — XIV., Bushby Island, 15 to 23 fathoms, sand, shell, and rock ;
XVII., Sir John Malcolm Island, 14 fathoms, sand and rock ; XXV.
Gregory Group, 4 to 14 fathoms, sand and shell.

Very frequent on the pearl banks, where it is reputed by the divers to
work havoc among the mother-of-pearl oysters. The collection includes
a series of nine dried specimens of this variable species.

In some specimens the development of spines is very luxuriant, and in
these cases the distal supero-marginals bear conspicuous spines : in other

•21

cases, however, all the spines are more poorly developed, and those of the
supero-marginals are not prominent. Two specimens have no central apical
spine. The number of pedicellariie which develop varies considerably. In
some cases they are numerous on the reticulating bars of the dorsal ossicles
up to the base of the lophial spines ; in other cases they are rare even on
the supero-marginals.

There is great variation in the colour of this species when alive. Most
individuals are bright red or carmine except for the poriferous areas which
are brown or grey, but many examples were noticed of a bright yellow or
even orange colour.

Distributed from Mozambique aud Zanzibar to Ceylon.

U. Pentaceros superbus, Mobius.
Mobius, Abh. Geb. Naturw. Hamburg, Bd. iv., Abth., ii. p. 5.
Localiti/.-^XlV., Bushby Island, 15 to 23 fathoms, sand and rock.

Two large dried specimens from Bushby Island pearl bank. These
remarkably fine specimens are superior to any which I have seen in this
country.

i2=220 r = 63. Width of arm at base = 70.

Previously known from Tuticorin and Sumatra.

15. Pentaceros gracilis (Lutken).
Liitken, Vidensk. Medd. (1871), p. 260. Ferrier, loc. cit., v. p. 62.
Localities. — Abundant throughout the Archipelago and Moskos Islands on all
pearl banks in 10 to 30 fathoms.

All the marginals are tuberculated. On the largest specimens the
tubercles in the arc between the arms tend to split into two or three or
more, especially on tlie infero-marginals. The lophial tubercles tend to be
larger than others in many specimens. Tubercles occur at the cornere of
all the poriferous areas, especially in larger individuals: in smaller ones they
do not all develop. Apical tubercles are specially prominent in smaller
specimens : in larger ones other tubercles approximate to them in size.
There are generally spines on the apical region, but sometimes only two or
three around the anus.

There are many small valvular iiedicellari;c on the marginals of both
series and on the ventral surface.

In the two largest specimens yt = 2UU /•=GU. li=l-HJ i=tH).

lu life the colour of this animal is orange-red with the tubercles of a
brighter orange colour and the poriferous areas greyer.

Recorded from Mozambique and East Australia; and Port MoUe" and
Port Denison, Queensland.

15a. Pentaceros gracilis (Liitken), young.

locality.— XIV., Bushby Island, 15 fathoms, rock and sand.

Apparently a young specimen. E = 6o.

Disc not very hiwh. Five large apical tubercles and three small ones
around the anus.

The lophial line of tubercles distinct: tubercles few and small on a
line on either side of the lophial line.

Supero-marginals with a single distinct tubercle generally absent on the
most proximal but one ; placed higher on the most proximal plate.

Infero-marginals with a similar tubercle, occasionally absent near the
distal end.

Actinal surface with plates distinct, granulated, with a tendency to
tubercles on the innermost ones.

Small valvular pedicellariae on proximal plates of the row adjacent to the
ambulacral grove, one on each plate.

Ambulacral armature : inside row of five or six spines, among which one
or two seem decidedly larger : then two, large, stout, blunt : and finally
an inconspicuous row of two or three small ones.

The specimen bears some resemblance to P. chinensis, Gray, but is
probably a young form of P. gracilis.

16. Palmipes rosaceus (Lam.), Duj. k Hupe.
Peirier, loc. cit., v. p. 210.

Localities. — XVII., Between Sir John Malcolm and Charlotte Islands, in
18 fathoms, coarse sand ; XXV., Gregory Group, 4 to 14 fathoms,
sand and shell.
Two damaged specimens, in the largest of which i^=105 and ?' = 80.
Recorded from the Bay of Bengal and Japan.

17. Fromia milleporella, Gray.

Perrier, loc. cit., iv. p. 437.

Locality. — XXII., Hastings Harbour, St Luke's Island, 15 to 20 fathoms,

sand and shell ; and XXX., Fly Island, 8 to 15 fathoms, rock and sand.

Two specimens in which the five arms are of unequal lengths.

R = 50 (longest arm) or 38 (shortest arm) r = 10

72 = 60 r=ll

In its somewhat irregulai-ly arranged plates and unequal arms these
recall the specimens from the Red Sea mentioned by Perrier.

Recorded from the Red Sea, Ceylon, Madagascar, and Mauritius to the
Loo Choo Islands, the Moluccas, New Caledonia, Samoa, and the Fiji Islands.

18. Retaster cribrosus (von Mart.).
Slaclen, "Challenger" Reports, xx.x. p. 482, pi. Ixxvi. figs. :i and 4 ; uiul Ixxvii. figs. U, 12.
Localities. — II., Iron Island, 10 to '25 fathoms, stones and mud ; XXIII., Five
Islands, 12 fathoms, rock and sand ; XXI 1., Hastings Harbour, St Luke's
Island, 15 to 20 fathoms, sand and shell.
Several specimens, including a young one, in which 72=18 and r=7.
Known from Zanzibar and Mozambique to Ceylon, Singapore, the
Philippines, and Samoa.

19. Echinaster pui-pureus (Gray), Bell.
Eehinaster fallax, M. & T., Perrier, loc. cit., iv. p. 370.
Localities. — IX., Courts to Bentinck Islands, 12 to 26 fathoms, coral and
sand ; XVI., Alligator Rock, 8 to 18 fathoms, rock and sand ; XVII.,
Malcolm to Charlotte Islands, 18 fathoms, coarse sand; XVIII., Off
Paway Island, 10 to 21 fathoms, sand and shell; and XXIl., Hastings
Harbour, St Luke's Island, 15 to 20 fathoms, sand and shell.
Xine specimens, varying in size from a very young one in which i2 = 13
to a large one in which It = 82 and r = 6.

Throughout the Indian Ocean and South-Western Pacific.

{Issuttl separately, \ltli. FehrtMnj 1910.)

III.— Echinoidea from the Kerimba Archipelago, Portugruese East
Africa (Mozambique). By R. N. Rudmose Brown, D.Sc.

(Received 12th October 1909. Read 22nd November 1909.)

The collection of Ecliinoids described in the present paper was made by
Mr J. J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc, on the coast of Portuguese East Africa
between latitudes 10" 42' S. and 12° 58' S. from September 1907 to May 1908.
All were gathered on a coral bottom in depths under 20 fathoms. The
collection comprises 21 species, and is chiefly interesting from a dis-
tributional point of view, our previous knowledge of the Echinoderm fauna
of that particular part of the East African coast being very meagre indeed.

The 21 species of the present collection are all forms known from the
tropical waters of the Indian and Pacific Oceans, with the exception perhaps
of Goniocidaris canaliculata, which is characteristic of the colder southern
circumpolar waters but has also been found at Zanzibar. Several species
show an e.xtension of range. Lovenia suhcarinata until recently had only
been recorded from Pacific waters. Mr Simpson and I found it at the
Mergui Archipelago in 1907, and now it is recorded from the western shores
of the Indian Ocean. Curiously enough the allied L. elongata does not
occur among these specimens nor was it found in the Mergui Archipelago,
although more than once it has been recorded from the Indian Ocean.

Chactodiadema grannlatum is one of the " Siboga " species described from
Dutch East Indian waters. Brissopsis luzonica is another Pacific species
which previously had not been recorded from the Indian Ocean. Otherwise
the fades of this collection is very similar to that of the Echinoid fauna of
the Indian Ocean generally. The complete list of the species is as follows : —

1. Pliyllacanthus baculosus (Lam.), A. Ag.

2. Phyllacanthics verticulata, A. Ag.

3. Goniocidaris canaliculata, A. Ag.

4. Echinothrix turcarum, Ret.

5. Astropyija radiata, Gray.

6. ChaetodAadema (jranulaUiiii Mortensen.

7. Echinometra hiciinfer, de Blainv.

8. Echinostrephus molare, A. Ag.

9. Microcyphus maculaUis, Agass.

10. Salmacis bicolor, Agass.

11. Salmacis Ihissumieri, Agass.

12. Toxopneitstes pileolus, Agass.

13. Clypeaster scutiformis. Lain.

14. Clypeaster humilis, Agass. ' '■

15. Laganuvi de}iressii7n, Less.

16. Laganum decagonale, de Blainv.

17. Echinodiscus auritus, Leske.

18. Maretia planulaia, Gray.

19. Lovenia subcariiiata, Gray.

20. Brissopsis luzonica, A. Ag.

21. Schizaster gibberulus, Agass.

In addition, Diadema saxatile, Linn, was noted as being very common all
along the coast but no specimen was collected.

I must take this opportunity of expressing my indebtedness to Professor
J. Arthur Thomson, for the use of a laboratory n tlie University of
Aberdeen ; to Professor F. Jeffrey Bell, for facilities in comparing specimens
with those in the British Museum ; and to Mr James Ritchie, B.Sc, for
assisting me in getting access to literature bearing on the subject.

1. Phyllacanthus baculosus, A. Ag.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 388.'

Locality. — IIL, Mtundo Bay, sand, shell, and coral, 6 fathoms.

One young specimen, 14 mm. in diameter. A few spines, smooth and
without serration : all banded with violet and of the characteristic coloration
at the base.

Two larger ones, 23 mm. in diameter, with spines up to 37 mm.

Distrihution. — Mauritius, Mozambique, Zanzibar, and the Red Sea to
Mergui, Timor, and the Philippines.

2. Phyllacanthus verticulata, A. Ag.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 392.

A small specimen from no precise station : very fine spines.
Distribxition. — Indian Ocean.

3. Goniocidaris canalicolata, A. Ag..
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 395.
Localities. — IX., Ibo Bay, Matemo Island ; I., Tunghi Bay, sand, mud, and
shell, 5 to 18 fathoms ; III., Mtundo Bay, sand, shell, and coral,
6 fathoms ; XL, Manangoroshi Point to Lurio Point, coral reefs.

' References are to Agassiz's Hcvition only for all species included in that work.

Ten specimens in all. The spines vary considerably : they ' are all
fluted, but the conspicuous serrations on some tend to disguise this character :
they are all blunt and banded with violet brown : the larger ones tend to
be swollen in the middle.

Height, 15 mm. 11 mm.

Diameter, 26 mm. 17 mm.

Spine, 20 mm. 12 mm.

Distribution.— Fnegia, Cape Horn, Falkland Islands, Heard Island,
Kerguelen, Australia, Natal, and Zanzibar. On the whole apparently
a cold-water species.

4. Echinothrix turcarum, Ret.
A. Ag., Eev. Ech., p. 416.

Locality. — X., Montepes Bay, sand and mud, 5 to 22 fathoms.

A small specimen whose height and diameter are 7 and 15 mm.
respectively ; the longest spine is 22 mm. In so young a specimen as this
there might well be room for doubt whether it belonged to U. turcarum or
to K calamaris. The spines are long, hoUow throughout, and delicate,
quite characteristic of E. calamaris. On the other hand, the tuberculation and
the character ot the apical system are in favour ui' £. turcarum, Moreover,
in specimens of this species from the Mergui Archipelago, the spines are
delicate and hollow throughout like those of E. calamaris rather than
those generally found in E. turcarv/ni.

Distrihulmi. — Indian Ocean and the Pacific to Japan and Fiji.

5. Astropyga radiata, Gray.

A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 420.

Localities — III., Mtundo Bay, sand, shell, and coral, 6 fathoms; X.,
Montepes Bay, sand and mud, 5 to 22 fathoms.
Five small specimens which, although young, show no departures from
the well-defined characters of the adult. The outline from above is
pentagonal. In the living animal the spines are brown with white bands.
Height, irS mm. 10'5 mm. ?

Diameter, 27'0 mm. 31-0 mm. 33 mm.
The younger specimens are naturally, considering the flexible nature of
the test, more rigid and consequently are relatively higher than the older
ones.

Distribution. — Throughout the Indian Ocean, in the Dutch East Indies,
and in the Philippines.

Diameter.

Height.

Spines.

55 mm.

ir5 mm.

12 mm.

45 mm.

10-5 mm.

24 mm.

43 mm.

10-0 mm

21 mm.

6. Chaetodiadema granulatum, Mortensen.

Mortensen, Vidensk. Medd. U903).

De Meijere, Die Echinoidea der Siboga-Expedition, Mon. xUii., Rfeultat.s de.s
Explorations du Siboga, 1904, p. 54 and plates.

Localitij. — XIII., Pemba Bay, mud, 10 to 20 fathoms.

Three specimens are referable to this little known species, although
1 have had to rely on Morteusen's and de Meijere's descriptions in default
of actual specimens for comparison. De Meijere's coloured plate {loc. cit.
xi. 101) does not agree accurately with his own description of the
species in tuberculation and spinulation. The specimens before me have
been in spirit for about a year and consecLuently show practically no
coloration.

Dia. Act. sys. Oia. Abact. sys. Dia. Anal ays.

8'5 mm. 17 mm. 6'0 mm.

So mm. 14 mm. 5'5 mm.

9 0 mm. 15 mm. i'i) mm.

The " Siboga " specimens were collected in the Sunda and Banda Seas and
vicinity.

7. Echinometra lucunter, de Blainv.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 431.

Localities — IX., Ilio Bay, around Matemo Island, and between Matemo
Island and mainland.

Several specimens, including a very young one. This species varies
considerably in colour when alive. A deep purple is commonest, but
individuals are often found of a dark olive-green and " black ones are
seen not rarely." It was found in the usual habitat, burrowing in coral
and coral rock.

Distrihidion. — Indian and Pacific Oceans.

8. Echinostrephus molaie, A. Ag.

A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 457.

Three small specimens from no precise locality.
Distribution. — Indian and Western Pacific Oceans.

9. Microcyphas raaculatus, Agass.

A. Ag., Kev. Ech., p. 466.

Locality. — II., Maiyapa Bay, sand, mud, and coral, iu fathoms.

Three specimens, two of which are compleLe. The test is markedly
pentagonal, but the interradius can scarcely be said to be re-entrant as
Agassiz describes it in a specimen of 29 mm. {loc. cit.), although, when not
denuded of spines, the animal gives such an appearance owing to the
bare interambulacral areas. The bare interambulacral spaces extend to
the poriferous areas and to the actinostonie.

Heights, 21 and 25 mm.; Diameters, 33 and 36 mm.

Distribution. — Zanzibar and Mayotte, Moluccas, Australia, Navigator
Islands, and Japan.

10. Salmacis bicolor, Agass.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 471.

Locality. — VII., Pekawi Bay, exposed coral reef.

A single fine individual belongs to this species. The spines below the
ambitus are short and stout ; they are flattened at their distal ends,
increasingly so towards the actinostome where they are spathiform. In
colour they are light purple banded with yellowish green. On the
abactinal surface the spines are shorter and sharp, passing from light red
at their bases to bright purple, generally with one or more yellowish
green bands.

Height, 41 mm. Diameter, 35 mm. Spine 14 mm.

Distribution. — Indian Ocean and to the Philippines.

11. Salmacis Dussumieri, Agass.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 473.

Localities. — III., Mtundo Bay, sand, shell, and coral, 6 fathoms ; VI., Kero-
Nyuni Bay, sand, 5 to 10 fathoms.

Several fine specimens of various sizes, of which the largest has a
diameter of 66 mm., a height of 33 mm., and ambital spines of 16 mm. The
spines of the abactinal surface are relatively short, sharp, and evenly
tapering to a point ; those of the actinal surface are a little longer, blunt,
and flattened ; while the ambital spines in three or four horizontal rows
are long, stout, and uniform in diameter throughout and fashioned like a
gouge at the ends. These differences among primary spines are less
marked in smaller specimens, but do exist. The shorter spines are green,
faintly banded with purple; but the ambital spines tend to be very light
purple, banded faintly with green.

Distribution.— Chx-aa. Seas to the Philippines, Dutch East Indies, and
the Mergui Archipelago. These specimens seem to extend the range.

12. Toxopneustes pileolus, Agass.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 497.

Localities. — I., Tunghi Bay, sand, mud, and shell, 5 to 18 fathoms; III.,
Mtundo Bay, sand, shell, and coral, 6 fathoms ; VI., Kero-Nyuni Bay,
sand, ') to 10 fathoms; IX., Ibo Bay, Matemo Island.
A large series of specimens which shows considerable variety in
shape ; some specimens are more globular, others are more compressed. But
the globular shape is not a development of age for it occurs in some small
and obviously young individuals. In outline the test from above is often
decidedly pentagonal, less often almost circular. The ambulacral areas
are slightly gibbous around the apical system. The actinal surface is
only very slightly concave. The spirally arranged bands of colour
mentioned by A. Agassiz {loc. cit.) are not obvious in these specimens.
Height (mm.) 28 26 22 20 20 17 15 11

Diameter (mm.) m 35 29 29 26 26 21 15

Distribution. — Indian and Pacific Oceans.

13. Clypeaster scutiformis, Lam.
A. A},'., Kev. Kdi., \>. 512.

Localities. — X., Montepes Bay, sand and mud, 5 to 22 fathoms ; XIII., Pemba
Bay, mud, 10 to 20 fathoms.
A large and a small specimen. The outline of the former is decidedly
pentagonal with rounded edges. The abactinal surface, from the swollen
border, is convex but slightly flattened again at the apex. The extremities of
the poriferous zones of the petals are a little concave.

Height, 11 mm. Long, dia., 51 mm. Trans, dia., 42 mm.
„ 7 mm. „ „ 31 mm. „ „ 21 mm.

Distribution. — .Japan, Formosa, Malay Archipelago generally, and Indian
Ocean including Kea Sea, Ceylon, Mauritius, and Ibo.

14. Clypeaster humilis, Agass.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 510.

Locality. — II., Maiyapa Bay, sand, mud, and coral, 10 fathoms.

Several young individuals having the characteristic form of the adult.
Their slightly pentagonal outline gives them a strong resemblance to
certain species of Laganuni.

Distribution. — Western Pacific and Indian Oceans.

lo. Laganum depressum, Less.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 518.

Localities.— 11., Maiyapa Bay, sand, mud, and coral, 10 fathoms ; III.,
Mtundo Bay, sand, shell, and coral, 6 fathoms ; VI., Kero-Nyuni
Bay, sand, 5 to 10 fathoms.

Many specimens of various ages. In shape these specimens show
many of the variations in outline habitual in this species: the truncated
angles give a sub-decagonal or sometimes almost orbicular outline. The
greatest transverse diameter is just anterior to the anterior pair of
ambulacra in the largest specimen ; in the smaller ones, it tends to run
posterior to them or across the apex : this is not in accordance with what
A. Agassiz describes (loc. cit.). In the larger specimens, the petals are
relatively shorter than in the young, and in the largest specimen of all the
margin of the test is distinctly swollen. In this specimen the posterior
sides tend to show re-entrant angles, and on one side the test has
evidently been damaged and partial regeneration, at least to the extent
of the upper and lower surfaces fusing, has taken place.

The largest specimen has these dimensions : —

Long, dia., 68 mm. Length, ant. pair ambulacra, 17 mm.

Trans, dia., 65 mm. Length, odd ambulacrum, 18 mm.

Distribution. ■ — Zanzibar, ilergui, Australia, the Philippines, and
Fiji Islands.

16. Laganum decagonale, de Blainv.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 520
Locality. — III., Mtundo Bay, sand, shell, and coral, 6 fathoms.

A single dead specimen rather more oval than decagonal in outline.
Distribution. — Western Pacific and Bay of Bengal.

IV. Echinodiscus auritus, Leske.
A. Ag., Rev. Ecli., p. 531.
Localities. — Kifuki Island and Foomo Island.

Only one specimen was collected but it is a very perfect one. The
outline, especially posteriorly, is somewhat irregular. The edge on one
side anterior to the lunule is very ragged and gives the impression
that it has suffered injury and has undergone a certain degree of re-
generation. The length of the lunule is 40 mm., the total distance from
the edge of the test to the apex is 92 ; this is a longer lunule than generally
is found. The anus, however, is as usual in a line with the inner ends of the
lunules.

The measurements of this tine specimen are worth recording.
Height, 13 mm. Long, dia., 158 mm. Trans, dia., 147 mm.

Post, petals, 29 mm. Odd petal, 34 mm. Width, porif. zone, 5 mm.
Width, inter, porif. zone, 55 mm. Anus from ed;_'e of test, 37 mm.

Mouth from anterior edge, 76 mm.

Distribution. — Indian Ocean, especially the west, Amboiua, Philippines,
and Straits of Macassar.

18. Maretia planulata, Gray.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 570.

Localities. — III., Mtundo Bay, sand, shell, and coral, 6 fathoms ; VI.,

Kero-Nyuui Bay, sand, 5 to 10 fathoms ; X., Montepes Bay, sand and

mud, 5 to 22 fathoms.

A series of seven specimens of various ages. All the specimens

seem to be a little flatter than is usual in this species. The slight anterior

ambital grove, never at all prominent, is practically indistinguishable in

the largest specimens. The variations in colour (in spirit specimens)

common in this species are not noticeable. A uniform straw colour

prevails, except in one specimen, in which the lateral petals on one side

show a certain amount of violet brown coloration, and the same colour

appears on the primary tubercles. The primary spines in this case are

banded with faint violet brown.

Height, 16 mm. Long, dia., 68 mm. Trans, dia., 54 mm.
12 mm. „ „ 46 mm. „ „ 37 mm.

Distribution. — Western Pacific through the Indian Ocean to Zanzibar.

19. Lovenia subcarinata, Gray.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 577.

Localities. — VI., Kero-Nyuni Bay, sami, 5 to 10 fathoms; XllL, Pemba
Bay, mud, 10 to 20 fathoms.

Several fine specimens.

The specific characters which distinguish this species from L. elongata
in young specimens — the sub-triangular actinostome, the outward slope
from the anal system to the abactinal surface, and the triangular actinal
plastron — are maintained in tiie older ones. More mature specimens show
no departure from the small number of primary tubercles on the abactinal
surface in the anterior half of the posterio-lateral mterambulacra.

Height, 19 mm. Length, 46 mm. Diameter, 35 mm.

19 mm. ,. 47 mm. „ 34 mm.

14 mm. „ 36 mm. „ 26 mm.

11 mm. „ 29 mm. „ 22 mm.

Distrihution. — Only known from the Western Pacific — Japan to the

Sandwich Islands — and the Mergui Archipelago.

20. Brissopsis luzonica, A. Ag.
A. Ag., Rev. Ech., p. 593.

Locality. — V., Namegus Bay, mud and rocks.

A solitary injured specimen belongs to this species. The anal plastron
is missing. The bare areas on the actinal surface with undiminished width
run from the mouth to the sub-anal plastron.

Height, 23 mm. Long dia., 45 mm. (approx.). Trans, dia., 38 mm.

Distrilmtion. — Western Pacific, from New Zealand to Japan. This record
gives a great extension of range.

-1. Schizaster gibberulus, Agass.
A. A^., Rev. Ech., p. 612.

Locality. — VI., Kero-Nyuni Bay, sand, 5 to 10 fathoms.

A single specimen. This species strongly resembles S. canaliferus.
The points of difference between the two species enumerated by
Agassiz {loc. cit.) are not of great value, for all are very slight. If anything,
the test of S. gibberulus is narrower and more arched, the apical system is
slightly more anterior, and the bare abactinal surfaces are larger than in
S. cancdi/erus. The tubercles of the actinal plastron cannot be said to
be " coarser" and " more distinct," but the spines on the anterior half of the
plastron are conspicuously spathulate. The species is certainly very closely
allied to the Mediterranean S. canali/ents.

Height, IS mm. Length, ant. petals, 16 mm.

Long, dia., 42 mm. Length, post, petals, 7 mm.

Trans, dia., 35 mm. Length, odd petal, 22 mm.

Distribution. — Red Sea and Ceylon.

{Issued separately, \7lh February 1910.)

IV. — Asteroidea of Portuguese East Africa, collected by Jas. J.
Simpson, M.A., B.Se. (1907-i9()fi). By Jas. J. Simpson, M.A.,
B.Sc, and R. N. Rudmose Brown, ixSc.

(Received r2th October 1909. Read •22nd November 1909.)

The present collections were made on the Mozambique Coast of Portuguese
East Africa, between September 1907 and May 1908. The portion of the
coast on which faunistie work was done extends from near Cape Delgado
in 10° 42' S., to Pemba Bay (Maunhane Point), 12° 58' S.

Very little work of this nature has been done on the western shores of
the Indian Ocean, so that, although the collections made by the E.I.M.S.
" Investigator " have done much to elucidate the fauna of the eastern
side, our knowledge of the fauna of the east coast of Alrica is very scanty.

The present collections therefore may help in some measure to fill in
many gaps in our knowledge, both of the Indian Ocean fauna in general
and in the distribution of many tropical forms in particular.

The collection of Asteroids consists of fourteen named species, but in
addition to these we have described four species which we have at present
refrained from naming. The latter include two species of Pentaceros and
one of Anthenea ; they are probably all young forms, so that although it
has been impossible to refer them to any known species we do not feel
justified in describing them as new. A study of different stages of growth,
in other species of Asteroids, has convinced us that it is almost impossible to
be certain of any species from a young specimen, and we strongly agree with
Professor F. Jeffrey Bell that the application of new names to what may be
young and immature stages is a course to be thoroughly condemned. A very
good example of this is the species Linckia marmorata, which we have here
described in some detail, as from the original description, based on a young
specimen, it is almost impossible to identify mature individuals.

We have, however, given short descriptions of the essential diagnostic
features ot' these young forms, as they may, by comparison with others, help
to form a series of developmental stages in definite species.

We have attempted to show the geo^iraphical range of those species which
occur on this coast. Archaster nngulaUcs is here recorded for the first time
from the western side of the Indian Ocean ; and Luidia aspera appears to be
new for the East coast of Africa.

The bathymetrical range in distribution and the nature of the associated
bottom has also been recorded when possible, and a comparison made with
other records.

Numerous observations on colour schemes have been given, and these,

:]4

though often ignored by the cabinet zoologist, are of great significance to the
field biologist, and show the futility of basing specific characteristics on colour.
Very good examples of this are seen in species of Fentaceros and Culcita

We would like here to draw attention to a peculiar association or
commensalism which, although it has been observed in Holothurians, has
so far escaped notice in Asteroids, viz., that between a species of Fierasfer
(as yet unidentified) and Fentaceros lincki.

While dissecting specimens of this species of starfish for drying, we were
surprised to find occasionally a small Fierasfer aliye; careful dissection
showed that these fish, occasionally in pairs, inhabited the stomach of the
starfish, but were quite healthy and normal : in fact, we were able to
keep them alive for some time in tanks. On placing some of these large
starfish in the same tanks, it was possible to watch the Fierasfers passing out
and in at the " mouth " of the Fentaceros. This disappearance and reappear-
ance continued daily, so that we feel quite in a position to say that it is
another example of comraensalisin, similar to that between fish and Holo-
thurians, added to our knowledge of "associations."

Several very interesting specimens of Linckia dvplax showing difierent
stages in the regeneration of lost arms occur in the collection. Especially
noteworthy are the comet-forms.

We are glad to have this opportunity of expressing our indebtedness
to Professor J. Arthur Thomson, for kindly granting us laboratory accom-
modation in his department in the University of Aberdeen, as well as
for other facilities; and we wish also to thank Professor F. Jeffrey Bell,
for allowing us to compare our specimens with tliose in the British Museum,
and for the interest he has taken in the collection.

For general utility we have adopted the classification given by Sladen in
his report on the '• Challenger " asteroids (^'Challenger" Reports, Zoology, vol. xxx.),
although a better classification has since been published in Bronn's Thierreich.

In accordance with the former, the following table shows the general
relationships of the various genera and species reported upon : —

Class ASTEROIDEA.
Sub-Class Euasieroidea, Sladen.

Order I. PHANEROZONIA, Sladen.
Family A k c h a s t E k i d ^.
Sub-Family Archastekln.*.

Archaster angulatus, M. and T.

Family A s T i; o p E c t e K i D .«.

Sub-Family Astropectenin^.

Astropecten Hemprichii, M. and T.
„ poll/acanthus, M. and T.

Sub-Family Luidiin^e.

Luidia maadata, M. and T.
„ aspera, Sladen.

Family P e N T a G o n A s T E K 1 D ,«, Perrier.

Sub-Family Goniodiscin.*:.

Stellaster incei. Gray.

Family A N T h e n e i d .?:.
Anthenea sp.

Family P e N T a c e r o t i d ^.

Pentaceros lincki, (de Blainv.).
„ superbus, Mbbius.

„ gracilis, Liitken.

sp-
Culcita schmideliana (Retz.).

„ sp-

Order IT. CRYPTOZONIA, Sladen.
Family Linckiid.-e.
Sub-Family Lisckiin/E.
Ophidiaster cylitulricus (Lam.), M. and T.
Li/ivkia diphu-, M. and T.

„ marmorata (Michelin).
Nardoa variolata, Gray.

F'amily P r e k a .s r e k i i> .e.
Sub-Family Ptekasterin/E.

Retailer cribrosvs (vdn Mart.).

Archaster angulatus, M. and T.
This typically shallow-water species is represented in the collection by
four specimens of different size, all captured in the same haul of the dredge
in Mtundo Bay, between the islands of Wamizi and Kifuki.
Their measurements ^ are as follows : —

E=58 r=10

E=55 r = 9o

^=36 r=7

I! = 27 to 29 r=6
R therefore varies from iSr to 5'8r.
In the first and largest specimen one arm has evidently been regenerated.
This is the first record, as far as we can discover, from the extreme
western side of the Indian Ocean.

Locality. — Station III., Mtundo Bay (Wamizi Island to Kifuki Island).
Previously recorded from — West Australia ; Freemantle ; Port Darwin ;
Tijrres Strait ; New Guinea: Philippines; Fiji Is.; Mauritius.

Astropecten Hemprichii, M. and T.

Several specimens of various ages and slightly different in superficial
appearance represent this species. They were obtained in three separate
localities, viz., Tunghi Bay, Mtundo Bay, and Montepes Bay. They agree
exactly with those of the same species in the British Museum, collected
by H.M.S. "Alert" on the Mozambique Coast. One specimen has been
regenerating three arms from the disc.

Localities. — Station I., Tunghi Bay; Station III., Mtundo Bay (Wamizi
Is. to Kifuki Is.); Station X., Montepes Bay.

Previously recorded from — Mozambique Coast ; Red Sea ; Mauritius ;
Ceylon ; Tuticorin ; Mergui Archipelago.

Astropecten polyacanthus, M. and T.

In the specimens, which we have identified with this species, the first
supero-marginal plate is strongly armed with a vertical spine. The second
supero-marginal on each side of the median interradial line is devoid of
a spine, while the remainder have the same structure as the first.

Sladen draws attention to a specimen in which this characteristic absence
is not pronounced.

This species is fairly abundant on the coast, and its distribution is

' All measurements are in millimetres.

interesting. It is a typically shallow-water species, as the following bathy-
nietrical notes will show : —

China, . . . \ Beach.

Japan,

Admiralty Islands, .
Port Jackson, .
Mergui Archipelago,
East Africa,

5 to 25 fathoms.
16 to 25 fathoms.

2 to 11 fathoms, and 6 to 15 fathoms.
8 fathoms.

6 to 12 fathoms.
Locality. — Station VI., Kero-Nyuni Bay, near Ras Pekawi.

Previously recorded from — Japan; China: Fiji Is.; Admiralty Is.; Port
Jackson ; Banda Sea ; Arafura Sea ; Macclesfield Bank : N. W. Australia ;
New Zealand ; Andaman Is. ; Mergui Archipelago ; Ceylon ; Seychelles ;
Amirante Is. ; Mauritius ; Zanzibar ; and the Red Sea.

Laidia maculata, M. and T.

This species is represented by two specimens : the first, from Mtundo
Bay, has seven arms ; and the .second, which is immature, has five complete
arms, and three being regenerated from the disc.

The diagnostic character.? in this species seem to be fairly constant, and
our specimens agree very well with those previously described.

Locality. — Station III., Mtundo Bay (Wamizi Is. to Kifuki Is.) ;
Station VI., Kero-Nyuni Bay.

Previously recorded from — S. Japan ; Philippines ; Singapore : Malacca ;
Macclesfield Bank ; Mergui Archipelago : Tuticorin ; and Mozambique.

Luidia aspera, Sladen.

This is a very distinct species, and we have no hesitation in referring
our specimens to it. It is characterised by the form of the paxilhe and
by the armature of the infero-marginal plates. The species is represented
by one specimen from Tunghi Hay, and several detached arms which were
obtained in a different haul of the dredge near the same place.

The following are the measurements of the complete individual : —
;?=145 r=16 i2 = 9r.

Sladen, in describing this species, gives Ii-7 5r and R = 8-5r. He also
remarks that the number of arms varies from 8 to 10, but in the above
specimen the number was 7, so that this feature cannot be regarded as
specific.

The bathymetrical distribution of this species shows a considerable range.
The specimens from the Admiralty Islands were obtained in from 10 to 150

fathoms, whereas those on the East Coast of Africa were dredged in 9 to 15
fathoms.

ZocaZ%.— Station I., Tunghi Bay.

Prevwusly recorded Jrom—VhiU^Tpines ; Admiralty Is.; Macclesfield Bank.

Stellaster incei, Gray.

This species is represented by a single specimen, iu which E=285 and
r=10. The nature ot the bottom on which a certain species exists is always
interesting, inasmuch as it has olten a distinct bearing on the individual
specimens; but S. incei does not seem to be associated with any particular
kind of bottom. At Mergui we found it occurring on — (1) mud and stones ;
(2) sand and mud ; (3) coral and sand ; and (4) sand and shell.

Its bathymetrical distribution is, however, restricted. The following
records are noteworthy :— East Africa, 3 to 15 fathoms; Torres Strait, 6 to 8
fathoms; Arafura Sea, 28 fathoms; Philippines, 18 fathoms; Port Molle,
5 to 11 fathoms; Port Denison, 6 fathoms; Ceylon, up to 40 fathoms.

Locality. — Station VI., Kero-Nyuni Bay.

Previously recorded from — Korea ; Singapore ; North-West Australia; Port
Curtis and Albany Island ; and Mergui Archipelago (in addition to the above).

Anthenea sp.?

There occur in the collection seven small specimens which we have
referred to the genus Anthenea. They are all immature, and as we were
unable to identify them with any known species, we have refrained from
establishing a new species to include them. The following notes, however,
may be ot interest: —

7i' = 4-J

/■=18

A = 2-3r

R = \l

r=18

A=2-3r

A' = 41

r=17

A =2-4 7-

ii = 39

r=17

A=2-3r

A =33

r= 15

A=2-2r

A = 29

r=13

A = 2-2»-

A = 28

/■ = 12

A=2-3r

Tliere are nine marginal plates, excluding the unpaired terminal one ;
these are rectangular in shape and bear no pedicellariae.

Tlie supero-maiginal plates are tuberculated ; all, except those in the arcs,
bear two tubercles, while three or four are not infrequent ; the tubercles are
arranged transversely. The infero-marginal plates bear spines only towards
the extremities of the arms ; three spines sometimes occur, either clustered
or disposed longitudinally, never transversely.

•Sit

The lophial line is composed of about 17 to 19 lounded plates ; the proximal
5 ot these bear tubercles, while the innermost of each line has a very large
tubercle : a distinct pentagonal area is thus enclosed. The arrangement of the
plates within this area is irreyular: a few sometimes bear minute tubercles.

The madrepore is lozenge-shaped, and lies between the two adjacent
plates which form one of the angles of the pentagon.

Valvular pedicellaria' occur in a discontinuous row on each side of the
lophial line, while a few are also scattered on the interlophial plates and
in the pentagonal area.

On the ventral surface the granulation is not prominent, and the plates
are distinct. A definite line of valvular pedicellariae extends on either
side of the ambulacral grove ; these lie usually longitudinally, but occasion-
ally oblique. Larger forms also occur, scattered on other plates.

The ambulacral armature appears to consist of a single series, but near
the apex of the arms a trace of a second series of spines is discernible.
Each plate bears four almost equal spines ; these are obtuse, flattened at
the tips, and arranged in a palisade.

Locality. — Station X., Montepes Bay.

Pentaceros lincki,i de Blainville.

Locality. — Stations I. to X., Bottom— sand, or sand and rock.
Previously recoi'ded from — Mergui ; Tuticorin ; Ceylon ; Mozambique ;
and Zanzibar.

Pentaceros superbus,' Mobius.
Locality. — Stations F. to X., Bottom — sand, or sand and rock.
Previously recorded from — Tuticorin ; Mergui ; Sumatra.

Pentaceros gracilis,' Luiken.
Locality. — Siations I. to X., Bottom — sand, or .■-and and rock.
Previously recorded from — Mergui; East Australia; Port Molh- and
Port Denison, Queensland.

' These three well-known species are extremely abundant over ;iliiiost the whole
coast, and are a distinct menace to pearl-oyster beds. During the period over which
my work extended on the coast, more than five thousand of these were brout;ht up in
the dredge, while on the shallow reefs thousands may be seen daily at low tide. The
colour patterns on all these species, but e-ipecially on f . tincki, are worthy of attention.
The general tone is in most ca.se9 blue, but the foUowing variations in the colour of the
spines were observed — (1) central spines orange, the others creamy-white ; (2) all the spines
vermilion-red : (3) all the spines creamy-white. Another type had bright yellow as a
groundwork, while the spines were orange-coloured.

These few observations demonstrate tlie futility of basing any siwiific character on
coloration in brightly- coloured asteroids. J. J. S.

Pentaceros sp.

In the collection there are three small specimens which are undoubtedly
immature, but which belong to the genus Pentaceros. After a careful
comparison of the type specimens of the various species of this genus
in the British Museum, we have come to the conclusion that they approach
nearest to P. nodulosus, Perrier, but in view of the fact that they are young
and immature we would refrain from definitely referring them to this
species.

The following notes may, however, be useful in illustrating the chief
points of similarity and contrast.

The present specimens differ from the British Museum specimens on
which Perrier founded the species P. nodulosus (Archiv. de Zool. Expir., v.,
1876, p. 53) in the following respects: —

^ = 67 r = 24 i?=2-8/-

iJ = o9 ;-=21 R=-2-Br

E = oB r = 21 P=2-3r

Perrier '.'ives E = 2^r.

Marginal plates: — Type specimen, . 36 to 38.
Present specimens, . 15 to 17.

Tubercles on the lophial line : — Type specimen, . Ellipsoidal.

Present specimens, . Dome-like.

In addition to this we may note that in our specimens there are tubercles,
conical or dome-like, on the lateral and supero-marginal plates. On the
lateral plates they become larger towards the disc, while, in contrast to
this, on the supero-marginal plates they are more prominent towards the
tip of the arm.

Ill larger specimens of P. nodulosus these lateral lines are not to be
seen, and it is possible that those of the specimens before us would disappear
with the growth of the individual. In want of evidence regarding the
possibility of this, we think it more advisable not to identify our specimens
with this species at present. In the living animal the tubercles are light
yellow, and the rest of the dorsal surface is dark brown.

The position of the madreporite is the same as in the type specimen, but
whereas in P. nodulosus it is lozenge-shaped, in the present forms it is
triangular to heart-shaped.

The spines of the ambulacral grove also show some variation : —

In P. nodulosiis — (1) inner series, . 7 to 9 spines on each plate.

(2) outer series, . 3 larger spines.

In the present specimens — (1) inner series, . 5 spines on each plate.

(2) outer series, . 2 larger spines.

If our view of the species be correct, the great differences which may
obtain between immature and mature specimens are most noticeable.
Locality. — Station IX., Matemo Island, Ibo Bay.

Pentaceros sp.

Another small specimen from Tuughi Bay is too young for specific
determination. -R = 32; r = 13'5. The disc is distinctly elevated in the
manner of P. lincki. On each lophial line are three or four prominent
conical tubercles, culminating in size in the topmost one on the central
disc, which is 3 to 4 millimetres in height. The tubercles are closely
granulated, and through the granulated surface projects the small sub-acute
apex. On the last two or three distal infero- and supero-marginal plates
there are small spinous tubercles.

This may be a young form of P. gracilis, a species in which we
know the development of spines is very variable. On the other hand,
however, it may be an immature stage of P. lincki, but any categorical
statement would be ill-advised.

Locality. — Station I., Tunghi Bay.

Culcita schmideliana (lletz.).

This very variable species is represented in the collection by a single
large dried specimen which has become slightly damaged by damp. Only
the dorsal skeleton and fragments of the ventral surface remain ; however,
the ventral tesselated plates show well.

In life the aboral surface was dark brown willi much lighter brown
poriferous areas ; the oral surface was purple, becoming paler towards the
mouth ; the sides of the ambulacral grove were yellow, and around the
actinostome there were distinct dark blue areas.

Referring to this species from Ceylon, Professor Herdman {licp. on Ceylon
Pearl Oys. Fish., vol. ii. p. 144) remarks that " this cushion-like starfish . . .
shows on the aboral surface a bright orange-coloured pentagon closely

papillated, and with the ambulacral groves running as narrow -red lines
out to the angles. On the aboral surface there are short red spines on
the well-marked lobed areas, while the surface between has a fine fluffy or
velvet-like appearance."

Locality. — Station IX., Matemo Island.

Previoushi recorded from — Eed Sea; Dar-es-Salaam ; Zanzibar; Mozam-
bique; Madagascar; Mauritius; Ceylon; Andaman Is.; and Amboina.

Culcita sp.?

This large starfish, popularly known as the "leather bun," is almost
universally distributed along the coast, though not in such abundance as
Pentaceros. The following notes may show the protean nature of the colour
schemes in this wonderful genus. It is difficult to say if one or more species
are here represented, but the former is more probable. These varieties are,
at any rate, discernible : —

A. With black tubercles and scattered soft poriferous areas.
Ground, yellow, . . Areas, grey.

blue,

bright yellow,

salmon-pink,

light grey,

bright yellow,

grey,

brown.

greenish-brown,
yellow,
dark grey,
yello wish-brown,
dark brown.

B. With tubercles but no different coloured poriferous areas.

Tubercles black, with the general tone yellow, orange-yellow,
brown, or pink.

C. With coloured poriferous areas but no tubercles.

Ground, yellow, Areas, brown,
blue, ... „ grey.

„ salmon-pink, . „ brown.

One specimen was entirely red.

These notes show the extraordinary variability in colour of the highly
coloured Asteroids, a fact very often overlooked by the cabinet zoologist, but
well known to every field naturalist. This is evidence how little, if
any, reliance can be placed on colour as a specific character.

Ophidiaster cylindricus (Lam.), M. and T.

This is a typical coral-reef species, and is represented in the collection
by several specimens of different ages from Montepes Bay. The following
notes may prove interesting in a study of development : —

^=146 r=U

A' = 104 r=ll

^=92 r= 9

E= f.9 ?■= 8-5.

In life the colour schemes of this species are extremely striking, and
are by far the most brilliant in the associated fauna. Many specimens are
dark red all over ; others are of a bright yellow, with dark red to vermilion
blotches on the arms. They are somewhat .slimy to the touch when alive.
There is never more than one madrepore plate.

Locality. — Station X., Montepes Bay, between Kilalia Island and Sinkori
Island.

Prenamly recorded from — Muscat (Brit. Mus.) ; Mauritius ; Ceylon ;
Kondavi, Fiji Islands ; Moluccas.

Linckia diplax (M. and T.).

This is apparently one of the commonest Asteroids on the coast. There
are numerous specimens from three separate localities, viz., Tunghi Bay,
Kero-Nyuni Bay, and from the reefs separating Das Kolas Is. from Matemo Is.
^=175 r=ll 7i'=16r.

The number of arms varies from four to six, and two madrepore plates
occur on every individual except in one with six rays, which has tliree.

There are three comet individuals, in one of whicli 72=112, /■ = 9; in
another R = 60, r = 8 ; while in the third li = 89, and ?• = 39.

In the largest specimens the small rays are thick in proportion to their
length, and comparatively blunt. In the others they are almost normal in
proportion.

In several individuals one or more arms have been truncated, and
regeneration is in progress.

The two predominant general colours are brown and blue, with black
dots. Many, however, are greenish blue on the aboral surface, and bear
minute black dots, which give the whole the appearance of a brandling
coral. The oral surface is purplisli-red.

Localities. — Station 1., Tunghi Bay; Station IX., Matemo Is.; Station YI.,
Kero-Nyuni Bay.

Previously recordrd from — Mozambique ; Madagascar ; Bourbon ; Mauri-
tius ; Ceylon; Christmas Is.; New Caledonia; Fiji; and Friendly Islands.

Linckia marmorata (Michelin). (Figs. 1-4.)
The specimens which we have referred to this species were at first a

little perplexing — in fact, from the original description and figures of L.

marmorata it is well-nigh impossible to distinguish the species.

The type specimen was described by Michelin in 1844 in the Revue

Zoologiqite as Ophidiaster mnrmoratus, thus : —

" 0. minima ; radiis quinis, cyliudraceis, violaceis et luteolis ; parte
superior! longitudinaliter quinque costatis, transverse rugosis, subtilis-
sime granulatis, ad interstitiis varie tribus poris ornata ; parte inferior!
granulosa ; canalibus clausis ; marginibus papillosis, duabus lineis par-
vulis tuberculis ornatis, taberculo madreporiformi parvulo, rotundo,
sulcato, violaceo."

In 1845 Michelin again referred to it in the Magazin de Zoologie, p. 21,
and also figured it (plate 10) — (" Essai d'une faune de I'ile Maurice ").

In 1869, von Martens placed the species in the genus Linckia (Claus
von der Decken's Eeise ; Seesterne und Seeigel, p. 130); while in 1875 Perrier
(Archiv. de Zool. Expir) revised the species but gave little new specific
character to it. He notes, however, that the type specimen had the following
measurements : — R = 10 mm., r = 4 mm. The species was therefore established
on a very immature specimen.

In 1884, Bell resuscitated the species and made a valuable contribution
to the specific diagnosis {Zool. Coll. of H.M.S. "Alert," p. 125). On this
description, and taking as a basis some specimens in the British Museum
which Bell has referred to this species, we have identified these puzzling
forms in the present collection.

The following notes are given as a contribution towards the study of
this species, and should be taken in conjunction with Bell's valuable
variation references.

The arms are five in number ; they are subconical, being slightly flattened
on the ventral surface.

The measurements of the different specimens in the present collection are : —

/i' = 48

r = 9

i^=38

r = 7

A' =37

,. = 7

R=37

r = l

72 = 36

r = l

i2-34

?'=6

i.e., R = 5|

to 5t''.

The following is a description of the largest specimen (Figs. 1-4).
The plates are all arranged in definite rows ; they are markedly
convex, and the axis is transverse. The following series may be
distinguished : — One mid-dorsal series ; two sub-lateral series ; one very broad
.sub-ventral series. Several of the plates appear as if composed of
segregations of smaller dome-like plates.

The median row, or mid-dorsal series, terminates in a larger plate at
the junction of the arm and disc. Between these five plates, which are
arranged pentagonally, five others are disposed symmetrically, while in the
centre of the disc there occurs a single plate of a size similar to the
others. The arrangement of the tubercles on the surface of the disc is
markedly symmetrical.

The sub-lateral rows on opposite sides of adjacent arms are continuous
through the angle; this series does not extend to the tip of the arm,
but is terminated abruptly by the union of two sub-parallel poriferous areas.

The plates of the sub-ventral series are more or less rectangular in
shape ; they are densely covered with coarse regular granulations which
are interrupted by a furrow, running medianly to half-way from the ventral
edge of the plate.

The poriferous areas lie in six longitudinal rows, three on each side of
the arms ; the average number of pores in each group is about fifteen ; the
areas are distinctly larger than the corresponding plates. Uu each side of
an arm the upper sub-lateral series of plates does not extend to the tip;
consequently the poriferous areas which are otherwise separated by these
plates are conlluent in this region. Occasionally these larger poriferous
areas are united transversely by small and almost inconspicuous lines,
bearing pores.

The madrepore is simple and distinct, and recalls the structure of the
coral Fun'jia. It is larger tlian the plates of the dorsal surface, and lies
in the angle formed by the dorsal row of plates and the upper sub-lateral row.
The ambulacral armature is bi-serial ; the inner row consists of large
and small alternate spines, four or six on each plate (five may occur) ; they
are blunt, sub-triangular in shape, and interlock. The spines of the outer
series are larger, more distant, vertical, conical, and occur in pairs or threes
on each plate.

In both series there is a tendency towards an alternation in these
numbers — e.g. (1) inner series, four and six on alternate plates ;

(2) outer series, two and three on alternate plates ;
but from about halfway from the mouth to the tip of the arm the number
tends to diminish and the rows lose their regularity. Occasionally a single

Fig. 1.

Till of arm, dorsal view, sliowing the disposition of the various series of plates and poriferous areas.

Fig. 2.
Portion of arm, ventral view, showing the structure and arrangement of the adanibulacral armature.

LiNCKIA MAr.Mor.ATA.

Fio. 3.

Portion olaiin, v.-ntnil surfaci-, sliovvin<; tlic a.lanil.ul;u;ral .irmatii

Vir.. 1.
Oral Region.

LiNl'KIA MAKMOItATA.

additional spine may occur near the middle of a plate ; this is more marked
towards the distal end.

The colour fundamentally is brownish-grey, but the centre of the disc
is usually purple. There are usually three or four transverse purple bands
on each arm ; these extend in some cases to the ambulacral grove.

Locality. — Type specimen : Station II., Wamizi Island. Five other
specimens : Station I., Tunghi Bay.

Nardoa variolata, Gray.

Two specimens from the reefs around Matemo Island represent this
species. In the largest Il=Qb, r=ll. Neither specimen is fully mature,
and the number of plates on the side of each arm does not exceed 30 or .31,
whereas in full-grown individuals 45 is not infrequent.

Locality. — Station IX., Matemo Island.

Previously recorded from — Eed Sea ; Zanzibar ; Bourbbn ; Mauritius ;
Mozambique ; Eodriguez : Ceylon ; and Australia.

Retaster cribrosus (von Mart.).

This species is very abundant on the coast, and specimens from four
different localities are represented in the collection.

i? = 38, r= 9; K = 4-2r.
7i' = 37, r=13; B=-ir.

Most of the specimens are fully grown, and in some of them the arms
taper more than is usual in this species. In some individuals the paxillie
spinelets on the dorsal surface are not well developed, but even in young
specimens they are never entii-ely absent.

The colour of the specimens is rather unusual. Most of them are black,
with ashy-white ridges on the dorsal surface ; sometimes these ridges are
ruddy or even orange-coloured.

One specimen has only four arms, and these are arranged symmetrically.

Localities. — Station II., Maiyapa Bay (near Magi-mazizi) ; Station III.,
Mtundo Bay (between Wamizi Is. and Kifuki Is.) ; Station VI., Kero-
Nyuni Bay ; Station IX., Matemo Island.

Previously recorded from — Samoa and Philippines to Mergui ; Amboina ;
Port Molle and Thursday Island, 4 fathoms (coral); Singapore; Ceylon;
Mozambique ; Dar-es-Salaam ; and Zanzibar.

{Issued .teparalelii. ISWt Febriian/ 1910.)

On a New Species of Cactogorgia. By Jas. J. Simpson, M.A.,
B.Sc, Caruegie Research Fellow, Natural History Dc-ijartment,
University of Aberdeen. (With One Plate.)

(MS. received January 24, 1910. Read January 24, 1910.)

AmoN"GST the unnamed Alcyonaria in the collection of the Royal Scottish
Museum, Edinbui-gli. is a beautiful colonj* belonging to the genus Cacto-
gorgia, whicli 31r Eagle Clarke has kindly handed me for identification and
description.

In 1907 {Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin.) I established the genus Cactogorgia
for several small colonies from the Indian Ocean, and referred these to three
separate species, viz. celosioicles, alciformis, and expansa. Thomson and
M'Kinnon, in Trans. Linn. Soc. (ZooL), 1909, have described another species
from the Seychelles under the name of Cactogorgia lamjxis, and the
present colony must also be referred to a new species. This we propose to
name Cactogorgia agariciformis, n. sp., on account of its ver}^ definite
mushroom-shape.

It is interesting to note that the inclusion of these two new species has
not necessitated anj- change in the original generic diagnosis.

Cactogorgia agaricifomiis, n. sp.

This species is represented by a single specimen of a slightly orange-
yellow colour — that is, after prolonged preservation in alcohol. It has been
attached to rock, and the basal disc is overgrown by an encrusting sponge.
The colonj' (fig. 1) is 75 cm. in height, and consists of two very distinct
parts: (1) a lower, almost cylindrical, stalk, 4-8 cm. long, 7 mm. in diameter
at the base and 12 nun. at the top ; and (2) an upper, polj-p-bearing, part,
elevated in the centre, circular in outline and expanded horizontal!}', giving
the whole colon}- a very distinct mushroom appearance. The breadth of
the capitulum is 31 mm., and its maximum height 12 mm.

The whole colony is very stiff and rigid, owing to tlie densely interlaced,
lar<^e, warty spindles, which are quite visible to the naked e3'e. These are
arran<Ted for the most part longitudinally, and give the translucent appear-
ance which was characteristic of C. celosioicles to the whole colony.

The stalk contains several large canals (fig. 2). These are supported by

extremely thick non-collapsible walls which are densely packed with large
warty spicules. The canals branch near the capitulum, and connect with
the polj-ps by means of small solenia.

The polj'ps are situated all over the capitulum, few in number, of a large
size, and arising like the disc florets in the Compositas (fig. 1). Each
consists of a very distinct verucca, which is supported by large longitudinally
arranged spindles. The apices of tliese project, and form strong protection
to the retracted anthocodia. The oral openings of the verrucas are about
5 mm. apart, but the bases overlap slightly.

The anthocodise are all retracted within the verrucee. They are
moderately large, and have a dense armature. They are about 2 mm. in
height and 1 mm. in diameter. The anthocodial armature (fig. 3) consists
of a " croAvn " and eight distinct " points." The " crown " consists of about
twent3--two to twenty-eight rows of slightly curved spicules, which are
placed circumferentially and interlock closely. Surmounting this there are
eight triangular "points," each consisting of about fovir pairs of slightly
bent spicules which are arranged loosely en chevron. There are usually
a few small scattered spicules between the "points." ArVhen at rest the
tentacles are infolded and overlap one another, and when expanded are
about 1 mm. in length. They are conical in shape, and have a few simple
pinnules. They contain small scale-like .spicules arranged en chevron on
their aboral surface.

The spicules vary in shape and character in the various parts of the
colony. Those of the stalk are for the most part large spindles, some of
which are almost scale-like (fig. 4). They are covered with large papillose,
irregular warts. In the verrucas they are predominantly spindles, either
straight or variously curved (fig. 5). These are also covered with warts,
but are not so rugose as those of the stalk.

The spicules of the anthocodiee are straight and curved spiny .spindles.
Some of these may bifurcate at one end (fig. 6).

On the aboral surface of the tentacles there are small scales, irregular in
outline or with a slight constriction in the middle. The flattened surface
of these is slightly papillose (fig. 7).

The following are some of the measurements of the chief types, length
by breadth, in millimetres : —

(a) Stalk, 2-5 x 0-4 ; 2-5 x 0-36 ; 12 x 0-2 ; 09 x 0-2.

(b) VerruciB, 2-8 X 0-4 ; 2ox0-3; 1-2.5 x 0-2.

(d) Tentacles, 01 2x0-04; 004x002.

Pioe. liny. Soc. Ediii.]

[Vol. X.\X.

* 7

!f-^

:3m&'^

i 7.

^-^-»^!5*?v=*>;.J^ 5.

Cactogorgia agahiciformis, n. sp.

Mr J. J. SrMPsoN".

The record of tlie locality of this specimen has been unfortunately lost.
All the other species have been recorded from the Indian Ocean.

In some respects this species approaches C'actogorgia expansa, but it is
easily distinguished by the characteristic shape of the colony iind by the
architecture of the anthocodial armature.

The following table gives a summary of the differences in the anthocodial
armature for the different species of C'actogorgia : —

Species.

" Crown.^'

" Point."

C. celosioides, Simpson.

C. expansa, Simpson.

C. akiformis, Simpson.

C. lampas, Thomson
and M'Kinnon.

C. agaridfornm, n. sp.

7-10 rows of curved spindles.

About 8 rows of curved
spindles.

10-14 rows of curved spindles.
6 rows of horizontal spindles.

22-28 rows of slightly curved
spindles.

1 large pair, with occasionally
1 or 2 smaller ones between.

6-8 pairs arranged en chevron.

10-15 spindles only slightly en
chevron.

About 3 converging pairs of
spindles, and between two
"points" lies a single spindle.

4 pairs of curved spindles en
chevron, with a few scattered
between the " points."

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1. Colony enlarged almost twice natural size,

Fig. 2. Stalk broken across to show the large main canals ( x 6).

Fig. 3. Polyps enlarged to show anthocodial armature ( x 35).

Fig. 4. Spicules from the stalk ( x 25).

Fig. 5. Spicules of the verrucre ( x 25).

Fig. 6. Spicules of the anthocodise ( x 40).

Fig. 7. Spicules from the aboral surface of the tentacles ( x So).

(Issued separately March 10, 1910.)

X.— Note on a Peculiar Clutch of Blackbird's Eggs and some other
Abnormalities. By Professor J. Arthur Thomson, M.A.

(Read 28th February 1910. Received 28th February 1910.)

That the eggs of birds show considerable variability — in size, shape, and
colouring — is, of course, very well known, but I thought it might be of use to
record an interesting case of variation — especially in size — in a clutch of
Blackbird's eggs. I owe the clutch and the data as to the order in which the
eggs were laid to my friend Mr R. Hay Fenton, who not long ago very
generously presented to the Natural History Museum of Aberdeen University
his remarkably fine and almost complete collection of the eggs of British
birds.

There are four eggs in this Blackbird's clutch, which have the following
dimensions —

(i.) 38 X 24 mm.
(ii.) 33 X 23 mm.
(iii.) 28 X 22-5 mm.
(iv.) 27 X 21 mm.

The largest egg (i.) was laid first, but it did not develop; the ne.xt
largest (ii.) followed and was fertile; the third (iii.) was near the normal
size; the smallest egg (iv.) was laid last. The third and fourth were quite
fresh when the clutch was taken.

In his great work on the eggs of the birds of Europe, Dresser notes that
the eggs of the Blackbird vary from 28 x 2133 mm. to 32 x 22 35 mm., and
quotes as an average of 48 eggs, 28 x 21 mm. ; so that the interest of the
clutch exhibited is that the first egg is far above the average, and that
the abnormality goes on decreasing egg after egg. There is a progressive
variation in a minus direction.

I do not wish to make too much of a little thing, but it is of interest to
compare a case like this with others where we see at work the mysterious
regulative tendency which is characteristic of living creatures. Thus
Raymond Pearl recently described a case (Journ. Uxper. ZooL, vi., 1909, pp.
339-351, 1 pi.) in which the first egg laid by a pullet was very abnormal in
shape — elongated ovate pyriform. In the subsequent eggs laid there was a
quite gradual change of shape, whicli was regulative in character, until
finally the eggs were quite normal.

Numerous abnormalities in the eggs of the common fowl have been
recorded, and the collection now shown illustrates not a few. It is an

object-lesson in variability. The most remarkable form which I have to
show consists of a small oval giving origin to a twisted tube like the horn of
a shorthorn sheep. Such occurrences have been in some measure cleared up
by a recent daring experiment made by Pearl and Surface {Science, xxix.,
1909, pp. 428-9). In order to determine the nature of the stimulus which
induces the making of a shell, they performed an operation on a hen as a
result of which the contents of the intestine were made to pass through the
shell-secreting part of the oviduct. The interesting result was, that they got
curious enshelled masses of various shapes, and they were led to the
conclusion that the stimulus which excites the shell-making glands is
mechanical rather than chemical in nature, and that the formation of the
shell is brought about by a strictly local reflex, and is not immediately
dependent upon the activity of other portions of the reproductive system.

It may be said that this was to a certain extent known before from a
study of what are popularly known as " wind-eggs." These are not true
ova, they contain no vitellus. They consist of a mass of albumen the
stimulus of which has induced the making of an enveloping shell. It has
also been shown that foreign bodies may ascend from the cloaca into the
oviduct and become surrounded by a shell. Thus a species of Distomum,
which frequently occurs in the bursa Fabricii opening into the cloaca, may
pass up the oviduct and be included intact in the albumen of an egg.

In an interesting paper on abnormal eggs in fowls, J. Kunstler points out
{M6m. Soc. Sci. Bordeaux, in., 1903, pp. 65-72, 7 figs.) that a frequent cause
is a lack of tone in the oviduct, the normal peristaltic movements being
disturbed in consequence. Thus an egg may return on its path and become
surrounded by a second shell, thus resulting in one form of tlie not unfamiliar
ovum in ovo.

In a paper on " Ovum in Ovo," by F. H. Herrick {American Naturalist,
xxxiii., 1899, pp. 409-414, 3 figs.), it is suggested that an abortive egg or
egg-fragment may be enshelled and then included within the shell of
another egg of larger size. In other cases, what is included has nothing
of the nature of an egg about it, though it has been enshelled. Entirely
different again are eggs with double or triple yolks, where we. have to deal
with a fusion of the albumen in two or more ova, which are treated in the
oviduct as one egg and surrounded by a single shell. This process
may be sometimes complicated by the inclusion of a third egg of normal
size and already covered by a hard shell. So when we speak of an egg
within an egg, we may mean one of three or four different things.

The problem of the factors which determine the shapes of the eggs of
birds has been discussed in a very interesting paper by Prof. D'Arcy W.

Thompson {Nature, 4th June 1908, pp. 111-113). The egg, consisting of a
slightly extensible membrane filled with an incompressible fluid is subject
to external pressure from the radially contractile oviduct, and an equation
for the shell can be worked out. It is pointed out that from the nature
and direction of the usual peristaltic wave in the oviduct the pressure will
be greatest somewhere behind the middle of the egg ; in other words, the
tube is converted for the time being into a more conical form, and the
simple result follows that the anterior end of the egg becomes the broader
and the posterior the narrower. One may recall how the peristaltic move-
ments of the intestine in many animals, such as the rabbit, divide the
faecal matter into spherical or oval masses.

The object of the present note is to record a case of variation with
subsequent regulation, to show in a collection of hen's eggs how large the
crop of variations is, and to note the suggestions that have been offered in
interpretations of certain not uncommon freaks, such as a trumpet-shaped
egg or an egg within an egg.

(Issued separately, Wth May 1910.)

XI. — Note on Eunephthya glomerata, Verrill, from the Faeroe Channel.
By Professor J. Arthur Thomson, M.A.

(Read 28th March 1910. Received 28th March 1910.)

I HAVE previously recorded in the Proceedings of this Society the
occurrence of two interesting Anthozoa from the Faeroe Channel, Primnoa
reseda, Linn., and Antipathes larix, Esper, and as it seems worth while
continuing, the list as specimens turn up, I wish now to add Eunephthya
glomerata, Verrill. I obtained a single specimen from the collections of the
" Goldseeker," and I am indebted to Prof. D'Arcy W. Thompson, C.B., for
permission to make it the subject of this note.

The small colony rises to a height of about 22 mm. with a maximum
breadth of 15 mm. A short trunk bears about three dozen polyps in ill-
defined groups. There are so many spicules that the whole colony is stiff,
and the surface has a glistening, frosted appearance — more or less white in
colour. Most of the polyps are 3 to 4 mm. in height, and the upper part
shows eight strongly-marked longitudinal ridges and intervening grooves.
The ridges taper, bend inwards round the mouth, and are continued into
the inturned tentacles. These are curved like a crozier, and their aboral
surface is heavily armoured with spicules which cease near the tip. The
spicules are clubs and spindles, some compact irregular bodies and a few
cruciate forms. The clubs vary greatly in size and appearance, but most
of them have enlarged heads, extremely rougli, with stout blunt processes
usually directed towards the apex. The following measurements were taken
of length and breadth — the latter measured across the club, 0-15 x 006;
0"2 X 0'04 ; 0"3 x O'l mm. The spindles have usually sparse, blunt tubercles.
Two common sizes are — 04 x 004 ; 08 x 002 mm.

The large and somewhat difficult genus Bunephthi/a, as re-defined by
Kiikenthal, includes more or less branched Nephthyid colonies, with thin
canal walls not thickly filled with spicules, with polyps without Stiitzbiindel,
in groups or singly, retractile or non-retractile, but not divided into distinct
calycine and retractile portions. The nearest genus is Gersemia, in which a
portion of the polyp is retractile within a distinct calyx.

The genus Eunephthya is divided into two main divisions — (1) Alq/oni/orm,
with thickened contractile terminal branches, with completely retractile,
elongated cylindrical polyps disposed singly ; and (2) Nephthyi/omi, with
unthickened, non-retractile terminal bi-anches, with polyps grouped in
bundles, club-shaped, and non-retractile.

It is evident that our specimen belongs to the Nephthyiform division or
sub-genus of Eimephtluja, and to the group which Kiikenthal calls Divaricatse
wlomeratffi, including E. glomeraia, Verrill, E. hyaliTia (Danielssen), E.
racemosa, Studer, and some doubtful species.

I have recorded this specimen for faunistie reasons — it is a characteristic-
ally boreal animal previously recorded from deep water of 500 to 600
I'athoms in Northern Seas, e.ff., o.ff Franz-Joseph Land, Spitzbergen, Jan
Meyen, and Greenland. It was dredged in the Fseroe Channel, Station 18a,
18th June 1906, from a depth of 355 metres. But the specimen has also
some systematic interest.

My specimen agrees with Eunephthya glomerata in all respects except
that it shows more numerous delicate spindles, more irregularly headed clubs,
and among its irregular spicules none that I should call double stars. By
making several distinct preparations from different parts of the colony, I have
convinced myself that the slight divergence in the spiculation is quite
unimportant, and not greater than that separating some other recorded
varieties of the species. I strongly suspect that many of the spicules
described and figured as double stars are the broken off heads of very much
knobbed clubs. In appearance, and in some of its spicules, my specimen
very closely resembles Eunephthya racemo&a, Studer, from Newfoundland,
and may, I think, be taken as showing that the latter should be included in
E. glomerata, Verrill.

Kiikenthal has already united with Eunephthya glmiierata quite a number
of species — Ammothea lueikeni, Mareuzeller, Nephthya polaris, Nephthya
Jlavescens, Nephthya rosea, Drifa islandica, and Gersemiopsis arctica (all due
to Danielssen's exaggerated emphasis on minute differences). 1 think
E. racemosa, Studer, should be added to the list. Moreover, in the detailed
description and numerous figures that Danielssen has given of Drifa hyalina
(which, as Kiikenthal shows, is certainly a species of Eunephthya), I find no
satisfactory reason for keeping even it apart.

Danielssen noted that Nephthya Jlavescens, N. polaris, and N. rosea, which
are now iJentihed with Eunephthya glomerata, are viviparous, and he gave a
careful account of the embryos found free in the gullet. It is interesting to
notice that the specimen under consideration, collected in the month of June,
has numerous large free embryos in some of its polyps. Perhaps, as in some
other cases, the viviparous habit is au adaptation to life in deep water.

[Issued separately, llth May 1910.)

(JouRN. R. MiCR. Soc, 1910, pp. U2-113) 59

V. — Note, on Dendrohnwhla fallax Brook, a Rare and
Scmarkahk Antipatharian.

By Professor J. Arthur Thomson, M.A.

(Bead Fcbmarij 16, 1910.)

In a collcctidii of Alcyoii;irian.s wliicli 1 received for description
from His Soreue Highness the Prince of Monaco, there were four
specimens of unusual appearance and puzzling character — with a
spinose axis and pinnate tentacles — wliich are undoubtedly refer-
able to a remarkable type of Antipatharian, which llrook described
in ]8S'.I under the name Dcadrohrachia fallax. Although I have
not much that is new to add to Brook's excellent descrijjtion and
figures, it may be of interest to record the re-observation of an ex-
traordinary type, which seems to have remained unnoticed for more
than twenty years. Very unfortunately, three of the specimens
were dry, while the fourlli, which was preserved inspirit, had only
a few extremely brittle polyps.

What are the peculiarities of the type wliich give it a somewhat
aloof position among Antipatharians ?

1. The axis is without a central canal. In its younger parts it
consists of about five longitudinal ridges or plates, standing out
from a thin central stem and showing a distantly dentate margin.
As growth goes on, there seems to be an increase in the number of
outstanding ridges, and at the same time, by the deposition of
successive concentric layers of horn, the deep troughs between the
ridges are filled up, and an apijroximation to the ordinary type of
Antipatharian axis is thus reached. There is great diversity in the
size and .shape of the spines in different parts of the colony. The
colour of the axis varies from yellowish-brown to amber-brown.
The basal portion, which was ab.sent in Brook's two specimens, is
well seen in two cases.

2. The iiolyps are even more remarkable than the axis. They
arise laterally, often in sub-opposite pairs, but there may be a con-
sidcralile interval, of two lengths or more, between two pairs. In
short, they are much more distant than is usual in Anti]iathariaijs.
Nor do they, in most cases, stand out at right angles, as Antipa-
tharian polyjjs usually do ; they are often appressed to the twig, or
form an acute angh> with it. The tentacles are retractile, which is
also unusual, so tliat in some cases there is simply a circle of knobs
around the prominent oral cone. StUl more striking is the fact
that they bear well-developed pinnules, six to seven pairs in the

60 Note on Denclrolrachia fallax Brook. By J. A. Thomson.

twelve polyps examined. It was impossible to cut the extremely
1 irittle tissue, and the tentacles split veiy readily up the middle, but
in foui- or five cases there seemed no doubt as to the presence of
eight. Brook was not able to determine the number. In one case
it seemed faii'ly certain that there- were eight mesenteries.

The occurrence of eight pinnate tentacles at once suggests an
Alcyouariau, and one was reminded that in many cases Alcyouid
Alcyonarians grow over the naked axes of Gorgonids so thoroughly
that a very deceptive appearance results. There is not, however,
anything — such as uncovered tips on the twigs, or hummocking of
the ccenenchyma — to lead one to suppose that the specimen is not
a iinity. Moreover, there is no hint of Alcyonarian spicules, and
the pinnules on the tentacles are much more irregular than in
Alcyonarians. One would not indeed consider this possibility,
were it not that some cases of the masking of extrinsic axes by
Alcyonarians are almost incredilaly deceptive, and were it not tliat
the type in question is such a puzzling Antipatharian.

That Antipathariaus have affinities with Zoantharians seems
probable, and it is interesting to remember that the primitive type
Edivardsia has only eight complete mesenteries, that a young
Hakampa has eight tentacles, and that some sea-anemones, e.g.
Adinodcndron, liave irregularly pinnate tentacles. There seems to
be little doubt that Dcndrohrachia fallax is a primitive Anti-
patharian, nearer than many to the Zoantharian stock. One
would like to see more of it.

Brook's two specimens were dredged in 1876 from 425 fathoms
off Ascension ; those now exhibited were dredged in 1901 from
219 fathoms off the island of St. Vincent, in the Capj Verde
Islands.

LOsn.X: PRIXTIJ. Ur «-,I.,.tAM CLOWES *XD SONS. LmrTED
OR. AT WCNDMILI. SIEKIT. W., ASI> DUKE STREET. STAMFOKD 6TEEM,

JOURN. R. MICRO. SOC. 1910, PI. V.

West. Newman imp.

INDIAN OCEAN ANTI PATH ARIANS.

(JouRX. R. MiCR. Soc. 1910. pp. 273-281.)

VIII. — Antipatharian.s from the Indian Ocean.

By Sophia L. M. Summers, M.A. B.Sc.
(Natural History Department, University of Aberdeen.)

{Read March 16, 1910.)

(Plate V.)

The Antipatharians here reported on were collected for the most
part at Ibo, in Portuguese East Africa, by Mr. Jas. Siiupsou,
M.A. B.Sc, Carnegie Fellow, University of Aberdeen. A few were
collected in the Mergui Archipelago by !Mr. R. X. Rudmose-
Brown, B.Sc, and Mi: Simpson.

The collection includes fourteen species, of which three areaew.
The list is as follows.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. — Antipathes abies Gray. Arrangement of spines, main axis.
„ 2. — A. salicoides sp.n. Arrangement of spines near the tip of the axis.
„ 3. — Pteropathes simpsoni s,p. u. Arrangement of spines.
„ 4. — Antipathes salicoides s'p.n. Arrangement of spines, main item.
„ 5. — Stichopat)ies bispinosa noxn.n. Arrangement of spines.
„ 6. — Antipathes abies Gray. Showing forked spines.
„ 7. — A. salicoides sp. n. Polyps on main branches.
„ 8. — A. tristis Duchassaing. .\rrangement of spines.
„ 9. — Cirripatlus iiulica sp. n. Arrangement of spines.
„ 10. — Stichopathcs bispinosa. Polj-ps.
„ 11. — S. echinulata. Polyps.

62 Transactions of the Society.

Family ANTIPATHID.E Yerrill.
Siib-faraily Antipathix-e Brook.

Section 1. Indivisse.

Genus Cirripathes Blainville.

Cirripathes indica sp. n.
C. pro/diiqua Brook.
C. spiralis Linn.

Genus SHchopathes Brook.
Stichopathcs (^z'rma. (Brook) = Cirnpatlics{^)diversa^ro6k

■=. (?) S. alcocki Cooper.
,S^. Uspiiiosa nom. n. = Cirripathes (1) Jlagellum Brook ; n.

= Stichopathes flagellum Eoule.
S. echiimlata Brook.
S. gracilis Gray.

Section 2. Ramosse.

Genus Antipathes Pallas.

Antipathes salicoides sp. n.

A. fiircata Gray.

A. tristis Duchassaing.

A. lentipinna Brook.

A. gracilis Gray.

A. abies Brook.

Genus Pteropathes Brook.
Pteropathes simpsoni sp. n.

Cirripathes indica sp. n. Plate V. fig. 9.

See C^■rrlpa<Aes (?) Thomson and Simpson, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Eeport, 1905,
Supplementary Eeport 30, p. 95, fig. 8.

A simple colony wound in a large circle, whose circumference is
77 cm. and diameter 18 cm. The polyps are badly preserved, but
are distributed all round. In some parts they are crowded together.
The axis is black, 2 mm. in diameter, with a canal of 0 • 5 mm. ; it
is covered with minute spines, distinctly papillose, all alike and
equal. They are arranged in no definite order, and from twenty-
four to thirty can be seen from one aspect. The specimen agrees
with the specimen which Thomson and Simpson described but did
not name.

Locality. — Portuguese East Africa. Previously recorded from
Ceylon.

Antipatharians. Bi/ Sophia L. M. Summers. 63

Cirnpaihes propinqua Brook.

See Brook, Report on tlie Antipatharia of the ' Challenger' Expedition, 1889.
p. 82, pi. X. figs. 9-13 ; pi. sii. lig. 14; pi. xiv. fig. 7.

Of the several broken specimens one is 32 • 5 cm. in length, and
is very stout and straight, difficult to bend or break. It is thickly
covered with cceueuchyiua, and the polyps are an-anged all round
the axis. They are not all of the same size, the largest being
about 2 mm. in diameter. They stand out prominently, about 2 mm.
high. The tentacles are long and ta|iering, and the mouth is pro-
minent. The axis is thickly covered with spines and is 5 mm. in
diameter ; the central canal is only 1 mm. in diameter. The spines
are short and thick, and are longer on one side of the stem than
on the other. They stand out at right angles to the axis, but are
not arranged in any definite order.

Locality. — Portuguese East Africa. Previously recorded from
New Guinea.

Cirripathes spiralis Linn.

See Brook, Eeport on the Antipatharia of tlie ' Challenger ' Exi)editioD,
p. 85, pi. xii. fig. 10.

Of the two specimens, one is spirally coiled, 33 '3 cm. round
the spiral, and 8-5 cm. high; the other is twisted iiTCgularly,
33-4 cm. in length. On the spiral specimen there are only a few
pol}T)S left ; the other has numerous polyps, but badly preserved.
They are crowded together and are arranged all round the axis.
They are circular, 2 mm. in diameter ; the tentacles are long. The
coenenchyma is very thin. The axis, which is not very stout, is
black in colour. Its diameter is 1 mm., while that of the central
canal is 0 • 5 mm. The spines are short and conical, and are longer
on the outer side of the spiral than on the inner. They are aixanged
in spirals and longitudinal rows, eleven of which can be seen trom
one aspect. The members of a row are about one length ai>art.

Locality.— Toriwguese East Africa. Previously recorded from
the Indian Ocean, Jlolucca, Norway, MediteiTauean, Ceylon,
Kurrachee, and the East Indies.

Stichopathes diversa (Brook).

See CirHpathes (?i di>-ersa Brook, Report on the Antipatharia of the
'Challenger' Expedition, p. 87, pi. 12, lig. 12.

A stout spiral, 15 cm. high. The polyps are arranged on the
outer side, while the inner is left bare. Tiiey are straw-coloured in
spirit and are very flat, with long tentacles and prominent mouth.
There are two types of spines, large ones with small ones between

64 Transactions of the Society.

them. The large ones are blunt and rough, and those on the outer
side of the spu-al are much longer than those on the inner. The
small or secondary spines are short, sharp, and triangular. Cooper
has described (1909) a new species, Stichopathes alcocki, but his de-
scription of it corresponds with Brook's description of Cirripathes
diversa, e.g. in the an-angement and form of the spines. Brook
could not decide whether his specimen belonged to Cirripathes or
Stichopathes, as it was quite devoid of polyps. Cooper remarks on
the large size of the central canal. It is probable that S. alcocki
Cooper should be united with S. diversa (Brook). The canal is well
seen in this specimen, the wall of the corallum being comparatively
thin.

Locality. — Portuguese East Africa. Previously recorded from
Galle, Ceylon.

Stichopathes lispinosa norn. n. Plate Y. figs. 5, 10.

= C'in-ipathes (1) JIageJhim Brook non = Stichopathes JlageUum Koule.

See Brook, Report on the Antipatharia of tbe ' Challenger ' Expedition,

p. 87, pi. xii fig. 13.

The longer of the two specimens is 130 cm. in length, and is
twisted into large spirals with a diameter of 21 cm. The axis is
stout and sinuous, and tapers gradually. The diameter at the base
is 7 mm. It is covered with thin ccenenchyma, through which the
spines project. The polyps are confined to one side of the stem,
and are quite different from those of other species. They are flat,
with a small mouth overlapjjed by two of the tentacles. A little
to the side are two other tentacles, and pushed down the side of
the axis is a thu'd pan-. At first sight one would believe the polyps
to have eight tentacles. So closely are the mouths situated, that it
is difficult to discover to which polyp the tentacles belong. The
tentacles are short and thick. The spines are arranged in longi-
tudinal rows, nine of which can be seen from one aspect. They
are veiy large (about Q-o mm.), and they gi-adually decrease until
exactly opposite the longest spines are the shortest (about 0 • 1 mm.).
There are secondary spines scattered between the rows. The spines
are distinctly papUlose at the tip. Members of a row are about a
length apart. The central canal is very large, having a diameter of
1 • 5 mm. The an-angement of the spines and the general characters
of the specimen correspond exactly with Brook's description of
Cirripaihes {'>) flagellum. As Brook's specimen had no poh'ps, he
could not decide whether it should be referred to Stichopathes or
to Cinipathes.

Zocality.—Fonngixe&e East Airica. Previously recorded from
Ceylon.

Antipatharians. By Sophia L. M. Summers. 65

Stichopathes echinulata Brook. Plate V. fisj. 11.

See Brook, Report on the Antipatbaria of the ' Challenger' Expedition,
p. 92, pi. xii. fig. 9.

Of several specimens, the longest is 95 cm. It is twisted in
irregular spirals. The axis gradually tapers to a fine point. The
diameter at the base is 1 mm., and of the central canal 0-5 mm.
The polyps are large and crowded on one side of the axis. In
some of the specimens they show a peculiar mode of growth,
being bunched together at intervals in a sort of hummock. Tlie
longest diameter of the polyp is 3 mm. The mouth is raised on
a prominence 1 mm. in height. The tentacles are long and thin.
The spines are numerous, and are arranged in steep spu-als. Of
the vertical longitudinal rows of the spiral, nine can be seen from
one aspect. In one part of the stem the spines are short, tri-
angular, and much compressed ; at another part they are much
longer. Members of a row are about three lengths apart.

Localitij. — Portuguese East Africa. Previously recorded from
Mauritius.

Stichopathes gracilis Gray.

See Brook, Report on the Antijiathaiia of the 'Challenger' Expedition,
p. 90, pi. xii. figs. 17-19.

Two fragments, one 26 5 cm., the other 8 cm. The larger
specimen is somewhat spirally coiled. The axis is black and
tapering. At the base it is 2 mm. in diameter, at the tip 1 mm.
The polyps are on one side of the axis, and are large and circular
(2 mm. in diameter) ; the tentacles are short and thick ; the mouth
is prominent. The spines vary very much in diflerent portions of
the axis. In slender portions of the stem the spines are arranged
spirally and in longitudinal rows. They are triangular and com-
pressed and stand at riglit angles to the axis. In thicker jiortions
the arrangement is less regular. Most are simple and have a
sharp apex, but a few are forked at the tip.

Localitij. — Portuguese East Africa. Previously recorded fi-om
Fiji, Ked Sea, Seychelles, Ceylon.

Antipathes salicoides sp. n. Plate V. figs. 2, 4, 7.

The whole colony is like a miniature weeping-willow. The
main stem, which seems to lie broken, is only 10-5 cm. iiigh. It
is 2 mm. in diameter at the base, and gives ofl" long tapering
branches from one side, the first of which reaches a length of
32 "5 cm. Some of these branches remain undivided, wliile others
give off long slender twigs. The wliole specimen is densely

66 Transactions of the Society.

covered with polyps, which are arranged alternately on the
branches. They are large and circular; the mouth is prominent;
the tentacles are short and thick— the two transverse ones lying
a little below the level of the others. The diameter of the largest
polyp is about 2 mm. The spines on the main stem are crowded,
and do not all point in one direction — an unusual feature. They
are arranged neither in rows nor in spirals. On the branches the
spines are short, sharp, and triangular. They are arranged in
longitudinal rows, seven of which can be counted from one aspect.
The members of a row are about one length apart.
Locality. — Portuguese East Africa.

Antipathes f areata Gray.

See Antipathes (^)furcata Brook, in Keport on the Antipatharia of the
' Challenger ' Expedition, p. 104, pi. si. tig. 2.

The main stem is broken, and is only 5 cm. in length. It
gives rise to a branch which reaches the length of 8 cm., and is
then broken. It in turn gives rise to a branch 23 cm. in length.
The axis of this branch tapers veiy markedly, and gives off delicate
branches on all sides and in no definite order. These are mostly
directed upwards. The polyps, which are badly preserved, are
elongated in the du-ection of the longitudinal diameter of the axis,
and are twice as long as they are broad. They are about 1 mm.
in length. They lie close together, but are not crowded. The
tentacles are short. The spines are short, triangular, and com-
pressed, and are far apart. They are arranged in longitudinal
rows, six of which can be seen from one aspect.

Locality. — Portuguese East Africa. Previously recorded from
IMadeii-a.

Antipathes iristis Duchassaing. Plate Y. fig. 8.

See Antipathella (?) tristis Brook, Report on the Antipatharia of the
'Challenger' Espeditiou, p. 111.

A small delicate colony 5 cm. high. The stem is slender, and
gives off delicate branches ii-regularly at right angles to the stem.
Anastomoses occur, but are not frequent. The polyps are situated
on one side of the axis. They are small, and have short digiti-
form tentacles. The polyps are about 1 mm. apart. The spines
are sharp and triangular, and are arranged in irregular longitudinal
rows, six of whicli can be seen from one aspect. Members of a
row are about two lengths apart.

Locality. — Portugue.se East Africa. Previously recorded from
Guadeloupe, Santa Cruz, ]\Iontserrat, Martinique, St. Lucia, and
Barbadoes.

Aniipatharimis. Bij Sophia L. M. Summers. 67

Antipaihes lentipinna Brook.

See Antipathes (?) hntipinna Brook, Report on the Antipatharia of the
'Challenger' Expedition, p. 103, pi. xi. fig. 19.

A shrub -like colony 28 cm. liii,'li, densely branched. The main
axis is black and hard, 7 mm. in diameter. In the branches and
pinnules the axis is light brown. The polyps are arranged on
one side of the axis, and are large (2 mm. in diameter) and
crowded together. Here and there small polyjjs are crowded in
between the large ones. Branches are given off, usually from one
side only. On the main stem the arrangement of spines is very
irregular. The axis is flattened out, and the spines are scattered
all over it, but on the branches they are arranged in regular
spirals and longitudinal rows, five of wliich can be seen from one
aspect. The spines are long and triangular, and are very close
together.

Locality. — Portuguese East Africa. Previously recorded from
the Eed Sea.

Antipathes gracilis Gray.

See AntipathiUa (?) gracilis Brook, Eeport on the Antipatharia of the
' Challenger ' Expedition, p. 113, pi. xi. fig. 8.

Two specimens, one 8 • 5 cm. in height, and the other a little
over 9 cm. The latter is a delicate colony, with no regular mode
of branching. The branches are thin and short, and are given off
at right angles. Anastomoses are frequent, but the terminal
fronds are free. The polyps are crowded together on one side of
the axis. They are circular, 1 ■ 5 mm. in diameter. The tentacles
are short and thick, one pair lying sligiitly below the level of the
other two pairs. The spines are long and numerous, and are
arranged in spirals and longitudinal rows, five of which can be
seen from one aspect. Members of a mw arc from two to three
lengths apart.

Locality. — Portuguese East Africa. Previously i-ecorded from
West Indies and Madeira.

Antipatlies ahies Gray. Plate V. figs. 1, 6.

See Antipathes ahies Brook, Eeport on the .\ntipatlinria of the ' Challenger'
ExiKtlition, p. 70, pi. xi. tig. 21.

The four specimens show a remarkable difference in the mode
of growth. The first specimen, from Five Islands, con.sists of two
fragments, mucli-branched and bearuig many polyps. Some of the
polyps are very well preserved, and show a prominent mouth raised

G8 Transactions of the Society.

on a cone, and long tentacles. The polyps are arranged close to-
gether on one side of the stem, and are relatively large. The
ccenenchyma is thin, and the spines can be seen projecting through
it. The spines are very numerous. On the lower part of the stem
they are sharp and needle-like, and stand out at right angles to the
axis, but on the branches they are small and blunt, and lean
towards the axis. The second specimen is 16 cm. in length. The
mode of brandling is the same as in the first case. The branches
are given off all round. The main axis is thick. The polyps are
situated on one side of the axis, and are crowded. They are 0 ■ 5 mm.
in the longest diameter. The mouth is slit-like and prominent.
The tentacles are much contracted, and are placed in three paii'S
round the mouth. The spines are exactly of tlie same type as those
of the first specimen.

Locality. — Portuguese East Africa.

The third specimen branches in one plane and is fan-like. Tlie
main axis is thick and flattened out at the base, and gives off
alternate branches. The polyps are similar to those of the second
specimen, but are far apart, being separated on some parts of the
axis by intervals of fully 0 ■ 5 mm. The spines are of tlie same
type as in the previous specimens, but are not so long on the stem.

Locality. — Portuguese East Africa.

The fourth specimen is from Bentinck Island, Mergui. It is
similar to the last specimen in being fan-like, but the branches are
smaller and more delicate. It is 12 • 5 cm high. The polyps are
crowded together on the liranches, and the largest ha\'e a diameter
of 0 • 5 mm. The ccenenchyma is very thin. The spines agree with
those of the other specimens, but the needle-like spines on the axis
are very numerous. It seems that Antipathes abies is a very
variable species.

Pteropathes siuypsoni sp. n. Plate V. fig. 3.

A small colony, 10 ■ .5 cm. in length. The branching is irregular,
and there seems to be no main axis. The whole specimen is clothed
on one side with whitish polyps, which give it the appearance of
being covered with a mould. These polyps are unfortunately so
badly preserved that their structure cannot be made out, though
in some parts long tentacles are seen. The spines, which are large
and numerous, are triangular with a broad base. They are an-anged
in very steep spirals ; seven or eight can be seen from one aspect.
Towards the tip of the axis the spirals become irregular. The
spines also form longitudinal vertical rows, the members of which
are about a lengtli apart, and in some places even less

Locality. — Mergui Archipelago.

Antipatharians. By Sophia L. M. Summers. 69

Literature referred to— ix Addition to that Xoted by
Brook (1889) and Roule (1904).

1889. Brook, G. — Antipatharia. ' Clialleiijier ' Reiwrt, .xxxii. 222 pp , 15 pl.s.
1903. Cooper, C. — Antipatharia. In Gardiner's Fauna and Geography of
the Maldive and Laccadive ArchipeLigoes, ii. pp. 791-6, 1 pi.

1903. EouiiE, L. — La distrilaition bathvmetrique des Antipathaires C.B.

Ass. Franc, 31 Sess., p. 236.

1904. EocLE, L. — Etsultats Gomp. Sci., par Albert I. de Monaco, Fasc. 30,

pp. 6-99, 10 pis.

1905. Thomson, J. AETHtrR —Scotia Collections, Scottish Antarctic Expe-

dition. Eeport on the Antipatharians. Proc. E)y. Phys Soc.

Edinburgh, xvi. pp. 76-9.
1905. Thomson, J. Abthdk, .V J. J. Simpson — Report on the Antipatharia,

in Herdman's Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fishery Bt-ports, Eoyal Society,

iv. pp. 93-106, 1 pi.
1907. Eoui.E, L.— Sur la valeur morphologique des upines du polypier des

Antipathaires. Comptes Eendus, 1907, pp. 1533-4.
1907. Thomson, J. Arthur— Note on a large Antipitharian from the Faroes.

Proc. Eoy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, xvii., 1 pi.
1907. HiCKSON, S. J. — Alcyonaria, Antipatharia, and Madreporaiia collected

by the ' Huxley ' from the north side of the Bay of Biscay, in August

1906. Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc, viii. No. 1.
1909. Cooper, C— Antipatharia of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to

the Indian Ocean. Trans. Linn. Soc London (Zool.) vii. pt. 4,

pp. 301-21, 1 pi.
1909. SiLBBBFELD, E— Japanisclie Antipatbarien. Abhandl. der Math.-

Phys. Kl. der k. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., i. Supp. 1, BJ. 7, Abliandlg.

pp. 4-30, 2 pis.

lOSDnS : PRlNTtn »T WILLIiM CLOKIS ASP lOSS. I.lliirKD
OEMI wmDMlLL STEEET, W.. iHP DOK« STIREKT. CT.MrolU. miEET. fcE.

From ihf Annat.s and IMagazine of Natural History,
Ser. 8, Vol. iii.,^;«-!7 1909.

Alcyonarians from the Gulf of Cuich. By Prof. J. Arthur
Thomson and Mr. George Crane, B.Sc, University of
Aberdeen. (Preliminary Note.)

In the course of an investigation of tlie sliallow-water fauna
of part of the Gulf of Cutch, Mr. James Hornell made a
small collection of Alcyonarians which presents some features
of interest. The precise district was the coast of Okharaandal,
which forms the N.W. extremity of the Kattiawar Peninsula,
and Mr. Hornell has called our attention to tiie fact that
specimens of Dendronejihtlnja (heltcr known as Spongodes),
of Lophoffort/ia, &c. could he collected at low tide.

The collection includes eight species, one of which — Aslro-
muricea stdlifera — is new. There is also a new variety of a
remarkable species of Echinomuricea previously found in the
Indian Ocean.

The position of the various species may be indicated as
follows : —

Order ALCYONACEA.

Family Alcyonid.* .... (1) Sclerophytum poh/dactylum (Ehrcn-

berg).

Family Nkphthyidje . . (2) Dendronephthi/a (SpomjoJes) dendro-

phi/ia (Wright nud Stiider).
(3) Dindrimejyhthya (iypungodes) bre:i-
rtima lUurckbiLrdt).

[ 362 ]

Prof. J. A. Thomson atid Mr. G. Crane on

Oi-der AXIFERA.

Family Muriceid^ (4) Astromuricea stelHfera, sp. n.

(5) Echinomuricea nliginosa, Thomson
and Simpson, var. tenerior, noT.

Family GorGONID^ .... (6) Lophogorgia lidkem, Wright and

Studer.
(7) Juncdla juncea, Pallas.

Order STELECHOTOKEA, Section Pesnatulacea.

Family V1RGULAEID.S . . (8) Virgularia rumphii, Kolliker.

(1) Sclerophytum polydactylum (Ehrenberg) is a well-
known widespread species, previouslj reported from the Red
Sea, Maldives, Gulf of Manaar, China Sea, Zanzibar, British
New Guinea. It is characterized by the absence of siphono-
zooids, the small size of the autozooids, and the tough fleshy
texture. The specimens from the Gulf of Cutch were large,
the maximum dimensions being 5 cm. in height by 14 in
length and 8 in breadth.

(2) Dendronephthjfa [Spongodes) dendrophyta (Wright and
Studer), a species of the flattened umbellate type in Kuken-
thal's dendrophyta group, previously recorded from Philip-
pines and China Sea. It is represented by looselv branched
and close-set types of polyparium, as figured by Wright and
Studer and by Kiikenthal respectively ; the anthocodi^ show
the characteristic eight double rows of curved spicules, 4 or 5
in each row ; a trivial feature, noted by Wright and Studer,
namely the occurrence of numerous superficial x -shaped
spicules on the branches, is very marked. The specimens
were collected in the month of December, and they show
abundant reproductive bodies — probably sperm-sacs — up to
0*25 mm. in diameter, attached to the mesenteric bands far
below the polyp-stalks. Some specimens show a few small
polyp-bearing twigs on the top of the stalk below the foliate
branches.

(3) Dendronephthya (Spongodes) hreviravia (Burckhardf),
a species of the flattened umbellate type in Kiikenthal's
forida group, previously recorded from China Sea and Torres
Strait. A peculiarly fine specimen has a polyparium 12-5 cm.
in height, with diameters of 10-5 cm. and Dcm., with a very
short stalk 1 cm. in height, and root-like attachments of
about 6 cm. The anthocodiaj show the characteristic eight
double rows of spindles in chevron, with 5-7 in each row,

[ 363 ]

Alcyonarians fi-om the Gulf of Culch.

the uppermost projecting sliglitly. A feature of some interest
on several specimens is tlie occurrence of a number of small
twigs on the siiort stem portion almost tlown to the level of
the stolons, eacli twig bearing two or three polyps.

(4) Astromuricea stelUfera, sp. n. — A reddish, fan-like,
flexible olony (l-i cm. in heigiit by 28 cm. in breadth in
maximum dimensions) with very abundant anastomosis. The
axis is dark glossy brown and almost smooth. The coenen-
chyma is very rough. The verrucae are crowded on ail sides
of the axis; they are cylindrical and their apex is frinq:ed by
about a dozen projecting spicules. Tiie antiiocodire are
completely retractile witiiin tlie verriicaa ; there is a low, almost
iiorizontai, tentacular operculum ; two colourless converging
spindles lie on tlie aboral surface of each tentacle, and there
is a single or double ring at the base of the tentacles; other-
wise there seem to be no spicules in the |)olyps. The
spicules of the coenenchyma are (1) irregnlar warty stars and
tootiied plates, (2) stout spindles with tuberculate warts, and
(3) small irregular bodies — all of a rose-red colour. This
species differs from the other members of the genus in many
details, e. </. in the absence of long needle-like processes
on the spicules fringing tlie mouth of the verruca.

Localities. Low water at Kiu Okha, and dredged off S.W.
coast of Beyt Island.

(5) Echinomuricea uUginosa, Thomson and Simpson (1909) ,
var. tenert'or, nov. — The 'Investigator' collection ot' littural
Indian Ocean Alcyonarians includes a new S|)ecie3 oi Echino-
muricea (A', uliifinosa) which is described in detail by
Thomson and Simpson in a memoir just about to be pnblislied.
A variety of this species occurs in Mr. llornell's collection.
The diagnosis of the species is as follows: — A pinkish-red
colony branched in one plane; the coenenchyma is thick and
very rugose, with spicules projecting in all directions; the
verrucai are thickly disposed, covering most of the surface ;
their walls bristle with the long smooth spines of projecting
spicules; there is an elevated conical operculum composed ol
two bent spindles which touch for over three-ipiarters of their
leno"th, but diverge near the collaret, the interspace being
almost completely tilled by a short, curved, transversely
disposed spindle ; tiie horny axis is brown, cylindrical, and
chambered, firm and flexible below, soft and collap.-ible
above; the spicules include a variety of forms: {<i) some
showing a projecting smooth spine with branching warty arum

[364 ]

Prof. J. A. Thomson and Mr. G. Crane on

at the base ; (b) spindles covered with irregular warts ;
(c) spindles bearing in addition to warts a number of smooth
projecting spines on one side ; (d) irregular forms with warty
branches on one side and smooth spines on the other ; (e) bi-
furcate spindles ; (/) irregular plates with warty branches ;
and (g) smooth spindles in the anthocodiffi.

Locality. Laccadives (Kalpeni Bank) and Arakan coast,
13 fath.

The specimen from Catch differs from the type in the
following particulars : — It is unbranched (65 mm. in height,
with a diameter of 3 mm.) ; it is more delicate in appearance
a!id lighter in colour ; the large pointed spicules surrounding
the mouth of the verruca are pink to white, instead of deep
red ; the ground-colour of the ccBnenchyma is white, instead
of red or pink ; the spicules are more delicate and bear longer
spines ; tlie superficial spicules of the ccenenchyma are white
spindles with prominent rough warts, and reaching dimensions
of 0"61 xO-19 mm., wiiile the corresponding spicules in the
type are thick red spindles with short close-set warts, and of
larger size, viz. 0'91 x0"23 mm.

Locality. Off Dwarka, 16 fath.

(6) Lophogorgia lutkeni, Wright and Studer. — The repre-
sentatives of this species are much larger and more copiously
branched than those described in the ' Challenger ' Report ;
the largest specimen reaches a height of 45 cm. and the main
stem has a diameter of about 7 mm. The verrucaj show
eight triangular marginal lobes bent over the retracted
tentacles, and it is of some interest to note that while the
venucEe of some branches stand out to a height of 1 mm., the
openings on other branches are flush with the general surface
of the ccenenchyma.

Locality. Off Beyt Island, 3-4 fath.

(7) Juncella juncea (Pallas). — Unbranched and slightly
branched colonies, yellowish wliite (with a touch of red) to
buff in colour, with very crowded verrucas without definite
arrangement. The spicules are clubs and double stars, inter-
mediate forms between clubs and double stars, and a few single
stars. We have referred the specimens to J. juncea rather
than to J. gemmacea because the former is the older species.
Prof. Hickson has suggested that J. juncea and J. gemmacea
should be united in one rather variable species, and a study
of various representatives of Juncella has led us to the same

[ 365 ]

Alcyonarians from the Gulf of Cutch.

conclusion. We think tliat J. gemmacea should be merged
in J. juncea.

Locality. S.W. of Beyt Island.

(8) Virgularia rumphii, Kolliker. — Wo liave referred two
specimens to this specie.*, altliough they differ in some obvious
features, which appear to us, however, to have only quanti-
tative importance. They agree witii V. rumphii in having
close-set pinnules with crowded polyps and with peculiar
interlocking on the metarachidial surface, in having very
numerous undeveloped pinnules (9G-120 on eacli side), and in
many other respects. They differ in having S.i-TO polyps on
a pinnule instead of 40-44, in showing no distinct siphono-
zooids (probably because of imperfect tixJTig), in having a
more slender axis, and so on, but they are much nearer to
V. rumphii than to any other species. In their very nume-
rous polyps they suggest F. muhicalycina, Thomson and
Henderson, but the calices of the latter are exceedingly well
defined, whereas they are indistinct in those from Cutch.

I 366 ]

I'^

L>1

1910.] ON HTDR0ID3 FROM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 799

[^From the PROCEEBIJfGS OF THE ZoOLOGIOAi SOCIETY OF LONDON,

1910.]

rpubiigijed October 1910.]

Tlie Marine Fauna of the Mergui Archipelago, Lower
Burma, collected by Jas. J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc, and
R. N. Rudmose-Brown, D.Sc, University of Aberdeen,
February to May 1907. — The Hydroids. By James
Ritchie, M.A., B.Sc, Natural History Department, The
Royal Scottish Museum *.

(Plates LXXVI. k LXXVII.t, and Test-fig. 79.)

The Hydroids were reprosented in the collections brought
together in the Mergui Archipelago by Dr. John Anderson in
1882, and described in the Journal of tlie Linnean Society for 1889,
by a meagre total of six species, two of which were regarded by
Hincks as new. The reasonable anticipation that tiie careful
collecting of Dr. Brown and Mr. Simpson would add many species
to the Hydroid fauna of this region of the Indian Ocean has been
amply fulfilled ; for the present collection, confined to a littoral
area, contains representatives of thirty species, only three of which
{Campanidaria raridentata and Idia prisiis, both widely distriljuted
species, and Aglaophenia crispata, a synonym of Lytocarpus pen-
7iarius,Jide Billard, 1909, p. 329) were included in llincks's list.

As only two of the species, being described as new to science,
must be regarded as peculiar to the Archipelago, the collection is
well fitted to show the relationship which the Hydroid fauna
bears to that of neighbouring seas. Leaving out of account
an luidetermined species of Plumidaria, nineteen of tlie Mei-gui
species have already been recorded from the Indian Ocean,
the majority of these occurring oil' Madagascar anil tlie eastern
shores of Africa. The remaining ten species, indicated by

• Communicated by R. KiKErATRtCE, F.Z.S.
+ For explanation of the I'lates sec p. B25.

[IJ

800 MR. J. RITCHIE ON HYDEOIDS [^f'lj 2-i,

asterisks in the following list, have thus been added to the
fauna of the Indian Ocean. As to the wider relationships : —
Three species are peculiar to the Indian Ocean {Corydendrium.
sessile, Hehella crateroides, CalyceUa oligista), leaving twenty-
six to be accounted for. Of these, twelve are so widely
distributed that tlieir occui-rence, emphasizing the normal nature
of the fauna, can give no indication of special affinity : three
Ijeing found in the Atlantic and Xorth Pacific Oceans and in Aus-
tralasian seas (Opercidwell a lacerta, Plvjmdaria setacea, Anienella
secundaria) ; two in the Atlantic and North Pacific Oceans
{Ferigonimusrepens, Campanulariararidentaia) ; and seven in the
Atlantic Ocean and in Malay- Australian seas {Pennaria disticha,
Haleciuni tenellimi, Canipanularia corrugata, Hehella calcarata,
^ertularella polyzonias, Idia pristis, Diphasia digitalis). Of the
remaining fourteen, four have been found only in the Atlantic
Ocean (Eiulendrium aUemiattim, Cuspidella costaia, Lafoea serraia,
Lafo'ea venusta), seven in the Malay- Australian area {Eudendrium
generalis, Cladocoryne haddoni, Halecitmi sitnplex, ThyroscypMm
vitiensis, Sertularella cylindrica, Sertularella quadrideiis, Sertularia
turbinata), one in the ISTorth Pacific Ocean ( Thyroscyphiis regularis),
and two in both the last-named areas {Lytocarpus ]3ennarius and
L. phoeniceus).

The closer relationship is obviouslv with the fauna of the
Pacific Ocean (represented by ten distinctive species), and in
particular with the Malay-Australian portion of that ocean
(represented by seven species). The significance of the apparent
Atlantic affinity is minimised when it is understood that of
the four species common to it and the Mergui Archipelago, one
(Eudendrium attenuatum) is identified with much doubt, while
the remaining three are very minute epizoic species, the presence
of which in other regions may conceivabh' have been overlooked.
It is i-emarkable that of the thiity species recorded, seven-
teen were found climbing upon larger Hydroids and one upon
a Polyzoon, the majority being minute, habitual epizoa, be-
longing in the main to the families Halecidfe, C'ampanularidje,
Campanulinidse, and Lafoeidre. The examination of this collection,
and of others, leaves with me the di.stinct impression that the
epizoic Hydroids are not distributed indisciiminately ujion all
types of Hydroid host. Thus, in general, the members of the
family Plumularida; remain comparatively free from extraneous
gro\\-ths — a fact to be correlated, perliaps, with their possession
of nematophores ; while colonies, belonging especially to the
famUj' Sertularida;, are occasionally so overgrown that the
structures of the host are much obscured. Even distinct pre-
ferences for certain species may be observed. Taking, for each
epizoic species in this collection, the total numbers of stations at
which it was found, and adding those numbers for all the epizoic
species, we find that epizoic species were found at a sum total of
forty five stations. At thirty-tico of these Idia pt-istis was either
the only host, or one of the hosts where more than one species
L2J

1910.] FUOM MEUGUI ARCniPELAGO. 801

was infested ; Tht/rosoyphns vitieiisis at nine ; Serttdarella quad-
ridens at foui' ; Corydendriam sessile, Eadetulrium atlenuatiim,
Lytocarpus phceniceiis each at two ; and Diphasifi digitalis and
Plumidaria setacea each at one. This result bears out the
impression gained from liaudling the collection, that Idia
prisiis is remarkal)!y subject to infestation liy extraneous Hydroid
colonies. Frequently its hydrothecic were all but obscured by
the attendant growths of Hydroids and Polyzoa, and this
although the state of the hydranths and of the cienosarc general]}',
indicated that the host colony was in a perfectly healthy condition.

The occurrence, in Lafoea veausta (?), of what appears to be
a step towards a more intimate symbiosis ; of a canaliculated
ccenosarc in the stem and blanches of Sertularella quadrideus ;
of the liitherto undescribed gonosomes of Haleciavi simplex and
Tlirp-oscyphtis regularis, are worthy of notice.

Finally, I would express my thanks to Dr. R. N. Rudmose-
Brown and Mr. J. J. Simpson for entrusting this collection to
me for examination.

List of Species.

I. Gymnohlastea.

Family Clavid.b.

* Corydendriuin sessile, sp. n., p. 802.

Family Bougaixvillidj;.

* Ferigo7iimus repens Wright, p. 804.

Family Eudendhid^.

* Evdendriuvi attemmtum Allman (?), p. 804.
* „ generalis Lendenfeld, p. 805.

Family Corynid^.

Cladocoryne haddoni Kirkpatrick, p. 805.

Family Pennarid^.

Pennaria disticha Goldfuss, var. australis Bale, p. 80C.

II. Calyptoblastea.

Family IlALECiu.i:.

*Ualecium simplex Pictet, p. 807.

„ tenellum Hiucks (?), p. 808.

Family Campaxularid.*.

Campa/nularia corrugata Thorncly, p. 809.

„ raridentata Alder, p. 809.

Eehdla calcarata A. Aga.ssiz, p. 810.

„ crateroides Ritchie, p. 810.
Thyroscyphus regularis Jiiderholm, p. 81 1.
„ vitiensis Slarktanner, p. 812.

[3]

802 MR. J. RITCHIE OX HTDROiDS [May 24,

Family Campanulinid^.

* Opercularella lacerta Johnston, p. 812.
*Cahjcella oligista, sp. n., p. 813.
Cuspidella costafa, Hincks, p. 814.

Family Lafoeid^.

Lafoea serraia Clarke, p. 815.

* „ ?;ejiMs«a Allmaii(?), p. 815.

Family Sertui-arid.*;.

* Seriularella CJ/lind/rica Bale, var. pusilla, n., p. 817.

„ polyzonias L., var. cornuta Ritchie (?), p. 81 8.

* ,, quadridens Bale, p. 818.
Idia jyristis Lamouroux, p. 820.
JDiphasia digitalis Busk, p. 821.
Sertularia turbinata Lamouroux, p. 821.

Family Plumularid^.

Flumularia setacea Linn. (?), p. 822.

„ sp. indet., p. 822.

Antenella sectmdaria Gmelin, p. 822.
Lytocarpus pennarius Linn., p. 822.

„ phos7iiceus Busk, p. 823.

• indicates a species recorded for the first time from the Indian Ocean.

Systematic Discussion.

I. GYMNOBLASTEA.
Family Clavid.e.

CORTDENDRIUM SESSILE, sp. n. (Plate LXXVI. figs. 1 & 2.)

Teophosome. — Colony small, the largest of the three collected
being only 37 mm. in height. The stem is strongly fascicled,
1'5 mm. thick towards the base, and straight. It may divide
into main branches, which are beset by numerous smaller, almost
equal branchlets, about 1 mm. in length. These spring from
two opposite sides, and lie roughly in one plane. The branchlets
on any one side are almost equidistant from each other, but their
positions bear no regular relation to those of the opposing series.
They taper very slightly towards the base, but there is no trace
of ringing nor of wi'inkling.

The majority of the hydranths spring from tubes on the anterior
sui'face of the branclilets, although a few are also sca,ttered on the
main branches. The hydranth tubes do not become free from
the common fascicle, except rarely and for an extremely short
distance ; nor are special hydrophore-like portions developed.
Thus the hydranth projects simply from the open mouth of a
tube, the adcauline wall of which is adnate. The hydranth tubes
[4]

1910.] FROM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 803

are airanged in two series, tlie polyps of one series alternating
with those of the other. The aperture faces outwards and
upvyards, is slightly elliptical in shape, and has an even margin,
indicating the boundary between tlie thicker perisarc .-ind the
place where the chitinous coat becomes so thin and delicate tliat
it follows the movements of the polyp. The perisarc throughout
is covered by a thin coating of extraneous material — diatoms,
sand -grains, fragments of sponge-spicules, and such like.

The hydranths are much contracted, and in this state exhibit
a pyriform body with well-developed hypostome. The tentacles
appear to number about forty.

GososoME unobserved.

Colour, in alcohol, grey.

Dimensions : —

Diameter of branchlets immediately above origin 0'3I-0-38 mm.

„ hyd ran th tube 0-25-0'31 mm.

Hydranth, length 0-52-0-98 mm.

„ diameter 0-21-0-42 mm.

Nematocysts on tentacles, length 5 yu.

,, ,, breadth 3 /x.

Locality. Three small colonies, with hydrorhiza embedded in a
.«;ponge, were found at St. 35, between Warden Island, llowe
Island, and Lyall Island, 15 to 20 fathoms, rock and sand.

So little is known of the variation liable to occur in the indi-
vidual species of this genus, that it is difficult to fix on definite
specific characters. In this case, I have relied mainly on the
structure of the tubes from which the hydranths project. In
the majority of the species of Corydendrium so far described
these are free for a considerable distance belo\v the hydranth ;
but here the tubes are adnato up to the end. This gives to the
branches a dumpy appearance, unlike the lax growth of other
species. In this respect it approaches most closely C corragatum
Nutting (1905, p. 941), which is to bo distinguished, however, by
its distinct " hydrophore-like structures," which are " usually
distinctly corrugated with deep irregular annulations" ; by the
presence of a well marked annular constriction near the origin of
the branches ; and by the largo size (5 inches) of the colonies.

The species, Soleniopsis dendrifonnis, described by me in 1907
(1907, p. 491) as representing a new genu.s, under the erroneous
supposition that Corydendrium gave rise to gonophoros with free
meiiusre — I had been unable to refer to the magnificent de.scription
of Weismann (1883), — obviously belongs to tiie genus Cory-
dendrium, as Dr. Stechow has recently pointed out (1909. |>. 9).

Corydendrium dendriformis dillers from C. parasiticum in
possessing thick, definite stems, with branchlets arranged in
pseudo-pinnate fashion, and in having the free portion of tlie
tubes from which the hydranths project much shorter than tiiose
of C. parasiticum.

[5]

804 SIR- J- RITCHIE ON- HYDROIDS [May 2-t,

Family B o c G A i s v i l L I D .E.

Perigosimus kepess Wright, 1858.

Rare examples of an epizoic species occur, wLicli cannot be
specifically distinguished from British specimens of P. repens,
the simple lax habit of which they exactly assume. There
are dLffei-ences between the dimensions of the Mergui and of
British examples ; for whOe the former are smaller in height
and in the proportions of their hydi-anths and hydrocaulus, in
respect of the nematocysts in the tentacles the order is reversed.
The compai-ative table which follows shows at a glance the size-
relations of the two forms. About twelve tentacles cro^-n each
hydi-anth.

No trace of gonosome was observed.

Dimensions : — ilergui Typical Scottish

specimen. example *.

Height of colony 3 mm. 6 mm.

Diameter of hydrocaulus 0'04 mm. 0'07 mm.

Hydi-anth, length 0-17-0-24mm. 0-24-0-34mm.

„ greatest breadth 0-08-0-13 mm. 014-0-15mm.

Xematocysts of tentacles, length 5"5 /x. 4'5 /x.

„ „ breadth 3 /j.. 2'2 /i.

Locality. Rare colonies epizoic on Cori/denclrium sessile, from
St. 3.5, between Warden Island, Howe Island, and LyaU Island,
1.5 to 20 fathoms, rock and sand.

The present record adds P. repeyis to the fauna of the Indian
Ocean. It has already been noted from the eastern and western
sides of the North, and the western side of the South Atlantic
Ocean, from the Mediterranean Sea, and from the eastern and
western (Japan: Stechow, 1909, p. 25) sides of the Pacific Ocean.

Family Eudendrid^.

EuDEXDRiuM ATTExuATUSi Allman (?), 1877.

Many poor colonies, lacking any trace of hydranth or gono-
some, I refer, with uncertainty, to this species, on account of
resemblance in the skeleton. The Mergui specimens attain a
somewhat gi-eater length (3 inches) than the original examples ;
but the delicate, very slender, non-fascicled stems, with their few
branches, and their short hydranth-bearing ramules lying in one
plane and set alternately at legular intervals of about 1 mm., are
very similar in both cases. Three or four rather irregular annu-
lations mark the base of each ramule, and occasionall)' a few odd
rings occur irregularly on the ramules and on the stem itself.
The regiUar and close alternation of the hydmnth-bearing ramules
seems the most evident character of an indefinite species, though
a somewhat similar arrangement is observed in E. maldivense
Borradaile (1905, p. 838).

* Slide of specimen from Loch Carron, 60 fathoms, in my collection.

[6]

1910.] FROM MERGUI ADCHIPELAGO. 805

Dimensions : —

Stem, diameter 0-20-0-24 mm.

Hydranth-beaiing ramules, diameter . 0'll-0-16 mm.

Localities. Many colonies from St. 22, Hastings Harbour, 3 to
20 fathoms and shoie, rock and snnd ; and a few poor colonies, paler
in colour, from each of Stations 2;i, Five Islands, 8 to 12 fathoms,
rock and sand, and mud ; and 25, Gregory Group and Crichtou
Island, 4 to 14 fathoms, stones and broken shells, and rock.

Recorded originally by Allman from S,S.\V. of Tortugas, at a
depth of 60 fathoms, this doubtful species forms an addition to
the fauna of Indian seas.

EuDENDRiUM GENERALis Lendenfeld, 1885.

The colonies belonging to this species are mature, but are
only about 1 cm. in height. They bear well- developed female
gonophores, oval in shajie, which spring in a wliorl of four or five
from the base of a hydianth, as in Kirkpatrick's description and
figures (1890, p. 607, pi. xv. fig. 2).

The trophosome of this species is hard to distingiiisli from that
of E. capillare. The more slender character of the branches of
the latter, relied on in part by Kiikpatrick, is of little v.alue,
since a considerable amount of variation occurs in both species.
On the other hand, the branching of E. capillare is more profuse,
and irregular ; also in the Australian species there is, in the
smaller branches, distinct alternation, while the whole colony
appears more rigid than the lax growtlis of E. capillare.

Dimensions : —

Stem, diameter 0-14 mm.

Hydranth-beai-ing ramule, diameter 0'09 mm.

Locality. Creeping in small (juantity upon Etidendrium attenu-
aium ? and Idia pristis, both from St. 22, Hastings Harbour,
3 to 20 fathoms and shore, rock and .sand.

Until the present record from tlie Indian Ocean, this species
has been found only in the Australian region : Port Phillip, near
low water (Lendenfeld, 1885, p. 351); Ton-es Straits— 20 miles
N.N.W. of Warrior Island, 5J- fathoms; Murray Island, 15 to
20 fathoms (Kirkpatrick, 1890, p. 007).

Family C o r y n i d iE.

Cladocoryne haddoxi Kirkpatrick, 1890.

Except in size (for they are even more diminutive ihan these
recorded by Kirkpatrick and Jiiderholm), the Murgui specimens
agree with the description an<l figures of the former, the double
wrinkle at the base of the stalk being very evident. On occasion,
one or two additional wrinkles may occur at the base of the stalks
and, more seldom, on their middle portions; but in the majority
of cases these rings are of little significance, since they belong to ii
new stalk regenerated after the destruction of the old one. Here,

I']

806 MR. J. RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS [May 24,

as in simple Campamilarian hydroids, regeneration is not content
with simply adding a portion to the old stalk, but a complete new
stalk is reproduced, springing from within the truncated end of
the old one.
Dimensions : —

Stalk, length ..' 0-43-0-98 mm.

„ diameter 0-06-0-08 mm.

Stolon, diameter 0-10 mm.

Hydranth, length 0-34:-0-36 mm.

„ greatest breadth 0-11-0-21 mm.

Cnidoblast threads, armed with barbs such as Kii-kpatrick has
figured, accompany several of the hydranths. The}' are remark-
able for their large size, the barbed portion being 6 y:i in diameter
from tip to tip of the bai-bs.

Localities. Rare hydranths on Thyroscyphus vitiensis and on
Idia pristis from St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen,
4 to 12 fathoms, sand and broken shells, and mud. A solitary
hydranth on Idia pristis and a few on Corydendrium sessile from
St. 35, between Warden Island, Howe Island, and Lyall Island,
15 to 20 fathoms, rock and sand.

The species has been previously recorded only from Murray
Island, Torres Straits, 15 to 20fathoms (Kirkpatrick, 1890, p. 606);
and. in Indian seas, from Paumben, 1 to 3 fathoms (Jaderholm,
1903, p. 263).

Family P E x n" A r i D ^.

*Pennaria disticha Goldfuss, 1820. Yar. austealis Bale, 1884.
{=Pennaria cavolinii Ehienberg, 1832.)

A few well preserved colonies, the largest 30 mm. high,
represent this species. The ramules from which the hych'anths
project increase considei-ably in diameter upwards from their
origin, where they bear three or four annulations, to the distal
end, which is smooth. The number of filiform tentacles varies
from nine to twelve, but there is much variation in the number
of the capitate tentacles. The numbers depend, to some extent,
upon the age of the hydranth, for the tentacles are fewest in
those hydranths which, springing from ramules, lie towai-ds the
distal end of a branch — that is, in the youngest hydranths ; for
gi'owth proceeds by the elongation of a branch, new polyps
coming into being next to the terminal polyp, which is the olde-st
and the largest on the branch.

Pictet's careful comparative study of colonies of typical
P. cavolinii from Naples, and of typical F. australis from
Amboyna, makes clear that the latter form falls within the
range of variation observed in the former species. But so
definitely limited is the basal ringing of the ramules from
which the hydranths arise, and so great a difference is there

• For synonj-my, see Bedot, 1901, p. -159.

[8]

l^l*^] FROM MERGUI ARCIUPELAQO. 807

in the proportions of tlie European iuul the Indo-Pacific forms,
that I retain for the latter a distinct \arietal name.

Locality. St. 29, reef off High Peaked Island, shore.

Although P. cavolinii in its varying forms has been recorded
from Eastern Australia (Hale, 1884. 1893 ; Lendenfeld, 188.5),
and from the East Indies (Pictet, 1893; Campenhausen, 1890;
Weltner, 1900), the only records for the Indian Ocean are those
of Warren (190(>, 1907, and 1908, as Ihdoconlyle coojnri, .syn.
Feyinaria australis. var. cooperi) and that from Christmas Island
in the paper following.

II. CALYPTOBLASTEA.
Family H a l e c I D .«.

Haleciu.m SIMPLE.X Pictet, 1893. (Plate LXXVII. figs. 10 &.
11.)

This verj- rare species is represented by closely woven colonies
covering the surface of a Polyzoon which is clustered at the base
of colonies of Corydendrium sessile. The presence of the gono-
some, so far uudesci-ibed, renders these specimens of particular
interest.

Trophosome. — To the naked eye the minute colonies are
almost invisible, the hydranths being most easily di.scerned as
they project from the surface on which the colonies grow,
in close groups, resembling clusters of the smaller species of the
entoproctan polyzoon, Pedicellina.

The stolon strands are of small diameter, but can often be
traced foi' a considerable distance. Their courses are com-
plicated, however, by the occurrence of offshoots, which, uniting
with other stolons, form a network which lies closely upon the
substratum, or is interwoven with it.

Short, unbranched, unwrinkled hydrocauli arise from the stolon
at short distances from each other. Bnsally their diameter is
small, but it gradually increases until, at the ba.se of the hj-dro-
theca, the girth of the hydrocaulus is about equal to that of the
stolon. The hydrotheca; are very small. Their walls, which are
well developed, form an inward curve to the margin, so that,
instead of being flaring or trumpet-shaped, as in many species of
JIalecium, they are rather saucer-shaped. Very clo.se to the
margin occurs a ring of bright dots, chitinous prominences on
the inner surface of the hydrotheca to which the hydrant h was
attached. Here the internal ])rominence.s are more liighiy lieve-
lopcd than in any other species I have examined, for they .sometimes
rise into pronounced spines 7 /it in length (PI. LXXVII. fig. 11).
Occasionally two or even three hydrothecac occur in succes,sion, a.
new hydrocaulus arising from within an old hydrotheca.

The hydranth is of g:-eat size. When contracted it is about
twice as long as the hydrooaidus, but when extended it reaches a
length of one millimetre or even more. It con.•^ists of a long

[9]

808 ME. J. RITCHIE OX HTDROIDS [May 24,

cylindrical neck, the base of whicli is attached to the hydrotheca
at the chitinous projections already described. Distally this
swells out into a very definite bulb, which is surmounted by a
circle of from 18 to 20 tentacles. At the bases of the tentacles a
ring of very large bean-shaped nematocysts, 30 /* long hj 6 f/.
broad, surrounds the' hydranth. Similar cells occur in the
coenosarc of hydrocaulus and stolon.

GososoME. — This does not appear to have been described. A
gonangium arises from the side of the hydrocaulus, about half-way
between the hydrotheca and the stolon. The female gonangiun*
is borne on a short stalk, and is roughly calceolate in shape,
resembling the female gonangium of H. beanii, except that here
the tubular orifice of the upper surface does not occur. All the
gonangia I have examined contain ova to the number of about
six. The male gonangium, therefore, remains unknown.
Dimensions : —

Stolon, diameter 0'06-0'07 mm.

Hydrocaulus, length 0-18-0-28 mm.

Hydrotheca, depth 0-024-0-027 mm.

„ diameter at margin O'08-OIO mm.

Gonangium, length 0'42-0'50 mm.

„ greatest diameter O'l 7-0-21 mm.

Hydranth, length extended 1 '05 mm.

„ • ,, contracted 0-78 mm.

Locality. Epizoic on a polyzoon associated with Corydendrium
sessile, from St. 35, between Warden Island, Howe Island, and
Lyall Island, 15 to 20 fathoms, rock and sand.

Hitherto recorded only from Amboyna, in the Moluccas
(Pictet, 1893, p. 22), this record adds the species to the fauna of
Indian seas.

Halecium TEXELmsi Hincks (?), 1861.

The trophosomes are lax in habit, and in all other respects
agree with Hincks's species ; but, in the absence of the gonosome,
confident identification is impossible, especially since the likeness
between the trophosomes of young examples of the Austi-alian
H. parvidum Bale and ff. tenelhim appears to be almost perfect
(see Markt.-Turner., 1890, p. 218).
Dimensions : —

Stem, diameter 0-045 mm.

Hydrotheca, depth 0-024-0-030 mm.

„ diameter at margin 0-099-0-108 mm.

The dimensions of the Mergui specimens are considerablv
smaller than those of British examples.

Localities. Epizoic on Thyroscj/phvs vitiensis from Stations 15
and 16, Ravenshaw Island, Sir John Malcolm Island, and Alligator
Rock, 5 to 18 fathoms, rock and sand, or rock and mud.

Recorded with some doubt from Eastern Australia bv Bale
(1884, p. 65) and Lendenfeld (1885, p. 405), this widely dis-
[lOJ

l'>10.] FROM MEHGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 809

tiibiited species has been described from the Indian Ocean only
by Billard, from Macalonga, Mozambique, 22 metres (1907 6,
p. 338).

Family Campaxularid.e.

Campanularia corrugata Thornely.

Except at Station 1, where it was also associated with Sertu-
Inrellu guadridens and Diphaiia digitalis, this species always
occurred as an epizoon on Idiapristis.

Localities. St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen, 4 to 12
fathoms, sand and broken shells, and mud; short and stout,
strongly ribbed hydrothecse on Diphasia digitalis, and long, cylin-
ilrical individuals on Idia pristis. Stt. 15 and 16, Ravenshaw
Island, Sir John Malcolm Island, and Alligator Rock, 5 to 18
fathoms, rock and sand, or rock and mud ; occasionally. St. 22,
Hastings Harbour, sliore to 20 fathoms, rock and sand ; fairly
common. St. 23, Five Islands, 8 to 12 fathoms, rock and sand,
an<l mud ; not common. St. 25, Gregory Group and Crichton
Island, 4 to 14 fathoms, stones and broken shells and rock: rare
cylindrical hydrotheca; with short stalks. St. 35, lietween Warden
Island, Howe Island, and Lyall Island, 15 to 20 fathoms, rock
and sand ; rare.

Campanularia raridestata Alder, 1857.

From British examples the majority of the specimens here
loferred to C. raridentata difler in lacking tlie swelling which
intervenes between the base of the stalk and the stolon, in this
respect resembling examples recoided from areas so wide apart as
Calbuco, South America (Hartlaub, 1905, p. 567), St. Malo, France
(Markt.-Turner., 1890, p. 205), and the Indian Ocean (Hincks,
1889, p. 133, cf. pi. xii. fig. 5). From seven to eleven rings occur
at the base of the stem, and from three to five underneath the
hydrotheca, and sometimes a few anuulations mark also the
middle portion of the stem. The margin of the hydrotheca
appears to be divided into from five to seven large teeth, the
extreme tenuity and tran.sparency of which render them difficult
to observe. The hj'dranth liears twelve to thirteen tentacles.

No gonosome was observed.

The dimensions of the Mergui specimens are much less than
those of St. I\Ialo specimens recorded by Marktanner-Turner-
etscher (1890, p. 205), and approach mo.'^t closely those of a single
example from Saint- Vaast described by Hillani (1907rt, p. 173),
with which they ahso agree in possessing few hydrothecal teeth.

Dimensions, in mm. : —

St. 1. .St. 2.r

Stem, length 0-59 0-35-0-45

„ diameter 007 0-04-00(l

Hydrotheca, depth 0-50 0'2'J-0-41

„ diameter at mouth 0-17 0-13-0"15

[llj

810 MR. J. niTcniE OS HTDROiDS [May 24,

Localities. St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen, 4-12
fathoms, sand and broken shells, and mud ; rare. St. 25, Five
Islands, 8 to 12 fathoms, rock and sand, and mud; i-are. St. 35,
between Warden Island, Howe Island, and Lyall Island, 15 to 20
fathoms, rock and .sand ; rare.

Except from St. 23, where this species also occurs on Seriularella
quadridens, specimens are confined to Idia pristis.

From each of Stations 1 and 28 comes a solitary simply-stalked
hydrotheca with cone-shaped basal portion, surmounted by almost
cylindrical walls terminating in seven or eight sharp teeth. The
structure of the basal portion resembles that of the hydi-otheca of
Ohelia andersoni Hincks, but I regard the present specimens as
abnormally developed examples of C. raridentata.

Hebella calcarata a. Agassiz, 1865.

One of the most widely distributed of the species in the collec-
tion, occurring at eight of the fourteen stations from wliich
Hydroids were obtained. It shows considerable diversity of
form, being usually represented by the long smooth hydrothecw of
the typical form, but frequently assuming the shape of the variety
recorded by Marktauner (1890) as Lafoea contorta. This epizoio
species, like several others, shows a remarkable constancy of
preference for Idia pristis, seeing that at all stations, with the
exception of Station] 9, where it was creeping on Thi/roscyphus
vitiensis, it occurred on that species, and on it alone.

Localities. St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen. 4 to 12
fathoms, sand and broken shells, and mud ; not common, often
var. contorta. St. 9, between Bentinck Island and Courts Island,
12 to 26 fathoms, sand and shells. St. 14, Bushby Island
pearling-ground, shore to 21 fathoms, sand and mud ; rare.
Stt. 15 and 16, Ravenshaw Island, Sir John Malcolm Island, and
Alligator Rock, 5 to 18 fathoms, rock and sand, or rock and mud ;
occasionally present, often assuming the shape of var. contorta.
St. 23, Five Islands, 8 to 12 fathoms, lock and sand, and mud ;
very common, mostly var. contorta. St. 25, Gregory Group and
Crichton Island, 4 to 14 fathoms, stones and broken shells, and
rock ; very rare. Moskos Islands, 3 to 26 fathoms, rock and
sand, or rock and mud ; common.

Hebella ckateroides Ritchie, 1909 S.

The hydrothecse are smaller than those of the type specimens
from the Andaman Islands. The hydranths are decayed, and no
gonosome was observed.

Dimensions : —

Hydrotheca, depth 0-20 mm.

,, diameter at mouth 0-15-0-17 mm.

Localities. Stt. 15 and 16, Ravenshaw Island, Sir John Malcolm
Island, and Alligator Rock, 5 to 18 fathoms, rock and sand, or
rock and mud ; pare, on Lytocarpv^ phceniceus.
[12]

1910.] FROM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 811

Thyrosctphus eegllaris Jiiderholni, 1S96. (Plate LXXVII.
fig. 7.)

{T. ceqiudis Warren, 1908.)

TROpnosoME. The specimens are somewhat larger than those
originally described, sometimes ahnost 20 cm. in length, while the
branches maj^ reach a length of 45 mm., in i)lace of tiie maximum
of 18 mm. given by Jiiderholni.

The species is readily distinguisheil from T. viliensis by the
presence' of a very distinct operculum, accompanied by deep bays
iound the margin; further, the bright rim runs in this case
much nearer to the edge, and is not so pronounced, while the faint
ringing at the internodes is more marked. The joints, varying
in number, which are said to occur on the peduncle, are only
occasionally present (though sometimes up to three or four were
observed), and even then they are not essential to tlie specific
structure, for they are due to the destruction of the hydrotheca,
and to the subsequent regeneration of a new hydrotheca from
within the remains of the old one, the apparent joints being the
reliquias of former calycles. No specific value can attach to
these accidental " joints," the like of which I have already
observed in Thyroscyphus simplex = tridentatus (1909, p. 75,
fig. 1 h) and in Lytoscyphiis marginatus ; but in T. ramosits the
semblance of a twist occurs in the peduncle.

The minute structure of the cfcno.sarc is obscured by the
presence of opaque gi-anules which occur in great abundance. In
these specimens the hydi-anth is attached, not to a continuous
ridge, as in the specimens from Katal, which Warren has de-
scribed as T. cequalis (and which I am unable to <listinguish from
T. regularis), but to a row of small chitinous prominences which
runs round the inside of the hj'drotheca in an exceedingly
sinuous curve, having two maxima, one on the adcauline, the
other on the abcauline surface, and two lateral minima.

GoxosoME. Gonangia, which have not previously been described,
were found on a single colony from Station 25 (PI. LXXVII.
fig. 7). The coenosarc has disiippeared, but the perisarc is in the
form of a long cylinder, larger even than that of T. iorresii (see
Jiiderholni, 1903, p. 273). Very indefinite and irregular wrinkles
appear on the perisarc. The insignificant stalk of the gonangium
arises from the projection of the internode upon which a hydro-
theca is perched.
Dimensions : —

Branch, diameter O'SG mm.

Distance between hydrothecjo I'lB to PS mm.

Hydrotheca, depth 0'9t> mm.

„ breadth at mouth 0-63 mm.

Peduncle, diameter 0-20 mm.

Gonangium, length 3 mm.

,, breadth 1mm.

Localities. A larije bunch of colonies from St. 22, Hastings

[13J

812 MR. J. RITCHIE ON HTDROIDS [Maj- 24,

Harbour, shore to 20 fathoms, rock and sand. St. 23, Five
Islands, 8 to 12 fathoms, rock and .sand, and mud ; two colonies.
St. 25, between Warden Island, Howe Island, and Lyall Island,
1 5 to 20 fathoms, rock and sand ; many colonies.

This species has already been recorded from the China Sea
(Jaderholm, 1896, p. 9), and from Bird Island, Algoa Bay, Cape
Colony (Warren, 1908, p. 344, as T. ceqiialis).

Thtrosctphus vrriESSis Marktanner-Tumeretscher, 1890.

A widely distributed species, occurring at eight of the fourteen
stations from which Hydroids were obtained. In this, as in
T. regidaris, the h3'dranth is attached to a row of minute chitinous
prominences on the inside of the lower portion of the hydrotheca.
These are an-anged as in the previous species, but they are moie
strongly developed, and are placed on a slightly raised portion
of the hydi'othecal wall.

Localities. St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen, 4 to 12
fathoms, sand and broken shells, and mud ; common. St. 3,
French Bay, King Island, and south end of Iron Island, 3 to 8
fathoms, mud and rock, or sand ; common. St. 9, between
Bentinck Island and Courts Island, 12 to 26 fathoms, sand and
shells ; rare. St. 14, Bushby Island pearling-gi-ound, shore to
21 fathoms, sand and mud; rare. Stt. 15 and 16, Ravenshaw
Island, Su" John Malcolm Island, and Alligator Rock, 5 to 18
fathoms, rock and sand, or rock and mud; rare. St. 19, Pave
Island and Pink Island, 7 to 9 fathoms, rock and sand ; rare.
St. 25, Gregory Group .and Crichton Island, 4 to 14 fathoms,
stones and broken shells, and rock ; fairly common. St. 35,
between Warden Island, Howe Island, and Lyall Island, 15 to
20 fathoms, rock and sand ; lare.

Family Campaxulinid^.
Opercclaeella lacerta Johnston, 1847.

Identification depends upon trophosome characters alone, the
gonosome being absent. I can detect nothing, however, -which
could distinguish these specimens from Xorth Sea examples of
the above species. It occurs in its simplest form, a creeping
stolon, sending up here and there short ringed stalks, on each of
which is poised an exceedingly hyaline hydrotheca.

Dimensions : —

Hydrotheca, depth * 0-21 mm.

diameter 0-08-0-O9 mm.

Peduncle, diameter 0-04 mm.

LocaliUj. jMoskos Islands, 3 to 26 fathoms, rock and sand, or
rock and mud ; rare, growing on a stem of Plumularia setacea.

Although the range of the species is a wide one, for it has
been recorded from the North of Europe, from both sides of the

* From top of operculum.

[UJ

1910.] FROM MERGUI ARCUIPELAGO. Sl'A

North Atlantic Ocean, and from the "Western Pacific (China and
Eastern Australia), it has not hitherto been found in the Indian
Ocean.

Calycella oligista *, sp. n. (Plate LXXVI. figs. 3 & 4.)

Trophosome. The colony is epizoic, and consists of a creeping,
delicate stolon which lies in close contact with the specimen upon
which it occurs. From this stolon liydrothecie spring at irregular
intervals.

The hydrothecfe are exceedingly minute, delicate, liyaline, and
ti'ansparent, without a tr.ace of the smoky tint which charac-
terises C. syringa. In shape they are tubular and cylindrical, of
approximately the same diameter for the greater portion of their
length, although the proximal half is usually slightly bulged, and
tapeis, more or less rapidly, to join the stalk. The margin of the
hydrotheca, which is very slightly everted, is definite, and is of
considerable strength, for it is seldom that it is found in a
collapsed condition. It is divided into shallow crenulations,
similar to those in C. syringa, each of which sulitends the base of
an opercular valve. In no case was a dujiliration of the margin
noticed. The operculum is distinct from the liydrothecal wall,
and is composed of about twelve to fourteen exccedinglv delicate
valves, difficult to distinguish. The cavity of the hydrotheca is
separated from that of the stalk by a distinct but delicate
diaphragm. The stalk is usually very short, so that the hydro-
theca almost rests on the stolon, but in one case (PI. LXXVI.
fig. 3) a well developed stalk was observed. This stalk was marked
by a few irregular indentation.s, but in other cases the stallcs were
smooth, and ringing of a regular nature never occurred.

The hydranth is large compared with tlie size of the hj'drotheca.
It is attached by a basal disk to tlie hydrotheca! wall immediately
above the diaphragm, and is continued upwards ns a cylindricnl
body with conical hypostome, surrounded by a whorl of about
seven to ten tentacles. The ectoderm is thick, and the tentacles,
in contraction, are dumpy and stout.

The gonosome was not observed.

Dimensions : —

Stolon, diameter 30/*.

Hydrotheca, depth 120-138 /a.

,, greatest diameter 45-66 /i.

Localities. St. 23, Five Islands, 8 to 12 fathoms, rock and .sand,
and mud ; very rare, on Idia pristis. St. 35, between Warden
Island, Howe Island, and Lyail Island, 15 to 20 fathoms, rock
and .sand ; very rare, on Idia pristis and Thyroscyphns vitiensis.

Systematic position. — This species differs remarkably in size,
coloiar, texture, and in the develojiment of the peduncle and its
ringing from C. syringa, although there is a similarity between

• AAVyiffros, smallest.

Proc. ZooL. See— 1910, No. LIII. 53

[15]

814 MR. J. RITCHIE OX HYDROiDS [May 24,

its hydrothecfe and some of the varieties of the latter species
(see Broch, 1909 b, text-fig. 22). It approache.s most closely
C. nuttingi Hargitt (1909, p. 378), fi-om which it difl'ers in being
smaller in size, in being cylindrical instead of tapering from
hj'drothecal margin .to base, and in lacking distinctly annulated
peduncles, with "annulations occasionally extending some distance
(rarely over the entire body) on the thecal walls."

I regard the unnamed specimen, mentioned and figured by
Miss Thornely (1908, p. 83, pi. ix. fig. 5), from Khor Shinab, 10
to 12 fathoms, in the Soudanese Red Sea, as belonging to this
species.

CuspiDELLA cosTATA Hincks, 1868. (Plate LXXYII. iig. 8.)

To the short and incomplete description given by Hincks the
following observations may be added. The hydrotheca is cylindri-
cal for the greater part of its length, but near the base it gradually
tapers downwards. Frequently the basal portion of the hj-dro-
theca lies along the object upon which the epizoon is growing,
the distal portion bending upwards at an angle, slightly after the
manner of Lafo'ea serrata. Within the bent portion the retracted
polyp is generally found. Similar bent hj-drotheca; have been
described by Dr. Billard from La Hougue (1904, p. 165).

The lines of growth held to be characteristic of the species,
and clearly marked in our specimens, are not lines of growth in
the ordinary sense, marking the place where new gi-owth has
commenced. They indicate, instead, the margins of earlier hydro-
thecie, the opercular flaps of which occasionally remain attached
and give an appearance of longitudinal fluting to the succeeding
portion of the hydrotheca, as is suggested in the terminal seg-
ment in Hincks's figures (1868, pi. xl. figs. 5, 5 a). The secondary
hydrotheca (produced probably on the regeneration of an entirely
new hydr'anth) lies within the primary, and for some distance
their walls, though in close contact, remain distinct. The tertiary,
when such occurs, lies within the secondary, and so on. Thus
the terminal segment is, as Hincks observes, " of thinner material
than the rest," for its walls are those of a single hydrotheca,
while proximal to the uppermost segment the walls, owing to the
telescoping arrangement, are considerably strengthened. It is
noteworthy that the proxim.al segment is usually of distinctly
less calibre than its successors. The operculum of the hj'drotheca
is composed of about 14 or 15 flaps.

The h3'di'anth is strongly retractile, retiring on contraction to
the proximal third of the hydrotheca. It appears to have about
six to eight tentacles, which are closely set with whorls of large
oval nematocysts, the whorls being 7-5 jj. apart. The average
size of the nematocysts in these whorls is 5-2 p. long by 2 /n
bi'oad, but at the tip of the tentacle larger examples occui-, 10-5 /i
long by 5 //. broad.

Ko gonosome was observed.
[16]

1010.] FltCM MERGL'I AnCIilPELAGO. 815

Dimensions : —

Hydrotlieca, length 0-7-1-12 mm.

„ diameter ^ 0-10-0-14 mm.

Length of flaps of operculum 011-0-13mm.

Localities. St. 1, east of Tavoy Lsland and Port Owen, 4 to 12
fathoms, sand and broken shells, and muil ; rare hydi-otheca; on
Thyroscyplms vitiensis. St. 3, French Bay, King Island, and
south end of Iron Island, 3 to 8 fathoms, mud and rock, or sand ;
very rare, on Thyroscyphus vitiensis.

Famil}- L A F o E I D .E.
LafoEa serrata Clarke, 1 879.

A widely distributed, but moderately i-are species. Repeated
regeneration of the hydranth had furnished one hydrotlieca (from
St. 22) with the exceptionally large number of eleven successive
inai'gins.

Localities. St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen, 4 to 12
fathoms, sand and broken shells, and mud ; fairly conmion, on
Idia pi-istis. St. 9, between Bentinck Island and Courts Island.
12 to 26 fathom.s, sand and shell; very rare, on Thyroscyphus
vitiensis. Stt. 15 and 16, Ravenshaw Island, Sir John Malcolm
Island, and Alligator Rock, 5 to 18 fathoms, rock and .sand, or
rock and mud ; rare, on Idia pristis. St. 22, Hastings Harbour,
shore to 20 fathoms, rock and sand ; fairly common, on Thyro-
scyphus vitiensis and Idia pristis. St. 23, Five Islands, 8 to 12
fathoms, rock and sand, and mud ; rare, on Eiidemlrium attenna-
iuml St. 25, Gregory Grouji and Crichton Island, 4 to 14
fathoms, stones and broken shells, and rock ; i-are, on Idia pristis.
St. 35, between Warden Island, Howe Island, and Lyall Island,
15 to 20 fathoms, lock and sand ; rare, on Idia pristis.

LAFoiJA VExrsTA AUman (?), 1877. (Plate LXXVI. figs. 5 A 6.)

Various Hydroids have associated with them a small form
which I refer, with a query, to this species.

The trophosome consists of a creeping hydrorhiza from which
spring small c\'lindrical hydrotheciP, set on stout but variable
.stalks, and zoned by numerous, well-deKned, and regular corru-
gations. These decrease in distiuctne.ss towards the base of the
hydrotheea. The margin of the hydrotlieca is everted, .and the
stalk bears no regul.ar rings. A markeil and distinctive character
exists in the colour of the peiisarc which jiossesses a brownish-
smoke tint, .slightly varinble in cleiisity. An exceedingly delic.iti*
membrane forms the floor of the iiyilrotliec;i.

The hydranth is cylindricid and minute, funiislied with a
hemispherical l\vpostouie, surrounded by tentacles v;iiying in
number fi-om nine to eleven. The tentacles ati<l body of the
hydranth have a granular appearance owing to the presence
of scattered nematoc3'.sts, which do not seem, even in the tent.'icles,

53*

[17J

816 MR. J. RITCHIE OS HYDROIDS [Maj' 24,

to be arranged in wlioHs, and of large, deeply stainable cells in
the body-wall. .

The habit of this epizoon is peculiar, for, in addition to the
ordinary external meandering, the coenosarc may live withm the
perisarcal tube of the hydroid upon which it grows. Thus m
several cases, the hydiothecfe of this species project from within
the hydrothecie of Idia pristis and Sertularella quadridens. In
this respect much resemblance is shown to the habit of Lafoea
dispoUmis, Warren (1909, p. 105), the wanderings of which
within tlie perisarc of its host, Sertidaria hidens Bale, have been
closely traced by Dr. Warren. In the present case the material
being in a poor state of preservation, I have been unable to trace
the course of the parasite throughout.

Dimensions : —

Hydrotheca, length 0-53-0-84 mm.

„ greatest diameter 0-21-0-27 mm.

Peduncle, diameter 0-075-0-081 mm.

Localities. St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen, 4 to 12
fathoms, .sand and broken shells, and mud ; solitary hydrothecfe
on Idia prislis and Sertularella quadridens. St. 14, Bushby
Island pearling-ground, shore to 21 fathoms, sand and mud ; rare,
on Idia pristis." Stt. 15 and 16, Ravenshaw Island, Sir John
Malcolm Island, and Alligatcr Rock, 5 to 18 fathoms, rock and
sand, or rock and mud ; very rare, on Idia pristis. St. 23, Five
Islands, 8 to 12 fathoms, rock and sand, and mud ; very rare, on
Sertularella quadridens.

Hitherto this species has been found only on the western
sea-board of the North Atlantic Ocean, and growing upon only
one ho.st, Lytoscyphus marginatus Allman : Loggerhead Key,
9 fathoms (Allman, 1877), 10 miles north of Zoblos Island
(Clarke, 1879), Anguilla, Antilles, 100-150 fathoms (Jaderholm,
1903), off Bermuda, 30 fathoms (Ritchie, 1909 a), and Prof. S. F.
Clarke, in litteris 1909, mentions its occurrence at West Florida,
20 fathoms, again on Lytoscyphiis marginatus.

Systematic position. — The general appearance of the specimens
described as Lafoea venusta resembles that of a small pai-allel-
sided form of the exceedingly variable Campanularia corrugata
Thornely. As the gonosomes of both species are unknown, and
even the hydranth of the former is undescribed, the difficulties of
identification are thus greatly increased. The present specimens
are, however, specifically distinct from Campanularia cwrugata,
on account of the much smaller size of their hydrothecre, which
are also more regularly ringed, and are always cylindrical in
shape. The hydranths also differ in shape and in structure.
Those of the present specimens are more slender and pofsess 9 to
11, in place of 22 tentacles; they have a more hemispherical
hypostome, and lack the peculiar development of those endo-
dermal cells, which, in C. corrugata, project from the base of the
tentacles into the gastric cavity, almost meeting there below the
[18]

1910.] fhom mergui archipelago. 817

hj'postome, and reminding one of the structure of Bomieviella
grandis, described bj' Broch (1909 «, p. 195). I have not noticed
that in liliss Thornely's species the perisarc is tinged with brown.
To Lafoiia venusta I have, with a little doubt, referred my
specimens because of the shape, the small size, and the corrugated
walls of the hydrothecae.

Family Sertularid^.

Sertularella ctlindrica Bale, 1888. Var. p0silla, nov.
(Plate LXXVII. fig. 9.)

Simple stems spring from a creeping stolon, and these are
divided into interuodes of exceeding variable length by sUghtly
slanting nodes. A.t the distal end of each internode a hydrotheca
is borne.

The hydrothecse are alternate, and have very thin, collapsable
walls, in strong contrast with the thick internodal perisarc. In
comparison with the stem upon which they are carried, the
hydrothecfe are very large. In shape they are cylindrical, the
cylinder expanding slightly at the mouth and foi-ming an everted
margin, entire, and destitute of operculum. For about a third of
their length they are adnate to the internode, but beyond this
their free portion curves gracefully away from the stem, so that
the aperture faces upwards and outwards, the plane in wliich it
lies meeting the stem at an angle of about 45°. A slight break
in the even abcauline profile of the bydroiheca opposes the point
where the adcauline side becomes free from the stem. Often
the bottom of the hydrotheca is rounded. Stolons are occasionally
developed from the stems, and one was observed springing from
the inside of a hydrotheca.

Gonosome unknown.

Dimensions : —

Var. pusilla.

Internodes, length 0-27-0-36 mm.

„ diameter 0"06-0'07 mm.

Hydrotheca, depth 0-29-0-37 mm.

„ diameter at mouth 0"10-0'11 mm.

Typical form.*
verj' variable,
up to 0'39 mm.
0-80-0-84 mm.
0-32 mm.

Localities. St. 32, south-west of Domel Island, 26 to 29 fathoms,
sand and mud ; rare, on Lylocarpus phoaniceus. IMoskos Islands,
3 to 26 fathoms, rock and sand, or rock and mud ; a single stem
amongst the rhizoidal tubes of Idia pristis.

The species h.-xs hitherto been found only on the east coast of
Australia, at Port Jackson (Bale, 1888, p. 765).

Systematic position. — While I do not find in this form characters
sufiicient to separate it specifically from C. cylindrica, it can
readily be distinguished from the Austi-alian form, examples of
which I have recently had an opportunity of examining, cliiefiy

* Specimens collected off N»w South Wales by the 'ThetU,' 1808, entrusted to
me for examination.

[19]

818 ME. J. RITCHIE OX HYDEOIDS .[May 24,

by its dwarfish size — the diametei- of tlie stem is only I, tlie length
of the hydrothecje less than i, their diametei- 1 those of
typical Australian specimens (cf. table of dimensions given above).
Var. p-iisilla is also to be distinguished by the slightly more
flaring margin of its .hydrothecEe, and by its hyaline perisarc, for
that of the robust typical variety is tinged with brown. It is
possible that the discovery of their gonosomes may separate those
two forms specifically.

Professor C. Hartlaub, in his fine monograph of the genus
Sertidarella (1900, p. 65), regards S. cylindrica, somewhat doubt-
fully, as a synonym of *S'. Integra Allman, described from New
Zealand specimens. The delicate texture of the h3-drotheca3 is so
different, however, from that of the type of SertulareUa which
bears intrathecal marginal teeth, that, apart from other obvious
diflerences of form, sculpture, and proportion, I regard the
presence of intrathecal teeth in Allman's species as suflicient,
in this case, to indicate specific diii'erence.

Sertulakella poltzoxias Linnfeus, 1758.
Yar. CORNUTA Ritchie (?), 1909 b.

A single fragmentary colony, 34 mm. high, represents this
species. The hydrothecre agi-ee in structure with tj-pical sjieci-
mens, but a single internode occasionally bears more than one
hydrotheca. The habit of the colony, too, is much more definite
than that of the lax variety {(/racilis) of British seas, for from a
deiinite, thick stem spring alternate branches almost at right
angles. In this respect the specimen approaches var. robusta
Kirchenpauer (1884, p. 38), from Cape of Good Hope, and var.
cornuta, from the neighbourhood of the Andaman Islands. The
absence of the gonosome precludes certain decision as to which
variety it belongs, but the trophosome agrees in detail with that
of var. cornuta.
Dimensions : —

Stem, diameter 0"63-0'70 mm.

Hydrotheca, length oi adnate portion . 0'32-0-45 mm.
„ „ free „ 0'28-0-39 mm.

„ greatest diameter 0-24-0*25 mm.

„ diameter at mouth O-lT-O'lS mm.

Locality. St. 23, Five Islands, 8 to 12 fathoms, rock and sand,
and mud ; rare.

Sertulaeella QUADHIDEK.S Bale, 1884. (Plate LXXVII.
figs. 12 a, 12 b.)

The transverse chitinous projections from the bases of the
hydrothecse are mostly absent, and where they do occur are much
less distinctly marked than in Bale's figure (pi. vii. fig. 5) of a
Holborn Island specimen. The hydrothec-e are strictly alternate,
but the internodes are very irregular in length, from eleven
to thirty-six bydrothecje occurring between successive nodes.
[20]

1910.]

PROM MERGUI AECHIPELAGO.

819

Considex-able variation occurs also in the proximity of the hydro-
thecc-e of the same lateral series, for while a marked gap separates
some — usually on the distal portions of branches — in many cases
the upper portion of one hydrotheca is pressed against the base of
the next (cf. PI. LXXVII. figs. 12 «, 12 b). An abnormality in
the formation of the hydrothecje is worth noting. Occasionally,
probably after some accident to the branch, the hydrothecoe first
formed thereafter, while normal so far as the adnata portion is
concerned, have an exceptionally long portion free (0-77 mm., as
contrasted with the average O'l mm.), this part being tubular,
recurved, and having a rather indefinite margin. Its successor
is less, though still abnormally large, and the diminution con-
tinues until the normal size is reached after five or six hydro-
theca-pairs (text-fig. 79).

Text'fig. 79.

Abnormal hydrothecae of Sertularella quadridens, X 20.

The pinnfe, each of which arises beneath a hydrotheca, are
regularly alternate, three hydiotheca; being interposed between
two pinna; on the same side. In one case a branch, of second
degree, was observed to spi-ing from the lumen of a hydrotheca.

The structures of the soft parts of the species, to which I have
seen no reference, show points of interest. The coenosarc of the
stem is an-anged in a varying number of longitudinal strands,
usually three or foui', which are connected irregularly by anasto-
mosing canals, and which, with their connections, line the perisai'c.
In the branches the structure is less compliciited. There, two
large longitudinal coenosarc tubes are to be distinguished, one
running along each side of the branch, and tlireading its way

[21]

820 MR. J. RITCHIE OX HTDROIDS [May 24,

between the liydi-othecse. These are connected at tlie base of
each hydrotheea by a strong bridge of coenosarc, upon the middle
of wliich the base of the hydranth rests. These structures
closely resemble those which Nutting has observed in Selaginopsis
ornata (1904, p. 7), allowing for the differences in symmetry due
to the presence of four series of hydrothecse in that species, in
place of two in this. Although each tube possesses a thick
definite ectoderm, I have been unable to distinguish the perisarc
which, Nutting supposes, surrounds each coenosarcal tube.

The structui'e of the polyp is like that of Thuiaria rohusta. as
figured by Nutting (1904, p. 11, fig. 15). It has a large blind
sac, and clumps of large enilodermal cells project into the
hydranth cavity except from the abcauline wall of the blind-sac,
where the development of the endoderm is insignificant. The
protractor band is attached, not to the abcauline wall of the
hydrotheea, but to varying points of the lateral wall in the
neighbourhood of the margin of the hydrotheea.

The gonosome was not observed.

Dimensions : —

Stem, diameter 0"56-0'77 mm.

Stem internode, length 2 mm.

Hydrotheea, length adnate 0'46-0'49 mm.

„ free 0-07-0-14 mm.

,, diameter at mouth 0'21-0'22 mm.

Localities. St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen, 4 to 12
fathoms, sand and broken shells, and mud ; several fragments.
St. 23, Five Islands, 8 to 12 fathoms, rock and .sand, and mud;
one colony. St. 25, Gregoiy Group and Crichton Island, 4 to 14
fathoms, stones and broken shells, and rock ; one colony.

Previously known only from Eastern and Northern Australia ;
Port Curtis and Holborn Island (Bale, 1884), Peel Island,
Moreton Bay (Bale, 1888), Flinders Passage, Torres Strait
(Allmau, 1888, as Thuiaria vincta*), Thui-sday Island (Weltner,
1900).

Idia pristis Lamouroux, 1816.

One of the commonest of the species in the collection, found at
eight of the fourteen stations at which Hydroids were obtained.
There is much variability in the length of the free portion of the
hydrotheea, the sloping operculum appearing, in some cases, to
project directly from the surface of the stem, while in others a
large part of the hydrotheea stands out at right angles to the
stem. Occasionallj', too, the adcauline operculum is lacking in
definiteness, the upper wall of the hydrotheea simply meeting
the lower as an indefinite flap. Many of the branches from
Station 35 end in stolons, indistinguishable from those which
project from the hydrorhizal tubes.

* See Billard, 1908, p. 2 of separate copy.

1910.] FROM MERGDI ARCHIPELAGO. 821

Localities. St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen, 4 to 12
fathoms, sand and broken shells, and mud; common. St. 14.
Bush by Island jjearliug-gi-ound, shore to 21 fathoms, sand and
mud; common. Stt. 15 and 16, Ravenshaw Island, Sir John
Malcolm Island, and Alligator Rock, 5 to 18 fathoms, rock and
.sand, or rock and mud ; common. St. 22, Hastings Harbour,
shore to 20 fathoms, rock and sand ; common, with gonano-ia,
some colonies growing on a sponge. St. 23, Five Islands, 8 to
12 fathoms, rock and sand, and mud; fairly common. St. 25,
Gregory "Group and Crichton Island, 4 to 14 fathoms, stones and
broken shells and rock ; common. St. 35, between Warden
Island, Howe Island, and Lyall Island, 15 to 20 fathoms, rock
and sand ; one colony. Moskos Islands, 3 to 2G fathoms, rock
and sand, or rock and mud ; common, with gonangia.

DiPHASIA DIGITALIS Busk, 1852.

In these specimens it is clearly seen that the two so-called
opercular muscles are attached, not to the valves of the operculum,
but to the lateral walls of the hydrotheca near the margin, and
are, in function, protractor muscles (see Nutting, 1904, p. 13,
fig. 17). The hydranth possesses about twenty tentacles.

Locality. St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen, 4 to 12
fathoms, sand and broken shells, and mud ; several small colonies,
on the bare axis of an Alcyonarian, and on Idia pristis.

Recorded from the Western Indian Ocean — Maldive Islands—
by Borradaile (1905, p. 842) ; this is the first record from the
Eastern Indian Ocean.

Sertularia turbinata Lamouroux, 1816.

{=S. loculosa Busk 1852 *.)

Several small, unbranched colonies of this species occur upon
Thyroscyphus vitiensis. They are pale in colour, in this, as well
as in the shortness of the internodes, agreeing with the specimens
described from Paumben, India, by Jiiderholm (1903). But they
difl'er in the reduction of the lateral teeth, which are occflsionally
so indistinct that the aperture appears to be almost round.
Besides an indistinct tooth on each ilank, tlie hydrotheca is
surmounted by a small third tooth, from the summit of which a
membranaceous edge sometimes runs to the lateral teeth. Not-
withstanding difficulties of observation, I feel assured, after
examining many hydrotheca', that the operculum is formed of a
solitary flap, hinged on the distal edge of a sliglit thickening
which occui-s on the abcauline margin of the hydrotheca.
Although membranes unite the superior with the lateral teeth,
these do not hinge inwards, and can .scarcely, therefore, be
accounted part of the operculum. They are the less nccc.s.sary
since the abcauline flap is of diameter sufficient comi)letely to
close the aperture of the hydrotheca.

• Fide BillarJ (1909, p. 322), who Las ciaiuincd llic Ivpe specimen of Laniouroui.

[23]

822 MR. J. RITCHIE ON HTDEOiDs [May 24,

In the structure of the operculum (S'. turhinata appears to
differ from S. versUujsi Nutting (1904) — regarded by Billard
(1908) as a synonym — for in the latter, as Congdon states (1907,
p. 482), and as careful examination of the lateral aspect of speci-
mens from Cape Verde Islands, in my collection, shows, the
operculum is furnished with a large abcauline and two smaller
latero-adcauline valves.

The protractor of the hydranth, which possesses onl}' a small
blind-sac, is attached to the hydrotheoal wall at the intrathecal
ridge.

Localities. Stt. 15 and 16, Ravenshaw Island, Sir John Malcolm
Island, and Alligator Rock, 5 to 18 fathoms, rock and sand, or
rock and mud ; not common.

Family Plumularid.e.

Plumulakia setacea Linnseus, 1758 (?).

A single immature colony, 15 mm. high, identical in all respects
with North Sea specimens. I have written the designation with
a mai'k of interrogation on account of the impossibility of dis-
tinguishing the trophosome of this small variety fi'om that of
P. strictocarpa Pictet (1893), from Amboyna.

Locality. Moskos Islands, 3 to 26 fathoms, rock and sand, or
rock and mud.

Plumularia sp.

An unidentifiable fragment, the structures of the stem and
hydroclades of which resemble those of P. setacea, but the frag-
ment shows traces of branching, and the hydrotheca of having
a slightly concave contour.

Locality. St. 32, Hastings Harbour, shore to 20 fathoms, rock
and sand.

Antenella secundaria Gmelin, 1788-93.

The nematocysts of the nematophores measure 12 ^ by 4 /j,
agreeing with Warren's measurements of those in A. natalensis,
which I regard as a synonym. There are about 18 tentacles.

Locality. St. 1, east of Tavoy Island and Port Owen, 4 to 12
fathoms, sand and broken shells, and mud ; not common, on
Idia pi'istis.

Lytocarpus pexnaeius LinnsBus, 1758.

A widely distributed species, represented by several fine
colonies, one of which reached a height of 95 cm. Apart from
the prominent anterior tooth, th.at on the margin of thehydro-
theca second from the stem is distinctly the largest. It forms
the highest point on the outwardly curved margin of the hydro-
theca. There is, however, some variation in the prominence of
[24]

1910.] FEOM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 823

the teeth in general. The margin of the mesial sarcotheca is
.slightly sinuated.

The attachment of the hydroclades to stem and branches is
weak, for, whenever an attempt is made to clear the specimen
of flesh, by immersion in a solution of sodium hydrate, the liydro-
clades invariably fall off.

The soft parts of the specimens from Station 9 are woll jiro-
served, as the preservation of Plumularians in geneial collections
goes. The tentacles are about sixteen in number. The whole of
the inside of the hydrotheca, practically to the margin, is lined
with a thin layer of ectoderm, with which the hydi-anth is in
connection by means of exceedingly numerous strands which,
proceeding from its ectodermal layer, give the appearance of
filling the space between hydrotheca and hydi-anth with a delicate
open meshwork. An opening leads from the hydrotheca cavity
to that of the mesial sarcotheca, immediately proximal to the
point where the sarcotheca joins the hydrotheca, and tlirough
this passes a strand of coenosarc, connecting sarcostyle and
hydranth.

A hydrotheca was observed, abnormal in lacking a mesial
sarcotheca.

Localities. Specimens from Stt. 9, 18, 19, 25 bore phylactocarps.
St. 9, between Bentinck Island and Courts Island, 12 to 26
fathoms, sand and shells; one colony. St. 18, west and south-
west of Paye Island, 10 to 21 fathoms, sand, shells and rock ;
a large colony. St. 19, Paye Island and Pink Island, 7 to 9
fathoms, rock and sand ; fragment. St. 25, Gregory Group and
Crichton Island, 4 to 14 fathoms, stones and broken shells, and
rock ; three colonies. Moskos Islands, 3 to 26 fathoms, rock
and sand, or rock and mud ; fragment.

Lytocaepus PHCENiCEUS Busk, 1852.

The hydrothecse of these specimens approach most closely those
of Bale's fig. 2, pi. xv., 1884, although the chitinous septa and
walls are not so strongly developed in my specimens, and the
small lobe at the back of the hydrotheca is not produced into a
tooth. There are two sarcotheca at the base of each liydroclade
— one proximal, the other lateral— and, in addition, a sarcostyle
issues through a mere perforation with raised lips, on the anterior
of the stem-process on which the hydroclade is borne.

Localities. Stt. 15 and 16, Ravenshaw Island, Sir John Mal-
colm Island, and Alligator Rock, 5 to 18 fathoms, rock and sand,
or rock and mud ; three colonies. St. 32, south-west of Domel
Island, 26 to 29 fathoms, sand and mud ; one colony. St. 35,
between Warden Island, Howe Island, and Lyall Island, 15 to
20 fathoms, rock and sand ; one colony. Moskos Islands, 3 to
26 fathoms, rock and sand, or rock and mud ; one colony.

[25]

824 MR. J. RITCHIE ON HTDROIDS [^^'^Y 24,

Guide to Literature cited.

Agassiz (A.), 1865. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. i.
Alder, 1857. Trans. Tynesifle Naturalists' Field Club, vol. iii.
Allmax, 1877. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. v.

„ 1888. Rep. Sc. Res. 'Challenger,' Zool., vol. xxiii.
Bale, 1884. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes,
Australian Museum, Sydney.
„ 1888. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2) vol. iii.
„ 1893. Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, (n. s.) vol. vi.
Bedot, 1901. Rev. Suisse de Zool., vol. ix.
BiLLARD, 1904. Ann. sc. nat. Zool. (8) vol. xx.

„ 1907 a. " HydroVdes," in Expedit. sc. du ' Travailleur '

et du ' Talisman,' vol. viii.
„ 1907 6. Arch. Zool. exp. (4) vol. vii.

1908. C. R. Acad, des Sc, vol. cxlvii. pp. 1355-

1358.

1909. Ann. sc. nat. Zool. (9) vol. ix.

BoRRADAiLE, 1905. " Hvdroids," in Fauna and Geogr. Maldive

and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. ii.
Broch, 1909 a. Nyt Magazin f. Naturvidenskaberne, Kristiania,
vol. xlvii.
„ 1909 6. "Die Hydroiden der arktischen Meere," in
Fauna Arctica. Jena.
BcsK, 1852. Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. ' Rattlesnake,'

App. iv.
Campexhausen, 1896. Abh. Senckenb. Ges. Frankfurt, vol. xxiii.
Clarke, 1879. BuU. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. v.
CoNGDON, 1907. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts &, Sc, vol. xlii.
Ehresbero, 1834. Abhandl. d. K. Akad. d. Wissens. zu Berlin

(1832), Part i.
Gjielin, 1788-93. In Linnseus, Systema Naturae, Ed. xiii.

Lipsi:e.
Goldfuss, 1820. Handbuch der Zoologie, Erste Abtheilung.

NUrnberg.
Hargitt, 1909. Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, Mass., vol. xvii.
Hartlaub, 1900. Abh. naturw. Ver. Hamburg, vol. xvi.

„ 1905. "Hydroiden," in Fauna Chilensis, vol. iii.;

Zool. Jahrb. Syst., Suppl. vi.
HiNCKs, 1861. Ann.' Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) vol. viii.

,, 1868. A Historj' of the British Hydroid Zoophj'tes.

London.
„ 1889. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. vol. xxi.
Jaderholm, 1896. Bihang Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. xxi.

„ 1903. Ark. zool. K. Svensk. Vet. Akad., vol. i.

Johnston, 1847. A History of the British Zoophytes, 2nd ed.

London.
IviRCHEXPAUER, 1884. Abh. naturw. Ver. Hamburg, vol. viii.
KiRKPATRicK, 1890. Sc. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. (n. s.) vol. vi.
[26]

PZ.S. 1910. PLLXXVH,

( —

19b

James Ritchie, del.

L»ndot\Step«o£«>pie Co- imp

HYDROIDS FROM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

p. Z.S 1910. Pl.LXXVr.

Jakes Ritchie . del .

London 5te*«0£ccpic Co. imp.

HYDROIDS FROM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

1910.] FROM MEROUI AIlCIlIPELAaO. 825

LiAMouRorx, 181G. Histoire <les iiolypiers coralligenes flexibles

vulgairement nommes Zoo])liyte.s. Caen.
Lexdexfeld, 188.5. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (1884) vol. ix.
LiNN.'EUS, 18.58. Sy.stema Natune, Ed. x.
Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890. Ann. naturh. IFofmus.

Wien, vol. v.
NuTTixo, 1904. " American Hy<Imi(ls," Spec. Bull. 8mit,lisonian
Inst. U.S. Nat. Mus. Washington.
„ 1905. Bull. U.S. Fisli Comni., vol. xxiii.
PiCTET, 1893. Rev. Suisse de Zool., vol. i.
lliTcuiE, 1907. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1907, vol. ii.
„ 1909 a. Trans. Roy. Soc. E linburgh, vol. xlvii.

1909 h. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. iii.
1909 c. The Zoologist, (4) vol. xiii.
Stechow, 1909. Abh. K. Bayer. Akad. Wissens., 1 Suppl.-Bd.,

6 Abb., Miinchen.
Thorxely, 1904. " Hydroida," in Herdman, Report on the Pearl
Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar,
Suppl. Rep. viii.
,, 1908. Joiir. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. vol. xxxi.

Warhex, 1906. Ann. Natal Gov. Mus., vol. i. part 1.
„ 1907. Ibid., vol. i. part 2.

1908. /?rt"d, vol. i. part 3.

1909. /6«/., vol. ii. part 1.

Weismaxx, 1883. Die Entstehung der Sexualzellcn bci ilfii

Hydromednsen. Jena.
Weltxer, 1900. "Hydroiden," in Senion, Zool. For.schungsreiseu

in Australien und dem Malayischen Arcbipel. Jeua.
Wrioiit, 1858. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Eiliuburgli, vol. i.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATKS.

1'I.ATK LX.WI.

Fig. 1. Cort/dentlrhim sessile, sp. n. (.'(iniiili'tu cnKiii.v. Alxiiit nat. .size.

2. ^^ „ I'oition ot'l>raiic1l with hvilraiilbs. X 25.

.'i. Ca!i/cella u!ii/isla,!ij>.a. IlvdrothfC.l :iMil livilranlli. X 2.'!0.

4. , , .) " "

5. Zafoea vennsta -Mlmail (r). IlvJrotlieca and livdr.iTilli. X «l).
C.

Plate LXXVII.

Fig. 7. Tlii/rogcyplms regtikiris .liideiliolni. Portion of branch with Ij.vilrolhtc*
and Koiiangium. X 25-
8. CuspiilcUa costata Hincks. Ilydrolhtxa, showing clmrai-tiT ot' annular

iiiai'kingK. X 70.
fl. ScHularella ci/liiidrica, mv. pusiHa.tmv. Portion of stoni, with hydro-

thecu!. X 40.
10. Rahcium simplex Pictet. Trophosomc and gonosome. X 70.
lj_ _ llvdrotht'ca, showing intcniul chitinoiis pro-

jections. X 310.
12. Sertularelhi qimdrideiis Palo. Showing variation in rpnioloness of
hydrothciM'. {a) Proximal portion of branch. (4) Distal porlioii of
same branch. Each X 19.

V'Y-c-'j

JOURN.R.MICR.S0C.1910.P1.XIII.

West, Newman photo-liti

JouM. R. Mick. Soc, 1910, pp. 681-1)2. f 29j

XIV. — Hicksonella, a New Gorgmiellid Genus.

By James J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc.
(Carnegie Fellow, University of Aberdeen).

(Read October 19, 1910.)
Plate XIII.

In my recently published " Eevision of the Juncellid-group of the
Gorgonellida-,"* I did not include any notice of tlic unique form
described by Professor S. J. Hickson under the name of JunccUa
spiralis. Its puzzling and divergent character made a separate
discussion advisable.f

In the Eevision the Juncellids were divided into three genera,
namely, Juncella, Scirpearia, and Nicclla, and an examination of
the diagnoses given there, along with the following descriptions,

• Proo. Roy. Irieh Acad., No. 7 (1910) pp. 247-386 (19 pis.).

t I wish to tako this opportuuity of thanking Professor J. Arthur Thomson for
entrusting these forms to me for identification and description, and also tho
Carnegie Trust for a grant to cover the cost of the illustrations.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. — Portion of Hicksonella spiralis, enlarged to show tlie spiral form and
also the distribution and nature of the verrucje. x 3.

„ 2. — Spicules from tho verruca' of ditto : (n) near base, [b) near tip.

,, 3. — Spicules from tho ccunenchyma of ditto : (n) near base, (6) near tip.

,, 4. — Two views of the same portion of ll.flagcllata sp. n. : (a) polyp-bearing,
(b) non-polyp-bearing aspect, x 4.

,, 5. — Spicules of ditto.

„ 6. — Two views of the same portion enlarged of U. capcnsis sp. u. : (a) polyp-
bearing, (6) non-polyp-beariug aspect. X 4.

, 7. — Spicules of H. capensis sp. n.

30 Transactions of the Society.

will show the impossibility of linking the specimens now under
consideration to any of tliese genera. It will be shown that it is
necessary to establish a new genus.

As a full description of the Juncclla spiralis type has been
given by Hickson,* we may briefly consider some of the most
characteristic features before proceeding to any taxonoinic con-
sideration. The colonies were all unbranched ; one of them was
220 mm. in length without the base, which had been broken off.
The axis was pale brown in colour, and had rings of lime embedded
in the horny matrix. The verruca; were all prominent and
arranged irregularly on two-thirds of the circumference of the
stem.''leaving\ bare track on one side free from verrucas from end
to end of the colony. The bare track and verrucye were covered
with a dense armature of spicules, and " it is difficult to believe
that the verrucse can ever be retracted." The spicules consisted
chiefly of irregularly tuberculated plates and spindles. "The
spicules are tightly jammed together to form an impenetrable
armour. The surface of the verrucse has a distinctly squamate
appearance, the plate-like spicules slightly over-lapping."

Hicksonella f spiralix g.n. ( = Juncclla spiralis Hickson).
Plate XIII. tigs. 1-3.

Two specimens referable to this species occur in a collection
from Cape Colony. Professor Hickson very kindly sent me a
small portion of his type specimen for examination, and one of
the present colonies agrees with it ia almost every feature. It is
40 cm. in length, the diameter is 3 • 5 mm. near the base, and about
2 mm. at the tip. The tapering is thus very gradual, in fact at a
distance of 7 cm. from the tip there is very little difference in the
diameter from that at the base.

Another specimen is 20 cm. in length, and has a maximum
diameter of 2' 5 mm. at the base. In Loth specimens the basal
part is wanting.

The axis is densely calcareous, and very hard in the lower
portion, so that, except near the apex, the colony is very rigid. It
is composed of concentric laminae of the typical Gorgonellid type.
There is a distinct, central, more densely calcareous portion, and
the surface is marked by a series of minute longitudinal furrows.
The diameter near the present base is 1 • 5 mm., but this diminishes
gradually to a hair-like fineness at the tip.

• The Alcyonaria of the Cape of Good Hope. Part [II., Marine Investiga-
tions in South Airica, iii. (1904) pp. 231-33 (4 figs.).

t I wish to associate with this new and remarkable genus the name of Pro-
fessor Sydney J. Hickson, D.So. F.R.S., who has done so much to elucidate the
structure and relationship of Alcyonarians, and to whom we are indebted for the
original observations on Hich$onella.

Hicksonella, a New Gorgonellid Genus. By J. J. Sivipson. Lil]

The ccenenchyma is very thin and densely spiculose ; wlieii
dry it is extremely brittle.

The canal S3'stem is difficult to determine owing to the thin-
ness of the coenenchynia. It was found impossible to detach a
portion of the ccEnenchyma from the axis without damaging the
canals. Serial sections were made from a decalcified portion of
the ccenenchyma, but the I'esults were not very satisfactory. The
furrows on the axis suggest a concentric series of canals separating
the ccenenchyma from the axis, but it is very doubtful whether
one or more of these is larger than the others, and the possession
of an outer series of canals is quite uncertain.

From end to end of the colony there is a narrow streak devoid
of polyps, which participates in the spiral arrangement of the
colony (pi. XIII. fig. 1). It occupies between one-fourth and one-
third of the circumference of the ccenenchyma. The remaining
three-fourths to two-thirds is densely covered with small elongated
verrucffi. In the smaller specimen the basal portion, for a distance
of 8 cm., is devoid of polyps.

The verrucse are long and club-shajied, and somewhat resemble
those of Scirpearia Jiagellum ; the terminal part is considerably
enlarged. They are about 1'5 mm. in length, and about 0 o mm.
in diameter at the widest part. They are very spiculo.se, and tlie
surface, when viewed with a lens, reveals a series- of minute hori-
zontal, overlapping scales, which recalls the armature of a
Caligorgid.

At the utmost they are only feebly retractile into the ca>nen-
chyma, but their enormous size, the thinness of the cffineuchynia
and their dense armature, would seem to preclude the i>ossibility
of any great degree of retraction.

WTien the tentacles are inturned there is a distinct eight-rayed
figure at tlie summit of the verrucae, <and the scales on the aboral
surface of the tentacles form a sort of pseudo-operculum. Furtlier
retraction of the tentacles results in a very definite horizontal
wrinkling of the verruca;.

The verrucffi are very densely packed on the polyp-bearing
region, and about a dozen occur on one transverse line.

Young polyps occur scattered among the older ones, and .so
render any definite arrangement impossible.

In the larger specimen the colour of the coenenchynia in the
bare tract is a dark brick-red, but the verrucm are creamy white
with an occasional trace of an orange tint. In tlie smaller specimen
the bare tract is also reddish-orange, but the polyps are pinkish-
purple.

The spicules of this species are extremely characteristic, but
very diverse in form and irregular in outline.

The figs. 2 a, b and 3 a, h, show some of tlie more definite
types.

32 Transactions of the Society.

Fig. 2 shows those of («) the ven-ucffi near the base, (6) the
verrucje near the tip.

Fig. 3 shows those of («) the ccenenchyma near the base, (6) the
coenenchyma near the tip.

The following is a list of the chief types with their measure-
ments (length by lireadth iu millimetres) :

I. Ccenenchyma:

1 Spindles, very thick with close-set warts. (0-046 X

0-019; 0-04() X 0-015; 0-042 X 0-019.)

2 Short, stumpy spindles, densely warted. (0-027 X

0-019; 0-027 X 0-015; 0-023 x 0-015.)
3. Almost spherical warty forms. (0 - 019 x 0 - 019 ; 0 • 015
X 0-015; 0-012 X 0-012.)
II. Polyps:

l" Long thick spindles, with fewer and longer warts than
in (a) of the ccenenchyma. (0 - 053 x"0 - 012 ; 0 - 046
X 0-015.)

2. Spindles with very few long warts. (0-042 X 0-011 ;

0-038 X 0-015.)

3. Spindles, still shorter, and with fewer warts. (0 - 031

X 0-015; 0-027 x 0-012.)

4. Flat, irregular scales from the verrucae. (0-034 x

0-015; 0-031 X 0-011.)

5. Crosses. (0-038 x 0-019; 0-031 x 0-031.)
Locality : — Cape Morgan, X.N.E. 9 J miles ; depth, 47 fathoms ;

bottom, broken shells (25. vii. 01). Previously recorded from Cape
Morgan, 32° 45' 45" S., 28° 26' 15" E. ; 36 fathoms ; stones (12. i. 01).

Michsonella Jiaffellata sp. u. Plate XIII. figs. 4, 5.

To this new species we refer two small complete specimens and
a portion of a much larger specimen from the Cape. The longer
complete colony is 20 cm. in length and the shorter is 12 cm.,
while the length of the broken portion is also 20 cm. The first
specimen has a maximum breadth of 2 mm. ; the second is about
the same size ; the fragment is 3 mm. in breadth.

The ccenenchyma is extremely thin in all the specimens, and
in the non-polyp-bearing part the dark axis is easily seen through
it. It is densely spiculose and extremely brittle, especially when
dry. The surface is very arenaceous in appearance.

The axis is comparatively soft; it is composed of concentric
laminse, which consist of a horny substance in wliich calcareous
matter is deposited.

From end to end of the colony there runs a streak devoid of
polyps and occupying about one-third of the circumference of the
stem. The polyps occur densely packed on the remainder of the
circumference ; these project laterally and so add to the breadth of

Hicksonella, a New Gorgonellid Genus. B>i J. J. Simpsoii. (_33'?

the colony. Towards the base the polyps iliminish in number while
on the basal 4 or 5 cm. they are altogether absent. No definite
arrangement is discernible, and young polyps occur scattered
amongst the older forms.

The verrucje are elongated anil club-shaped (])1. XIII. fig. 4a);
they are about 1"5 mm. in lengtii and about (I'o mm. in diameter
near the apex. They are not retractile into the cceuenchyma, and
the swollen terminal part is due to the withdrawal of the antho-
cpdia within the verruca. They are densely spiculose, and the
scales on the aboral surface of the tentacles form a pseudo-
operculum to the partially retracted anthocodia. Fig. 46 shows
the characteristic appearance of the portion figured in 4'( from the
non-polyp-bearing asjiect.

The spicules (pi. XIII. fig. 5) of this species are very character-
istic. The following are some of the chief types, with measure-
ments, lengtii by breailth, in millimetres : —

1. Thick, mas.sive, wartv .spindles. (O-OaS x 0-015; 0-049

X 0-011; 0-0.'58 X 0-015; 0-038 x 0-011.)

2. Smaller ; usually curved spindles with the warts more

developed on the convex side. (0-046 X 0-008; 0-031
X 0-008.)

3. Irregular scales (from the verrucae). (0-031 x 0-011;

0-027 X 0-015.)

4. Aberrant type, resembling crosses. (0-034 x 0-023.)

5. Peculiar, bilaterally svmmetrical type with a sort of thick

foliaceous expaii.sion. (0 - 015 x 0 • 015 ; 0 ■ 015 x 0 • Oil ;
0-011 x 0-011.)

6. Birotate forms (like thosi^ in SuhiToi/on/ia verriculata).

(0-011 X 0-008; 0-008 X 0-008.)
LocalUi/ : — Cape Morgan, N. J AV., 10^ miles ; depth, 77 fulboms.
By dredge. Eocks and broken shells (2(). vii. 1901).

Hicksonella cape.nidx sp. n. Plate XIII. figs. 0, 7.

This species has been establislied to include a very character-
i.stic colony 75 cm. in lengtii without tiie basal portion. The
diameter at the present base is 3-5 mm.; midway it is 3-25 mm.,
while near the tip it is 3 mm., so that tlie lain'iing is very slight.
The actual tij) is conii-al.

The colony is twisted in an irreguhir (i|icm spiral thruugliout
its entire length, but in such a way that tlic bare tract is always
to the inside.

The coeiienchynia is extreiiu'ly lliiii and is dcnsi'ly s])ii'ulose.
The axis is cum])os('d dl' concentric lainiiia-, wiiich consist of a
horny substant^e iinpregnated with some form of calcanMius niatU^r.
It is verv hard, wliite in colour, and the surface is marked by deep
longitudinal furrows. It tapers to a hair-like fineness at tlie tip.

A 3

34 Transactions of the Society.

The polyps are disposed over about three-fourths of the surface
of the colony, leaving a bare longitudinal track which is very
marked in the lower part, but almost disappears m the upper
portion The verrucas are small, elongated and slightly club-
shaped ; they are about 2-5 mm. long and 0-25 mm. in diameter,
and are much more openly disposed than in the other species
(pi XIII. fig. 6a). Fiu. 66 sliows the appearance from the nou-
polvp-bearing aspect. "" The tentacles are first infolded and then
withdrawn into the upper part of the verrucfe, but the verrucce
themselves are not retractile into the coenenchyma. The colour of
the ccenenchvma is orange-red, but the verruc« are almost white.

The spicules of this species are extremely irregular in^form,
but the following types may be distinguished (pi. XIII. tig. 7) :—

1. Short sliglitly warty spindles. (0-07 X 0-015.)

2. Spindles longer and more warty. (O-Oy x 0-038; 0-08

X 0-038.)
3 Spindles still longer and more warty. (0-13 x Q-O.^;
0-14 X 0-046; 0-16 X 0-065; 0-2 X 0-06.)

4. Very irregular forms (probablv developed from [3]). (0-17

X Oil; 0-16 X 0-13.)

5. Flat, UTegular scales. (0-14 X 0-09.)

6. Thick, wartv, almost spherical forms. (U - 06 X 0 - 045 ;

0-053 X 0-034.)

7. Crosses (aberrant). (0-12 X 0-11.)

Locality:— T^edi Cliff, S. of Morewood Cave, N.W. | N.
6^ miles. Natal. Depth, 37 fathoms ; bottom, sand and shells.

Position of Micksonella.

In this connexion the axis stands first to be considered. As
mil be seen from the descriptions of the various species, it is com-
posed of concentric laminiP ; these laminae consist of a horny sub-
stance containing some form of calcareous deposit. It has been
impossible so far to determine the nature of this limy deposit, but
it is hoped that some solvent may be found to decompose the
organic matter, and so enable a microscopic examination of the
inorganic residue to be made. UntH this is done, however, deter-
mination based on axial structure is impossible. We have, how-
ever, in our Eevision of the Juncellids, discussed the possible
affinities of several other specimens whose axis is similar to the one
under consideration, and the resemblance strongly suggests that
the present specimens approach closely to the Gorgoiiellidae, to
which family we would therefore temporarily assign them.

In the work cited above, after an exhaustive examination of a
very large numl)er of .JuncelUds, we suggested an emended classifi-
cation, and included in the genus Juncclla only those species whose
spicules contained the type known as "clubs." This type of spicule

Micksonella, a New Gorgcnellid Genus. Bij J, J. Simpson. I 35j

was first described and figured by KiiUiker in his Icones Histio-
logies, p. 140, taf. xviii. fig. 46. In the Revision of the Juncellid-
group of the Gorgonellidje several figures of this type of spicules are
given (fig. 4, a-g).

Tiie general form approaches that of the well-known " Indian
club ;" there is a distinct smooth median part or liandle, which is
surmounted by a few spines. The club-part also Ijcars spines, and
the most important characteristic is the fact that these species are
all directed away from the shaft, and do not arise perpenilicularly.

Some doubt seems to have arisen since tlie time of Kolliker as
to the exact nature of the " club," and this dubiety accounts for
the original inclusion of the species sjnralis in the genus Juncdla.
Hickson (op. cit.) describes a form of s]iicules as a club (pi. viii.
fig. 8), but it is a club essentially different from Kdlliker's type.

The spiculation as a whole is quite unlike that of any species of
Juncdla (op. cit., figs. 14, 23, and 26), so that it is imjjossible to
refer the present specimens to that genus. They are even further
removed from Scirpearia and Nicdla, so that it seems necessary to
form a new genus to include them.

Diagnosis of Hidcsondla , g . n.

Colony simple, flagelliform, and generally twisted in a mure or
less open spiral at least in the ohler colonies. Tlieaxis consists of
concentric lamina' which are comi>osed of a horny substance im-
pregnated with some form of calcareous matter. It is generally
hard, and the surface is marked by longitudinal ridges and furrows.

The coenenchyma is extremely thin and densely s])iculose ; it
is very brittle, especially when dry. The polyps are disposed in a
broad longitudinal liand ; this leaves a narrow bare strip which
traverses the whole length of the colony. The verrucas are not
retractile into the coenenchyma, and are elongated, slender and
slightly club-shaped in the upper portion ; they are covered with
minute spicules, which appear like overlapjiing scales; the spicules
on the aboral surface of the tentacles form a sort of pseudo-
operculum to the partially retracted anthocodia.

The spicules vary in th(^ dilferent species, but the following
are the cluef types: — (1) Irregularly warted spindles; (2) Hat,
smooth, or slightly warty scales ; (3) large irregular forms ; (4)
crosses ; and (5) bi-rotate forms.

Si'EGiKic Diagnoses.

Hidcsonella spiralis (Hickson) = Juncella spiralis Hickson.

Colony unbranched ; in the larger forms spirally twisted. The
ccenenchyma is thin and densely packed with scale-like spicules ;
the axis is composed of concentric lamin* of a horny substance.

36 Transactions of the Society.

in which a calcareous deposit is embedded. The polyps are
restricted to a region occupying two-thirds to three-fourths of the
circumference of the coeneuchyma ; a longitudinal bare tract
occupies the remaining part. The verrucse are long and cluli-
shaped, and are evidently not retractile into the coeneuchyma ;
they are closely packed together, and are covered with minute
overlapping, scale -like spicules. The flat thin scales on the aboral
surface of tlie tentacles forms a sort of pseudo-operculum to tlie
partially retracted. polyp.

The chief types of spicules are (1) in the coenenchyma very
thick spindles with close-set irregular warts, passing by gradual
transitions to almost spherical warty forms ; (2) in the polyps (a)
long thick spindles with few long warts ; {h) irregular forms and
crosses ; {r) small flat thin scales.

Hicksonella flagellata sp. n.

Elongated filiform colonies which, at any rate in the younger
specimens, have only a trace of a very open spiral structure. Tlie
ccenenchyma is extremely tliin and densely spiculose. The axis is
horny and calcareous, and is composed of concentric laminae. The
polyps are confined to a broad longitudinal band occupying about
two-thirds of the circumference. The verrucse are elongated and
club-shaped, and are not retractile into the coenenchyma. The
spicules are exceedingly minute, and very characteristic. They
consist for the most part of (1) thick massive, warty spindles ; (2)
peculiar, bilaterally symmetrical forms, w-ith a sort of thick folia-
ceous expansion ; (3) bi-rotate forms (like those in the Suberogorgia
verriculata) ; and (4) scales.

Hicksonella capensis sp. n.

Colony elongate, simple, and irregularly twisted in a spiral
manner. The coenenchyma is thin, and very spiculose. The axis
is compcsed of concentric horny and calcareous laminae. The
polyps are disposed in a broad longitudinal band ; they are very
long, slender, and slightly club-shaped ; they are covered with small
spicules transversely arranged, and are not retractile into the
coenenchyma. The spicules consist of («) short, slightly warty
spindles ; {b) longer, and more warty spindles : (c) irregular forms ;
(fZ) flat, irregular scales ; and {e) crosses.

Distribution. — (1) Geographical. All three species were found
oH the east coast of South Africa, and therefore their inclusion in
the Family (lorgonellidffi does not extend the distribution of that
family.

n. apiralis. Off Cape Morgan,

H.Jlagdluta. Off Cape Morgan.

//. capensis. Red CliH', south of Morewood Cave, Natal.

Hicksonella, a New Gorgoncllid Genus. By J. J. Simpsmi. (^ZiJ

(2) Bathymetrical. This genus, like other Gorgonellids, is
represented by shallow-water lorius; M. spiralis was dredged in
36 and 47 fathoms, and H. capensis in 37 fathoms.

XOTE OK THE GeNUS.

Before leaving Hicksonella, however, it may be of interest to
consider some of the more characteristic features, for example :
(1) the distribution of the verrucje, and (2) the spiral form. Pro-
fessor Hickson (ii. p. 232), has drawn attention to these, and has
put forward several suggestions as to their possible origin, so tliat,
before taking each in detail, we shall quote his observations in full,
and so obviate any possibility of misinterpretation which might
result from detached references,

"This bare track, i.e. the part devoid of polyps, is seen in
some other species of Juncellch. In the description of J. juncea,
from the Isle of Bourbon, Milne-Edwards and Haime state that
the calices leave some trace of a median coenenchymatous space.
Eidley also states that there is a distinct groove in the specimen of
-/. juncea obtained b)' the ' Alert.'

The squamate armature of the verrucse shows some affinities
with the characters of the Primnoidse, but, as the plate-like
spicules are so small and there .are no definite opercular plates, its
affinities with Juncella are closer. It is noteworthy, however, that
in tlie Primnoine genus Calypteriims the calices do not occur on
one side of the stock. The track which is free from tlie calices in
Calyp)terinus, however, is covered by the overlapping scales of the
lateral calices so as to form a tube. These bare tracks on one side
of the stock in Juncella sjnrcclis and Calypterimt,s allmani have a
certain resemblance to the liare tracks on one side of the smaller
branches of some forms of Solenocaulon, and suggest the presence
of symbiotic Crustacea. Tliere is no evidence in support of this at
present, but it would be worth the trouble of any naturalist, wl\o
has the opportunity of dredging in these waters, to note the
character of any Alpheidre or other animals that might possibly
live with this Juncella. Dr. Gilchrist's note tliat nothing was
found around which the stock twisted, is of the nature of a supjiort
for the suggestion that th(! spiral form of the larger stocks is
associated with the presence of some epizoic animal. We may, for
the present, regard the spiral form and the bare track as characters
of the species, but if they prove to be mere adaptations to an
epizoic animal their importance must be considerably discounted."

The question of the nature of tlie bare tract is of more than
pas.sing importance, for if, as Professor Hickson suggests, it is due
to some epizoic animal, it must be discounted in any qiiestion of a
taxonomic nature. A study of the species which he has named
along with some others of a similar character, may, liowever. help

38 Transactions of the Society.

to suggest another possible explanation. For this purpose let us
consider the following species : —

1. Juncella juncea.

2. Scirpearia flagellum.

3. Suherogorgia kdllikeri.

4. Lopkogorgia lutkeni.

5. Juncella trilineata.

6. Scirpearia quadrilineata.

7. Calyptcrinus allmani.

Juncella juncea and Scirpearia flagellum, in common with all
other Juncellids, except Juncella trilineata and Scirpearia quadri-
lineata, liave tlie polyps disposed in two longitudinal series separated
by two diametrically opposite longitudinal bare tracts.

In Suherogorgia 'kollikeri the polyps arise from all parts of the
stem and branches, with the exception of a narrow, often wavy,
portion on either side of the cylindrical axis.

In Lojjhogorgia lutkeni the polyps are numerous and occur on
both sides of the stem and brandies ; the central portion of both
the main stem and branches on both surfaces are destitute of polyps.

Again, the stem and branches are flattened in the plane of
branching and are marked on the flat sides by a narrow winding
groove or furrow, which is continued along the flattened surfaces
of the secondary branches. The polyp-bearing surface is divided
into two lateral liands by means of the two grooves.

In Juncella trilineata polyps arise in three different bands,
leaving three narrow bare strips, each of which has in its centre a
slight rib or keel.

In Scirpearia quadrilineata the polyps are grouped in four
definite longitudinal series separated by four bare spaces.

In Calypteriyius allmani there is a bare tract on one side of the
colony, otherwise the polyps occur all round.

In Hicksonella the verructe are all prominent, and arranged irregu-
larly on two-thirds of the circumference of the stock, leaving a bare
tract on one side free from \'errucie for the whole length of the stock.

A detailed discussion of the question under consideration with
regard to the various species of Juncellids has been given in the
" Revision of the Gorgonellids," so that it is only necessary here to
recapitulate the conclusions wliicli have been there stated.

1. In all species of Juncellids, so far known, the polyps are
disposed in a certain number — two, three or four longitudinal
series which are sepaiated by a similar number of bare tracts.
This number is constant for the species.

2. There is always a definite number of nutrient canals larger
than the others, which are known as the main longitudinal canals.

3. These main canals always correspond in number and position
to the bare tracts.

Hicksonella, a New Gorgonellid Genus. By J. J. Simpson. [39]

111 Suberofforgia kdllikeri, also, tlie loiicritudinal bare strips
denote the position of the two longitudinal canals much larger
than the others. The same holds true in the case of Lophogorgia
lutkeni.

In all the species so far described the ccenenchyina is moderately
thick, and it has been possible to verify these points by means of
transverse sections, but unfortunately the extreme thinness and
the densely spiculose nature of the ccenenchyma in Calgpierinus
allmani and Hicksonella have rendered it impassible to determine,
so far, whether any main longitudinal nutrient canals exist. Is it
not possible, however, that in these species, as in the others cited,
the occurrence of a bare tract throughout the entire length of the
colony may be an outward manifestation of internal morphological
structure, and that it corresponds to the position of a single main
longitudinal nutrient canal 1

If this be so, there exists in Juncellids a complete series from
one to four main canals, thus :

1. iricksoHella sp. . . . One main canal.

2. Juncellajv.ncea, etc. . . Two main canals.

3. JunccUa triliveata . . Three main canals.

4. Scirpearia quadnlineata . Four main canals.

Other features, Imwever, seem to point to the unilateral sym-
metry being of morpliological and not of mechanical origin. And
in this connexion the spiral nature of the colonies must be con-
sidered. It will be seen from the descriptions of the three species
given in this papjer that two of these are spirally twisted, and also
that the spiral arrangement does not commence at the very base,
but at a considerable distance from it. In the third species tlie
colonies are all small, and it is possible tliat they, later on, might
have developed the spiral form.

An analogous case is seen in several Antipatharia in which the
polyps have morphologically a unilateral disposition. In the waters
around the Mergui Archipelago and also on the reefs on the East
Coast of Africa, we have had occa-sion to examine a large uumlier
of spirally twisted colonies, and in no case was any form of support
found. Now in the majority of these cases and also in the larger
colony of Hicksonella spiralis examined, if any rigid support existe<l
it must also have been spirally twisted, as will be evident from
iig. 1, so that it is extremely improbable that these specimens
could have been detached from such a support before being brought
to the surface of the water. Even if that were possible and had
actually happened, it would, of necessity, have caused considerable
damage to the colony. No such evidence of fracture is to be seen
on any specimen.

On the other hand it is difficult to imagine how the spiral effect
could be produced by free living animals, such as Crustaceans,

f'4(r| Transactions of the Society.

when we take into consideration the enormous differences in the
sizes of the spirals as seen in Hicksonella spiralis and Hichsonella
capejisis.

If then, the morphological origin of the unilateral disposition
of the polyps be admitted as possible, an explanation of the
spiral form assumed by such simple Alcyonaria and Antipatharia
may exist on this basis. In colonial Ccelenterates the rate of
growth in the region of the polyps is always far in excess of
that in the non-polvp-bearing ccenenchymatous portion. This, in
part, accounts for the Habellate colonies so often met with in
Alcyonaria, but completely explains the flattening of brandies of
species with bilaterally disposed poljqDS. On the other hand, in
large bushy Alcyonaria and Antipatharia it is always found that
the polyps are directed outwards, so that the unilateral growth
finds expression in all directions. In other words, the effect of
the unilateral growth in one series of branches is neutralized by
that in other series of branches growing in opposite directions.

Let us now consider the case of simple colonies.

1. In those wliose polyps are disposed in four series, the growth
is m four directions in two planes at right angles to one another,
e.g. Scirpearia quadrilineata, and these consequently neutralize one
another.

2. In Juncella trilineata the growth is in three directions, each
of which encloses equal angles with tlie other. These also neutralize
one another.

3. In other Juncellids the polyps arise in one plane, and are
therefore situated diametrically opposite, and the colony is there
still symmetrical.

4. If, however, the pol\ ps all arise on one side, the growth is
greater in that direction than in the other, and as the support in all
these cases is originally central, tliis will naturally result in an
overbalancing of the colony.

Is it not possible that, in maintaining sjTumetry in the colony,
and also in endeavouring to expose the polyps equally to the food
supply (a feature seen in all colonial organisms), tins excessive
growth might find expression in a spiral form (see pi. XIII. fig. 1) ?

Literature Cited.

1889. Wright, E. P., & Th. Studeb— Report on the Scientific Eesults of the
Voyage of H.M.S. ' Challenger ' (Zoology) xxxi. Alcyonaria.

1904. HiCKSON, S. J.— Alcyonaria and Hydrocorallin» of the Cape of Good

Hope. Part II. Marine Investigations in South Africa, i. No. 5,
pp. 67-96 (6 pis.).

1905. Thomson, J. Aethck, & W. D. Henderson— A Icyonaiia. Ceylon Pearl

Oyster Fisheries Eeport, Eoy. See. London, p|i. 271-328 (6 pis.).
1910. SiMPSON.J J.— Eevision of theGorgonellidaj. I. The Juncellids. Proc.
Boy. Irish Acad., August 1910.

LOKOOK : I-RISTF.D BT WIF.I.IAH CUiWKS AND 60NS. MMrTKi*
SIIKAT WTNDinLI. STERET. W., XiTO DCKK STREET. STAMPOltD STEEET, 9.K.

Aberdeen University
Studies ; No. 48

Zoological Studies

(Sixth Series)

CONTENTS.

FAOEB

A Revision of the Goegonellidae : 1. The Jdncellid Groop. By Mr. Simpson - - - 1-140
Nineteen Plates ......----- 140

The Alcyonabians of the " Thetis " Expedition. By Professor Thomson and Miss Mao-

kinnon 141-177

Twenty-two Plates ---- [178]

[ 1 ]

VII.

A EEVISIOX OF THE GOEGONELLIDAE ;

GEOUP.

1. THE JUNCELLID

By JAMES J. SDIPSOX, M.A., B.Sc,
Cai'negie Eesearch Fellow, Zoological Department, University of Aberdeen.

Plates I-XIX.

[Read February 28. Ordered for Piiblicatioa March 2. Published August 19, 1910.]

CONTENTS.

I'ACK

. Scirpearia emend., . .61

(a) Discussion of the

genus, . . .61
(i) Classification of the
species, . . .63
Scirpearia profunda emend., . 66
Scirpearia hicksoni, . . 68

, Scirpearia verrucosa, . . 70
Scirpearia anomala, . .71
Scirpearia pectinata emend., . 73
Scirpeaiia elongata emend., . 79
Scirpearia flagellum emend., . 82
Scirpearia thomsoni . . 87

Scirpearia alba . . .88
Scirpearia aurantiaca emend., . 90
Sciipearia furcata emend., 93

Scii-pearia andamanensis . . 106
Scirpearia ramosa . . . 108
Scirpeaiia ceylonensis . .109
Scirpearia niaculala .111

Scirpearia quadrilineal a. . 112

Xicella emend., . . .114
(a) Discussion of the

genus . .111

{b) Classification of the
species with emended

PAGE

Introduction, . . . .

XIV.

Material examined,

III

Biological note, ....

IT.

Historital summary of the group,

Macroscopic and microscopic char-

acters as a basis of classification,

XV.

(1) Coenenchyma,

XVI.

(a) Surface, thickness,

XTII.

and consistency.

xviu.

(*) Histology.

XIX.

».

XX.

(2) Canal systems,

(3) Polyps, . . . .

1.5
18

XXI.
XXII.
XXIII.

(a) Structure.

XXIV.

(i) Motility.

XXV.

xxvi.

(rf) Distribution.

XXVII.

(4) Axis

XXVIII.

(.5) Spicules,

XXIX.

Possibleaffinities of theGorgonell-

XXX.

idae,

XXXI.

VII.

Division of the Gorgonellidae into

genera,

VIII.

Emended diagnoses of the family

and genera

IX.

Jiincella emend. Classification of

the species

3.5

XXXII.

Juncella juncea emend..

XXXIII.

XI.

Juncella gemmacea emend.,

XXXIV.

XII.

Juncella racemosa emend., .

XXXV.

XIII.

Juncella trilineata,

XXXVI.

tlllrt.

Appendix to Juncella (Inccitae

XXXVII.

sedis),

diagnoses.

116

Nicella dichotoma emend,

117

Nicella tlabellata emend.,

119

Nicella reticulata

120

Nicella moniliforme,

122

Bathymctrical distribution,

123

Geographical distribution,

123

Bibliography,

131

I. — Introduction.
Systematic description of Alcyonarians is beset with many difliculties,
sometimes due to our ignorance of intimate structure — as in the case of the

2 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. '

genus Telesto, which Prof. Bourne (1, p. 29) refers to the Steleckotokea, but
which Prof. Hickson (XII A, p. 348) considers should be placed in the
Alcyonacea — and sometimes to the large number of forms separated by
minute and very variable characters, as in the case of Dendronephthya.
These difficulties are sometimes increased by the inadequacy of the
diagnostic descriptions given in previous records. This may be illustrated,
possibly with some useful result, by a consideration of the Gorgonellid genera
Juncella, EUisella, Scirpearia, Scirpearella, Ctenocella, and Nicella. These
may be briefly included in the term " the Juncellid-group " of the
Gorgonellidae.

My attention was first drawn to this group in 1905, while assisting
Prof. J. Arthur Thomson in classifying some Indian Ocean Alcyonaria.
The Indian Museum deep-sea collection contained a large number of these
forms, as also did the collection made by Prof. Herdman in the Ceylon
seas. Owing to the unsatisfactory nature of the classification of the group,
and also owing to the extreme fertility of variation which occurs not only
in difierent colonies, but even in different parts of the same oolony.
Prof. Thomson, in reporting on these collections, decided to give descriptions
of most of the specimens, but refrained from naming any but undoubted
species. The following note from the latter report sums up the situation : —
" It may seem of little service to suggest problematical species based on a
study of fragments ; but, as we have given some description of each, our
procedure is probably preferable to that of some other students of
Alcyonacea, who have given names nude of any description. Our impression
is that the elongated forms of Scirpearella, Juncella, and the like, so
monotonous in general appearance, so perplexingly different when one gets
beneath the surface, are subject to great variability."

Ridley, in his " Eeport on the Alcyoniid and Gorgoniid Alcyonaria of the
Mergui Archipelago" (Journ. Linn. Soc, vol. xxi., 1888), says, with regard to
Juncella : —

" This is a most difficult genus. Looking at the variations in the external
form and in spicules of the specimens here referred to this genus, and
comparing them with facts previously known about it, one is struck by the
extremely slight nature of the points separating some of the species. Had
not Juncella juncea and Jxmcella fragilis been simple, while the present speci-
mens of J'i//!,C(;//«g'CJ?i?nac(;« are branched, it would have been difficult to distin-
guish the three species,as in spiculation every fresli specimen appears to present
some slight difference ; while the total differences of spiculation in these
species are slight, and thus admit of little specific distinction. Then again
Juncella gcmmacea, though commonly branched, may be simple. Colour,

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 3

too, appears to afford littlfe help in the determination of species. The
form, size, and distribution of the zooid-verrucae, and the proportions of
the corallum as a whole, seem to be the best points to rely upon. Jiincdla
dongata, however, seems to be distinct in spiculation."

In reporting on the Littoral Alcyonaria of the Indian Ocean (Thomson
and Simpson, 1909), we drew up a comparative table of all the specimens in
this group which could not with certainty be referred to unquestionable
species.

These ■ specimens, along with those of other collections on which
Prof. Thomson has reported, have been kindly handed to me as a basis for
this memoir.

Since 1905, however, it has been my privilege to do some biological work
on board the Royal Indian Marine Survey ship " Investigator " ; and during
that time I had an opportunity of collecting and observing a very large
number of specimens belonging to this group in the waters around the
Mergui Archipelago — a happy hunting-ground for .luncolHil.s. By this
means an extended study of variability was rendered practicable in a way
which would otherwise have been impossible ; and this has been of immense
value in generic and specific determination.

The writer has also been fortunate in visiting a number of museums in
which old specimens are deposited, and there examining these forms ;
while others, more inaccessible, have been kindly lent for examination.

The following list gives the more important collections in which
specimens of this group occur, uU of which have been systematically
examined in the preparation of this report.

II.— Material examined fou this Me.moih.

1. The Hunterian Collection of Gorgonellids in the Museum of the Eoyal
College of Surgeons, London. This is a very old collection, and contains
many interesting specimens which were of great use in determining the
nature of the spiculation in some of the older species whose descriplion.s
dealt entirely with macroscopical characters.

2. The Gorgonellid specimens in the collection of the Natural History
Section of the British Museum, which include (1) mo-st of the specimens on
which the voluminous work of Gray was based, (2) the specimens of the
" Alert " collections, and (3) the type-specimens of the " Cliallenger "
expedition.

?j. The collection made by Professor Heninian in tiie Ceylon seas (1902),

described in tiie Ceylon Pearl Oyster Keport (Koy. Soc), and now deposited

in the British Museum.

4 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. _

4. The specimens collected around the Cape of Good Hope and in tlie
possession of the Cape Museum. These were reported upon in the " Marine
Investigations in S. Africa."

5. The collection made by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in the Maldive Seas
in 1900, and descrilied in the " Fauna and Geography of the Maldi\'e and
Laccadive Archipelagoes."

6. The deep-sea collection, deposited in the Indian Museum, Calcutta,
made during the different cruises of the Eoyal Indian Marine Survey ship
" Investigator " in the Indian Ocean, and reported on in a Memoir published
by the trustees of the Indian Museum.

7. The Littoral Collection made by the " Investigator," deposited and
published as above. Very few of these specimens, however, received specific
determination in that report, but they are fully dealt with in this memoir.

8. The " Wood- Mason Collection," made by Mr. J. Wood-Mason in the
Indian Ocean. Some of these are described along with the Indian Museum
Littoral Collection ; but most of them were left over for incorporation in
this memoir, and are here identified and described for the tirst time.

9. The collection made by " S. A. S. le Prince de Monaco," on the yacht
" Hiroudelle," during 1900-1902.

The type-specimens of this collection are deposited in the Oceanographical
Museum at Monaco.

10. The collection made by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in the Indian Ocean
around the IMaldive Islands, and reported on in the Transactions of the
Linnean Society (1910).

11. A partly undescribed collection made around the Cape of Good Hope
and in the possession of the Cape Museum. •

12. Specimens collected at Naples by Professor Thomson, and handed to
me for identification. These are dealt with in this memoir, and are
deposited in Aberdeen University.

13. The " Mergui Collection," made by the writer in the waters around
the Mergui Archipelego, Burma, in 1897. These are here described for the
first time ; and the type-specimens are deposited in the Natural Histoiy
Museum of Aberdeen University.

I am pleased to have this opportunity of expressing my thanks to aU
those who have so generously placed specimens at my disposal ; for only
through their kindness has it been possible to render this study in any way
complete. I am specially indebted to Professor F. Jetl'rey Bell, of the British
Museum, for the facilities lie provided me in examining the magnificent
collection in that institution ; to Dr. Burne, of the Eoyal College of Surgeons,

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgondlidae. 5

London, for an excellent sketch of a colony in that museum (fig. 46); to
Professor Sydney J. Hickson, Manchester, for kindly sending me portions of
the specimens and also the preparations of spicules on whic^h Llie descriptions
given in his memoirs are based; Imt most of all to Professor J. Artliur
Thomson, who has entrusted the greater part of the new material to me for
identification, including the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, the
Monaco collection, and the Cape collection referred to a])ove. I cannot
sufficiently express my thanks to him for placing his splendid series of
Alcyouarian literature at my disposal, for the personal interest he has taken
in the work, and for much kindly criticism and aih'ice.

1 must also thank the Trustees of the Carnegie Trust for a grant towards
defraying the cost of illustration, and also the two artists, Mr. George
Davidson and Mr. William Smilh, for the trouMe they have taken in
preparing the drawings.

III. Biological Note.

The Juncellid-group of Gorgonellids are typically shallow-water forms,
and occur both in tropical and temperate seas, chieily, however, in tropical
waters, but have not so far been found in Arctic or Antarctic seas. They
are usually found within the hundred-fathom line, and exist in very shallow
water. On the coral reefs of the Mergui Archipelago, numerous colonies may
be seen swaying to and fro in the air when uncovered by the water at low
tide. This power to survive the heat of the sun in the tropics for as nnich
as two hours daily is proof of great vitality in tlic group.

The colonies may be simple or branched, and when simple may attain to
great lengths; specimens of over six feet long are not infrequent. This
great length is all the more remarkable wlien it is remembered that there is
no jointing of any sort, as is seen in Isis, Mclitodes, and tlie like. They
are extremely flexible, sway to and fro in the ocean, and when living nuiy be
bent into the form of a figure 8 without the least ciiance of fracture. This
is of great morphological significance, and is paralleled in the animal
kingdom only Ijy (1) Peiuiatulids e.g. Umbellula}, (2) Antipatliarians, and
(3) Nemerteans.

Nemerteans, however, live a free existence ; Umbellula is also free, and
lives embedded in mud at great deptiis. Tiie analogy, tlierefore, restricts
itself to Juncellids and Antipatliarians. In the former tlie axis contains
lime ; in the latter it is composed entirely of a liorny substance.

The proportion of coenenchyma to axis is very different, however, in the
two cases. In the former the coenenchyma preponderates over tlie axis, but
in the latter the reverse holds true.

6 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy. .

The extraordinary power of regeneration as seen in this group is of great
physiological interest. Normally they are attached to rocks or corals ; but
even shells — e.g., Manjaritifera margaritifcra — may form a basis of support.
Ridley records the case of a colony in the " Alert " Collection which had been
broken from its attachment, and in which the eoenenchyma had quite- over-
grown the fractured part, which had continued its existence as a free
colony, floating in the ocean. A similar case has been recorded by the
writer for Ids Mppuris (Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. xxxvii., pp. 421-433,
pi. 43).

These large Juncellid colonies also form bases of attachment for numerous
kinds of animals. Ophiuroids and crinoids are constantly found attached to
them, but equally common and more pei-manent are acorn-shells and bivalves.
The former settle down in the larval stage, bore their way through the
eoenenchyma, and i-emain attached for life to the axis. The Alcyonarian
colony responds to the stimulus, and continues to develop eoenenchyma at
the fractured part, so that eventually the acorn-shell is quite overgrown by
polyp-bearing eoenenchyma, leaving only a small oval aperture, by means of
which the acorn-shell derives its food — a characteristic form of commensalism.

Of more economic interest, however, is the case of Pteria macroptera,
which is eagerly sought for on account of its pearl-bearing proclivities.

While examining the marine fauna of the Mergui Archipelago, one of tlie
most striking phenomena encountered was the fact that on nearly every
colony of JmiccUa gemmncea obtained there were abundant specimens of this
oyster. Some idea of the strength of these colonies may be gathered from
the fact that on one individual colony there were over a hundred oysters.
The greater number of these were almost full-grown, and each of them
weighed on an average more than the colony itself. The liyssus was usually
overgrown by eoenenchyma; but the great rate of growth of the shell itself
precluded the possibility of the Alcyonarian keeping pace with it.

Reproduction. — A large proportion of the colonies examined contained
enormous spherical reproductive bodies. Serial sections of some of the.se
were made; aud Professor Hicksou also kindly sent me some sections prepared
by him. These bodies consisted of two kinds : —

(1) Ova with a large nucleus and a distinct nucleolus almost identical
with the figures given by von Koch.

(2) Spermathecae or sperm sacs in whi(;h it was possible to trace
spermatogenesis almost up to the stage of fully formed spermatozoa.

No trace of segmentation of ova was discernible; and it is more than
probable that this does not take place within the parent body.

It is also worthy of note that the ova and spermathecae occurred in

SiJiPSON — A Revision of the GorgonelliJae. 7

different specimens, so that it is almost certain that in this group the colonies
are dioecious.

IV. — Historical Summary of the Group.
Family GORGONELLIDAE.

The family Gorgonellidae is here regarded, on the wliolo, in the sense of
Wright and Studer (L, p. Ixiv), who, accepting Kolliker's diagnosis, define
it in the following terms : — •

" In the species gf this family the coenenchyma is thin, smooth on the
surface, with small spicules in the form of warty double-clubs and stellate
forms. The polyps have more or less well-developed verrucae and are usually
biradially disposed. The axis is lamellar and calcareous, hut retains its
shape after the extraction of the calcareous matter."

The colonies in the Gorgonellidae form simple or branched masses whose
calcareous axis gives to the whole a rigid appearance. The branches and
twigs are frequently flattened ; antl the polyps are either distributed in two
rows on the edges thereof, or are so disposed in lateral bands that a free
space is left in the middle, in which are to be found one or more longitudinal
furrows. The longitudinal canals are partly of snuill diameter, parti}' large.
Two usually occur on the surfaces of the stem wliieh are destitute of polyps.
On the surface of the coenenchyma in dried specimens their position is
marked by longitudinal grooves.

It includes the following genera : —

NiCELLA, .... Gray.

SciiU'EAEiA, .... Cuvier, emend. Sliuler.

SciRPEARELLA, . . . Wright and Studer.

JuNCELLA,' .... Valenciennes, emend. Studer.

Er.i.lSEi.LA, .... Gray, emend. Studer.

Vehkucella, . . . Milne-Edwards.

Ctenocella, . . . Valenciennes.

I'HENILIA Gray.

Heliania Gray.

The two genera Phenilia and Heliania are only imperfectly known ; and
the diagnoses, as given by Gray, leave much to be desired. Stiuier considers
Piienilia as synonymous with Gorgonella ; and it is more than likely tiial
Heliania cannot now be con.sidered as a distinct genus. The spicules of

' Theoriginal spelling of this genus was " Junceella," but it isnow gincrully wiiitrii " Junccllii,"
so t)]at, except in references, the mure common spelling hua been adopted in this report.

8 Proceedings of the Royal Irish A cadeniy.

these two genera have never been investigated ; and I have been unable to
obtain an authentic specimen of either of these, so that, for the present, they
must remain as problematical genera.

It is exti'emely doubtful whether Verrucella and Gorgonella can be
regarded as distinct ; but, in the present memoir, it is not proposed to deal
with the various species which have, from time to time, been referred to
them. At the same time it must be noted that a very fruitful study might
be made with regard to these forms.

Excluding, then, Phenilia, Heliania, Gorgonella, and Verrucella, it might
be of advantage, before proceeding to examine and differentiate the various
genera and species, to trace briefly the different bases of classification which
have from time to time been adopted in regard to the six genera under
consideration.

The oldest of the genera under consideration is Scirpearia, which was
established by Cuvier (Eegue Animal, p. 319) in 1830. There is still doubt,
however, as to the exact identitj' of Cuvier's species.

Wright and Studer (1., p. 154) give a detailed account of the history of
the name Scirpearia from the time of Cuvier to the time of publication of
the " Challenger " Eeport.

In 1855 A''alenciennes (Comptes Eendus, xli., p. 14) established the
family Gorgonellaceae, with the following diagnosis : " Axis effervescing
with hydrochloric acid," to include two new genera, namely, Juncella and
Ctenocella. He defined them thus : — -

Juncella — Stems straight, covered with polypiferous cells scattered upon

the sclerobase.
Ctenocella — Sclerobase forming straight rods, pectinated only on one

side of the principal stem.

In the former genus he recognized the following new species : — J. juncea,
J. surcuhis, J. vimen, J. elongata, J. calyculata, and J. hystrix.
In the latter ('. 2^cctinata.

Two years later Gray (P.Z.S., 1857, p. 159) proposed to re-arrange these
genera thus: "This genus Suberogoria) and the genera Juncella, Ctenocella,
and Gorgonella of Valenciennes should be arranged with Corallium under the
family Corallidae characterized by having a calcareous axis." In the same
year, however (P.Z.S., 1857, p. 287), he abolished the genus Ctenocella, divided
up the genus Juncella, established the genus EUisella, and gave the following
diagnoses and sulj-divisions to include one new and several previously
described species : —

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 9

Ellisella. — Coral simple or fiircately branched; branches subcylindrical,
with a more or less distinct lateral groove, especially at the base. Axis
continuous, opaque, solid, calcareous, hard at the base and softer above. Bark
when dry, granular, thin, with numerous series of simken or slightly
prominent polypiferous cells on each edge of the stem and branches.

(1) E. jmicea, coral simple, sub-compressed beneath ; Juncella Val.

(2) E. elongata, coral furcately branclied, branches sub-cylindrical.

(3) E. coccinea, fiu'cately branched, branches sub-cylindrical, very long,
virgate.

(4) E. pectinata, coral branched fan-like, branches with a series of virgate
branches on the upper side only. (Ctenocella.)

He also revived the genus Scirpearia in the following terms : — Coral slender
(simple or sub-simple), rod-like. Axis slender, cylindrical, hair-like, solid
white, calcareous, attached by a broad base. Bark (when dry) thin, smooth,
granular, with a series of sub-cylindrical polypiferous cells placed alternately
on each side of the stem.

S. miraMlis.— Two years later (P. Z. S., 1859, pp. 479-486) he established
the family Elliselladae, and gave the following diagnosis : — " The axis solid,
calcareous, not jointed. Bark granular, cells on the sides of the stem and
branches separated by a lateral groove." («) Cell more or less elongate.

(1) Ellisella.

Coral tree-like, sub-cylindrical ; branches free ; cells numerous, small,
crowded. E. juncca, E. elongata, E. coccinea, E. pcctino.ta.

(2) SCIKPEARIA.

Coral simple or forked ; cells sub-cylindrical in two alternate series.

S. mirahilis, coral simple.

S. dichofoma, coral branched, forked.

From this resunn^ it will be seen that, up to tliis time, identification was
based on external cliaracters alone; but in 1864 a great advance was made
when Kolliker investigated the spicules, and defined Juncella as liaving
" clubs, double-clubs, and double-stars. The spicules of the polyps are
small spindles." He recognized the following three species : —

(rt) With clubs : Juncella juncca, J. gcmmacea.
(b) Without clubs : J. elongata.

Gray, however, seems to have been unacquainted with Kolliker's contri-
bution, for in 1870 (Cat. Lith., B. M.), he, without taking into account the
nature of the spiculation, overturned his previous classification; and in the

10 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

family EUiselladae placed Juncella, Ellisella, along with many others which
do not concern us here ; at the same time he re-established the genus
Ctenocella, and formed a new one, viz., Viminella, in the same family.

The genus Scirpearia he relegated to a heterogeneous group, which he
called the Oaligorgiadae, in which he established the genus Nicella, to
include his Scirpearia dichotoma. The following synopsis brings out the
general plan in this classification : —

Family ELLISELLADAE.

Juncella. — Coral simple, sub-compressed near the base ; branches sub-
cylindrical, with a more or less distinct lateral groove, especially at the base.
Axis continuous, opaque, solid, calcareous, hard at the base, white and softer
above. Bark, when dry, granular, thin, with numerous series of sunken or
slightly prominent polypiferous cells on each side of the stem and branches :
J. juncea.

Ellisella. — Coral tree-like, furcately branched ; branches spreading and
then ascending ; lateral groove very narrow, but well marked ; the rest like
Juncella: H. elorigata; E. coccinea; JE. gemmacea; E. calycnlata.

Ctenocella. — Coral branched, fan-like, expanded in a plane ; branches
with a series of virgate branchlets on the upper side ; lateral line well
marked, but narrow : C. pedinatn.

Viminella. — Coral simple, elongate, liagelliform. Bark thin ; lateral
space broad, with a sunken line. Polyps-cells, cylindrical, pi'ominent, in
three or four series on each edge of the stem. Axis grej', calcareous : —

V. juiicea = J. vimen.

V. flagdhim - J. extaiis and J. Jfagellum.

V. hystrix = J. hystrix.

V. laevis = J. laevis.

Family OALIGORGIADAE.

Scirpearia. — Coral slender (simple or sub-simple), rod-like. Axis
slender, cylindrical, hair-like, solid, white, calcareous, attached by a broad
base. Bark (when dry) thin, smooth, granular, with a series of sub-cylindrical,
polypiferous cells placed alternately on each side of the stem. Lateral groove
indistinct. S. mirabilis, S. fv.niculina, S. hariadensis, S. monillifoi'mis.

Nicella. — Coral fan-like, on one plane, branched ; branches forked, rather
diverging. Bark smooth, brown. Polyps-cells cylindrical, truncated, diverg-
ing from the stem at nearly right angles, mouth open. Axis calcai'eous,
white, solid. N. mauritiana.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 11

In 1878, Stucler still further advanced Kolliker's contribution, and noted
that when one investigated the spicules of the various species in the family,
one found two definite groups : —

(1) Those with an outer layer of cliibs and an inner layer of double-clubs ;

and

(2) Those with only double-dubs and spindles.

The latter group he again sub-divided on the basis of the nature of the
verrucae. .His classification would appear thus : —

(1) Spicules, clubs, and double-clubs, Juncella.

(2) Spicules, double-clubs, and spindles —

A. Calyces not prominent, Ellisella.

B. Calyces markedly projecting, Scirpearia.

Juncella. — Colony simple or forked ; verrucae club-shaped, prominent or
otherwise. In the eoenenchyma, an outer layer of clubs and an inner layer
of double-clubs. J. juncea, J. gemmacea, J. fle;ciUs nov.

Ellisella. — Colony simple or forked. Verrucae hardly projecting, in
two rows on the sides of the stem and branches. In the eoenenchyma only
double-clubs and spindles. E. maadata nov., E. calamns nov.

SciRPEAiilA (including Nicella, IJaynerella, and Yiminella). — Colony simple
or branched. Axis cylindrical, calcareous, and horny. Coeneuchynia thin,
with prominent polyps, which are disposed in two rows on the sides of the
stem and branches. Spicules, double-clubs, and spindles. 5. mirahilis,
S. flagellum (= J. cxlaiis and V. flagellum).

Note. — Studer includes in Scirpearia Nicella maurUiana, and says that
the only type of spicule in this species is " spindles thickly covered with
warts." Eidley, however, doubts whether the specimen examined by Studer
was really N. mauritiana. This is extremely probable in view of the fact
that N. diekotonm (which is a synonym of N. mauriliana) contains both
double clubs and spindles. (See subsequent discussion of this species.)

Wright and Studer (L.) united all these genera under the family Goi-go-

nellidae, which they placed in the Holaxonia, near the Gorgonidae and

Plexauridae. At the same time, they, while recognizing Juncella, Nicella,

Ctenocella, Scii^pearia, and Ellisella, established a new genus under tlie name

of Scirpearella, which they defined thus : — " Colony simple or very feebly

branched. Axis calcareous, brittle, smooth, or grooved. Polyps arranged in

rows or spirals, retractile, with more or less prominent verrucae. The

eoenenchyma is moderately thick and finely granular. The spicules are

spiny spindles and double-clubs."

12 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

The following species are described : — S. monilliforme nov., & profunda
nov., S. gracilis nov., S. rubra nov.

Hickson (xv, p. 819), in discussing this group, says thai the four genera
Juneella, Ellisella, Scirpearia, and Scirpearella are undoubtedly related. He
takes exception, however, to the distinction between Juneella and Ellisella
based on spieular characters, and proposes to unite them under the name
Juneella. At the same time he refers the genera to two groups —

(1) those with club-shaped spicules, and

(2) those without club-shaped spicules.

On this system he gives the following arrangement of the species : —
With clubs : — •

J. juncea Pallas.

J. gemmacea (Milne-Edwards).

J. jlexilis (Studer).

J. fragilis (Eidley).

J. barbadensis (Wright and Studer).
Without clubs : —

J. elongata (Valenciennes).

J. calamus (Studer).

J. macidata (Studer).

J. spiralis Hickson.

He also makes the following note : — " J. hepatica (Klz.) may not be
distinct; and J. funiculina (M. and D.) and J. laevis Verrill are not sufhciently
well known to be classified in this system."

The genera Scirpearia and Scirpearella he, however, retains as being
capable of identification as follows: —

Scirpearia —prominent verrucae in two rows.

Scirpearella — prominent verrucae arranged in a spiral manner.

Before considering to what extent any or all of these systems of classifi-
cation may be regarded as an aid to the determination of natural affinities, it
will be well to review all the characters, macroscopic and microscopic, upon
which stress has been laid, and also any others which might serve to elucidate
the relationships existing in this group.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 13

V. — Macroscopic and Microscopic Characters as a Basis of

Classification.

(1) coenenchyma.

(a) Surface. — The surface of the coenenchyma is generally smooth to the
naked eye, but presents a glistening, arenaceous appearance when viewed
with a lens. This is due to the small spicules, which project slightly, eitlier
singly or in. small clusters.

Thickness. — The thickness varies in different species; e.g., in Junccllci
juncea,^ Juncella gemmacea, and Scirpearia furcata it is usually thick ; but in
Juncella racemosa, Sdrpearia alba, and Scirpearia flagellum it is generally
thin.

On the other hand, however, extremes may be found in ditterent speci-
mens of the same species. No better example of this can be cited than
Juncella juncea (see later). For this reason the thickness of the coenen-
chyma cannot Ije regarded as a specific criterion. It does, liowever, affect
the general appearance of the colony, inasmuch as the verrucae are capable
of greater retraction in those .specimens in which the coenenchyma is above
the average thickness. (See figs. 9 and 10 (a, b, and c) of Juncella jmicea,
fig. 100 of Scirpearia aiulaiiiancmis, and figs. 83 and 88 of Scirpearia furcata.)
As a contrast to these, figs. 49 and 56 of Scirpearia Jlagcllum may be taken
as typical. One very important feature in regard to the thickness of the
coenenchyma is the fact that this is almost a constant in any one specimen ;
the difference in the thickness of the colony is really due to the axis.

It, therefore, follows that, although the thickness of the coenenchyma
varies very little in any individual specimen, it may vary considerably in
different specimens of the same species, and is therefore of little if any
taxonomic value.

Coiisidency. — The coenenchyma is densely packed with minute spicules,
and is consequently very granular and brittle, especially when dry. It
presents a gritty, uneven surface when cut with a knife.

(6) Eistology. — The coenenchyma is divided into an outer non-canal-
bearing part in which the polyps are embedded, and an inner part in wliich
small canals ramify in all directions (figs. 10 and 19). Tiiese are separated
by a series of longitudinal canals, which are arranged peripherally. The
proportionate thickness of these two parts varies greatly in different
specimens, and is of no taxonomic value.

' Tlie generic and specific names given in this p»rt of the memoir are tli"«" ulii. li mi' ailnpti'il in
the final classification (q.v ).

l-i Proceedings of the Royal Irish Acadeini/.

(c) Colo2t/: — The colour of the colonies is due almost entirely to the
pigment in the calcareous spicules, so that there is very little change after
long preservation in spirit. The fleshy part of the coerfeuchyma is generally
pinkish; but the loss of this, due to immersion in alcohol, is hardly
perceptible in the final tint. It is worthy of note, however, that in white
colonies the coenenchyma is almost transparent ; and immersion in alcohol
results only in rendering the colony more opaque. When dried, the colonies
acquire a very dull opaque colour ; but the warm tones, which are so
characteristic of the group, may be restored on immersion in alcohol.

The colour of a colony is of no taxonomic importance, as this may vary in
diflerent specimens of the same species. Two very good examples of this
are Scirpearia flagellum and Scirpcaria furcata. A few notes on these two
species may be of interest ; but it is worthy of note that, without some
definite and recognized colour-scheme, precise description of colour is
impossible. The following colours are, however, given by the diflerent
authors. The exact specimens will be better recognized if given under the
names by which they were originally described.

Sdrpeana furcata (emend.).

S. sp. ? Thomson and Henderson : " The general colour of the colony is
reddish orange; but the verrucae are distinctly red."

S. furcata Hickson : " Orange red coenenchyma, with dark red dome-
shaped verrucae."

S. furcata var. Hickson : " The colour is not so much a pure red, l.mt
tinged with orange."

S. indica Hickson : " The colour varies in difi'erent specimens. In one
the coenenchyma is white ; but the tips of the verrucae are
red. In another the verrucae are white throughout ; but there
are streaks of pink along the coenenchyma, running irregidarly
and uniting at the base to give a general pale-red colour."

S. sp. /3. Thomson and Hendei-son : " The general colour is pale salmon-
pink ; but the verrucae are white, and streaks of the same
colour permeate the coenenchyma."

J. elongata Hickson : " The colour is pale pink, and the verrucae are
white."

Mcrgui specimen : The colour is orange, but the anthocodiae are white.

Type specimen {sens, emend.) : " The colony is of a pale yellow colour, with
red verrucae. Xear the base long streaks of red extend
longitudinally from the verrucae and interlock, giving a
peculiar tessellated pattern."

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 15

In the Cape and Mergui Collections are a number of colonies : (1; creamy
white, (2) pale orange, (3) bright orange, (4) dull orange red, (5) brick-red,
(6) pale orange yellow, with reddish tips to the verrucae.

Scirpearia Jlagelhini.

Monaco specimens : Dull white, creamy-white, pale yellow, orange
yellow.

Naples specimen : The general colour of the colony is reddish orange, but
the tips of the verrucae are distinctly more reddish.

On the whole, the colour schemes of Juncellids are defined by the
coenenchyma proper and the verrucae, but in a few cases the colour of the
verrucae extends in streaks along the coenenchyma, and gives very pretty
tessellated patterns. Good examples of this are seen in some forms of
Scirpearia furcata {sens, emend.) (see fig. 77).

(2) Canal Systems.

This is a feature to which little or no attention has so far been paid, but
which is of great taxonomic importance, and which also exerts a great
influence on certain superficial appearances whicli have been used for
specific diagnosis.

Description. — In all Juncellids it is essentially of the same type, and
consists of (1) an inner longitudinal series separating the inner canal-bearing
part of the coenenchyma from the axis, (2) an outer longitudinal series
separating the two divisions of the coenenchyma (see above), and (3) a
transverse series ramifying in all directions through the inner part of the
coenenchyma and uniting the two longitudinal series.

This is common to all Juncellids (see figs. 10 and 13 of Juncella juncea,
fig. 19 of Juncella gemmacea, fig. 25 of J. trilincata, fig. 114 of Jtim:ella
qvAidrilineata, and fig. 43 of Sciipearia peclinata).

As has been already remarked, the thickness of the coenenchyma is
almost a constant, and consequent upon this tlie thickness of the canal-
bearing parts separating these two series of canals is also a constant (see figs.
10, «, h, and c).

With regard to the longitudinal series, it is essential to note that the
number varies in the different parts of the colony, or, in otlier words, diminishes
from the base upwards.

We have made an extended study upon a large number of specimens, and
the following observations may prove useful : —

1. The outer series of canals communicates directly with the polyps, and,
by means of the transverse canals, communicates with the inner series.

16 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academij.

2. The cause for the diminution in number is not far to seek. The
number of polyps is smaller in the younger parts, and consequently the
number of canals communicating with these is smaller.

3. The number of canals in the outer series bears no proportion to the
number in the inner series in the different parts, although the number
diminishes in both cases from the base upwards. It diminishes more rapidly
in the inner series.

Let us consider the different series, and see to what extent these may be
considered of taxonomic value.

1. Transverse series. — This series, as has been pointed out, serves to connect
the outer longitudinal series with the inner longitudinal series, and, as might
be expected, is of no specific importance.

2. Oidci' longitudinal series. — The canals of this series communicate
directly with the polyps, are all of equal size, have no influence on external
or internal form, are constant in all specimens, and cannot therefore be
taken into account in specific determination.

3. Inner lon/jitudinal series. — We have here to deal with a series which
has the following characteristics : —

(a) The canals are not all of equal value.

(6) They exert an influence on the external form of the colony. ■

The superficial results produced by this series of canals have been
used by diflerent authors as a basis of classification ; but no systematic
examination has ever been attempted, nor has any causal explanation ever
been given, so that it may serve some useful purpose to study the actual
influeiace exerted and the constancy of the results.

Studer (xxxviii) in 1901 makes the following note : — " A transverse
section of a colony of Scirpcaria flagellum (PI. IX, fig. 11) shows that the
polyps arise on two sides of the axis ; there are two large longitudinal canals
in the plane perpendicular to that of the polyps."

Thomson and Henderson (XXXIX , p. 315, in describing JunccUa trilineata
say : — " Polyps arise in three different bands, leaving three narrow bare
strips, each of which has in its centre a slight rib or keel. Under each bare
strip lies a large longitudinal canal. The axis shows longitudinal grooves."

These are practically the only two references to the phenomena under
investigation.

Let us consider each in detail : —

(«) The canals are not all of equal value. — A transverse section of any
Juncellid colony reveals the fact that there is a certain number of the

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidac. 17

canals much larger than the others, and, no matter at what level the
section be taken, this number is constant for the specimen (see figs.
80, 13, 19, 24, and 111). There is only one exception to this rule, namely,
Scirpearia pectinata (fig. 4.3a) ; but in this case the conditions which
occasion it are themselves exceptional, and will be described later. In
the polyp-bearing branches the rule, however, holds good (fig. 43i and c).
In the great majority of cases the tj'pical number is two — e.g. J. juncea,
J. gemmacea ; but in two colonies e-xamined, viz., Jimcella trilineata (Thomson
and Henderson), and Seirpearia quadrilineata n. sp., there is a departure.
In the former there are thive and in the latter four (see figs. 25 and 111).
These large main longitudinal canals are always symmetrically arranged,
either

(1) diametrically opposite (two) (fig. 10), or

(2) at the ends of radii enclosing equal angles (three) (fig. 25), or

(3) at the ends of two diameters at right angles to one another (four)

(fig. 111).
(b) They exert an influence on the crternal form of the colony: — (1) A very
characteristic feature of .luncellids is the fact tluit in nearly every colony
examined there is a certain number of longitudinal tracts devoid of polyps.
^ This may be very marked, as in the case of Seirpearia fl^gc/lum,
Seirpearia ceylonensis, and Juneella ramosa, or less marked in, e.g., Seirpearia
verrucosa. In all these the number is always two.

In Juneella trilineata, however, the number is three, and in Seirpearia
quadrilineata the number is four.

(2) These longitudinal bare tracts are symmetrically disposed, and
correspond in position to the internal large main canals. The presence
therefore of a certain number of bare tracts, and the consequent grouping of
the verrucae into a corresponding number of longitudinal series, are thus the
outward manifestation of the internal structure as expressed in the inner
series of longitudinal canals. These bare tracts are sometimes marked by a
longitudinal ridge or depression; but this is due to the large canal being
either distended or in a collapsed state.

Since this phenomenon is a constant for any individual specimen,
it seems to us that it may with safety be considered of taxouomic
importance.

(c) They produce an effect on the mirfaec of the nMS.— "Tiie surface is
marked by longitudinal striae " ; " Kidges and furrows occur on the siufacc
of the axis " ; such statements enter into the description of a great number of
specimens given by various authors. A close examination of a transverse

18 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Acadnuij.

section reveals the fact that the furrows correspond in position to the canals
of the inner longitudinal series.

Consequently, since the number of these canals diminishes from the
base upwards, the number of ridges and furrows also diminishes, so that
the actual number of furrows seen at any one level is not characteristic
of the colony as a whole (see fig. 11a, h, and c). It is unfortunate,
however, that several authors have used the number of furrows as a character
on which to separate different forms ; for it is at once evident that such
diagnosis must be negatived.

In some eaaes — perhaps in all — although it is not very marked, two of the
furrows are deeper than the others, and these correspond to the two large
canals.

Thus, then, we see that the inner longitudinal series of canals has
several well-defined characteristics, two, at any rate, of which may with
safety be regarded as specific, namely :

(1) A certain number, constant for the specimen, are decidedly larger
than the others.

(2) These large main canals determine the distribution of the verrucae,
and manifest themselves externally by longitudinal bare tracts.

For these reasons we have decided to use this character as a basis for
specific diagnosis.

(3) Polyps.

(a) Structure. — The polyps vary greatly in shape, not only in different
specimens, but also in different parts of the same specimen. The structure
is essentially simple ; fig. 1 of Scirpearia pectinata may be taken as typical.
(See also fig. 74 of *S'. furcata.) It consists of (1) the verruca, and (2) the
anthocodia. There is no distinct point of demarcation between the two, but
the one merges imperceptibly into the other. It may, however, be useful to
distinguish between the lower cup-like portion, which may be termed the
verruca, and the upper tentacle-bearing portion, the anthocodia.

The verruca arises from the general coeuenchyma, but is supported by
spicules of a different type, as will be explained further on ; these have no
definite arrangement. Near the summit there are usually eight triangular
lobes or teeth which are also densely spiculose. From these arise the short,
stumpy pinnate tentacles ; these are usually very broad, conical in shape,
and bear short, simple pinnules about six to ten in number.

The anthocodiae are usually white, no matter what may be the colour of
the colony, and the tentacles bear a number of small, fiat, scale-like spicules
on the aboi'al surface. These are very easily overlooked in a preparation ;

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 19

and in fact they are so similar in all species as to be of no specific importance,
so that their inclusion in each individual description is hardly necessary.

(6) Motility. — To define the shape of the verrucae would be to describe the
various phases through which it passes from complete expansion to extreme
retraction. It may be well, however, to consider some of the phases pre-
sented in the same and different specimens, and note to what extent
motility occurs. Fig. 32 of the Cape specimen of Scirpeana JUujdlum and
fig. 64 of the type specimen of Scirpearia alba show the verrucae as low
cones. Fig. 9a of Juncella juncea, and fig. 90a, h, and c of ScirpearUi furcata
show them as level with the coenenchyma, or even depressed beneath it.

On the other hand, however, the great majority of the figs. — e.g., 36, 44,
85, and 98 — depict them as directed upwards, and adpressed to the
coenenchyma.

When we examine these carefully, we find that the upper surface of the
polyp is considerably wrinkled, while the lower is decidedly stretched. (See
fig. 49 of the Naples specimen, and fig. 36 of the Cape specimen of
S. Jlngellum.)

Another phase, however, presents itself. Fig. 2, from a specimen in the
Monaco Collection, has been added to show a very peculiar disposition not
■uncommon in Scirpeari^c flagellum. Tliis species is remarkable for the
length of its verrucae, the thinness of the coenenchyma, and the consequent
slight retraction of the former into the latter. In this figure the verrucae
on one side of the stem are all directed upwards, while on the other they
are all directed downwards. In other specimens some are directed upwards,
some horizontally, and some downwards, while a very peculiar arrangement
is seen in the Naples specimen described in this report. The colony has
been broken in two and preserved in this state. In the upper part of the
colony the polyps are nearly all directed upwards, while in tlie lower part
they are nearly all directed downwards.

Now it is highly improbable that this state of afl'airs could have existed

while the colony was living in the sea ; so that it is not pu.shing a speculation

too far to conclude that the position in which the colony was immersed in

alcohol, for killing and preservation, has determined to some extent the

direction in which the polyps have retracted. In fact, the probability is that

the polyps naturally grow liorizontally, but have a power of rotation

through 180'^ both horizontally and vertically, or, in other words, the onil

aperture can take up any position on the surface of a hemisphere whose

radius is the length of the verruca. The mode in which these colonies

obtain their food, and the dilferent positions whicli they must assume when

swayed by currents, are strongly in favour of such an argument.

D -1

20 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

(c) Retraction. — That the polyps are capable of great retraction is a fact
which is of the utmost importance in speciSc determination. The manner
in which this is accomplished is very simple. The tentacles are first
infolded, the eight lobes of the verruca close over them, and then the whole
is withdrawn into the coenenchyma. The lougitudiual section (fig. 53) of
Scirpearia flagellum shows the attachment of the strong I'etractor muscles
which accomplish this ; and fig. 10 of Juncella juncea shows the polyps
completely embedded in the coenenchyma.

It would be difficult to imagine that such extreme differences as that
given in figs. 49 and 51 of S. Jlugellum could occur in one species, were it
not for the fact that as great difierences actually occur in one individual
colony, e.g. figs. 77, 78, 79, and 80 of Scirpearia furcata.

This has been discussed in detail under the different species, so that it is
necessary here to refer only to the actual existence of such a phenomenon.

[d) Bistrihidio^i. — The distribution of the polyps has been used as a basis
for generic diagnosis, so that it is essential to study this character in detail
and see to what extent the various distinctions can be said to obtain. Wright
and Studer (L.), p. Ixv, in defining their new genus Scirpearella, make the
following statement : — " The polyps are arranged in rows or spii'als, retractile
with more or less prominent verrucae," thus separating it from Scirpearia,
which they describe as having " the polyps seated in two longitudinal rows
on each side of the stem."

Hickson, in discussing these, says : — " The genera Scirpearia and Scii--
pearella, however, appear to me to be still good genera. The arrangement of
prominent verrucae in two rows in the former genus and in a spiral manner
in the latter, combined with other characters, renders them relatively easy of
identification."

Let us for the present disregard the question of spicules, and consider the
group as a whole with regard to this character.

It must be borne in mind that since the publication of the work of these
authors, the species Juncella trilincata Thomson and Henderson has been
established ; and the present memoir- contains another new species, namely,
Scirpearia quadrilineata. The result of this is that unless the distinction
drawn between these two genera is modified, these two species would
necessitate the establishing of two new genera to include them.

The first problem before us then is : — What is the factor underlying t/ie
distribution of the verrucae ? The answer to this question — namely, the number
of main longitudinal canals — has already been discussed.

The only e.xception to this rule is what may be termed " the low verruca-

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 21

type of Juncella juncea." The position of these specimens is discussed later
oil, so that it is unnecessary to enter into it here.

A short discussion on the distribution of the verrucae in a number of
specimens wliich liave come under our observation may prove useful in
arriving at some general conclusion. It is unnecessary to take these in any
definite order; but a division iutu tliree groups may serve to emphasize some
of the more salient characteristics.

1. Scirpearia 'proftrnda. — The polyps are disposed in two longitudinal
series; this arrangement may be obscured in the older parts, and then the
disposition may simulate a spiral. Near the base four rows may occur in each
series; but this number diuiinislies in tlie younger parts, so that near the ti]i
there is only a single row alternating on opposite sides.

Scirpearia pcctUiata. — In no case do the polyps occur on the main stem.
On the primaiy branches they are restricted to the outer aspect, i.e., the side
diametrically opposite the one t'nnu which the secondary branches arise. On
the secondary branches they are disposed on the two inner surfaces. In the
upper half of the secondary branches the polyps may encroach on the bare
spaces and appear as if distributed all over the coenenchyma.

Scirpearia anomala. — The polyps are confined to twd li'iigitudinal lateral
'tracts separated by two bare spaces. Near the base of the colony and also
in the younger parts near the tip there is a single row of polyps in each
series ; but in the intermediate portion there are two irregular rows owing to
crowding and the interposition of young polyps.

Scirpearia verrucosa. — The distribution of the Jiolyps is as follows : — The
lower part bears no polyps ; this is followed by two bare tracts which
diminish in size to two distinct lines from which the polyps diverge at acute

angles. '

Scirpearia flngeUum.—lhc lower part of the stem is devoid of polyps;
this is surmounted by two opposite hmgitudiiial Imre tracts which persist to
the tip of the colony. On the other two sides the polyps are disposed in a
single row in each series. This gives the colony a markedly bilateral
appearance. The verrucae stand sometimes in opposite pairs, but tiic more
common arrangement is alternate.

Scirpearia thomsoni. — The polyps are disposed in two longitudinal series
on opposite faces, each of wliieii consists of from two to four irregularly
alternating rows.

Scirpearia furculu. — The polyps are arranged in two longitudinal series
separated by two narrow Ijare strips whieh lieeoiiu- nioiv indistinct, but still
visible towards the tip. In ourh series the polyps appear in rows diverging

22 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academi/.

from the bare tracts. Transversely, four or five is a common number in
each series.

2. JunceUa trilineata. — The polyps are arranged in transverse rows of
three to four, but many smaller polyps occur which break this regularity-
For a short distance from the ends of the branches the polyps occur in three
single rows ; but passing downwards two, three, four, or more are to be seen,
and, scattered amongst these, are immature forms, so that all that may be
said with regard to the disposition of the verrucae is that they occur in three
longitudinal groups. The exact number in a transverse row depends on the
position in the colony and on the stage of development. The three
longitudinal series are separated by three distinct bare tracts.

3. Scirpearia quadrilineata. — The polyps are grouped in four definite
longitudinal series separated by four bare spaces which correspond in position
to the four main canals. Each series consists of a single row; but near the
middle of the colony they are somewhat crowded, and give an appearance of
two rows, due, in great part, to displacement and the interpolation of young
polyps.

From these descriptions the following conclusions will be at once
evident : —

(1) The polyps are always arranged in a certain number of longitudinal
series which are definite for the species.

(2) This number is dependent on and is the same as the number of
longitudinal main canals.

(3) The number of transverse rows in each series may vary according to
the position in the colony, so that no definite number can be regarded as
specific.

(4) The number of rows generally increases in the older parts.

(5) This is due to the interpolation of young polyps.

(6) Near the base of a colony the different series may so approximate,
owing to overcrowding, as to almost obliterate the bare tracts.

(7) This may result in a spiral appearance which is not inherent, but
secondarily produced.

(8) A similar false spiral appearance may be produced liy a torsion of the
whole colony.

We have now reached a point when it is necessary to ascertain to what
extent the distribution of the verrucae may be regarded as of taxonomic
importance.

The question of a spiral arrangement is certainly inadmissible, as is also
the number of transverse rows in any series ; so that to us it seems that the

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 23

only character which may with certainty be used as a basis of classification
is the number of lo)igitiuli)ial scries as defined by the number of large main
canals.

(4) Axis.

The axis consists of a horny substance whose chemical composition has
never been thoroughly investigated, and which is insoluble in the more
common organic solvents.

This is impregnated with carbonate of lime.

The axis is deposited in the form of thin concentric laminae, so that a
cross-section (fig. 3) shows annular markings. These are more densely
calcareous towards the centre and appear whiter, so that the axis has often
been described as having a calcareous core. This is not actually the case,
howevet, as the horny material exists even in the very innermost layers. In
the younger parts of the colony there is very little lime deposited, so that it
is softer and more flexible.

It is noteworthy, however, that even in colonies attaining a height of
6 feet or more the axis is flexible almost to the very base. Near the base,
however, it is very hard, and is cut witli a knife only with difficulty. The
actual hardness varies in different specimens of the same length.

There are small ridges and furrows on the surface (fig. 3) which give the
cross-section a serrated outline. These, as has been already explained,
correspond to the canals of the inner longitudinal series and diminish in
number from the base upwards (fig. 11, a, b, and c).

Tiie colour varies in the ditferent colonics ; but, as a rule, it is olive-green
towards the base, passing to pale yellow near the tip. In some specimens,
however, it is almost white throughout, due in great part to a larger
deposition of liuu>, and consequently, in the.se, the axis is less flexible and
more brittle.

The increase in the thickness of the older part of a colony is due, not to
an increase in the thickness of the coenenchyma, but almost entirely to an
increase in the thickness of the axis (see tigs. 10, 13, 10, and 43).

(5) Spicules.

The spicules of this group are characterized by their exlrcme sinallness ;
in fact, in no other group of Alcyonaria do we find the prednniiiuinl spicule
so minute. Measurements of these with any precision are only possilile
with a high magnification.

The largest measurements for the group, viz., those in Nicclln dichotoma,
are only 0'2o mm. x 0*0() mm. ; but in the genus Juncella the largest are
those in Juncella trilineata, which are over 0'070 mm. x 0'038 mm. ; while in

24 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Acadenii/.

Scirpearia the largest are those of >S'. anomala, viz., 0"15 mm. x 0"0y4 mm. ,
while in S. pcdinata the largest are only 0"061 mm. x 02.3 mm.

It is not necessary here to enter into the details of all the different kinds
of spicules and their variations which occur throughout the group, as this is
more fully dealt with under the various species, and the figures given there
will, moreover, give a much better idea of these than a lengthy description.
At the same time it might be well to define in a general way the various
fi/pes which have been described.

(a) Clubs. — Fig. 4 (a-fj) gives some idea of the variations of this type.
The general shape approaches that of the well-known Indian-club ; and the
most important characteristic is the fact that the warts or spines on the club-
portion are all directed away from the shaft, the central part of which is
smooth. The spines do not arise perpendicularly (see also figs. 14, 23,
and 26).

(b) Double-chtbs.— Tig. 5 {a-b) shows two variations of this type. They
have the shape of what are usually known as dumb-bells. There is a distinct
median constriction which may be more or less well defined, and may vary
in length as well as in breadth (see figs. 27, 65, 75, and 113). The warts
may be large or small, smooth, papillose, or very warty, but all arise perpen-
dicularly from the head (figs. 87 and 113), or they may be situated either
close together or wide apart ; and, according to which method occurs, the
head will be regular or irregular in outline (contrast figs. 63 and 65). The
head itself may be hemispherical or slightly conical (contrast figs. 54 and 65).
Fig. 6 (a-d) shows characteristic variations of this type as seen in Juncella.

(c) (Double- irJt eels or eapstci^is. — Fig. 7 (a and b). This type consists of a
cylindrical shaft on which there are two whorls or warts. The ends of this
shaft (the hubs) may be either almost smooth or markedly warty.

(d) Elongated double-clubs. — This type may be derived from the typical
double- clubs, and merges gradually to another form which is sometimes
described as double spindles, and this again may pass into the simple spindle.
Fig. 8 rt, b, and c show how these merge imperceptibly into one another.
In the cases we have described, however, these spicules are all of about the
same size, so that the distinction is made chiefly on the basis of the amount
of constriction visible and the proportionate length of the " head " to the
constriction (see figs. 63 and 65),

(e) Sirrifle spindles. — In certain species, e.g. JVicella dichotoma (see fig. 114),
there is a type of spicule which may be described as a simple spindle, and
which in size contrasts so strongly with the double-clubs that there are no
intermediate stages connecting the double-club with the spindle. (See also
fig. 118 of Nicella inoniliforme^

Simpson — A Revision of f/ie Gorgonellidat. 25

The different variations which occur in these types will be considered in
detail in describing the different species ; but certain generalizations must be
briefly referred to here.

It is very important when describing spicules from any colony to state
precisely from what part of the colony the preparation has been made.
New species have been established on slight differences in the size and shape
of spicules, and also on the preponderance of one type of spicule over
another.

With a view to testing the degree of certainty with which this procedure
might be justified, we have made different preparations under different
conditions from the same colony ; and we now give the results derived
from over 500 preparations.

(1) The different types of spicules retain their own distinct chai-acteristics,
no matter from what level of the colony they may be taken.

(2) Spicules from different levels of the same colony or from colonies
of different ages show marked deviations in absolute size, but not in
proportionate size.

(3) Spicules in the coenenchyma alone differ from those in the verrucae
alone, e.g. in Scirpearia furcata, the double-club type, with hemispherical
ends, is confined to the coenenchyma, whereas the elongated double-club is
restricted to the verrucae. This obtains in all specimens examined.

It therefore follows that when examining spicules for specific deter-
mination the factor of primary importance is the character of the spicules.
Ne.xt comes the average size of these spicules; while of no importance whatever
is the proportionate numbers of each type, as this depends on the proportion
of coenenchyma and verrucae taken for the preparation.

If, then, a single preparation be made from a certain part of a colony,
and no criterion be given as to the exact age of this portion, subsequent
workers will experience great difficulty in making preparations from a
similar part. To obviate this difficulty another metiiod may be employed,
namely, to take coenenchyma and verrucae from diflerent levels for the
single preparation, and so obtain a representative sample of the spicules of
the specimen. This method has been found to be of great service in
identification, and is the one employed in the preparation of this memoir.

Now it has been seen that the disposition of the verrucae is not a
constant even in a single specimen, and that its inclusion as a generic

character is untenable. If therefore the separati if the specimens of

this Juncellid-group of the Gorgonellidae into genera is to be accomplislied,
it must be based on the character of the spiculation.

26 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

If a preparation of spicules be made in the manner described, there
should be no difficulty in at once deciding whether or not the type described
and figured, as a "club," is present or not. (See figs. 4, 14, 23, and 26.)
On the other hand, figs. 114, 115, 116, and 118 give a good idea of the " long-
spindle type " and its proportion to the small double-club. Any of the figures
given of the various species of Scirpearia — e.g. figs. 27, 31, or 65 — will at
once mark these off as quite distinct from the other two types.

VI. — Possible Affinities of the Gokgonellidae.

In the "Challenger" Report on the Aleyonaria (vol. xxxi.), Wright and
Studer divide the (lorgonacea into two large sections : —

I. Scleraxouia, and
II. Holaxonia.

In the Scleraxouia they recognize the Sclerogorgidae as a distinct fam'ily,
with the following characters : — " In the representatives of this family a
distinct axis is formed of a tissue consisting of numerous closely intercalated
elongated spicules, with dense horny shields. The axis is surrounded by
longitudinal canals, into which there oj)eii the reticulated coenenchymatous
canals uniting the polyps."

In the Holaxonia there occurs the family Gorgonellidae, in which " the
axis is lamellar and calcareous, but retains its shape after the extraction of
the calcareous matter."

The nature of the " calcareous matter " is, however, not specified, so that
it is very difficult to interpret exactly what may have been the opinion of
these authors.

In " A Treatise on Zoology," part ii., Bourne divided the Aleyonaria
into five large orders as follows : —

(1) Stolonifera.

(2) Alcyonacea.

(3) Pseudaxonia.

(4) Axifera.

(5) Stelechotokea.

The Stolonifera, Alcyonacea, and Stelechotokea are sufliciently distinct,
and most certainly have no connexion with the Gorgonellidae, so that any
further reference to them would be superfluous.

The Pseudaxonia have been described as " Synalcyonadea forming upright,
branched colonies. The zooid cavities short ; the zooids embeilded in a
coenenchyma containing ramifying solenia and numerous spicules. The

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 27

eoenenchyma clifferentiated into a cortical and medullary portion, the latter
containing spicules different from those of the cortex, densely crowded
together, and sometimes cemented together to form a supporting aj.is."

One of the families of this order — namely, the Sclerogorgidae — is thus
defined : — " The medullary mass forms a distinct axis, consisting of closely
packed, elongate spicules, with dense horny sheaths. The axis does not
contain solenia, but is surrounded by longitudinal canals — i.e., by large
solenia — which are connected with the zooid cavities by ramifying solenia."
Of the genus Suberogorgia, Gray, in his original description (Proc. Zool. Soc,
18.57, p. 159), says: — "Axis pale-brown, formed of rather loosely concentric
fibrous laminae, containing a large quantity of calcareous matter."

From .the Pseudaxonia the Axifera are thus differentiated: — " Synal-
cyonacea forming colonies consisting of a coenenchymatous rind, investing a
horny or calcified axis. The axis may be horny or composed of a calcified
horny substance. ... It never contains solenia, and is never formed of fused
spicules. The eoenenchyma completely invests the axis, and contains solenia,
and calcareous spicules embedded in the mesogloea."

Bourne does not include the Gorgonellidae in his scheme of classification ;
and as the nature of the calcareous constituent in this family has never been
investigated, or even commented upon, it is impossible to say whether they
■■ are Pseudaxonia or Axifera.

The time at our disposal has not permitted of a detailed investigation
of this very important problem ; but as a contribution to this study the
following observations may be useful : —

Suberogorfjia — An examination of the axis of a specimen of this genus
reveals the following features : —

(1) It consists of a horny matrix, in wiiich large irregular spicules are
embedded longitudinally. These spicules are easily seen with a strong lens,
and appear to be deposited concentrically.

(2) The axis after decalcification retains its original shape.

(3) Prolonged boiling in caustic potash causes a sligiit disintegration; and
the individual spicules may thus be separated.

(4) The spicules of the axis are quite different from those of the
eoenenchyma.

(5) A thin horny layer may be detached from the axis, in wliich the
spicules may be seen embedded.

Juneella elongata var. capensis. — Hickson (xiii.) described an Alcyonarian
from Cape Colony under this name, but at that time llie spicules of this
species were unknown . Subsequent study, and a consequent resuscitation of

28 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

that old but imperfectly known species, have necessitated the removal of the
Cape specimen from this genus.

In many respects this colony is unique; and the writer has described it
separately as Dendrogorgia (n. g.) capensis, Proc. Eoy. Phys. Soc, Edin.,
vol. xviii. (1910), p. 62. The following notes on the axis are of great
importance in this connexion : — .

(1) The axis consists of concentric laminae.

(2) These laminae are composed of a horny matrix, in which long
irregular spicules are embedded horizontally.

(3) The horny substance preponderates in amount over the calcareous
matter, so that even with a lens the spicides are not very evident.

(4) The spicules differ greatly in size and shape from those of the
coenenchyma.

(5) Prolonged boiling in strong caustic potash results in a partial
separation of these spicules.

(6) Wlien the coenenchyma is detached from the axis, a thin, white, trans-
parent film is generally found adherent to it. If this he peeled off and placed
under a microscope with a one-sixth objective, spicides identical with those of the
axis are seen embedded in it.

From these facts it is at once evident that the axis in the case of this
specimen is distinctly sclerogorgic. It consists of spicules different from
those in the coenenchyma embedded in a horny matrix, the individual com-
ponents of which are laminae deposited concentrically; and, further, it is
possible to separate the outer layer, which is usually detached with the
coenenchyma.

Juncella jtincea may be taken as a type of gorgonellid axis, and the
following are the chief points observed : —

(1) The axis consists of a horny substance impregnated with lime.

(2) The horny material greatly preponderates over the calcareous.

(3) The axis is very hard, and is cut with difficulty.

(4) It is impossible to see individual spicules either in a cross-section or

a longitudinal section ; but

(a) The axis is deposited in the form of concentric laminae.

[I) A thin layer is usually found adherent to the detached coenenchyma,

(5) It contains small spicules not very unlike those of the coenenchyma,

but different from them.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 29

With regard to the coenehchyina in these tlivee groups, the following
notes are interesting : —

(1) In all of them there is a circle of large canals separating the
coenenchyma from the axis.

(2) Near the periphery of the coenenchyma there is also a circle of
longitudinal canals which communicate directly with the polyps.

(3j These two series are united by numerous interlacing transverse
solenia.

The polyps are very similar in all three groups. There is no definite
distinction into verruca and anthocodia. There is a pseudo-operculum
formed of small spicules on the aboral surface of the tentacles in all three
groups. The polyps are in all cases capable of complete retraction into the
coenenchyma.

A further point of similarity may be pointed out in the case of
Suberogorgia and Juncellids, namely, the possession of a definite number of
longitudinal canals in the inner series larger than the others, which deternune
the distribution of the polyps.

It would be premature to draw any hard and fast conclusions from
these few observations ; but it may be consiilered a question wlielher the
•three groups taken in the following ordei-, (1) Suberogorgia, (2j DcndnKjorgia
capemis, and (3) the Juncellids proper, may not represent a line of
evolution. In the first of these the spicules of the axis are large,
and there is only a small amount of horny matrix ; in the second the
spicules are smaller, and there is a larger proportion of horny material ;
while in the last the spicules (if such is the nature of the calcareous matter)
are extremely small, and the proportion of horny substance to the calcareous
is enormou-sly increased.

For the present, and until the exact nature of the limy deposition in the
axis of the Gorgonellidae is investigated, it is therefore inadvisable to rank
them with the Axifera, and it is more than probable that their affinities are
closer to the Pseudaxonia.

VII.— Division of the Gorgonelliuae into Genera.

Before proceeding to formulate a scheme of classification which may
approximate to a natural classification, and whieli will be based on the foregoing
considerations, it may be well here to recapitulate the most recent diagnosis
of the genera under consideration, and see to what extent each of these may
be considered valid.

Juncdla. — Tlie colony is simple or branched, the polyps are sometimes
small, disposed in two lateral rows, sometimes with well developed and

,S0 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

elongated veiTucae. The coeueuchyma is thick, with an external layer which
contains simple and double clubs.

Scirpearia. — The colony is simple, with a cylindrical calcified axis and thin
eoeneuehyraa. The polyps are seated in two longitudinal rows on each side
of the stem. The spicules are double-clubs and spindles.

Scirpearella. — The colony is simple or very feebly branched. The axis is
calcareous, brittle, smooth or grooved. The polyps are arranged in rows or
spirals, retractile, with more or less prominent verrucae. The coenenchyma is
moderately thick and finely granular. The spicules are spiny spindles and
double-clubs.

Ellisella. — The colony is simple or diehotomonsly branched, with a thick
coenenchyma, and slightly developed verrucae, which are disponed in two rows
on the axis. The coenenchyma contains both doulile-clubs and spindles.

Ctenocella. — The colony is branched in one plane, and so that all the
simple twigs arise in an ascending order from the upper surface of the stem.
The verrucae are short on two sides of the twigs. There are distinct median
furrows. The spicules are mostly double-clubs ; those of the polyp-calyces
are, according to Eidley, somewhat different from those of the coenenchyma,
being longer and provided with two, often three whorls of tubercles. The
inner whorls so approach in the middle of the spicules, that the median naked
zone, which is characteristic of the spicules of the coenenchyma, is here absent.

Nicella. — The colony is upright, branclied, with a thin coenenchyma, and
protruding verrucae, which arise perpendicularly, and appear to be terminally
truncated. The polyps arise from either side of the stem and branches,
leaving a middle space free. The spicules form a cortical layer of small
double-clubs, and an internal layer of long densely warty spindles.

An examination of these diagnoses reveals the fact that we have here to
deal with three distinct groups. The first of these is represented by the
various species of the genus Juncella, and is characterized by the fact that
its spicules include simple clubs. The second is restricted to the genus
Nicella, and is distinctly separated by the character of its spicules, which
include small double-clubs and long, densely warted spindles.

The thii'd comprises Ellisella, Scirpearia, Scirpearella, and Ctenocella, which
agree in having neither clubs nor long spindles, but whose spicules all include
double-clubs. These distinctions may be tabulated thus : —

A. Spicules include clubs (Juncella).

B. Spicules do not contain clubs —

(1) Spicules include extremely elongated spindles (Nicella).

(2) Spicules do not contain elongated spindles (Ctenocella,

Ellisella, Scirpearia, Scirpearella).

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidac. 31

In view of our previous discussion on the various characters which may
be considered of taxonomic importance, we may now take each of these
genera in rotation.

(1) CtcnoccUa. — Only one species of this genus has so far been described,
so that the generic diagnosis given above is a recapitulation of its specific
characters. In spiculation it is essentially of the Scirpearia-type ; and the
parti'nilar kind of spicules described above is quite characteristic of the
group. It corresponds to the elongated double-club, which may appro.ximate to
the double-spindle, and eventually to the simple spindle which has been already
described. It has been my privilege to examine a large number of colonies
of this species (j^ectiimfa), and the only character in which it differs essentially
from other genera is its peculiar mode of branching. The secondary and ter-
tiary branches ''see figs. 36-41), however, are long, simple, and flagelliform ;
and if one of these detached branches be taken for identification, it will at
once be referred to the genus Scirpearia. The disposition of the verrucae
and the ti/pcs of spicules correspond in every detail with the diagnosis
of Scirpearia. Is it justifiable, then, to continue recognizing a genus on the
basis of its branching alone, when a part of the same colony may be
indisputably referred to another genus ? We prefer to answer this question
in the negative, and consequently abolish the genus Ctenocella, and rank the
only known species under the name Scirpearia pectinata.

(2) Mlisclla. — It will be remembered that KoUiker in 1864 first drew
attention to the spicules of this family, and, with the small amount of
material at his disposal, separated the genus Juncella into two groups.

(1) Those with clubs (J. juneea and J. rjemmacea), and 2) those witliout
clubs (/. elongata).

Studer(1878)in revising the family limited the generic diagnosis tlius: —

(1) Spicules: clubs, and double-clubs (Juncella).

(2) Spicules : double-clubs, and spindles —

A. Calyces not prominent (EUisella).

B. Calyces markedly projecting (Scirpearia).

In discussing the question of the nature of the verrucae we pointed out
that this character could not be relied upon for even specific determination,
so that Studer's groups A and B, or, in other word.s, the genera EUisella and
Scirpearia, cannot on this basis be regarded as distinct.

In the descriptions of the various species of EUisella which have since
been established no further character of generic imjiortance has lieen added,
and an examination of tlie generic diagnosis of Elli.sella and Scirpearia, given
by Wright and Studer, shows them to be identical. We have examined the

32 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

type specimens of Ellisella, and compared them with authentic species of
Scirpearia, and could find no reason for separating them.

Hickson (xv, pp. 818-819), in his vahiable contribution to the study of this
group, has suggested the abolition of the genus Ellisella and has united the
species included under that name to those of the genus Juncella. He,
however, divides the species so included into two groups — (1) those with clubs
and (2) those without clubs, the former of which, as will be evident,
corresponds to Juncella; and the latter, with the exception of J. spiralis,
which will be discussed later, to Ellisella as defined by their spiculation.

The result of this is that the genus Juncella, which was distinguished by
the presence of the clubs amongst its spicules, now includes forms whose
spiculation is identical with that of Scirpearia and Scirpearella.

The question now resolves itself into, " How are we to distinguish
between (1) those species of Juncella whose spicules contain no clubs,
(2) Scirpearia, and (3) Scirpearella?" In other words, we have still to find
generic characters and separate Ellisella, Scirpearia, and Scirpearella.

As the result of an examination of all the type species of Ellisella,
Scirpearella, and Scirpearia (with the exception of *S'. flageUum, of which,
however, we have seen numerous authentic specimens in the Monaco
collection), we are fully convinced that nothing in the spiculation of these
types is of sufficient importance to be used as a generic character, so that it
is incumbent upon us to examine in detail the other features which have
been used as diagnostic.

Branching. — Scirpearia is described as simple, Scirpearella as simple or
very feebly branched, and Ellisella as simple or dichotomously branched.
Now the question of branching, as has been already shown, is of no importance
in diagnosis. Specimens otherwise identical are described in this memoir, in
which one may be of great length and simple, another elongated and
bifurcating, while a third may be of no exceptional height and yet very
markedly branched. A very good example of this may be seen in Scirpearia
furcata. Contrast (1) the specimens from Mergui — (2) that orginally described
by Thomson and Henderson as Scirpearia, sp., and (3) the specimen from
Providence Island, all of which are included in this report. The very fact,
however, that a species of Scirpearia has been described in which branching
occurs shows the futility of relying upon this feature.

Nature of the Verrucae. — The question of prominent or non- prominent
verrucae has already been discussed, and, as it has implicitly been abandoned
by most authors, need not occupy our time here ; but it is essential to pomt
out that the omission of this as a generic character almost finally necessitates
the abolition of the genus Ellisella.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 83

We would, therefore, in view of these considerations, put forward llie
following emended classification, and proceed to define the various genera in
terms of such characters as seem to warrant attention.

Family GOEGONELLIDAE..

JUNCELLID GkOUP.

Division 1. Spicules include cluhs (Juncella).
Division 2. Spicules do not include cluhs —

A. Spicules include lon<i warty spindles and umall double-clubs

(Nicella).

B. Spicules include double-clubs and elongated double-clubs

(Scirpearia).

VIII. — Emended Diagnoses of the Family and Genera.
Family GORGONELLIDAE.

Specimens belonging to tlii.s family may be; either sim])l{! or branclied.
When simple, they frequently attain a length of three feet, though colonies
of five or six feet long are not uncommon. When branclit'd, the branching
may be (1) very sparse, (2) more frequent and dendriform, or (o) flabellate.
The branches are usually long and flagelliform. The coenenchyma is usually
thin, arenaceous on the surface, and very granular througliout; it is densely
packed with small spicules, and is separated into an outer non-canal-bearing
part and an inner canal-bearing part.

The canal system consists of two longitudinal .series, situated circum-
ferentially ; the inner series separates the coenenchyma from the a.xis, and
the outer separates the two parts of the coenenchyma mentioned above.
Between these two series, solenia ramify in all directions and unite them.
The canals of the outer series are all equal in size ; but in the inner series
there is a certain number, definite for the specimens, larger than the others.
These are known as the main longitudinal canals. The most frequent number
is tvjo, but three and /oi/r also occur.

The polyps are disposed in a certain number of longitudinal series, wliicli
are defined by and correspond to the number of main longitudinal canals ;
these are separated by longitudinal liare tracts, which occupy the region of
the main canals. The verrucae vary greatly in shape, not only in different
specimens, but in different parts of the same colony. They may project
considerably or may be depressed Iselow the surface of tlie coenenchyma. in
each series there may be one or more longitudinal rows; but tlif nuniber is

34 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Acadcmij.

not constant, at the varions levels in any one colony. The anthocodiae are
very simple ; the tentacles are short and conical, and bear a single row of
short, simple pinnules on each side. There are scale-like spicules on the
aboral surface of the tentacles.

The axis is composed of a horny substance impregnated with carbonate of
lime. It consists of concentric laminae, which are deposited on the periphery;
and it retains its shape on decalcification.

The spicules are extremely minute, and contain the following types : —
(1) Indian club-shaped forms known as dubs; (2) dumb-bell forms known
as dovble-duhs ; and (3) spindle-shaped forms or spindles. Intermediate
forms such as elongated double-clubs and double-spindles may also occur.

Genus Juncella emend.

Colony simple or branched ; the coenenchyma is usually thick ; the polyps
are distributed (1) irregularly over the whole coenenchyma or (2) in definite
longitudinal series, defined by the position of a number of main canals,
constant for the species. The verrucae (1) may be sunk within pit-like
depressions, (2) may be low and dome-like, or (3) may be sub-conical and
adpressed to the stem ; all these conditions may appear in one colony. The
axis is formed of concentric layers of a horny substance impregnated with
lime ; there is usually a more densely calcareous core.

The coenenchyma consists of two layers — (1) an outer, containing no
canals, in which the polyps are retracted ; and (2) an inner, which is bounded
both externally and internally by a circle of small canals, and which is
penetrated by a network of small solenia imiting these two series.

The outer series of canals communicates directly with the polyps. A
certain number, two or three, of the canals of the inner series, symmetrically
arranged, are larger than the others, and are known as the main canals.
Their position defines in most cases the distribution of the polyps. The
spicules are extremely small ; they contain dubs, but otherwise are typical of
the family.

Genus Scirpearia emend.

The colony may be (1) simple and flagelliform, (2) slightly branched,
(3) much branched and dendriform, or (4) branched in one plane. The
branches themselves are usually long and flagelliform. The coenenchyma
varies greatly in thickness in the different species. The canal system is
typical of the group; so far only species with two or four large main
longitudinal canals are known. The verrucae are disposed in a number of
longitudinal series, the number of which is the same as the number of main
canals. As in Juncella the number of transverse rows in each series varies

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 35

in the different parts of the colony. The verrucae themselves vary in shape
and size according to the stage of retraction and also according to their
position in the colony. They may be elongated and conical, wart-like, or even
depressed below the surface of the coenenchyma. The axis is composed of
concentric laminae impregnated with lime ; the surface is marked by
longitudinal ridges and furrows; but the number of these diminishes towards
the tip of the colony. The spicules contain " double-clubs," but neither
" clubs" nor cctremeii/ long " double-spindles " or " spindles."

Genus Nicella emend.
The colony may be simple, slightly branched, dichotoniously branched
or variously branched, with frequent anastomoses in one plane. The
coenenchyma is thin and finely granular ; the surface presents an arenaceous
appearance. The polyps are disposed in longitudinal series which alternate
with, and correspond in number with, the main longitudinal canals. In the
species so far known there are two main longitudinal canals. The number of
rows in any series varies according to the position in the colony ; and in the
older parts the polyps may encroach on the bare tracts so as to almost
obliterate them. The verrucae vary in shape and size accoi'ding to the stage
of retraction ; when expanded they stand usually at right angles to the stem
and are terminally truncated ; when fully retracted they are low and conical
or dome-like ; intermediate stages always occur. The axis is composed of
concentric laminae, and is densely calcareous ; it is typically Gorgonellid in
character. The spicules consist of small double-clubs and slightly elongated
double-clubs, but characteristic are elo^u/atcd douUe-spindles and spindles.
These latter types are quite distinct, and there are no intermediate forms
linking the two sets — i.e. double-clubs and spindles — together. They are also
usually laige in most species.

IX. — Genus Juncella emend.
A historical review of this genus has already been given, and also an
emended diagnosis. In the restricted emended sense — i.e. those Gorgonellids
whose spicules include " clubs " — the following species must be taken into
consideration : —

1. Juncella juncea Pallas.

2. Juncella fragilis Eidley.

3. Juncella Jlcxilis Studer.

4. Juncella hnrhadcnsis^ Wrigiit and Studer.

It is extremely doubtful whether the specimen identified liy Wright and Studer ns /. iurin-
deiiais h the- same as the ori(;iniil spec imen of that name, so that it has been considered ailvisnhle to
keep them separate. The " Challenger" J. barhmiriinin is a Juncella ; llie oiiginal may nol be.

F 2

'i6 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

5. JuTicella gemmacfa Valenciennes.

6. Jwiicella racemosa Wright and Studer.

7. JunceUa miniacea Thomson and Henderson.

8. JunceUa trilinenta Thomson and Henderson.

But in addition to these the following species have been also referred
to this genus : —

9. JunceUa santae-crucis Duch. and Mich.

10. JunceUa funiculina Duch. and !Mich.

11. JunceUa barbadensis^ Duch. and !Micli.

12. JunceUa vim-en Ellis and Solander.

13. JunceUa ccdricidata Ellis and Solander.

14. Jtincena hystric Valenciennes.

15. JunceUa surculus Johnson.

16. JunceUa laevis Verrdl.

17. JunceUa Cretans Verrill.

Species 9-17 are, however, so imperfectly known that it is absolutely
impossible to include them in any scheme of classification. In several cases
they are names without descriptions ; and in the others, the descriptions are
extremely vague, and are based on characters which are now known to be of
no specific value. In no case have the spicides been in\estigated, so that it is
even impossible to say whether they actually belong to this genus or not ;
in fact, it is more than probable that they are not all referable to JunceUa.

I have carefully searched through several old collections for authentic
specimens of any of these ; but the result has been negative, so that in the
absence of type-specimens, but for the sake of completeness, it has been
decided to place them in a group — " incertae sedis " — by themselves, and give
such references and descriptions as are available.

An attempt, however, has been made to trace the affinities of species 1-8
Each of these is discussed in detail under its place in the emended classi-
fication suggested later, so that it is necessary here only to consider the
characters on which the classification is founded.

The first and most important of these is " tits number of main longitudinal
canxfls," and this at once separates off JunceUa trUineata from the others.

An examination of the spicules marks JunceUa raeemosa as distinct (see
figs. 14 and 23). In addition to this, however, the general nature of the
colony and the mode of branching are distinctive for this species, which
under the present system includes JunceUa minacea. There, therefore, remain
only species 1-5 to be considered. JunceUa flerilis, J. fragilis, and J. harha-

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorffonellidue. 37

(lensis have proved to be but young stages of J. juncca, and must therefore be
included under the older name ; so that the number of species is now
restricted to two, viz., Junrdla juivcea and Juncella gemmaceu. There can be
no doubt that these two names have been very loosely used in the identi-
fication of specimens, and with great justification; for after an examination of
the macroscopic and microscopic cliaraeters of a very large number of each of
these, it must be confessed that it is almost impossible to distinguish between
a branch of Juncella gemmacea and a portion of a colony of Juncella juncca of
about the same size.

Large specimens of J. juncca and complete colonies of J. gemmacea are
unmistakable on account of the great diH'erenee in the nature of the
colonies.

In the former the colonies are always simple or sub-simple, while in the
latter they are very much branched and markedly dendriform. Solely for
this reason has it been considered justifiable to maintain these as distinct
species.

The spicules are identical both in type and measurements ; but the
extreme nature of the branching, which commences almost at the very base
of the colony in the case of J. gemmacea, and the nornuilly simple character
of J. juncea, and the great length and size to which colonies of the latter
species may attain, seem to justify their recognition as distinct species. It
must be noted, however, that it would be extremely inadvisable to attempt to
distinguish between one of the long terminal twigs of J. gemviacca and the
tip of a colony of about the same thickness as J. juncca. For this reason it is
difficult to decide exactly to what species certain records refer when these
have been based on fragments.

In J.jamen there are two externally different types, but morphologically
these are the same. In one of these the lateral bare tracts which correspond
to the two main longitudinal canals are evident throughout, but in the other
there is no trace of these.

The importauce of this has been discussed under the species; and it has
been considered liighly inadvisable to separate them, unless as varieties.
This step has been taken only to obviate any future misappreiiension.

I would therefore suggest the following classification : —

Species of Juncella.
A. Longitudinal main canals two in number.

(1) (.'olony simple, flagelliform—./. yM7i<;ea Valenciennes, emend.

(2) Colony much branched and somewhat bushy ; brandies llagel-

lifnrm - ./. i/innii'iira ^'alo^cionnes, emcnil.

38 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

(3) Colony delicate, blanched in one plane ; branches tending to

arise from one side — J. racemosa Wright and Studer.

B, Longitudinal main canals three in number.

(4) Colony branched as in J. gemmacea —J. trilineata Thomson and

Henderson.

X. — Juncella juncea.

Junci lapidci Pliny, Hist. Nat., p. 13, c. 2.5.
Palmijunctis albus, Eumph, Ami), vi, p. 12G.
Keratopht/ton simplex Seba, Thes. Ill, t. 105, fig. la.
Gonjonia juncea Pallas, xxviii, p. 180.

„ „ Pallas, xxvii, p. 226.

„ „ Esper, vii, ii, p. 26, PI. lii.

„ „ Lamarck, xxiv, ii, p. 15, n. 34.

„ „ Lamouroux, xxv, p. 419.

„ „ Uana, iii, p. 664.

Helicella „ Gray, xi, p. 481.

Juncella „ Val., xvi, p. 14.

Val., xlv, p. 182.

„ „ Milne-Edwards and Hainie, xxvi, p. 186.

„ „ Verrill, xlvii, p. 37.

,. „ Gray, xii, p. 204.

Kolliker, xNiii, p. 140, t. 18, f. 45, 46.
„ Thomson and Henderson, xxxix, p. 314.

„ gemmacea Thomson and Henderson, xxxix, p. 313, PI. iv, figs. 4
and 5.

„ juncea Eidley, xxxiii, p. 345.

Gray, xii, p. 25.

„ „ Hickson, xv, p. 820.

„ „ Studer, xxxiv, p. 659.

, „ Studer, xxxvii, p. 116.

Wright and Studer, 1, p. 158, PL xxxiv, fig. 12 ; PL xli,
fig. 38.

>, „ Kent Saville, xxi, p. 92.

„ Jlexilis Studer.

„ „ Germanos, viii.

., „ Hickson, xv, p. 821.

„ fragilis Pddley, xxxiii, p. 347, PI. XXXI, fig. D.

,. „ var., xxxiii.

:> „ Thomson and Henderson, xxxix, p. 314.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorf/onellidae. '59

Jwncella fragilis var. rubra Thomson aud Henderson, xxxix, p. 314.
„ barbadensis Duch. and Mich., v, p. 22, PI. v, fig. 5.
., „ Wright and Studer, 1, p. 159, PI. xxiv, fig. 14.

Juncella juncea.

This is a very old species, as may be seen from the Bibliography. Pallas
referred it to the genus Gorgonia; but Valenciennes, in 1841, rightly
considered it as a Juncellid, and placed it in the genus Juncella ; and in this
genus it has remained, and has been so regarded by most authors ; but, in
1859, Gray, for no apparent reason, established the genus Helicella to include
it. No one has, however, confirmed his opinion, so that it is unnecessary to
discuss its position there. The species is a fairly distinctive one ; but very
little positive content has ever been given to it. Ridley, in his Report on the
Alcyonaria collected by H.M.S. " Alert," says : — " Neither Milne-Edwards and
Haime nor Valenciennes give details full enough to enable the student to
identify their species satisfactorily with that of Pallas and Esper. In the
' Alert ' specimens and that figured by Esper the verrucae are closely packed
over the cortex. In our specimen, which is about 46 inches (1150 mm.)
long by 6 mm. thick at tlie present broken base and 3'5 nnn. thick at the
tip, the basal end is almost smooth, the verrucae being either level with the
surface or depressed below it ; towards the middle of the length they become
projecting until they reach a height of about 1-25 mm. ; they are then
adpressed against the surface of the cortex. A distinct median groove is to
be traced along most of the stem."

This was a most important contribution, and was the first description of
the variation in the size of the verrucae, which is such a marked feature in
this species, and which lias led to several mistakes in identification.

Kolliker, in 1865, first introduced the question of spicules into this
species, and gives two figures of these (Tab. xvili, figs. 45 and 46). One of
these represents a thick single-club, and the second a double-club. In the
many records and short descriptions which occur scattered throughout
Alcyouariau literature very little furtlier was added, so that the following short
description sums up the chief points upon which the species was identified.
The colony is simple and elongated ; the cortex is thick ; the spicules contain
clubs and double-clubs ; the verrucae vary in size in the various parts of the
colony (Ridley) ; the axis is hard and calcareous ; there are usually two bare
streaks in the coenenchyma.

Practically no attention was paid to the extraordinary fertility of
variation which occurs with regard to all the.se characters, not only in
ditterent specimens, but also in different parts of the same specimen; nor

40 Prorre(h'nqs of the lioi/nl Irish Acmlcmij.

was there any allowance made for different stages of development. As a
result of this, three species— viz., J. fragilis, J. flexilis, and J. harhadensis —
were established on what must now be regarded as young colonies of this
species. The large number of specimens, which undoubtedly belong to this
species which we have been able to examine in detail with respect to the
differences on which these three species were based, confirm beyond doubt
the opinion of several authors — notably Ridley, Studer,Hickson, and Thomson,
that these cannot be regarded as distinct.

I give here a short description of these three species, followed by a
systematic study of a large number of specimens which may help to give a
true estimate of the variability of certain characters and the constancy of
others, and so form a basis for a definite specific diagnosis.

J. fragilis Ridley.

In 1884 Ridley established the species fraf/ilis for two specimens from
Queensland with the following characteristics : — Stem long, unbranched,
diminishing very slowly to the tip, which may be either clavate or sharp-
pointed, flexible, and easily broken. The diameter at the base is 5 mm., at
the apex 3-4 mm., except when the apex consists of a fine point. The cortex
is thick and creamy-white when dry ; there is no trace of a lateral line in
the upper three-fourths. The verrucae are small, about 1 mm. in height,
clavate, closely adpressed against the cortex, crowded over all parts ; axis
very slender, about 1 mm. in diameter at the base and hair-like at the apex ;
near the base it is olive-brown, hard, and beset with longitudinal striae.
The cortical spindles are the same as in J. gemmacca. He points out the
following differences between this species and J. gemmacea : —

(1) The verrucae are small and crowded.

(2) There are no lateral lines in the upper three-fourths.

(3) The colour is pale creamy-white.

(4) The heads of the double stellate spicules are more abundantly

tuberculated.

Later, in 1887, Ridley referred, with doubt, two colonies from Mergui to
this species as a variety. One of these was white or cream-coloured, the
other was pale brick-red. He notes that these specimens approach J. juncea,
which, he says, is distinguished from J. frdgilis by its greater size, its red
colour, its larger and more distant polyp-verrucae, the presence of a space
bare of verrucae above the base and by the possession of equal-ended double-
stars. These specimens, he says, stand midway between_;wiia'« a,ad fragilis.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 41

In 1905 Thomson and Henderson referred several fragments from Ceylon
to this species. The axis was marked by longitudinal striae. In some the
verrucae were nearly 2 mm. in height, and the diameter of the axis was
1 mm. ; in others tlie verrucae were much smaller, and tlie diameter of the
axis was 2 mm. The spicules showed some variation from those in Ridley's
specimens.

Juncella fragilis var. rubra.

In the same paper Thomson and Henderson establislied a new variety,
namely, nthra, to include a long, flexible, complete colony, which tapered
gradually throughout its entire length. There was no trace of a lateral line
or groove. The verrucae were numerous and closely adpressed, measuring
about 1 mm. in height.

From the above descriptions it is evident that this species has no definite
specific character. Ridley himself had doubts as to its distinctiveness ; but
its " simple " character at once separates it from ./. fjnnmncca. The specimens
from Mergui are undoubtedly-/, jimcca; but Ridley practically acknowledges
this. I have examined the specimens described by Thomson and Henderson,
and although these undoubtedly coincide with the description of J. fragilis,
they also agree with young forms of J. juncca. A comparison of these
epecimens and Ridley's descriptions, with the numerous colonies of various
ages which I was fortunate in obtaining at Mergui, proves beyond doubt that
this species was based on young stages ofj.juncea, so that I would suggest
the merging of this species into J". /(/new. At the same time the variations
in the different characters, as seen in these specimens, are of great interest,
and show how difficult it is to be certain of any species on a single or even a
few specimens, especially if thuy are young. The cuie.sticju <if the size of tlie
verrucae and the presence or absence of liaie spaces in this species is
discussed further on, so that it is necessary liere to note only its relative
position in classification.

Juncella flexilis Studcr.

This species was estaVilished by .Studer for a small specimen (probably
young) with the following characters : —

" The stem is simple, rising from a flat base. The colony is only
20 cms. in lieight. The axis i.s tliin and flexible, but contains lime
The polyps first arise at a level of 2 cms. from tlie base ; they occur
at first in two lateral rows, soon increasing in number, and occupying in .
the upper part the whole surface of the stem. The verrucae are 2 nims.
long, are club-shaped, and are curved towards liie .stem. The coenencliyma

42 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

is thin, and contains an external layer of clubs, and below this a layer of
double-clubs. The colour is dark red.

Germanos (viii) identified a small specimen from Ternate with this
species. It had two branches' (the type specimen is simple). He makes
the following observations : —

The colour is orange-red. The stem is cylindrical, with a rigid axis
consisting of several concentric and horny layers. The branches are much
compressed, and have a flexible axis. The spicules of the coenenehyma are
clubs and double-wheels. The verrucae are high, club-shaped, and are curved
towards the stem; they contain club-shaped spicules; the anthocodiae are
white, entirely retractile, and have small spindles.

Hickson (xv) provisionally referred some specimens to this species, but
expressed an opinion that they might be young forms of J.pmcea.

The remarks which we have made with regard to J. fragilis apply equally
well to this species ; and we would confirm Hickson 's opinion and merge this
species into the older /. juncca.

» Localities. — Between Flat Island and Mauritius (Studer). Ternate
(Germanos). S. Nilandu, Maldives, 25-30 fms. (Hickson).

Juncella barbadensis.

Juncdla barbadensis Wright and Studer, i, p. 159, PL xxxiv, fig. 14.

When Duchassaiug and Michelotti described this species, they emphasized
characters which have since proved to be of no specific importance.

Wright and Studer, however, with considerable hesitation, regarded
two small fragments in the " Challenger " collection as young stages of
either harladensis or funiculina ; but at the same time note that certain
identification is impossible, owing to the \'ery brief description given by
the authors and the absence of the type specimen to which reference
might be made.

In the " Challenger " specimens the coenenehyma is thin, and the spicules
seem related to those of the J. juncea. They consist of unsymmetrical clubs,
double-stars and spindles, which give the same measurements as those of
J. juncea.

Wright and Studer note that in some respects their specimens resemble
J. flexilis Studer.

From the foregoing it is quite evident that this is not a distinct species,
and I have no hesitation in referring it to J. juncea.

Locality.— 0& Sombrero Island. 450 fathoms.

' It is not improbable that this was a young colony of /. i/cmmacea.

Simpson — A Revision of the GorgoneUidae. 43

Juncella juncea.

Ill the Mergui Collection there are numerous specimens of this species ;
and a study of these has enabled me to define this species with some precision.
A superficial examination of these reveals two distinct types which, for the
present, may be regarded as varieties with tlie following distinction : —

Var. a — with slightly protruding verrucae and witli the polyps all over

the coenenchyma.
Var. h —with markedly protruding verrucae and with two bare longitudinal

spaces.

I would emphasize the fact that these are but superficial differences,
and that no taxonomic importance can be attached to them — consequently
I refrain from naming them. I shall first examine them macroscopicaUy
with regard to their superficial differences.

Yar. a. — Fig. 9 [a, b, and c) gives a very good impression of the external
appearance of this variety. The polyps are distributed irregularly over
the irhole coenenchyma, so that, at any one level, the arrangement is the
same from any aspect. In the younger part of the colony — tliat is towards
the tip — the verrucae are slightly club-shaped, and are adpressed to the
axis, and are sunk in very shallow pits. About seven or eight may be
seen on one transverse line (fig. 9().

Towards the middle of the colony the number increases to nine or ten,
the verrucae project less, appear smaller, and are sunk in deeper pits. They
are not .so closely packed as in the younger part (fig. 9?)).

Near the base of the colony the appearance is quite different. The polyps
are separated by intervals two, tlnee, or more times the diameter of the
verrucae. They are much smaller than in the upper parts, and the verrucae
are now almost surrounded or engulfed by the coenenchyma (fig. 9b).

Var. b. — (See corresponding figures, 12a, b, and c.)

In this variety the polyps are restricted to two definite longitudinal
series, separated by two bare spaces, whose position is marked by a more or
less distinct groove. Throughout the whole colony the polyps are more
protruded than in the previous variety. The colony is more slender and
tapering, and the coenenchyma is thinner.

Near the tip of the colony there are usually two or three polyps in each
series (fig. 12c).

Towards the middle of the colony four or five is a common number in a
corresponding position. (Fig. 12b gives a view of the pit-like depression in
the area devoid of polyps.)

Proceedings of the Roijal Irish Acadeiiifj,

Near the liase the number increases to seven or eight (fig. 120.). The
verrueae throughout are sub-conical and are adpressed to the stem, although
in some cases they are slightly dome-like.

The following tables give a few measurements from several colonies of
both of these varieties : —

Table A.

Specimen.

Height of

Colony in

Centimetres.

Diameter of Colony in
Millimetres.

Diameter
of axis
at base.

Thickness of

Coenenchyraa

at base.

Thickness of

Coeiienchynia

near tip.

Base.

Midway.

Near apex.

1-5

2-5

82-1-

5-5

3-5 (-5)

1-25

2-5

7-5

5-5

1-5

2-75

8-5

7-5

1-75

2-5

6-5

3-5

1-75

3-25

6-5

3-5

1-75

3-25

4'5

2-5

1-25

5-0

4-5

3-5

2-25

4-5

2-25

4-5

1-0

2-25

52 +

7-5

4-3 (-5)

1-5

2-5

0-5

5-5

1-5

2 75

Simpson — A Revision of I Ik; Gnrgo^iellidae.

Table B.

Specimen.

Height.

Diumeier of Col

oiiy.

Diameter
uf axis
at base.

Thickness of

Coenenehymu

at base.

o S

09 >» J

Base.

Midway.

Apex.

. 156

7-5

6-5

1 25

115

6-5

0-5

3-25

114

5-5

4-5

1-25

2-25

110

5-5

7-5

0-75

2-5

110

4-5

1-75

105

5'5

7'5

3-0

101

0-0

1-25

100 +

8-5

4-5 (0-5)

1-25

100

4-5

3-5

1-25

2-25

;

1-5

2-5

6-5

1-5

3-25

1-5

2-5

83 +

8-5

5 5 (0-5)

1-5

6-0

1-75

. 2-5

1-5

5-5

1-5

2-75

5-5

3-5

2-5

1-25

1-75

5-5

4-5

I 25

2-25

4-5

3-0

1-25

1-75

4-5

0-75

5-5

3-5

4-5

3-5

1-5

1-75

4-5

1-25

7 5

2-5

3-5

5-5

0-25

2-75

3-5

2-5

1-25

The siipertieial ililleieiiLes hclwoL'ii llio two varieties liavin-j; been noted,
we may consider the general morpliology of tlie .species, and see to what
e.Ktent the varieties are wortliv of distinction.

46 Proceediiiffs of the Royal Irish Academy. '

Coemnchymn. — Figs. 10 [a, h, and c] and 13 («, h, and c] are given to show
the structure of the coenenchynia at the same levels as the corresponding
figs. 9 (a, b, and c] and 12 (", h, and c) respectively. The coenenchynia may
be differentiated into two distinct regions — (1) an outer superiicial layer, in
which the polyps are embedded, and which contains no canals ; and (2) an
inner layer, which is intersected by a meshwork of transverse canals.

In var. « the superficial layer is mucli thinner than the inner layer ; but
in var. b the superficial layer is the thicker of the two. At the tip of tlie
colony there is a conical growing point devoid of polyps and having no canals.
The thickness of the coenenchyma hardly varies throughout the colony.

Canal Systems. — This consists of (1) a longitudinal system and (2) a
transverse system. The longitudinal system is composed of two series of
longitudinal canals — («) an outer, situated between the two layers of tlie
coenenchyma, and with which tlie polyps connect directlj^ ; and (b) an inner,
situated between the inner layer of the coenenchyma and the axis. These
two systems are united by the transverse canals which penetrate the inner
layer of the coenenchyma.

The number of canals in each of the two longitudinal series diminishes in
number from the base of the colony upwards. This, of course, is natural,
since the number of polyps also decreases.

In the inner series of longitudinal canals there are two, situated diametri-
cally opposite one another, which are much larger than the others. They
occur in both varieties ; but in the case of var. b they correspond to the
position of the longitudinal bare .spaces.

The greater thickness of the coenenchyma in var. /' may e.Kplain the
absence of this phenomenon in the latter variety.

Axis. — The axis is marked by longitudinal ridges and furrows. The
number of these correspond to the number of canals in the inner longitudinal
series, and consequently diminishes towards the apex, so that this character
is of no taxononiic importance (fig. 11 («, b, and c)). The structure of the
axis is very well seen in this species. It is composed of concentric laminae
of horn, impregnated with small limy sclerites. To the inside of the canals
of the inner longitudinal series a layer may be detached showing the sclerites
in situ. The innermost layers are much more densely spiculose than the
outer. The diameter of the axis (unlike the coenenchyma) gradually
diminishes towards the tip of the colony, where it becomes almost hair-like,
and contains very little lime.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 47

Spicules of J. juncea.

The characteristic spicule is the simple club, which has been described
already. A few typical variations are also shown in fig. 14. These are also
double-stellate forms and double wheels or capstans. The following are
some of the measurements, length by breadth, in millimetres : —

(1) Cluhs.—0-ll X 0-04; 0-1 x 0-0:55 ; 0-09 x 0-034; 0-085 x 0-032;

0-08 X 0-03; 008 x 0-02.

(2) Double Stars.— Q-Ol x 0-05; 0-09 x 0-045; 0-08 x 004; 0-08 x 0-03.

DistrHution of J. juncea.

(1) Australia. — Port Denison, Queensland, 4 fathoms (as J. juncea and
J. fragiUs) ; Dirk Hartog, W. Australia, 45 fathoms ; j\Iermaid Straits, N.W.
Australia, 50 fathoms; Torres Straits, 7-11 fathoms.

(2) Oft Sombrero Island, West Indies (as J. harhadensis).

(3) King Island Bay and elsewhere (Mergui).

(4) Ceylon Seas (as J. juncea), Gulf of Manaar (as J. frai/ilis).

(5) Bourbon, and between Flat Island and Mauritius (as J. Jiexilis).
(6j Ternate (as J. Jiexilis).

■ (7) Maldives (as J. Jiexilis) .
(8) Off Table Island, Cocos Group, Auduinans, 15-35 fathoms.

Specijic Diagnosis of J. juncea.

Colony simple or sub-simple, elongate, sometimes filiform, sometimes very
thick : the coenenchyma varies greatly in thickness iu the different specimens,
but is constant in each ; this affects tiie external appearance of the colony.
The canal system is of the typical Gorgonellid structure, and there are two
main longitudinal canals. These; may or may not produce an external
impression ; in colonics with a thin coenenchyma their position is denoted
externally by two longitudinal bare tracts; but in those with a very thick
coenenchyma, no trace of this is to be seen. The polyps are distributed
differently in these two types ; iu the former they are disposed in two
longitudinal series, in which there is a varying number of rows, which
diminish from tlie base upwards; in the latter they are crowded all over the
coenenchyma. The verrucae vary greatly in shape in the difl'crent parts of
the colony ; near the base tl)cy are low and dome-like, or may even Ijo
depressed beneath the surface of tiic coenenchyma ; they gradually increase
in size until near the top they are usually sub-conical, directed upwards, and
adpressed to the coenenchyma. The axis is hard and dexiblo ; it is composed

48 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academi/.

of concentric laminae, which consist of a horny substance impregnated with
some form of calcareous matter. The surface is marked by longitudinal grooves,
which correspond iu number to the inner series of longitudinal canals, and
therefore diminish from the base upwards. Sometimes two larger than the
others are to be seen, and these represent the position of the two main
canals. The spicules consist of the usual Juncella types, and include clubs,
double-wheels, and double-stars. The colour varies from pure white, through
orange, to dark red.

XL — Juncella gemmacea. Figs. 15-19.

Gorgonia gemmacea A^alenciennes, MSS. dans la Coll. du Mus. Paris.

Verrucella „ Milne-Edwards and Haime, xxvi., p. 185, B 2, f. 7.

Ju7icella „ KoUiker, xxiii., p. 140, t, 14, f. 4.

„ „ AVright and Studer 1., p. 158, PI. xxxiv, fig. Vi.

„ „ var. Eidley, xxxii., p. 241.

„ „ Studer xxxvii., p. 117.

„ „ Thomson and Eussell, xliii., p. 162.

Ellisella „ Gray, xii., p. 26.

Ellisdla macidata (pars) Wright and Studer, 1.

Juiicella elongafa vav. Eidley xxxiii., p. 346.

Valenciennes in 1855 established this species to include a specimen iu the
Natural History Museum in Paris, under the name of Gorgonia gemmacea
(MSS. dans la collect, du Museum Paris).

In 1857 Milne-Edwards and Haime leferred the species to the genus
Verrucella, and defined it as follows : —

" Polypi^roide dont les branches, assez uombreuses et cylindriques, se
dichotomosent de loin en loin, et s'ecartent beaucoup entre elles ; les
ramuscules terminau.v allonges. Coenenchyme tres-friable, d'un jaune
ferrugineux a la surface et blanchatre puis de I'axe. Yerrues caliciferes tres-
saillantes, arrondees et dressees centre la tige."

They give a very good figure, showing the mode of branching. In 1865
KoUiker removed the species from the genus Verrucella to Juncella, and
noted for the first time that " clubs " occurred amongst the spicules just as in
J. junceo.. He gives two figures — (1) a club-shaped spicule (woodcut 19, 1);
(2) a cross-section of the axis (Pl. xiv, fig. 4).

Gray in 1870 referred this species to the genus Ellisella with no appai-ent
justification. (See our Historical Xote.) This change, however, was not
recognized by any subsequent authors, so that Eidley in 1884 identified
some specimens from Queensland, under the name of J. gemmacea, and

Simpson—^ Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 49

remarked that the spicules are almost indistinguishable In mi those of
J. jioncea, while at the same time he expressed the ojiinion that ./. flcrilvi
Studer might not be a distinct species. The position of this species has
already been discussed.

It would be useless to go in detail into all the records of tliis species;
and in fact, it is very difficult to say whether the records of J. juncea and
J. gcmnuwea are all correct in identification, as several authors do not mention
whether their colonies were simple or branched. Another complication,
however, creeps in. When fragments of colonies were examined, is it not
possible that a branch of ./. r/i'inmacea might be referred to .7. jiincca,
especially when we remember that the question of Inanching is the chief
distinction between the two species ?

Before going on to discuss the various characters of this species in detail,
I would give the following quotation, as it is not only of great interest, but
has apparently been overlooked by several authors in then- identification of
this species.

Ridley (1884) referred a colony from the X.-E. coast of Australia to
the species dongata ; but in 1887 (xxxii., p. 241) ho replaced it in the species
gemmacca, noting that he had overlooked the fact that J. dongata had no
" clubs." He says : — " It will be seen that we probably liave a very variable
species before us, colour, form, and size being alike not to be depended on liy
themselves. The spiculation is fairly constant, but differs so little from
that of the allied forms {J.jimcdla and fmgilis) as to be scarcely a sufficient
guide per sc to the recognition of the species."

From the fact that the specimen referred to was dichotomovisly branched,
I feel justified in recognizing it as J. gemmacca. An interesting feature
about this specimen is the fact that when found it had been broken oil' at the
base, and the broken part had been overgrown with coenencliynia, so that it
had been living free in the water. An analogous state was observed in the
case of a specimen of Ids hippuru Linn, in the Littoral Collection from the
Indian Ocean.

In the Mergui Collection tlierc is a large numljer of specimens of t!iis
species, and these are augmented by several from the Indian Ocean Collection
from the Indian Museum, Calcutta. By means of these it has been possible
to study and compare several characters which arc very variable in a
manner which would have been impossible with only a single or even a few
specimens.

Brnnehing. — The niode of brandling is of tlie nature of a false dichotomy.
The large main branches of the colony arc again branched almost in one
plane, but the general appearance of the colony is bushy.

Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

The distance between branchings, though not constant, seems to increase
from the base upwards, so that the longest unbi-anched parts are the
terminal twigs. This is more marked in the taller colonies. In young dwarf
specimens the relative distances between the origin of the several branches
in ascending order is less pronounced, and the branches themselves are pro-
portionately thicker. Tliese- latter specimens therefore have a diflerent
appearance from the older and more elongated colonies, but must be ranked
in this species when we take into consideration the mode of growth, which
will be discussed later.

Before doing so, however, it will be well to tabulate corresponding
measurements in individual colonies, and see how far these give us a clue to
the mode of growth. Fortunately we have in our possession intermediate
stages which show the different developments during growth from the
shortest to the tallest.

The following tables may serve to form a basis for such a study. In
Table A the measurements ai-e all given in centimetres. The symbol + indi-
cates that the exact length is not known, owing to the basis of attachment
having been broken off.

Tajble a.

Specimen.

i Height.

Length of
main stem.

Distance between

branches.

Length of twigs.

3-lb

II.

12 -f

2-10

HI.

4 (

2-10

IV.

4 +

2-12

5 +

2-12

VI.

2-11

VII.

5.5

2-9

VIII.

2 •

2-14

IX.

3 +

2-10

S t

3-10

XI.

^
i

2-10

XII.

3 +

2-7 0

Figures 15, 16, and 17 show the branching in the colonies, which have

been proportionately reduced. The largest (lig. 10) was 800 mm. in length.

Let us consider two colonies which in general build are quite unlike one

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidac.

another. The large specimen is from tiie Mergui Archipelago antl tlie
smaller is from the Andamans.

The former is 40D mm. in height; tlie latter i.s 2^0 mm. in height: the
longest twig in the former is 220 mm., that in the latter 70 mm. The
greatest distance between branchings in the former is 120 mm.; in the latter
it is only 27'o mm. So far, then, the measurements are proportionate; but
when we take into consideration the corresponding diameters in the various
parts, the ditterence is at once very marked. In the smaller colony the total
diameter of the several branches and twigs is greater tlian in the larger ; so
that, at first, it is difficult to conceive that the dwarf colony coiUd develop
into a colony similar to the larger.

Table B.

o ■

.a c

tjjO

Distance
between
branches.

= ■» .:

I'M

■s .■

Distance
between
brandies.

Diameter of
brandies
at origin.

Length of

terminal

twig.

Dislanie
lietween
branches.

Diameter of
branches
at origin.

Lengili of

terminal

twig.

5-5

27-5

5-5

6-6

5-5

110

230

440

o'5

120

700

100

2i0

22-5

5-0

22-5

. 5

4-5

17-5

5-5

6-5

Twig

4-5

120

3-5

Twig

Table B gives several measurements from three colonies of diHereiit
sizes. One large Irrancli has been selected and followed to the lip of llu-
colony. The various lengths represent the consecutive di-slunces at whicii
blanches arise from it. The first feature wliieh may bo seen from this Table
is tlie fact that the distances at which tlie ditlerent branches arise do not
increase proportionately from the base upwards. (2) Such increase as
exists is more maiked in tlie taller specimens. (8) In the very dwarf
colony, the distances actually diminish in the u]ipor hall'.

Let us now critically examine the meusureiueuts given in the same Table

H 2

Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academij.

of the diameters at the corresponding parts. (1) The diameters of the
branches in the young colony are equal to, and, in some cases, greater than,
corresponding measurements in tlie older colonies. The series of measure-
ments of twelve specimens given in Table C shows that (1) the length of the
main stem varies very little ; (2) there is a distinct tendency towards an
increase of length in the younger- branches and twigs in the older specimens.

Table C.

AIN StKS

BuANCH.

Twig.

=+H :i

=«

■~ ej

<«.< C3

n
H

Height in
centimetres,

Breadth in

centimetres,

= a

-a

1 =

Thickness c
Coenenohym

3I
Hi

0-5

II.

7-5

0-75

3-5

0-75

III.

9-5

0-75

IV.

0-5

3-0

0-75

7-5

0-75

VI.

0-5

VII.

6-5

0-75

vm.

0-5

IX.

XI.

4-5

0-75

XII.

In Table C we have sought to analyse the nature of the constitution of
the diameter — in other words, to find the actual proportion of axis and
coenenchyma ; and here several very interesting and useful facts ha\e come
to light.

(1) The thickness of the coenenchyma at the tip of the twigs is almost

a constant ; in reality it is slightly thicker in the smaller specimens.
It is noteworthy that the diameter of the axis at this part is
negligible, being of a hair-like fineness.

(2) Although the total diameter of branches lower down is greater than

in the twigs, the actual thickness of the coenenchyma is never
greater, aa4,-iu some cases, is actually less.

Simpson — A Revision of (he Gorgonellidae. 53

(3) The thickness of the eoenenchyma in the main stem is seldom as

great as in the branches or twigs, and is usually from 0-75 to O'o

times its thickness.

Bearing these facts in mind, let us see if any inference may be made as

to the mode of growth, and also as to the possibiUty of these apparently

diverse forms being i-eferable to a single species.

(1) We find that what obtains with regard to the various measurements

in different parts of the same colony also holds good in the
corresponding parts of colonies of ditl'erent sizes.

(2) It is also obvious tliat increase in thickness in the older parts of a

colony is due, not to increase of thickness in the eoenenchyma,
but to increase in the diameter of the axis.

(3) Increase in length in the younger branches and twigs is not propor-

tional to increase in the thickness of the eoenenchyma, but tends
rather to the reverse of this situation.

We are therefore in a position to conclude that increase in tiie thickness
of the eoenenchyma is not proportionate to the age of the colony, but that
the eoenenchyma attains to its typical thickness at a very early stage, and
that further elongation and consequent thickness are caused more by the
gtowth of the axis than the eoenenchyma ; or, in other words, the earlier
period of growth consists chiefly in development of the eoenenchyma, while
the strengthening of the axis and elongation of the colony come at a later
period. Consequently the younger colonies are more bushy and fleshy, and
the older colonies have proportionately a greater amount of axis, and are
therefore more rigid.

The distribution of the polyps, the nature of the verrucae, and the
details of the canal-system are exactly similar to those described for the
protruding verrucae \a.\\Qiy oi JunccUa juncea. Figs. 18 an<l 10 have been
added to show the leading characteristics; and these should be compared
with the corresponding figures (12 and 13) of J.juncea.

Colour. — The great majority of the specimens examined in this species
are of a dai'k brick-red colour; but tlie following tints also occur: —
(1) reddish orange, (2) brownisii yellow, (3) orange-yellow, (4) lemon, and
(5) creamy-white. There is thus almost a series of gradations from white
through orange to red.

Spicules of J. gemmacea.

The spicules of this species, as lias already been pointed out, are identical
both in types and measurements with those oi J.juncea, so that the description
and measurements given for the latter may be taken as typical.

54 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy,

Distributio7i of J. [lemmacea.

Eed Sea.

Providence Island.

Mascarene Island, 19 fms.

Mermaid Straits.

Queensland, X.-E. Australia : . Percy Island, 0-5 fms. ; Port Molle,
12-20 fms. and between tide-marks; Port Denison, 4 fms.; Fitzroy
Island, 11 fms.

Amirante Island, 32 fms.

Malacca.

Singapore.

King Island Bay, and elsewhere in the ^lergui Archipelago, between tide-
marks and up to 30 fms.

Torres Straits, 8 fms.

Gulf of Manaar.

Torres Straits (as EUisclla maculata pars.').

XII. — Juneella racemosa. Figs. 20-23.

J. racemosa Wright and Studer, 1, p. 159, PL XXXIV, fig. 11.

J. miniacea Thomson and Henderson, xl, p. 81, PI. v, figs. 7 and 12.

J. racemosa Thomson and Simpson, xli, p. 268.

This species was established by AYright and Studer for several small,
delicate, branched specimens in the "Challenger" Collection, with the following
features :— The branches arise all in one plane ; in one specimen all the
branches, to the very summit, are given off from the right side of the main
stem, which is curved. Several of these are short and simple, while others
are again branched. All the branchlets are given off from one side of the
branch, and, when branched to a third degree, the same fact holds true. The
polyps are numerous ; and on the stem and branches they show an eight-
rayed star ; on further contraction, they appear as small papillae ; when fully
contracted, they are 1 mm. in height and O'o mm. in diameter. On one
surface of the stem and branches polyps are absent; and on this naked
portion a feebly marked groove winds up the stem. The polyps are much
more numerous and crowded on the smaller branches, where they are placed
in three or four I'ows. The colour of the coeneuchyma and polyps varies
from reddish yellow to dark red. The bases of the polyps and tentacles are
of a much lighter hue. The coeuenchyma is thin, and has the characteristic
spicules of Juneella.

The figure of the spicules given in the " Challenge)' " Report (PL xxxiv.,
fig. 11) does not, however, give a good appreciation of their form ; and this led

Simpson — A Revision of the GorgonelUdac. 55

Thomson and Henderson to establish a new species (J. miniacca) for a small
specimen from the Indian Ocean. Tlu> long spindles described for the latter
species have since proved to be extrinsic.

An examination of the type specimen, and also of the spicules of
J. racnnosn in the British Museum, has proved beyond question that
J. miniacm is not distinct from J. racemosa. This has already been pointed out
(Thomson and Simpson, xli.) in connexion with another specimen which
occurs in the collection of Littoral Alcyonaria of the Indian Museum,
Calcutta (figs'. 20, 21, and 22).

In the same collection, but hitherto undescribed, is a small portion of a
delicate colony branched in one plane (fig. 21). The l)ase is wanting; and
what appears to be the main stem may be only a primary branch which, has
been broken off at the point of attachment of an acorn shell. It is 30 mm.
in length, and is distinctly crescentic in shape. Five thread-like branches
arise from the convex side, and one only from the concave. The longest of
these is 55 mm. ; and it is noteworthy tiiat the branches are also curved.
They in turn give origin to finer branchlets, which, with very few exceptions,
arise from the convex side. Two acorn-shells have become attached to the
colony; and these are overgrown with polyp-bearing cocncnchyma : while
one of them has given rise to a proliferation of the axis.

The coenenchyma is very thin; and it is impossible to discover the nature
and number of the main canals.

The axis is thread-like, and is impregnated with lime.

The polyps are more scattered than in any of the previously described
specimens, and stand almost perpendicularly. The arrangement of these is
not easily determined. In the finer twigs they occur in two single rows
(fig. 22); but the intrusion of young polyps and consequent development
tend to obliterate this symmetry, and give an irregular arrangement.

The verrucae, when expanded, are cylindrical, and higher than broad ; in
this condition an eight-rayed structure is seen at the top. On contiaction
they become dome-like, and no trace of the rays is to be seen. The colour of
the colony is a pale brick-red throughout.

The spicules are of the types characteristic of this species.

Locality. — Andamaus.

Diagnosis of J. racemosa.

Colony delicate, branched in one plane ; the branches tend to arise from
one side of the stem, and the branchlets show a similar tendency ;
coenenchyma thin ; polyps in the finer twigs and at the tips of the branches
are usually disposed in two lateral rows ; in the older parts of the branches

Proceedings of the Roi/al frish Academ//.

ihey occur irregularly over the coenenchyma. The verrucae, when expanded,
are cylindrical, and either stand perpendicularly or are inclined upwards to
the stem ; when contracted they are low and dome-like. The spicules are
very minute, and are distinctly prickly in appearance (fig. 23). The following
types may be distinguished : —

(a) Slender clubs, with a distinct smooth middle portion, surmounted by

a spiny head, only slightly thicker than the constriction.

(b) Short, stumpy clubs, much broader in proportion to their length, and

with the spines slightly more divaricate.

(d) Elongated forms, with a distinct smooth constriction, which may be

conveniently termed double spiiidles.

(e) Occasional qnudriradiafes.
if) Needles in the anthocodiae.

The following may be taken as typical measurements in millimetres as
they occur in all the specimens so far known : —

(«)

0-076

0-031 constriction

0-008

0-008.

0-065

0-031

O-OII

0-008.

0-065

0-023

0-008

0-008.

ih)

0-053

0-0.34

0-008

0-009.

0-053

0-031

)

0-011

0-008.

0-049

0-031

0-008

0-008.

(c)

0-057

0-027

0-011

0-008.

0-051

0-027

0-011

0-009.

0-046

0-027

0-008

0-008.

(d)

0-076

0-027

0-011

0-008.

0-068

0-027

0-011

0-011.

0-061

0-031

0-008

0-008.

(e)

0-038

0-034

if)

0-1 X

0-04, 0-06 X

0-04

Colour-schemes — Br

own throughou

Vermilion-red.

Orange-red, with tips of the verrucae yellow.

Pale brick-red.
Localities. — Hyalonema-ground, off Japan, 345 fms. (Wright and Studer).
Andamans, 120 fms. (Thomson and Henderson).
Andamans, „ (Thomson and Simpson).
Andamans, „ (as stated above),

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 57

XIII.— Juncella trilineata. Figs. 24-26.
Juncdla trilineata Thomsou and Henderson, xxxix., p. 315.

In 1905 Thomson and Henderson established this veiy characteristic
species, of which the following notes are of particular interest. The specimen
was spai-ingly branched. "The polyps arise in three different bands, leaving
three narrow, bare strips, each of which has in its centre a bare rib nr keel-
Under each bare strip lies a large longitudinal canal."

Only one specimen of this remarkable form has so far been described ; it
was obtained at Patani, Siam.

The spicules are of the Juncella type, and are hardly (listinguishal)lo
from those of J. juncca. Very characteristic, iK)wever, is tiie presence of
^Areemain canals situated symmetrically around the axis. The result of this
on the external appearance is that there are three longitudinal spaces on the
coenenchyma devoid of polyps ; the veiTucae arc therefore disposed in
three longitudinal groups, and this arrangement is unique amongst
Juncellids.

"The polyps, which measure from 1-1 mm. to 15 mm. in height, are
arranged in transverse rows of .3-4 ; but many smaller polyps occur wliich
break this regularity."

For a short distance from the end of the branches the polyps occur in
three single rows (fig. 24) ; but passing downwards two, three, four, or more
are to be seen, and scattered among these are immature forms, so that all
that can be said with regard to the disposition of the polyps is that they
occur in three longitudinal groups, the exact number in a transverse row
depending on the position in the colony and on its stage of development.

The coenenchyma is of the typical Juncellid type ; it consists of an
outer non -canal- bearing part and an inner canal-bearing part. These are
separated by a concentric series of outer longitudinal canals. In the inner
series of longitudinal canals which separate the coenenchyma from tlie axis
there are, however, three much larger than the rest ; these corrcsjiond to tlio
three longitudinal tracts devoid of polyps and separate ofT the three polyp-
bearing ridges (fig. 25).

In the Indian Ocean Littoral Collection there occurs a small, simple
colony, 55 mm. in heigiit and 2-5 mm. in maximum diameter. Tlie attacli-
ment has been broken off, but has evidently not been far from the present
base. For a short distance from the base there is a portion devoid of polyi>s.
Throughout the remainder of the colony the polyps seem to be arranged in
three irregular longitudinal series, and as a cross-section reveals what are
evidently the main canals, we feel justified in referring the specimen to this

58 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

species. The verrucae are about 1 mm. in height, but are not so densely
packed as in the tjpe-speeimen (fig. 2-i) ; but this may be due to its
immature condition.

The colour is orange-yellow, but the verrucae are paler.

Locality — Off Ceylon, 34 fms.

Diagnosis of J. trilineata.

Colony upright, sparingly branched, the branches long and slender. Very
characteristic is the presence of three main longitudinal canals and the
consequent disposition of the polyps in three longitudinal groups. The
verrucae may show the different stages characteristic of the genus. The
following types of spicules may be distinguished fig. 26,.

{n) Slender clubs, with a distinct central bare portion ; the knobs on the
handle stand almost perpendicularly ; the projections on the club-portion
arise at a slight angle and are directed downwards.

0-068 X 0-019 length of constriction 0-017.
0-068 X 0-017 „ „ 0-017.

0-068 X 0-019 „ „ 0-015.

{h) Clubs, similar to (a), but thicker in proportion to their length.
0-072 X 0-038 length of constriction 0-018.
0-068 X 0-034 „ „ 0-017.

0-066 X 0-042

0-015 X 0-015,

0-061 X 0-034

0-015 X 0-012

(rf) Double-wheels.

0-065 X 0-034

constriction 0-015 x 0-014,

Colour. — Dark red.

Localities. — Patani, Siam.

Off Ceylon, 34 fms.

XIII A. — Appendix to Juncella.

" Incertae Sedis."

Juncella santae-crucis.

1. Juncella santae-crucis Duch. and Mich., v., p. 21, t. 2, f. 1.

2. Juncella viviinella (?), santae-crucis Gray, xii., p. 29.

J. "Polypario stirpe simplici, rigid o ; axe terete, lutescente, gracili;
cortice cretaceo, albo ; calj'cibus irregulariter biseriatis, inaequalibus, nempe
nunc majoribus nunc duple minoribus ; ore terminali, parvo, radiato."

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgoncllidae. 69

" The polyps are irregularly disposed in a ilouble row on each side of
the colony ; there is a median bare space on each side of the two flattened
faces. The verrucae are unequal in height, and stand at right angles to the
colony ; they are conical in shape ; the summit has a small opening which
shows a radiated structure."

Duchassaing and Michelntti had, however, only a fragment devoid of
base; the breadth was 5-.5 mms., including the verrucae, the longest of which
were two mms. in height.

2. Coral simple, rigid ; axis cylindrical, yellowish, slender ; bark cretaceous,
white ; cells irregularly disposed in a double row on each edge of the stem,
unequal; some twice as large as the others, smooth, terminal, small, and
radiated ; lateral area flat and naked, with a central groove.

ioca^i^,— Island of St. CroLx (West Indies).

Juncella funiculina.

Juncdla funiculina Duch. and Mich., v., p. 22, PL vii., ligs. 9 and 8.

Colony simple, flexible; polyps in a single series on two sides, small,
adpressed to the stem, and directed upwards ; oval opening small, with a
radiate structure ; coenenchyma thin, white ; axis yellowish.

Local ity. — Guadalo upe.

Juncella barbadensis.

Juncella barbadensis Duch. and ilich., p. 22, PI. v., figs. 5 and 6.

Colony attached, simple, filiform, white; polyps elongated with club-
shaped spicules ; verrucae in a single series on each side ; there is a distinct
median groove on each liare space. It is larger and ni(in> robust tliaii
J. funiculiTui ; the verrucae are larger.

Localities. — Barbadoes and Guadaloupe.

Juncella calyculata.

Gorgonia calyculata Ellis and Solander, vi., p. 9-5.
Juncella calyculata Valenciennes, xlvi.
Gorgonella calycnlnta KoUiker, xxiii., p. 140.
MHsella calyculata Gray, ii., p. 26.
Ellis and Solander's description is as follows :—

This Gorgon grows in a sub-divided order, having erect, thick branches
with truncated papillae. The flesh is ash-coloured without, and purple on the
inside, furnished with large, cup-shajjcd mouths, dispo.sed close together in a
(|uincunx order, and looking upwards, having polyps wiih eight fringed
claws extending themselves from them. TIh; bono is of a dark-brown

I '2

60 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academij.

colour and horny nature. This sea-shrub sends forth round white eggs,
larger than any of the genus.
Locality. — Isle of Bourbon.

Juncella hystrix.

Juncella hystrix Valenciennes, Comptes Eendus, xli., p. 14.
Juncella hystrix Milne-Edwards and Haime, O'orall., i., p. 186.
Juncella hystrix Johnson, xix., p. 143.
Juncella hystrix Johnson, xviii., p. 506.

The only description of any importance of this species is as follows : —
Stem delicate. Verrucae markedly projecting.
Locality. — Bahia.

Juncella vimen.

Juncella vimen Valenciennes, Comptes Eendus, xli., p. 14.

Juncella vimen Milne-Edwards and Haime, CoralL, i., p. 186.
Milne-Edwards and Haime describe this species thus : —
Verrucae disposed laterally in such a manner that a large distinct
non-polyp-bearing median space is left.
Locality. — Isle of Bourbon.

Juncella surculus.

Juncella surculus Johnson, xviii., p. 506.
Juncella surculus Johnson, xix., p. 143.
Locality. — Senegal.

Juncella laevis.
1865. Juncella laevis Verrill, xlviii., 1865, p. 189.
1870. Juncella laevis Gray, xii., p. 29.

Verrill's original description is as follows : —

" Corallum tall, simple, subcylindrical, rather slender, diminishing in
size both at the summit and near the base, where the polyps become
obsolete. Cells adpressed, scarcely prominent, arranged in two broad
bands, leaviny a narrmv, median, naked space on each side, along which
there is a well-nuirked groove ; they are placed alternately, at a distance of
about one-fifth (-2) inch, in about six vertical rows on each side, pro-
ducing a quincunx arrangement ; axis slender, cylindrical, calcareous, white,
surrounded by about sixteen longitudinal lobes, two of which are larger
and correspond with the lateral grooves ; the others to the rows of polyps.
Length of the single specimen, imperfect at each end, 20 inches ; greatest
diameter, \ (•25) inch. Colour yellowish-brown, in alcohol."

Simpson — A Revismi of (he Oorfjonellidne. 61

Locality. — Hong-Kong, China.

Gray (xii., p. 29), not having seen the specimen, simply recapitulates the
above description.

Juncella extans.

Juncella extans, Verrill, xlvii., p. 37.

" Tall and simple, writh the very prominent verrucae curved inwards, and
arranged crowdedly in a baud on each side of the axis, leaving a wide, naked
space on each side. Colour wliite. Axis greyish-white, stony, and rigid."

Locality. — Fayal, Azores.

XIV. — Scirpearia emend.

(a) Discussion of the Genns.

1830 Scirpearia, Cuvier, i. p. 319.

1878 Scirpearia, Studer, xxxiv., p. 660.

1887 Scirpearia, Studer, xxxv., p. 67.

1901 Scirpearia, Studer, xxxvii., p. b'l.

1889 Scirpearia, Wright and Studer, 1., p. Ixv.

1889 Scirpearella, Wright and Studer, 1., pp. Ixv and 1,J4.

1855 Ctenocella, Valenciennes, xlvi., p. 14.

1857 EUisella, Gray, x., p. 287.

This genus was establislied by Cuvier iu 1830 to include Pennatula
mirabiiis, but the following note may be interesting : — Milne-Edwards ami
Haime (Hist. Nat. Corall., 1. 0. 214) say: "The Alcyonarian described ami
figured by Cuvier under tlie name Pennatula mirabiiis seems to be very little
connected with Virgidaria mirabiiis, as some have suggested. It has a
slender stem attenuated at the two extremities, and bearing at each side a
simple series of widely separated polyps. Cuvier formcil of it the genu.s
Scirpearia, which has been adopted by Elirenberg. Lamarck placed it in his
genus Funiculina, near Pavouaria, under the name of Funint/ina ci/llntlrita.
Fleming thought that tlie species was not distinct from Virgularia ; and
Blainville affirmed Lliat it was nothing but a (Jorgonia. None of ihcse
opinions seem to me admi.ssible. It is too imperfectly known tu have a
place assigned to it iu a scientific classification of corals."

1 11 1878 Studer resuscitated tlie genus, and gave the following diagnosis : —
"Colony simple or branched; axis cylindrical, bnniy, and calcareous;
coeuenchyma thin; calyces projecting; in two longiludinal rows on the ^^i(lcs
of the stem and branches ; spicules double-clubs and spindles."

This, then, must lie our starting-point in generic determination.

62 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

In 1901 he re-united under the name of Seirpearia all the Gorgonellids
with a simple, flagelliform colony which have large verrucae in the form of
clubs, and whose spicules are double-clubs and spindles. The coenenchyma
is thick and the colony is bilaterally symmetrical. The polyps are disposed
on two sides of the axis.

Wright and Studer in 1889 give the following diagnosis : — " Colony simple
with a cylindrical calcified axis and thin coenenchyma. The polyps are
seated in two longitudinal rows on each side of the stem. The spicules are
double-clubs and spindles. The genus may include Seirpearia viirahilis
Cuvier and Viminella Jtagellmn Gray."

It must be remembered, however, that in the same memoir they separated
off the genus Scirpearella as follows: — "Colony simple or very feebly branched.
Axis calcareous, brittle, smooth, or grooved. Polyps arranged in rows or
spirals, retractile, with more or less prominent verrucae. Coenenchyma is
moderately thick and finely granular. The spicules are spiny spincUes and
double-clubs.

We have already shown, however, that such a distinction cannot be said
to obtain, and have already proposed the uniting together of Seirpearia,
Scirpearella, EUisella, and Ctenocella, and have given an emended diagnosis.

In this emended sense, then, we now proceed to classify specimens with
these characters into different species.

Before doing this, however, it might be well to give the following list of
the various species which have, from time to time, been referred to the genus
under consideration, under the names Seirpearia, Scirpearella, Ctenocella, and
EUisella :—

Seirpearia fiagellum.
Seirpearia fureata.
Seirpearella profunda.
Scirpearella gracilis.
Scirpearella rubra.
Scirpearella indica.
Scirpearella atirantiaca .
Scirpearella alba.
Scirpearella divisa.
EUisella maculata.
EUisella calarmcs.
EUisella coccinea.
EUisella elongata.
Ctenocella pectinata.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgoncllidae. 63

Some of these — e.g., jia^idlum and elatu/ata — have, at times, appeared
under other generic names; but these will be discussed later under the
species in question.

{h) Classification of the Species.

In formulating a scheme of classification for these different species, and
also th(i large numlier of undescribed specimens which I have before me
for identification, two courses were available, either (1) to describe every
individual specimen, and name it on account of certain differences which may
or may not be inherent, or (2) to study the group as a whole, tabulate all the
points of difference in the various specimens, eliminate all variations, such as
occur in the same colony, reject all environmental modifications, and arrange
the specimens around some central type. The latter plan has been adopted
in the present work ; and for this reason it has been necessary to aliolish
several of the previously described species, not on account of their absolute
identity with formerly described species, but on account of the differences
wiiich obtain in these different forms having proved to be not greater than
differences appearing in an individual specimen. A very good example of
this is seen in the case of Scirpearia furcata. Such a procedure has been
possible in the case under consideration only on account of the large number
of specimens which it has been my privilege to examine ; and it is more than
probable that when a larger mass of material is available, it may still be
possible to diminish the number of species in this report.

The characters on which the present classification are based are the
following : —

(1) the number of main longitudinal canals,

(2) the nature of the spiculation, and

(3) the nature of the branching.

These, of course, are not all of equal value; imt a reri/ rigifi .ir^tnmtion
may be made into two classes based on tiio number of nuiin longituilinal
canals. It has been found that in this group specimens have either (ur> or
four main canals.

The nature of the branching wIumi it comes to be a question of "simple
or branchcii," as we have already pointed out, is of little value except in
certain well-defined species. This is very evident in such colonies as those
described under Scirpearia furcata. On the other hand, the very character-
istic mode of branching seen in Sciri)C'iria pectiiwta woulil seem to justify
its inclusion as a specific character.

Scirpearia andamanensis and Scirpearia ramosa are also worthy of
consideration in this respect.

Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

The nature of the spiculatioii is also a character on which great reliance
may be placed as a specific deteriniuaut : and, in the case of Scirpcaria, it has
proved to be of great value.

Very good examples of this may be seen in the great contrast between
the spicules of Scirpcaria jn-qfimdn and Scirpcaria alba, or between Scirpcaria
flagcllwm and Scirpcarifi ramosa, or between Scirpearia furcata and Scirpcaria
thomsoni.

By means, then, of a combination of these characters, it has been possible
to arrange the numerous specimens which have been examined into certain
fairly definite groups. It will be seen that in the great majority of cases
each group is represented by a single species ; but where possible we have
suggested affinities. It seems preferable, however, to designate these at
present as groups rather than as species, although the latter procedure must
also be used for reference.

It is unnecessary to enter into the details of each group here, as that is
much better left over until the various specimens are discussed; but we
submit the following classification : —

SCIEPEAEIA.
Division 1. — Main Longitudinal Canals, two in number: —

(a) profunda-group.

(6) pectinata-group,

(d) flagellum-group,

(e) thomsoni-group,
(I/) alba-group,
(ff) aurantiaca-group,
(h) furcata-group,

(i) andamanensis-group,
(j) ramosa-group,
(k) ceylonensis-group,
{I) maculata-group, .

Scirpearia profunda emend.
Scirpearia hicksoni n. sp.
Scirpearia verr^icosa n. sp.
Scirpcaria anomala n. sp.
Scirpearia pcctinata emend.
Scirpearia clongaia emend.
Scirpeariu Jlagellmn emend.
Scirpearia thomsoni n. sp.
Scirpcaria alba emend.
Scirpearia aurantiaca emend.
Scirpcaria furcata emend.
Scirpcaria andamanensis n. sp.
Scirpearia ramosa n. sp.
Scirpearia ceylonensis n. sp.
Scirpearia tnacidata emend.

Division 2. — Mai7i Longitudinal Canals, FOUK in number : —
(a) quadrilineata-group, . Scirpcaria quadrilineata n. s.p.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 65

Profunda-group.
This group is characterized by the enormous size of the spicules. The
two chief types which occur are : —

(1) Double-clubs with almost hemispherical ends, and

(2) Elongated double-clubs, which approach double-spindles and even

spindles.
Four species may be recognized : —

, 1. Scirpearia profunda Wright and Studer emend.

2. Scirpcaiia hicksoni n. sp.

3. Scirpearia verrucosa n. sp.
■i. Scirpearia anovuda n. sp.

The following differential diagnosis of the spicules of these four species

may be useful : —

Scirpearia profunda (emend.).

In this species the spindle-type predominates over the elongated double-
club. The spindles are massive, very warty, and irregular in outline (fig. 27).
Typical measurements are 0"122 x 0057 ; 0'114 x 0 049 ; and a more slender
type 0106 x 0034; 009 x 0034. The double-clubs have almost hemispheri-
cal ends, and have practically no constriction, 0'084 x 0046 ; 008 x 0053.

Scirpearia hicksoni n. sp.
The spicules of this species are very regular in outline ; they are covered
with slightly papillose warts ; and the elongated double-dubs have extremely
blunt ends Fig. 31).

(1) double-clubs :— 008 x 005; 0-075 x 005.

(2) Elongated double-clubs :— Oil x 0045; 0-085 x 0-035.

Scirpearia verrucosa n. sp.

In this species the spicules are very irregular in outline ; they arc
covered with long papillose warts, which are widely separated. The ends of
the elongated double-clubs and doulile-spindles are markedly ])oiiited, and
have the form of elongated cones (fig. 33).

(1) Double-dubs:— 0-0!>5 x 005; 007 x 004.

(2) Elongated double-clubs .—014 x 004; 0-11 x 002.

Scirpearia anomala n. sp.
The spicules of this species aie not den.sdy covered with warts, and the
warts themselves are only slightly papillose. Tlie ends of the elongated
double-clubs and double-sjundlt's arc markedly conical (fig. 35).
(1) Double-dubs:— 0-061 x 0042; 006 x 0-04.
2) Elongated double-du 1 s .O'lo x 0-034; 0-095 x 0-046.

66 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

XV. — Scirpearia profunda (Wright and Studer). Fig, 27.
Scirpearella profunda Wright and Studer, 1., p. 155, PI. XXXI., fig. 2 ;

Ph xxxii., figs. 1 and 1« ; PL xxxiv., fig. 7.
Scirpearella gracilis Wright and Studer, 1., p. 156, PI. xxxi., figs. 1 and In ;

PI. XXXIV., fig. 6.
Scirpearella rubra Wright and Studer, 1., p. 157, PI. xxxiv., fig. 5.
ScirpeareJla moniliformc Thomson and Henderson, xL, p. 82.

We have examined the type specimens in the British Museum of these
three species, and have come to the conclusion that they cannot be regarded
as distinct. S. rubra is undoubtedly the same as S. gracilis ; but S. profunda
difters in that it is branched. When we take into consideration, however,
the great length of the tiagelliform branches of S. profunda, we are quite in a
position to conceive the longest fragment of S. gracilis as a portion of a
branch of a much larger colony than that formed by S. profunda. These two
species, as Wright and Studer observe, " were taken at the same haul of the
dredge from a depth of 130 fms. ; although, no doubt, closely related forms,
there seem sufficient differences to justify their being for the present treated
as distinct."

The spiculation is essentially the same in all three species ; and the nature
and distribution of the verrucae show variations not greater than those in
other cases of specimens undoubtedly belonging to the same species. For
this reason we feel justified in merging the three species under the earliest
name, S. profunda.

The following are the chief characteristics of the different tj-pes : —

6". pi-ofunda. — The colony is feebly branched. The axis is calcareous,
brittle, and of a circular outline, with some spiral grooves; it is formed of
several concentric calcareous layers, which easily peel off.

The polyps are in irregular spirals on the stem and branches, from 2 mm.
to 3 mm. apart, but closer to one another towards the termination of the
branches. The older verrucae are more conical than the younger ones.
When fully retracted they are oblong conical.

The coenenchyma is moderately thick and finely granidar.

The colour in spirits is a whitish-brown.

Loc'ditij. — "Challenger" Station 177, off the Xew Hebrides; depth,
130 fms.; bottom, volcanic sand.

<S. gracilis. — Colony is simple, so far as can be judged.

The axis is calcareous and very brittle ; it is grooved. The polyps are
crowded on the stem in four rows, the polyps in one row alternating with
those in the next row, so as to give a more or less spiral arrangement to the

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidac. 67

polyps colony. This arrangement is sometimes obscured by the addition of
young polyps between the older ones. Towards the apex of the stem the
polyps are in three rows, and at the very apex they are opposite. When
withdrawn the verrucae are nipple-like.

The coenenchyma is moderately thick.

Locality. — "Challenger" Station 177, off the New Hebrides; depth,
130 fms. ; bottom, volcanic sand.

8. nibra. — Colony simple (not complete), but 620 nun. in length. The
axis is calcareous, brittle, with two shallow grooves.

The polyps are numerous, arranged in spirals on tlie stem. Towards the
termination of the axis they are disposed in an alternate manner on the
opposite sides of the stem.

The coenenchyma is thin, with a compact layer of spindles and warty
clubs.

The colour in spirits is light red.

Locality. — "Challenger" Station 2.32, Hyalouema grcjuud, oil' Japan ;
345 fms. ; bottom, green mud.

S. monili/orme Thomson and Henderson is also referable to this
species.

Locality. — Eight miles west of Interview Island, Audamans; 270-45 fms.

From the foregoing it is obvious that, except in the question of branching —
a character to which very little importance can be attached, since the
specimens are nearly all incomplece — the macroscopic structure shows a
range of variation, such as we expect to find in long flagelliform colonies.
For this reason it is impossible to consider the question of diflerent species on
these characters alone. Preparations of spicules from corresponding parts of
the different colonies show no great disparity either in the tj'pes tliemselves
or in the characters and measurements of the types, so that we are forced to
rank these different specimens as one variable species liaving a type of
spiculation diflerent from others known at present.

Amongst the numerous undescribeil specimens wliich have been examined
in the preparation of this memoir none were found to agree with the
"Challenger" forms; but this fact may not be considered remarkable wlicn
we take into consideration the localities from which tliey were obtained.

The spicules of this species are large and very cliaracteristic (fig. 27 a-ff).
They consist of large warty spindles, some of which sliow a trace of a
constriction. Two forms of these may )>e recognized — (a) slender and very
warty, and (b) more massive spindles. In addition to these, the most deliuile
type is the large double-club ; tliese have very massive warty ends, and
practically no constriction, and some have more hemispherical heads tlian the

K 2

68 Proceedings of the Roifal Irish' Academy.

others (c). These three types may be regarded as characteristic ; but other
forms occur — e.g. irregular forms {d} : double-wheels (e), crosses {g).

The irregular forms (d) show variations which might be regarded as
departures from double-clubs or from the massive spindles, and may be
intermediate between the types ^ij and (c;. In the same way those represented
by (/) may be looked upon as annectant forms between types {e) and {g).

The crosses (g) show great variation.

The following measurements in millimetres may be taken as t}'pical : —

(a) Spindles, slender and very warty : 0-106 x 0-034 ; 0-10:] x 0-30 ;

0-09 X 0-03-4.
(J) Spindles, very warty and massive: 0-122 x 0-057; 0-118 x 0-057;

0-114 X 0-049.
(c) Double-clubs, with massive warty ends and practically no constriction ;

0-084 X 0-046; 0-072 x 0-046; 0-08 x 0053.
{d} Irregular forms : 0095 x 0-053 ; 0-095 x 0-046 ; 0-076 x 0053.
(e) Double-wheels, a few : 0072 x 0-034; 0-057 x 0-027.
(/) Crosses: 0-11 x 0076; 0-084 x 0-061; 0-061 x 0-034.

amended Specific Diagnosis.

The colony is simple and feebly branched ; in the latter case the branches
are long and tlagelliform. The axis is calcareous and brittle ; it is composed
of concentric layers ; the surface is marked by longitudinal grooves ; some-
times two of these are deeper than the others. The polj'ps are disposed in
two longitudinal series ; this arrangement may be obscured in the older parts ;
and then the disposition may simulate a spiral. Near the base four rows
may occur in each series ; but this number diminishes in the younger parts,
so that near the tip there is only a single row, alternately on opposite sides.
The verrucae when partially retracted are conical, but when more fully
withdrawn are nipple-like. The canal-system is typical. The coenenehyma
is moderately thin and finely granular. The spicules are characterized by
the presence of large, thick, warty spindles longer than the large double-
clubs.

XYI. Scirpearia hicksoni, n. sp., figs. 28-31.

It has been found necessary to establish a new species for two portions of
what must have been a very long, simple colony ; they are not continuous,
however; and judging from tlie difference in the diameter of the axis in the
two parts an intermediate piece of considerable length must have been lost.
The base is wanting, and this must also have been some distance from the

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 69

present basal part, so that the colony wlieii complete must have been of
great length.

The lower of the two parts under examination is 18 cm. in lencrih, the
upper part, which bears the tip of the colony, is 15 cm. The axis at the
present base is 2-5 mna. in diameter, and tapers after 18 cm. to 2 mm. In
the upper portion the axis tapers from 1-5 mm. to a fine point. Thus we
see that the part of the colony having an a.xis varying from 2 mm. to
1-5 mm. is wanting; and this at the lowest estimate cannot have been less
than 18 cm.', so that, without taking into account the basal part, the colony
could not have been less than 50 cm. In all probability the total length
would have exceeded 70 cm., so that we are dealing with a very long, simple
fiagelliform colony.

The surface of the coeneuchyma is coarsely granular, and, especially on
the verrucae, there are numerous ridges formed by aggiegalions of spicules
(cf. Huhcrogorijia ornata, Thomson and Simpson). The coenenciiyma proper
is extremely thin ; but the large size of the verrucae renders this feature less
evident.

The general colour of the colony is brick-red ; but wliere the anthocodiae
are not retracted they appear as wiiite specks on the tips of the verrucae.

The polyps have a very characteristic arrangement; but this cannot be
regarded as specific, as it is only superficial, and may have been caused during
the process of killing.

In the lower portion of the colony about one-third of tlie surface is bare ;
and the verrucae seem to arise in the same plane on either side, and are
continuous with it (fig. 28). This, of course, causes a crowding on the other
two-thirds. On the side diametrically opposite the above bare space there is
also a tract devoid of polyps (fig. 29). In tiie upper portion this arrange-
ment is still visible ; towards the tip of the colony, however, the polyps seem
to be distributed all round the coenenchyma ; but a trace of the bilateral
arrangement is still discernible (fig. 30).

The verrucae are large and have the form of truncated cones ; they stand
perpendicularly to the coenenchyma. Tlie largest are 4 mm. in height and
2'5 mm. in diameter at the base; but towards tlie tip of the colony they are
only 2'5 mm. in height and 1 mm. in diameter.

The larger of the verrucae are markedly conical ; Imt llie younger forms
are very much flattened owing to the contraction of the lliin walls ; they are
then less definite in position ; and many iiave their tips eitlior incurved or
directed upwards. When partially retracted they have a very marked eight-
rayed structure at the summit, and show eight to twelve longitudinal ridges
formed by segregations of spicules.

70 Proceedings of the Royal Irish' Academi/ .

The anthocodiae are verj' ininute ; the tentacles are short and white, and
bear one row of pinnules. They are first infolded, and then the tip of the
verruca is introverted.

The canal system is typical ; and the two main canals are evident in a cross-
section, corresponding to the two bare spaces. There is no inequality in
their size, so that we are justifled in concluding that the apparent arrange-
ment of the polyps is due to contraction while killing.

The axis is cylindrical and very densely calcareous ; it is composed of
concentric laminae. Near the base it is dark brown in colour ; but in the
younger part it is of a golden-yellow hue. The surface is mai'ked with
irregular longitudinal striae which correspond to the inner series of canals.
There is no suggestion of two depressions larger' than the others.

The spicules of this species are very characteristic (fig. 31). They are
very regular in outline, and are covered with warts, which are slightly
papillose at the summit. The elongated double-clubs are extremely blunt at
the ends.

The following are the chief types, with measurements, length by breadth,
in millimetres : —

{a) Large double-clubs with a short broad constriction. The ends are
almost hemispherical ; the warts are few in number, large and
papillose: O'OS x 0-05; 0-075 x 0055; 0-075 x 0-05.

(h) Smaller double-clubs very similar to the above : 0-06 x 003 ;
0-05 X 0-025.

(c) Elongated double-clubs with round ends. In some of these the
constriction is very marked, while in others it is hardly visible, so
that this type passes through double-spindles to simple-spindles.
They are covered with few, large, papillose warts: O'll x 0045;
0-11 X 0-035; 0-1 X 0-04; 0085 x 0035; 0-07 x 0-02.

Zoca?i<?/.— Andamans, 36 fathoms.

XVII. — Scirpearia verrucosa u. sp. Figs. 32 and 33.

In the Indian Museum Littoral Collection there occurs a complete simple
flagelliform colony, 27 cm. in length, attached to a piece of shell, for which the
establishment of a new species has been necessary. The coenenchyma is
very thin, and the surface is granular; its maximum thickness is about
0-75 mm.

The general colour of the colony is salmon-pink ; but the anthocodiae and
the tips of the verrucae, when only slightly retracted, are white. The
distribution of the polyps is identical with that in Scirpearia hicksoni n. sp.

Simpson — A Revision of the GorgonelUdae. 71

The lower 4 cm. bear no polyps ; this is followed liy two bare tracts which
diminish to two distinct lines from which the verrucae diverge at acute
angles.

The verrucae have the form of truncated cones ; but tlie walls are very
thin, and even near the base they have collapsed, and present the appearance
of those near the tip in the previous specimen. Througliout the whole of
the colony they are directed slightly upwards (fig. o2), and the tips are
incurved ; this is more marked towards the ape.x. Near the growing point
they are wart-like. The largest of the verrucae are 2'5 mm. in height and
about I'o mm. in diameter at the base.

The canal system is identical with that described in the previous
specimen.

The^xis is cylindrical, but tapers sliglitly towards the tip; it is greenish
brown near the base, but becomes pale yellow in the younger portion. It i.->
not very calcareous, and the surface has only very iiidefuiite longitudinal
striae.

The spicules (fig. 33) of this species are extremely characteristic ; they
are covered with long papillose warts, which are for the most part widely
separated, and so give a very irregular outline to the spicules. The ends of
the elongated double-clubs and double-spindles are markedly pointed, and
have the form of elongated cones.

Tlie following are the chief types, with measurements, length by breadth,
in millimetres : —

(fl) Double-clubs with a short, broad constriction, with almost hemispherical
ends and with large, slightly papillose warts : 0-095 x 0-05 ;
0-09 X 0-045; 0-08 x 0-05; 0-07 x 0-04.

(b) Elongated double-clubs approaching double-spindles ami even-
spindles ; these have markedly conical ends ; the constriction may
be more or less definite ; and they are covei-ed with relatively
distant, long, papillose warts: 0114 x 004; 0-13 x 0-035;
0-11 X 0-03; 0-11 X 0-02.

Locality. — Andamans Sea, 55 fms.

XVIII. — Scirpearia anomala n. sp. Figs. 34 and 35.
This species has been establislieil for a small, complete, simple colony in
the Littoral Collection of the Indian Museum. It is 17 cm. in length,
attached to a piece of decayed shell which is overgrown with I'olyzoa and
worm-tubes. The diameter of the colony near the base is 1-75 mm. ; midway
it is 2 mm., while near the apex it [is 15 mm. ; so that there is only a slight
gradation.

72 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academtj,

The coenenchyma is moderately thin aud finely granulav ; the general
colour of the colony is orange-yellow; but the yerrucae are reddish.

The polyps are confined to two longitudinal, lateral tracts, separated by
two bare spaces. Near the base of the colony, and also in the younger part
near the tip, there is a single i-ow of polyps in each series ; but in the middle
part there are two irregular rows, owing to crowding and the interposition
of young polyps.

The verrucae, when only partially retracted, are cylindrical, elongated,
and slightly turned towards the coenenchyma fig. 346). Near the base
(fig. 34a! and the tip fig. 34c: they are almost completely retracted, and then
appear as low warts, and may even be sunk within pits in the coenenchyma.
The great majority of tlie verrucae are directed upwards, but some are
turned downwards. When expanded they are about 1'25 mm. in height and
1 mm. in diameter at the base.

The canal system is typical ; the two main longitudinal canals are only
slightly larger than the others.

The axis is cylindrical, tapers only slightly, and is calcareous. The
colour varies from brown to yellow ; the surface is marked by faint longi-
tudinal striae.

The spicules of this species (fig. 35) are very characteristic. They consist
of double-clubs, double-spindles, and some which approach spindles. They
are not densely covered with warts ; while the warts themselves are only
slightly papillose.

The following are the chief types, with measurements, length by breadth,
in millimetres : —

(ff) Small double-clubs, with almost hemispherical ends, and irregularly
covered with small papillose warts aud with a short, broad con-
striction: 0-061 X 0-042; 0-06 x 0-04.

(h) Slightly elongated double-clubs very openly warted and with relatively
blunt ends: 0-11 x 0-06; 0-095 x 0-046; 0-099 x 0-049.

(c) More elongated double-clubs, approaching double-spindles and even
spindles. The ends are markedly conical, and the constriction is
more or less definite : 0015 x 0-034; 0-08 x O'OS.

Locality. — Andamans.

Pectinata Gkouf.

This group is easily distinguished by the character of the spiculation, but
also, and more readily, by its unique type of branching.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonelliilae. 73

XIX. — Scirpearia pectinata enieiul. Figs. 36-45.
Keratophyton seba Thesaurus, t. Ill, p. 193, PL cv., fig. 19.
Gorgonia pectinata Pallas, xxvii., p. 224.

» ,, Pallas, xxviii., p. 179.

Lamarck, xxiv., t. 11, p. :!20, et 2n(l edil., p. 498.
Pterogorgia „ Dana, cxi., p. 652.
CtenoceUa , „ Valenciennes, xhi., p. 14.

., ,, Milne-Edwards and Hainie, xxvi., t. 1, p. 185.

„ „ Eidley, xxxiii., p. 348.

„ „ Studer, xxxvii., p. 119.

GorgoncUa „ Kolliker, xxiii., p. 140, PI. xviii., fig. 41.

This species, as we have already pointed out, is the sole representative of
the genus formerly known as CtenoceUa ; .so that the diagnosis of that genus
in the early records summarizes the specific characters.

Valenciennes, in establishing the genus (Comptes Eendus, t. xli., p. 14),
gave the following generic diagnosis : — " Le sclerobase s'allongeant en
baguettes droites et pectinees d'un .seul cote de la tige priiicipale."

Milne-Edwards and Haime in 1857 refer to the genus as follows : —

" Polypi^roide s'allongeant en baguettes droites et pectinees d'un seul
c6t^ " ; and also : " Polypieroide dont la tige et les branches sent cylindriques
et ressemblent beaucoup aux Juncelles. Sclerenchyme sub-verruqucux.
Couleur jaune-rougeatre.

" Zoca^i^^.— Mers de I'Inde."

Wright and Studer (1., p. Ixvi) gave tlu; fnllipwing diagnosis: —

" The colony is branched in one plane ; and so tliat all the simple twigs
arise in an ascending order from the upjicr surface of the stem. The verrucac
are short on two sides of the twigs. There ar» distinct median furrows. The
spicules are warty double-clubs ; those of the polyp-calyces are, according to
Ridley, somewhat different from those of the coenenchyma, being longer and
pi'ovided with two, often three, whorls of tubercles. Tlio inner whorl so
approach in the middle of the spicules that the median naked zone which it.
characteristic of the spicules of the coenenchyma is here absent."

With regard to the "Alert" specimens, Ridley says: — "The front and
back of the two main (outer) branches are bare of polyps for from one-third
to half their length from their origin. Tlie verrucae arc but slightly
prominent on the outer branches. The colour is pale salmon."

Localities, — Warrior Reefs, Torres Straits, 12 fathoms.

74 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

Of the spicules he says : — " The verrucae spicules show a modification of
the same type as those of the general cortex, being only more elongated than
those, and bearing two or sometimes three distinct whorls of tubercles,
besides a few median terminal ones on each half of the spicule ; the two
inner whorls almost meet in the middle, so as to obliterate the median bare
zone, which is characteristic of the cortical spicules."

While working on the coast of Lower Burmah I was fortunate in
obtaining a large number of this very interesting species ; and these have
formed the basis of a somewhat detailed study. The following table gives a
few of the measurements of some of these ; and notes have been added where
it was considered necessary. Taken in conjunction with the various
paragraphs which follow, it may serve to elucidate the more important
characters of this species.

1^
n

saqouviq

itjEtniJci JO

<£>

r»

sdij naa.ttjaq

Tj<

■^

■9'! ji'puaadg .,

.2-3

00 -

QJ O

is 2 „

eat
ry b
aris

00 0

3
O

«s

"S ^

■q

■^

■3)2

■ST

o3 ^

a oi

-^•a

•c

otes on
condavy
•anches

a) ^ i = '^

® "~ ED

'ft

C -is «

B
*3

'33

1 s .

o c ^

» g^

5 S

*C£i'^

—

rt » 4;

— <

— .

!|-

-<1

^ *J

** W

g=s^

tf3

«.

OO
CO

►J 2.

cv.

■^

l^--

»o

,_«

•^

■"*

<D sj

•e s

^z; -.

•*

-M

•*J<

-1*

-1<

.=* (S

•^

t«

cv-

,_^

£. '^

»c

»f?

Tj<

1 ^

i«

.re

t«

\ts

•<

••*«

■*

•^.

-f

«n

■^

■*

*»

»o

bo
J

§"

C-l

t'-

■<•

■*

•uaonaadg

t-J

>■

>•

t— t
>

76 Proceedings of the Royal Iri ah 'Academy.

The following notes on some of the aberrant specimens may serve to
give an idea of the inherent specific character : —

II. One of the jnimary branches has been broken off after a distance
of 28 cm. ; but the branch which arises nearest that point has developed
twigs on the inner side, and has so continued the general development
as if primary.

VII. One of the primary branches, along with the first two secondaries
which arose from it, has been broken off; but the fourth has taken its
place, and continued the regular development of tertiaries just as if they
were secondaries.

IX. One of the primary branches is only feebly developed, and has
six short slender secondaries. The second secondary has developed tertiaries
after the manner of a primary.

X. A similar mode of development to that described for II. has taken
place in this specimen.

Bratuihhig. — The branching of this unique type is extremely characteristic.
The main stem is usually very short, and gives rise to two branches dichoto-
mously ; these arise at varying angles in the different specimens. In some
they lie almost horizontally (fig. 36) ; in others they are inclined at 45°
(fig. 37), or even 60° (fig. 38), to the horizontal. In a typical specimen
these primary branches give rise to secondaries on the upper inner aspect
in a symmetrical manner, giving a distinct comb-like arrangement. The
angle at which these arise is very characteristic. When colonies are preserved
in spirits or dried, they usually contract, so that the secondary branches
overlap on either side (fig. 39) ; but a study of these, when immediately taken
from the water, shows that this does not occur when growing freely. In this
condition all the secondary branches stand vertically, and arise from the
primary branches at an angle complementary to that at which the primary
branches arise from the main stem. Thus if the primary branches are
horizontal, the secondary aiise at right angles ; if the primary branches arise
at an angle of 60 from the main stem, the secondary branches come off at
an angle of 30''. Stages between these are of course not infrequent. Fig. 3
shows the habit of a colony in the contracted condition, while figs. 36-38
show different angles of origin.

Secondary complications sometimes occur in the branching, but it is
noteworthy that these tend to follow the type already described. For example,
in several specimens one of the primary branches has been broken off ; but
the secondary branch which arose at this point has developed tertiary
branches in a manner analogous to the primary branch (fig. 40). Occasionally

SiMPisoN — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 77

also the majority of the secondary branches may be only feebly developed,
but one may give rise to a large number of tertiaries. Sometimes, for
no apparent reason, tertiaries may arise from the secondary liranches;
but in all cases these arise on the inner side and ascend vertically, thus
maintaining the specific type of branches (fig. 41).

Main Caiuds. — In every tertiary and secondary brancli there are two
large canals running from end to end; these correspond with the bare
portions of the coenenchynia, and are consequently in the plane of branching.
In dried specimens their position is usually denoted by a groove due to the
collapse of the canal walls. In young colonies and in the upper part of large
colonies these secondary canals unite with the canals in the primary brancli,
one on either side ; but towards the base of older colonies they do not all
unite ; but the last three to ten may run parallel in the primary branches,
and so pass into the main stem, where as many as twenty may be visible
(figs. 42 and 43).

Distrihution of polyps. — In no case do polyps occur on the main stem.
On the primary branches tliey are restricted to the outer aspect, i.e., the side
diametrically opposite the one from which the secondary branches arise. On
the secondary branches they are disposed on the two inner surfaces — i.e., the
surfaces in the plane of branching are bare (fig. 44). In tin- upper lialf of
the secondary branches, however, the polyps may encroach on the bare spaces,
and appear as if distributed all over tiie coenenchynia.

Nature of the, verrucae. — In the younger parts of the colony the verrucae
are low ami dome-like ; but in the older portions they seem to become smaller,
and in the lowest parts may appear as pit-like depressions.
Fig. 1 shows the structure of an expanded polyp.

Spicules. — The spicules of this species might be said to consist almost
entirely of double-clubs, or, at any rate, of double-clubs and double-spindles
(fig. 45). It is possible to group these into several distinct types which )iiiiy
show an evolution-series. It is noteworthy, iiowever, that all are practically
of the same length, so that it is improbable that they are dilferent stages in
development. The following groups, with their measurements, length by
bieadth, in millimetres, may be distinguisheil : —

{a) DuuhU-clvhs with hemispherical ends and a narrow Ijaie const riction
definitely marked oil': 0057 x 0038; 005:'. x 0-05:< ; 0053 x 0-034.

(6) DouUe-clubs with the "heads" much more open than in (a), i.e., there
is a distinct whorl of warts on either side of the constriction,
and the "hub" is very warty: 0057 ■< 0038; 0057 * 00:i4 ;
0057 X 0031.

78 Proceedings of the Royal B'ish- Academy.

(c) Douhlc-chihs with still more open ' heads," i.e., one whorl of warts on
either side of the constriction, and the " hub " with only about three
warts. These approach fZoiiJ^e-M'/tce/.s : 0*057 x 0-038; 0-057 x O-OSi;
0-053 X 0-031.

[dy More slender double-chd)s with a proportionately longer constriction,
and with no definite arrangement of the warts of the " heads," which
might be termed .divaricate : 0-053 x 0-031; 0-053 x 0-027.

(e) More elongated doxMe-duhs which approximate to double-spindlcs. The
warts are large, but have no definite arrangement : 0-061 x 0-023 ;
0-057 X 0-023 ; 0-057 x 0-021.

(/) DoMe-spindles not markedly warty (in some there is hardly any
constriction): 0-057 x 0019; 0-057 x 0-017; 0-057 x 0-015.

{(j) The type figured as {g) is evidently a developmental form of one of
the other types : 0-046 x 0-023 ; 0-046 x 0-022.

A small portion, about 20 cm. long, of a primary branch of what has
evidently been a large colony occurs in the Littoral Collection of the Indian
Museum: twenty-seven secondary branches arise from it; all are simple
except one which is dichotomously branched ; the longest is 17 cm. in length.

The surface of the coenenchyma is granular ; the thickness attains a
maximum of 1 mm.

The polyps are disposed irregularly ; on the primary branch there is one
distinct bare tract, with a fairly deep groove, the other is not so evident ; on
the secondaries it is almost impossible to detect a bare streak.

The verrucae when expanded are slightly adpressed to the coenenchyma ;
when retracted they are low and dome-like. They are very small, being
about 1 mm. in diameter at the base, and varying from 0-5 to 1 mm. in height.

The canal system is typical of the species.

The axis is cylindrical and yellowish ; it is composed of concentric
laminae, and there is a distinct white core which is more calcareous than the
outer laminae. There is a slight trace of grooving on the surface. The
anthocodiaie and spicules agree in every detail with those described for the
species.

Locality. — An damans.

Note. — This specimen is described in the table given in the Indian Ocean
Littoral Alcyonaria Eeport (Thomson and Simpson) as specimen M.

Simpson — A Revision of the Goi-gonellidae. 79

Distrihvtion : —

Indian Ocean (Pallas).

Seas of the Moluccas (Lamarck).

India and China (Gray).

Cuba (British Museum Collection of H. Christy).

Ott' North- West Cape, West Australia, 3-4 fathoms (Studer).

Torres Straits (Studer).

Cuba (Ridley).

Warrior Eeef, Torres Straits, 12 fathoms (Ridley).

Mergui Archipelago, Burma.

Andamans (Ind. Mus. Litt. Coll.).

Elongata Group.
This group is easily differentiated from the others by means of its spicu-
lation. The spicules are characteristic and very minute.

XX. — Scirpearia elongata (figs. 46-48).

Gorgonia elongata Pallas, xxviii., p. 179.

Gorgoiiia elongata Esper, vii., t. Iv.

Gorgonia eloTigata Lamarck, xxiv., t. ii., p. 220, 2nd cd., p. 499.

Gorgonia elongnfa Dana, iii., p. 664.

Jmicella elongata Valenciennes, xlv., p. 182.

Juncella elongata Valenciennes, xlvi., p. 14.

Gorgonia elongata Ellis and Solander, vi., p. 96.

Juncella elongata Milne-Edwards and Hainie, xxvi., i., j). 1S7.

Juncella elowjata Kolliker, xxiii., p. 140.

Ellisella elongata Gray, x., p. 287.

Ellisella elongata Gray, xi., p. 481.

Ellisella elongata Gray xii., p. 25.

Ellisella eoccinea Gray, x., p. 287.

Ellisella eoccinea Gray, xi., p. 481.

Ellisella eoccinea Gray, xii., p. 26.

Nee. Juncella elongata Hick.son, xiii., p. 85.

Nee. Juncella elongata Thomson and Henderson, xl., p. HI.

This is a very old species, but one whicii has caused more trouble lo
systematists than any other in the group, owing to the fact that tlie spicules
have hitherto never been investigated. The descriptions, based on a few
superficial characters, are so vague tliat on those alone it is possible to
identify almost any branching Gorgonella with this species.

80 Proceedings of the Roi/al Irish Academy.

It is very doubtful if the long list of synonyms given here were in all
eases correctly identified ; but in the absence of the specimens themselves, it
is better to retain them until definite information on this point is forth-
coming.

While examining the Alcyonaria in the Museum of the Eoyal College of
Surgeons, London, I came across a beautiful specimen labelled Gorgonm
dviHjatti (Eeg. Ko. 184), belonging to the Hunterian Collection, of which the
following description occurred in the catalogue: — " It consists of a short, broad
stem, from which seven main branches arise ; these, after proceeding about
6-7 inches, give off a branch which proceeds upwards nearly parallel with the
main stem, and about equal to it in thickness. The crust is of a vermilion
colour ; and the polyp-cells are very numerous and arranged in alternate
rows, especially towards the free extremities of the branches, which are
all more or less flattened. The axis is of a light yellow colour, and of a
small size in comparison with the crust."

EaMtat. — West Indies.

As this is the oldest authentic specimen bearing the specific name elongate,
I have considered it advisable to resuscitate this old species, give it some
positive content, and regard this specimen as the type. For this purpose.
Dr. Burne has supplied me with a beautiful photograph of the colony
and also a sketch drawn with a "camera lucida," on which fig. 46 is
based. Preparations of the spicules have "also been made for the first
time, and fig. 48 gives the chief types which occur.

In the collection of Gorgonellids in the British Museum, there is a very
delicately branched colony which Gray referred to the species Ellisella
coccinea, established by him in 1857, with the following diagnosis : — " Coral
furcately branched ; branches sub-cylindrical, \evj long, virgate ; bright
scarlet." The spicules of this specimen are identical both in types and
measurements with those of the specimen in the Hunterian Collection
^figs. 47 and 48), and an examination of the general habit of the two colo-
nies will at once render it obvious that they cannot be regarded as distinct.
Both the specimens are from the " West Indies."

The type specimen (fig, 46j is almost 1 metre in height, and is complete.
There is a large spreading basis of attachment from which a very thick stem
about 12 mm. in breadth arises. The branching commences almost at the
very base. One of the primary branches is 41 mm. in diameter ; but the
secondary branches, at a considerable distance from this, have a bi-eadth of
4 mm. ; about the midiUe of the colony the smaller elongated branches are
3'o mm. in diameter, and at 8 cm. from the tip they are 2 mm. in diameter.
There is considerable anastomosis in the lower part.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidtc. 81

The branching is distinctly dichotomous, and the branches enclose an
acute angle ; this is also very marked Ellisella coccinca.

The coenenchyma is very thin, and in the dried state extremely brittle ;
it is densely spiculose.

The canal system is not easily recognized, owing to the fact that V>oth
the specimens are very old, and have been presei'ved in a dry condition;
but it is still possible to detect two large longitudinal canals. Their position
is, however, very marked externally.

The polyps are disposed throughout tlie whole colony in two very definite
longitudinal series, separated by very wide and distinct bare tracts, which,
in the lower region, are depressed and furrow-like. In the older branches
there are four to six rows of polyps in each series ; these are situated in
what appears to be diagonal arrangement. In the younger branches and
twigs the number diminishes to two, and eventually to a single row
situated laterally and irregularly alternating.

The verrucae are slightly elevated, with the oral aperture dircelcd
upwards, but they are very much shrivelled, owing to desiccation.

The axis is typically Gorgonellid in structure, and is very hard, especially
in the lower portions. The fact, however, that the specimens are dry rendeis
the axis harder and more brittle.

The spicules of this species are extremely characteristic and very

minute. They consist of (1) small double-clubs with closely set, almost

smooth warts; (2) double-clubs with more irregular heads; (3) small,

slender, elongated double-clubs; and (4, spindles. (Sec figs. 48 and 4Sa.)

The following are some of the measurements, length by breadth, in mm.:—

(1) 0068 X 0042; 0-065 x 0-042; 0-053 x 0-038.

(2) 0-061 X 0-03 ; 0-057 x 0-025 ; 0-057 x 0-03.

(3) 0-061 X 0-023 ; 0061 x 0-019 ; 0-057 x 0-015.

(4) 0-06 X 0-023 ; 0-058 x 0'015.

Locality — West Indies.

Flagellu.m-Group.
This is a very distinct group, and is characterized chiefly by the nature of
the spicules. These are remarkable for the great length of the constriction,
the open disposition of the warts, and tlie almost smooth nature of llie
latter.

82 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

XXI. — Scii'pearia flagellum emend. Figs. 49-60.

1863. Juncella fiagellum Johnson, xviii., p. 505.

1864. „ „ „ xix., p. 142.
1870. VimineUa „ Gray, xii., p. 29.
1881. Scirpearia „ Studer, xxxvi., p. 558.
1891. „ ochracea Studer, xxxvi., p. 559.

1901. „ fiagellum Studer, xxxviii., p. 53, PI. ix., figs. 1-3; PI. xi.,

figs. 10 and 11.
1901. „ ochracea Studer, xxxviii., p. 53, PI. ix., figs. 4-6.
1909. „ fiagellum Thomson and Kussell, xliii., p.. 163, PI. 8,

fig. 2.

This is a very old species, aud was originally referred to the genus Juncella.
In 1 870 Gray assigned it to his new genus Viminella ; but with no apparent
reason, and without giving any further specific content. He, however, gives
as a synonym, J. caians Verrill ; but as this was based on purely external
characters, it is extremely doubtful whether much stress can be laid on the
identity with the latter species. We have for this reason excluded it from
the list of synonyms. In 1901 Studer rehabilitated the species, and gave a
description of the spicules and, also, very good figures of the colonies. He
referred the species to the genus Scirpearia. He, however, established
another species — namely, ochracea, which caianot now be regarded as distinct
from that under consideration, and which we therefore give as a synonym.

With regard to Juncella flagelltnn, Johnson, in establishing the species,
says : —

" I have ventured to assign this coral to the genus Juncella. Valenciennes,
a naturalist for whom I entertain the highest respect, considers it to be
the Scirpearia mirahilis of Cuvier. There is, however, so much doubt as to
what the coral so named by the illustrious Frenchman really is, that I
hesitate to ascribe mine to that species — the more especially as it clearly
falls within the definition of the genus Juncella' (as it appears in the
" Histoire Xaturelle des Coraillaires " of Milne-Edwards, vol. 1., p. 186),
forming a member of the section of Gorgonellaceae, which is made up of
Gorgouiad corals, having a smooth bark and a sub-lithoid axis, containing so
much carbonate of lime as to effervesce in muriatic acid. From J micella
jwncea Esper and J. vimen Val. (species found at the Island of Bourbon) it

' The iutroduction of the study of spicules has, however, removed it from the genus Juncella,
from the fact that it contains no club-shaped spicules.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 83

would seem to be distinguished by the large size of tlie cup-bearing papillae ;
from J. elongafa, a Mediterranean species, by its being simple, not branched."
The original description of the species is as follows : —

" Simple, elongated, slender, flexible, slightly twisted on its own axis, and
tapering upwards. Bark calcareous, white, smooth, and impuncturate,
enveloping a hard, grey axis, which has a somewhat polished surface, marked
with straight striae. The axis is highly charged with carbonate of lime.
The coral is, quadrangular in section, and has on each of the two narrower
sides two series of closely set papillae, having the eight-lobed orilices of polyp
cells at their apices. These papillae are obpyriform or ovate ; and in dried
specimens they are turned upwards and adpressed to the stem. Near the
base of laige specimens the papillae are in three somewhat irregular rows-
The other two sides of the stem are free from papillae; but there is a slightly
elevated line along the middle. The base spreads out to a moderate extent
upon the object to whicli it is attached. The spicula of which the liark is
composed are tul^erculated staves, two or tliree times as long as broad, the
tubercles having a tendency to collect at the extremities.

" The longest example of this coral wlueh 1 have seen measured about
7 feet in length; and it was without its basal portion. The greatest thickness
was three-eighths of an inch ; the largest papillae were the tentli of an inch
in length, and about tlie same across. In another example, 5 feet in leugtli,
the base spread out to the size of a shilling ; and the papillae commenced
about 3 inches above this basal expansion. The smallest specimen that has
occurred was 31 inches long; this is in the British Mu.seum. In the collection
of that establishnaent there is a large stone, with numerous specimens of this
coral' upoii it, alongside examples of Caligorgia verticillai-is Gray {Primnoa
verticillaris Milne-Edwards). These were brouglit from St. Michael's, one of
the Azores, and presented to the Museum by Mr. McAndrew."

Studer (xxxviii.) adds the following note with regard to the " Monaco "
specimens : —

The colonies are long and flexible, and attain a length of 650 mm. The
polyps are club-shaped, slightly inturiied towards the axis; they are
arranged on two sides of the stem ; in the lower part in several rows ; but
towards the tip in a single row, alternating on the two sides. The spicules
are spindles and double-clubs. Their dimensions are 0'0C7 ^ 0-015 mm.;
(10(31 X 0-0154; 0-056 x 0015; 0-067 x 0-025.

The colour varies from whitish yellow to red.

• It is, of course, doublfiil whether thise me rcdUy 7. c/oHjo/d, os it wouUl bo imposfiWe todtrific
their specific or even generic position by a supcrticiul exumination.

84: Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

Locality. — To the east of Graciosa, Azores, 454 metres.

To the east of Pico, Azores, 318 metres.
With reference to S. ochracea Studer (xxxviii.) makes the following
observations : —

This species is more delicate than S. flagellum. The axis is calcareous;
white ; rigid near the base, flexible near the tip. The polyps occur on two
sides of the stem ; towards' the base in two irregular rows, but merging into
only one row on each side. They have the shape of cylindrical warts or
truncated cones, and stand almost perpendicularly to the coenenchyma.
They are 2 mm. in height, and about 2 mm. in diameter at the base. The
spicules are very like those of S. flagellum ; they consist of double-clubs,
with large warts and spines at the two ends : sometimes of a yellowish ochre,
sometimes of a white colour. They are slightly larger than those of
S. flagellum.

The colour of the colony is yellowish brown to orange.

Taking into consideration what has already been seen with regard to
variation in the group, we see no reason for separating this off as a distinct
species.

Locality. — To the east of Pico, Azores, 318 metres.

We have examined a beautiful, whip-like colony, 37 cm. in lengtli, from
Naples,' which we refer to this species. The diameter near the base is 2 mm. ;
but near the tip it is only 1 mm. It gradually tapers upwards, but the
terminal 25 cm. are almost uniform in thickness throughout.

The coenenchyma is very thin and finely granular ; the surface is marked
by longitudinal ridges and furrows, which are the outward expression of the
internal canals ; two of these are much deeper than the others. The general
colour of the colony is reddish orange, but the tips of the verrucae are
distinctly more reddish.

The lower 2'5 cm. of the stem are devoid of polyps ; this is followed by
two opposite longitudinal bare tracts which persist to the tip of the colony.
On the other two sides the polyps are disposed in a single row in each series.
This gives the colony a very markedly bilateral appearance. The verrucae
are cylindrical, tall, and narrow. They average 2 mm. in height and 1 mm.
in diameter. They stand sometimes in opposite pairs ; but the more common
arrangement is alternate. The polyps on the same side are separated by
distances of about 3'5 mm The verrucae are longitudinally striated; and
the summit has a very definite eight-rayed structure. They stand almost

' This specimen was given to me for identification by Professor J. Arthur Thomson, who
suggested that it might be incorporated in this memoir.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 85

perpendicularly iu iikaiiy cases ; Imt more frequently they are slightly turned
towards the stem (fig. 49). A very noteworthy featuie in tliis connexion is
to be observed. The colony has been broken and preserved in two portions.
In the longer upper part the polyps are nearly all directed towards the tip ;
while in the lower part they are almost all turned downwards. Taking these
points into consideration, it may be inferred that the verrucae have power of
rotation through 180° both longitudinally and vertically, or, in other words,
the anthocodiae may take up any position on the surface of a liemisphere
whose radius is the length of a polyp.

The canal system is well developed, but there are very few canals, owing
to the small number of polyps which occur on the colony. The two main
canals are very large ; and their position is indicated on the surface of the
coenenchyma by two very delicate depressions on the axis ; also by two
grooves larger tlian the others.

The axis is hard and densely calcareous ; it is yellow in colour ; and the
surface is marked by longitudinal ridges and furrows.

Attached to the colony is a young bivalve (probably I'leria macroptera).

The spicules of tliis specimen consist of the following types (fig. 50) : —

(1) Double-clubs with a long, narrow constriction, and with almost

hemispherical ends. Tbe warts are irregularly disposed, are few in
number, and are almost smooth: 0-07 X 0-03; 0-0G5 X 0-03;
0-065 X 0 023.

(2) More elongated double-clubs witli the same characteristics, and with

blunt ends.

A noteworthy feature about this specimen is tlie fact that there are very
few double-spindles or types with conical ends.

Locality. — Naples.

We have also referred to this species a specimen in the Cape Collection.
The spiculation is typical ; and tlie only dilferenco is the very close disposition
of the verrucae. We liave shown, however, that this is a character iu which
the species shows great variability. It is a very characteristic colony, growing
on a piece of branching coral (like Lophohelia) (fig. 51). It is 9 cm. iu length,
and bears one branch (which has been broken) at a distance of 2 cm. from
the base. The coenenciiyma is thin and coarsely granular. The general
colour of the colony is creamy-white.

The lower 2-5 cm. of the m^un stem and also the part of tlie branch which
is present (1-5 cm.) are devoid of polyps. On the remainder of the main
stem the verrucae are disposed on two sides, and alternate almost regularly.
They have the form of flattenetl domes, and give the sides of the colony a

86 Proceed in [I s of the Royal Irish Academy.

very undulating appearance (fig. 52). Their bases meet in the middle line.
The tips of the verrueae have a very definite eight-rayed structure. Fig. 53
was made from a longitudinal section through the colony to show the
attachment of the strong retractor muscles of the anthocodiae.

The canal-system is typical, but the inner portion of the coeuenchyma,
that is to say, the portion between the two longitudinal series of canals, is
very minute.

The axis is pale yellow in colour, and very flexible ; the surface is marked
by indistinct longitudinal striae. The spicules (fig. 54) of this specimen are
typical of the species, but are on the whole larger and broader.

Locality. — Buffalo Eiver, East London, N., 15 miles, 310 fathoms. Bottom,
coral and mud.

In tlie Cape Collection there are also a number of small young colonies,
which are extremely interesting, and which are undoubtedly young forms of
this species. The longest of these is 7'5 mm. and the smallest 3'5 cm. in
length. They have all the same general appearance, and maintain the
relative proportions throughout, so that a short description of one colony will
give the essential characters (fig. 55). All are attached to pieces of rock,
coral, or shell.

The stem is about 1 mm. in diameter near the base, and only very slightly
less at the tip. The coenenchyma is very thin, and finely granular ; the
general colour of the colonies is a bright orange-yellow.

The polyps are disposed in two longitudinal series ; and although the two
median bare tracts are not well pronounced, the colony has a markedly
bilateral appearance. They occur in a single row in each series ; but the
interposition of young forms sometimes masks this distribution. They stand
sub-opposite or sometimes alternately ; but the young polyps tend to break
this otherwise regular structure (fig. 56).

The verrueae are elongated and cylindrical ; they are turned towards
the stem, and are directed upwards ; their surface is marked by longitudinal
ridges and depressions ; the apex when partially closed has a distinct eight-
rayed structure ; in many cases the infolded tentacles may be seen projecting
around the oval opening.

The canal system is well developed ; the canals are distinct but few in
number ; the two main canals are large. The axis is cyUndrieal, hard, and
very calcareous; the surface is marked by very indistinct longitudinal
striae.

The spicules (fig. 57) are characterized by the small number and large
size of the almost smooth warts and by the very marked constriction in the

Simpson — ^4 Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 87

double-clubs. The following are the chief types, with inoasurements, length
by breadth, in miUimetres : —

(1) Double-clubs with a very long constriction and with almost
hemispherical ends. The warts are almost smooth; they are
openly disposed and arranged almost in whorls : 0-068 x 0-0.^4 ;
0-061 X 0-03 ; 0-057 X 0-027.

(21 Elongated double-clubs passing to double-spindles. There is a very
distinct constriction ; and the ends are markedly conical. The
warts are not closely set, and are almost smooth : 0-114 x 0-02.3;
0-103 X 0-023 ; 0-095 x 0027 ; 0-095 x 0-023.

Irregular forms, crosses, and scales from the tentacles also occur.

Locality.— 0''Neil Peak, KW., j W. 9| miles; 90 fatlioms. Bottom,
broken shell.

To show the varied appearance of the venucae, we have included here
three figures of specimens of Scirpearia fla(j<'U ii,m in the Monaco Museum. ■
(See figs. 58, 59, and 60.)

XXII. Scirpearia thomsoni, n. sp., figs. 61-63.

Juncella elongata Thomson and Henderson, xL, p. 81, PI. i., fig. 10 ; PI. ix.,
fig- 17.

We have no hesitation in establishing this new species for a .specimen
which was originally referred to the species JumcUa elongnta by Thomson
and Henderson, who were compelletl to base their diagnosis on the very
inadequate description of this species which was available at the time of
publication of the Indian Ocean Deep Sea Alcyonaria Peport. At that time
the spicules of Scirpearia elongata {Juncella clongafa) were unknown; but an
investigation of the spicules of an old specimen in the Museunj of the lioyal
College of Sui'geons, and the consequent resuscitation of that old but
imperfectly known species has caused the necessity of i-emoving the present
specimijn.

The colony shows several very characteristic features : for example,
(1) the nature of the branching, (2) the marked rigidity of the colony,
(3j the nature of the verrucae ; but most of all the distinctive character
of the spicules, which mark it off as a very definite and new .species.

The specimen is 22 cm. iu height, and is branched appro.ximately in
one plane. The branching is alnmst dichdtomous; and tlie silhouette of the
axis (tig. 61,1 gives the essential features. On the wiiole, the colony is very
rigid, owing to the very densely calcareous nature of the axis. The coenen-
chyma is moderately tliin, \mi densely spiculose ; the general colour of the
colony is salmon-pink.

88 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

" The axis is calcareous, rigid, and brittle ; it is slightly oval in section ;
but in the younger portions it becomes quite cylindrical, and tapers till it is
thread-like. It shows a very white core surrounded by a brownish cortex."

The polyps are disposed in two longitudinal series on opposite faces,
each of which consists of from two to four irregularly alternating rows. The
verrucae are low and truncate ; when retracted there is a deep depression in
the centre which is directed slightly upwards. This gives a very characteristic
appearance (fig. 62). They are about 0"4 mm. in height and 1'5 mm. in
diameter at the base.

The spicules are extremely characteristic, and quite unlike those of any
other species (fig. 6.3). They consist of the following types, with measure-
ments, length by breadth, in mm.

(a) Double-clubs with almost hemispherical heads, and with a relatively

long constriction. On either side of the constriction the large
warts are arranged in a whorl, while beyond this there is a very
warty hub which gives the whole head a very irregular outline :
0 08 X 0 04; 0-07 x 0-035.

(b) Smaller double-clubs in which the whorl is not so pronounced :

0-07 X 0-46; 0-07 x 0-042.

projections : 0-08 x 0-04 ; 0-07 x 0-021.

(d) Elongated double-clubs with a long, narrow constriction, with the inner

warts arranged appro.ximately in a whorl, and with more or less
elongated and irregularly warted hubs: 0-114 x 0-053; 0-114
X 0046; 0-095 x 0-05.

(e) Double-spindles (some of these approach spindles). The ends are

almost conical, and are variou.sly covered with very irregular warts
which gi\-e the whole a very ragged outline : 0-125 x 0-038,
0-11 X 0-03; 0-1 X 0-027.
Locality. — Bay of Bengal, 88 fathoms. ,

XXIII. Scirpearia alba (Thomson and Henderson), iigs. 64 and 65.
Scirpearella alba Thomson and Henderson, xl., p. 82, PI. ix., fig. 15.

This species was established for tliree long, incomplete specimens, of a
white colour, 28, 411, and 408 mm. in length, with a corresponding diameter
at the lower end of 1-75, 2-3, and 1-75 mm.

Two of the colonies are unbranched ; but the largest branches at a distance
of 251 mm. from the lower end.

The axis is cylindrical, hard, brittle, and very 'calcareous, but becomes

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 89

very flexible and filiform near the tip. It is lufirked l>y a iiuiiiber of
grooves which iiiii up for a sliort distance, and also l)y a nvnidjor of small
protuberances.

The stem is oval in section, with a groove on the two flattened surfaces
faintly marked in two of the specimens.

The verrucae occur in a single roiu on each side of the stem, those of one
row alternating with those of the other. They are low and truncated
(0'45 mm. in height), laterally compressed, with spreading basis (fig. 64).

The diameter is r4 mm. at the base and 0'65 mm. at the apex.

The coenenchyma is moderately thick.

The spicules of this species (fig. 65) are extremely cliaracteristic. They
consist essentially of double-clubs, which are almost as l)road as long, and
have a very short but extremely thick median constriction.

Their ends are almost hemispherical, and are covered with abundant
rugose warts. There are also a few elongated narrow double-clubs, witli
more openly-warted heads, and with a longer constricti<m. Some of these
approximate to spindles. Small, apparently developmental, forms and a
few crosses also occur.'

The following are typical measurements of the chief types, length by
breadth, in mm. : —

(«) Short thick double-clubs: Olo X Ol" ; 0-15 X 0-095; 013 X O'll;
0-13 X 0-095.

(b) Slender double-clubs : 0-15 X 0-02; 0-13 X 008; 0-09 x 0-08.

Locality. — Bay of Bengal, 88 fathoms.

Specific Diagnosis.

Colony simple or slightly branched, long and filiform ; axis cylindrical,
calcareous, and grooved ; coenenchyma moderately thick ; verrucae in a
single row on each side of the stem ; spicules consist essentially of sliort,
thick double-clubs almost as long as broad and with a very narrow con-
striction ; the ends are almost hemispherical, and are covered with densely
nigose warts.

' The Urge spindles described from the type specimen of the specioa «re undoubtedly cxlniisic.

90 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

XXIV. Scirpearia aurantiaca (Thomson and Henderson), figs. 66-68.

Scir^ardla cmra')\imca,T\\o\i\&o\\ and Henderson, xx.xix., p. 311, PI. iv.,

fig. 7, PI. v., fig. 15.
Sdrpearella sp., Thomson and Henderson, xxxix., p. 312.

Scirpearella divisa, Thomson and Henderson, xxxix., p. 312, PI. vi.,

fig. 8.
Sdrpearella aurantiaca, Thomson and Eussell, xliii., p. 163, PI. viii.,

figs. 4, 6, and 9.

This species was established by Thomson and Henderson for several
portions of colonies from Ceylon.

The colony is slightly branched. The axis is cylindrical in shape, very
calcareous, and marked by two or three slight winding grooves in the lower
portions. The general colour of the branches is yellowish-white

The verrucae occur on all sides of the branches. They are conical in
shape, truncated at the tip, 2 mm. in maximum height, and I'o mm. in basal
diameter. In colour they resemble the stem in the lower part ; but the tip is
oranwe-yellow, thus standing out against the general colour of the branches.
The edges of the oral end curve inwards, and all stages, from an opening with
an eight-lobed margin to a simple pore-like opening, and finally to a com-
pletely closed tip, may be seen. The polypS are all completely withdrawn
mto the coenenchyma.

The coenenchyma is granular in texture and only of medium thickness.
It is practically composed of spindles and double-clubs.

The spicules are small in size, and measure, length by breadth, in milli-
metres : —

(1) Spindles : 006 X 003 ; 008 x 0-02 ; 0-085 x 0-03.

(2) Double-clubs: 0-055 X 003; 0-07 x 0-0-4; 0-06 x 0-04.
Locality. — Deep water outside pearl-banks. Gulf of Manaar.
ScirpeareUa sp., Thomson and Henderson.

We would also refer the specimen described in op. cit., p. 312, to this
species. It consisted of a damaged colony, broken in four pieces, attaining
a toual length of 48 cm. The base is present, but the tip of the colony has
been lost. The main stem, after a distance of 4 cm., gives rise to a branch
which has been broken off at its point of origin ; a second branch arises after
another 12 cm.; it is 11 cm. in length. The diameter of the main stem is
2*5 mm. ; about the middle of the colony it is 1-5 mm.

The coenenchyma is finely granular, and is about 0*5 mm. in thickness
throughout the entire length.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgoncllidae. 91

The general colour of the colony is brick-red ; but the anthoeodiae are
white.

The base of the colony and the main stem for a short distance are devoid
of verrucae, but in the polyp-bearing region they appear to occur all round
the stem in rows, and so simulate a spiral ai'raugement. Closer examination,
however, reveals two distinct longitudinal sinuous bare tracts. There are
about four irregular rows in eacli of the polyp-ljearing regions in the older
parts ; but in the branch, which is present, there are only two rows ; while
near the tip there is only one. The verrucae are small and comparatively
distant. In the older part of the stem they are cylindrical, stand perpendi-
cularly, and are about 1 mm. in height and 0-5 mm. in diameter ; but in the
branch they are more retracted, and almost dome-like. When partially
retracted tlie apex is flattened, and has a distinct eight-rayed structure.

The canal system is typical ; the two main canals are not much larger
than the others, but are quite distinct. The axis is cylindrical, and is
composed of concentric laminae ; it is densely calcareous, hard yet flexible.
The surface is deeply grooved, especially in the lower part. Tliis is due to
the large size of the canals of the inner longitudinal series.

Locality. — Ceylon Sea.

Scirpearella divim.—^Ve have examined the spicules of this species, and
can find no reason for separating it from S. auranttaca. The type-specimen
consisted of a fragment of a reddish-orange colony with four branches, 7 cm.
in height and about 2 mm. in diameter. The \errucae are \'ery low and
gently rounded; towards the end of the higliest branch, where they are
closely crowded and very distinct, the arrangement appears to Ijo in foui-
rows with a suggestion of a spiral ; in the older parts the verrucae are very
inconspicuous, not close together, and somewhat irregularly disposed.

The coenenchyma is finely granular, almost smooth to the naked eye.
The axis is very calcareous, light yellow in colour, with ten shallow grooves
on the part examined. It is about 14 mm. in diameter out of a total branch
diameter of 2 mm.

The spicules of this species are very characteristic. They consist of :—

(«) Double-clubs with hemispherical heads in which the warts are arranged
concentrically ; the constriction is very short : 0-068-t x 0049 ;
0065 X 0038 ; 0053 x 0-03.

(b) Double-clubs, slender with elongated ends, tending to double-spindles :

0-084 X 0019 ; 0076 X 0029 ; 0076 x 0 023.

92 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

In addition to these there are often forms which are intermediate between
types (a) and (i) ; but these cannot be regarded as constituting a distinct
tjTpe.

As we have already pointed out, the branching, as shown in this specimen,
is not of a character of sufficient value for speciiic determination. We would
therefore suggest merging it into the older species S. aurantiaca.

Locality. — Ceylon Sea-.

In the Littoral Collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, there is a very
long, simple, fiagelliform colony which has unfortunately been broken into
five pieces. The attachment is broken off, but very near the base, as is
evident from the absence of verrucae at the present basal portion. The total
length of the colony is over 112 cm. The diameter near the base (without
verrucae) is 3 mm. ; about midway it is 2 mm., while near the tip it is 1 mm. ;
so that the tapering is very slight.

The coenenchyma is very smooth,' and is about O'o mm. in thickness
throughout the entire length of the colony.

The general colour is brick-red ; but the anthocodiae are white. Near the
base of the colony there are no verrucae ; but after a short distance they
appear as if distributed all over the coenenchyma, and so simulate a spiral
arrangement; a distinct trace of two bare longitudinal spaces is, however,
clearly discernible ; these tend to disappear towards the tip of the colony,
owing to its extreme slenderness and the interlocking of the verrucae.
There are five rows near the base in each polyp-bearing tract ; but these
gradually diminish to two near the tip. The verrucae are small and
relatively distant. Near tlie base they have the form of short cylinders
(fig. 66) ; but are often flattened, owing to the collapse of the thin walls ;
they are about 1*25 mm. in height, and 075 mm. in diameter, and stand
almost perpendicularly. Towards tlie tip, however, they are smaller, more
retracted, and appear as small domes directed slightly upwards (fig. 67).

The two main canals, corresponding to the two bare tracts, are clearly
visible in a cross-section. The other canals of the inner series are relatively
large.

The axis is cylindrical, densely calcareous, and very brittle. It tapers in
a more marked degree than the colony itself. The colour of the lower part
is brown, but the core is white. There are deep longitudinal depressions on
the surface. The laminae are very thick, and may be seen with tlie naked
eye, in spite of the small diameter of the axis.

The spicules (fig. 68) are quite typical of the species.

Locality. — Laccadives, 30-50 fms.

Simpson — A Revision of the GorcfoneUidae. 9.'i

XXV.— Scirpearia farcata. Figs. 69-91.

Scirpearia furcata Hiclcson, xv., p. 822; figs. 8 and 9.

Scirpmria furcata var. (?) Hickson xv., p. 822.

Scirpeardlu indica Hickson, xv., p. 822 ; fig. 10.

Scirpearia sp. (?) Thomson and Henderson, xxxix., p. 313, I'l. IV.

fig. 1 ; I'l. v., fig. 10.
Scirpearellti sp. B. Thomson and Henderson, xxxix., p. 312.

Ju7iceUa elowjttta (Val.) Hickson, x., p. 821.

Sdrpearella aurantiuca Th. & Eussell, p. 103.

Perhaps no species in the whole family shows so great variability or has
given so much trouble as the one now under consideration. Hickson formed
two new species on fragments from the Maldives, and referred one to
Scirpearia, the other to Scirpearella. At the same time he liesitatingly
referred some fragments to the species Juncella e/ongata. Thomson and
Henderson, in the Ceylon Alcyonaria Iteport, refrained from naming some
frat'ments which did not seem to agree with any of the formerly described
species. They referred one to the genus Scirpearia as /Sar^earia sp. (?), the
other to Scirpearella as Scirpearella sp. b.. and in so doing give the following
note : —

" Our impression is that the elongated forms of Scirpearella, .Juncella, and
the like, so monotonous in general appearance, so perplexingly different when
one gets beneath the surface, are subject to great variability."

Before proceeding to ditterentiate the reasons upon which I have mergeil
all these species under the earliest name it might be well to give a short
description of the different specimens Professor Hickson has very kindly
sent me small ]K)rtions of his Scirpmrclln indica and Juncclhi clongata, as
well as the type specimen of Scirpearia furcata figured in liis report.
Professor Thomson has also placed pieces of the Ceylon specimens at my
disposal. This has been of immense service to me, as only by means of a
critical examination of these and otiier .specimens to be described later, could
a thorough specific determination be arrived at.

Scirpearia sp. (?) Thomson and Henderson.

A beautiful colony, 41 cm. in length. Tlie base has been liroken oil', but
probably not far from the present base. The main stem, after a distance of
4 cm., bifurcates, and gives origin to two long, whip-like branches; these are
almost equaljn length. The diameter of the main stem is 2-.5 mm., that of
the branches at their origin 2 mm., and near the tip 1-5 mm. There is thus
only a very gradual tapering.

94 Proceedinijs of the Roi/al Irish Academtj.

The coeneiichyma has a very arenaceous surface, aud is moderately Ihiu.

The general colour of the colony is reddish orange ; but the verrucae are
distinctly red.

The polyps are disposed in two longitudinal series, each consisting of two
or three transverse rows, and separated by two distinct bare tracts (fig. 69j.
There is no flattening of the branches, nor is there any sign of a longitudinal
depression. The verrucae are low and slightly dome-like.

The axis is slender, tapering only slightly, and is deeply grooved. It is
composed of concentric laminae, and is densely calcareous ; the diameter at
the base is 1"5 mm., but it is hair-like at the tip.

Localities. — Ceylon Seas.

Scirpearitt furcafa Hickson.

This species was established for two fragments from the Maldives. The
larger was 90 mm. long. Both exhibited an orange-red-coloured coenenchyma,
with dark red dome-shaped verrucae, closely crowded, but separated into two
groups by broad, spirally directed, bare tracts. The more delicate specimen
had a single branch which was bifurcated at its extremity. (See xv., fig. 8.)

Localities. — S. Nilandu, 25 fathoms; N., Male, 20 fathoms.

tScirpearia furcata var. (?) Hickson.

A specimen 200 mm. long, slightly branched, and differing from the type.
It is more delicate in build, has less prominent verrucae, and the colour-
is not so much a pure red, but is tinged with orange.

Locality. — N. Nilandu (Maldives;, 24 fathoms.

Superficially, these different specimens are hardly distinguishable. The
forked specimen of S.f areata aud the type specimen of S. sp (('j are identical
in colour and in the distribution and nature of the verrucae ; but the
branches in the former are short ; while in the latter they are long and
whip-like. The other specimens of ;S'. furcata and the type specimen of
iS. furcata far. (?) seem, however, to form intermediate links. Let us now
consider the specimens referred to Scirpearella.

Scirpearella indica Hickson.

This species was established by Hickson for several specimens from the
^Maldives with the following characteristics : —

All are uubranehed. The diameter of the specimens varies very little,
and is in all about 3 '5 to 4 mm.; the apex is blunt. The verrucae vary
considerably. In one specimen they are pointed and about 1 mm. in height ;
at the base of the other, they are broader and less prominent. In places
they have an appearance like " a shallow ledge that reminds one of the
edible nests of the swallow (Collocalia)," similar to that described by
Wright and Studer for S. profunda. The verrucae are arranged in six or
seven slightly spiral rows.

Simpson — A Revision of the Oorgonellidae. 96

The colour varies in the different specimens. In one the coenencliyma
is white, but the tips of the verrucae are re(h In another tlie vernicae are
white tliroughout ; hut tliere are streaks of pink along the coenenchynia
running irregularly and uniting at the base to give the coenenchynia a general
pale red colour. Other specimens are entii'ely white.

Locality. — S. Nilandu (Maldives), west passage of Atoll, :10 fathoms.

ScirpmrcUa sp. B. Thomson and Henderson.

A somewhat damaged colony, which has unfortunately been broken in
five pieces. The base is complete, but a short piece at the tip has been lost.
'J'he total height is 28 cm.; the diameter near the base is 3'5 nun. ; but
near the present tip it is 1'5 mm. At a distance of 20 cm. from the base
there is a distinct angular bend ; it is diiRcult to say whether this is the
origin of a branch or a growth consequent on fracture.

The coenenchynia is e.xtremely tfiin and finely arenaceous. The general
colour is pale-pink or salmon-pink ; but the verrucae are white, and streaks
of the same colour permeate the coenenchynia.

The polyps are apparently distributed all over the colony; l>ut close
examination reveals two indistinct, sinuous longitudinal bare tracts. The
verrucae are low domes, and scarcely project beyond the coenenchynia (fig. 70).

Owing to the extreme thinness of the coonenchyma, the canal system is
very ill-defined.

The axis is very calcareous, hard, and, in the younger parts, brittle.
It is composed of very thick concentric lainiiiac : the surface is faintly and
irregularly marked by grooves.

Locality. — Ceylon Seas.

As was the case with the two species already discussed, the two now
described are identical on superficial e.\aininatioii. Let us now proceed to
investigate in what respects tiie two groups dilfer.

/«)•(•«<« -group. indim-gTow^.

Tlic verrucae are separated into The verrucae are separated intn

two longitudinal series by two very two longitudinal series by indistinct

distinct bare tracts. bare tracts which m.ay even disapjiear

near the base.

There are two or three longitudinal pije verrucae appear as if distri-

rows in each .series. buted in five to seven slightly spiral

rows.

like.

The verrucae are low and dome- ^,^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^, ^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^,^j

pointed, (2) projecting lodges, (3) low
and dome-like, (4), almost level with
the coenenchynia.

96 Proceedings of the Poyal Irish Academy.

Thus we see that, although superficially they may present very different
appearances, when we investigate the various characters nothing of specific
moment can be found to obtain. The question of " five to seven slightly spiral
rows " resolves itself into two series of two to four rows in which the bare
tracts are hardly distinguishable.

JuncelM elongate! (Val.) Hickson, xv., p. 821,

Hiekson referred some fragments to this species, but expressed doubt as
to the identification. He gave the following notes : — One specimen (in three
pieces) was 315 mm. in length. The total diameter was 3-5 mm., and the
axis 2 mm. in the middle region. Xearer the base the coenenchyma is
relatively thin or very thin, and nearer the apex much thicker. The colour
of the coenenchyma is pale pink and the verrucae are throughout shallow
domes, white hi colour. The verrucae are separated by distinct bare tracts
into two longitudinal series. In the portion I examined there were six to
seven rows in each series. Other specimens were pale red and orange-red in
colour. In the latter, which was 230 mm. in length, the verrucae were
scattered and prominent towards the distal end, but there is an almost smooth
coenenchyma near the base (fig. 71).

The spicules are double-clubs, warted spindles, and a few more elongated
spindles, with fewer tubercles arranged in regular rows. The warted spindles
and double-clubs vary in length from 0'08 to 0'08.5 mm. Some of the pointed
spindles are 0"1 mm. in length. There is evidently a good deal of variation
in the shape of the spindles (fig. 72),

The colour, the prominence of the verrucae, and the definiteness of
pronounced tracts free from verrucae, are also characters in which the species
shows much variation.

Locality. — S. Nilandu, 2.5 to 30 fathoms (Maldives) Hulule, Male Atoll,
25 to 30 fathoms (Maldives).

JYote. — In one specimen Hickson says clubs similar to those in J.
juncea occur ; but this probably belonged to that species.

In the Littoral Alcyonaria Collection of the Indian Museum there is a
portion, 35 cm. in length, of what has evidently been a long flagelliform
colony ; both the basal and terminal parts are wanting.

The coenenchyma is granular and moderately thick. The diameter is
almost constant throughout the part under examination ; it is about 4 mm.,
while that of the axis is 2 mm. The general colour of the colony is orange-
red, but the anthocodiae are white.

The polyps are disposed in two longitudinal series separated by two narrow

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 97

bare strips which become more indistinct, but still visible, towards the tip
(fig. 73). These are spirally twisted ; but this is, no doubt, due to a general
torsion of the colony. In each series the polyps appear in rows diverging
from the bare tracts ; this gi\'es a very marked spiral arrangement, but this
is also due to torsion. Transversely four or five is a common number in each
series. The verrucae are sub-cylindrical and closely adpressed to the stem;
the outer insertion is lower than the inner. They arc about 1-5 mm. in
height and 0-75 mm. in diameter at the base. When retracted they are sub-
conical, and have eigl),t converging lips (fig. 74).

The canal system is very definite and typical ; the two main longitudinal
canals are extremely large.

The axis is yellow in colour, and markedly calcareous; the surface is
apparently smooth ; it tapers only slightly in the portion preserved.

Locality. — Off Table Island, Cocos Group, Andamans, 15-35 fathoms.

When we take into consideration the fact that the great majority of
these forms are fragmentary, and also the slight basis on which the genera
Juncella, Scirpearia, and Scirpearella were formerly dillerentiated, there is
small cause for wonder that the various specimens were referred to one or
other of these genera on account of differences which we hope to show are
not specific, but only different manifestations assumed by extremely plastic
organisms.

We have made a very exhaustive study of the spicules in all the forms of
which descriptions have been given ; and although these show certain deviations,
nevertheless they may be grouped into a number of more or less definite
types.

Fig. 75 gives a very good representation of the difterent tyjies and
deviations therefrom in the case of the spicules in the Indian Museum
specimen. Fig. 72 of the spicules of Hickson's Juncc/la clongata has also
been added, and a comparison of these two groups should at once indicate the
affinities of the.se two apparently different forms. A similar comparison
might be made with regard to the others with a like result.

If, then, the character of spiculation can be regarded as specific, we should
be compelled to unite all these extremely divergent forms into one very
variable .species. This procedure may, at first sight, seem rather drastic, as,
it may be argued, the dillerent variations occurred not in each specimen but
in different specimens.

They distinctly show a range of variation which cannot be easily com-
prehended within an individual colony.

We are, however, fortunately in the possession of a large colony wliieli
has the same characteristic spiculation, and which does actually show a range

98 Proceedings of the Rojjal Irish Academij.

of variation as great as, if not greater than, that recorded for the individual
portions hitherto described.

We therefore propose to give a faii-ly exhaustive account of this colony,
and regard it as the type of the species in its emended form.

A beautiful colony of an orange-red colour 52 cm. in height and about
16 cm. in breadth. It is largely branched, approximately in one plane, and
in a manner similar to that in Juncella gemmacea. It is complete to the very
base ; but some of the branches have been broken off. These are nearly all
preserved, however ; and it is possible to piece them together so as to get an
idea of the nature of the colony as a whole when living (fig. 76).

The main stem has a diameter of 4'5 mm. at the base and 3'.5 mm. at a
height of 100 mm. where it has been broken off.

Tiie first branch arises at a distance of 18 mm. from the base ; it is 3 mm.
in diameter at its point of origin, and tapers gradually to a point ; it is
14.5 mm. in length. The second arises after another 33 mm., and attains a
length of 445 mm. ; it is 4 mm. in diameter at its origin, and gives rise to a
secondary branch 375 mm. long after a distance of 82 mm. ; the diameter of
the latter is 3 mm. at its point of origin. A third primary branch comes off
at a distance of 95 mm. from the base, and is 3 mm. iu diameter near its
origin ; it is 430 mm. in length, and tapers gradually to a conical point.

The coenenchyma is thin and finely granular; it is of a pale yellow
colour, but the verrucae are red. Near the base long streaks of red extend
longitudinally from the verrucae and interlock, giving a peculiar tessellated
pattern (cf. the type specimen of Scirpearella sp. B.). This feature may be
seen in other parts of the colony.

The polyps are disposed on the branches iu two longitudinal series,
separated by two distinct bare tracts, which may be more irregular or even
altogether absent.

Near the base the verrucae are only slightly elevated, and in many cases
hardly project beyond the coenenchyma (fig. 77).

Near the origin of the second primary branch there are 3-5 longitudinal
rows in each series ; the verrucae are low and dome-like, or in some cases
like bluntly truncate cones, having an eight-rayed structure at the summit
(fig. 78).

About midway on the third primary branch there are 4-5 longitudinal
rows in each series ; tlie verrucae are sub-cylindrical and closely adpressed
to the stem (fig. 79).

Towards the tips of the branches the number of rows of polyps in each
series diminishes to two and eventually to one ; the verrucae are sub-cylin-
drical or in some cases dome-like (fig. 80).

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 99

Thus we see that this specimen exhibits all the variation phases which
are represented in the various specimens previously discussed.

The canal system is typical ; the two large main canals corresponding
to the two bare tracts are very pronounced.

The axis is cylindrical, calcareous, and made up of concentric laminae.
It tapers gradually from the base upwards, and is fairly flexible. The
coenenchyma is thus of an almost uniform thickness thi-oughout. The
surface of the axis is marked by longitudinal striae, the number of which
varies in the different parts of the colony. The following are the chief
types of spicules (fig. 81), with their measurements, length by breadth, in
mm : —

{a) Small double-clubs with a narrow constriction, and with openly
warted ends: 007U X 0-038; 0-068 X 0046; 0-068 x 0-034.

(b) Smaller double-clubs with comparatively few warts on the ends :

0-OGo X 0-034; 0-061 x 003; 0-057 X 0-038.

warts: 0046 X 0-023 ; 0-042 x 0-019; 0-038 x 0015.
{d) Elongated double-clubs with openly warted ends: O-QS x 0-023;

0-068 X 0-031.
(c) Elongated double-clubs with closely warted ends : 0-072 x 0-03 ;

0-068 X 0-027 ; 0-065 x 0-023.
(/) Narrower double-clubs, simulating spindles: 0*076 x 0019; 0072

X 0-023 ; 0-065 x 0-019.
Locality. — Providence Island, 29 fathoms.

In the Cape Collection there is a large numliei of (•Dlcniics which are
extremely diverse in external appearance, but all of whicii have essentially
the same spiculation. It is absolutely impossible to differentiate these
from »S'. furcata, so that I have decided to include them in this species and
give a few notes on each specimen, with special reference to the variations.

In addition to the more mature colonies, there are a few undoublt-dly
young forms, the largest of which is only 50 cm., and the smallest 8-5 cm.
in length. All are of a creamy-white colour, and form a striking anncctcnt
series, showing the various " types " of verrucac which are undoubtedly only
different stages in retraction (fig. 82).

Locality. — Hood I'omt, N., 5J miles, 42 fathoms. IJotlom : sand and
shells.

We shall commence with those forms in which the \orrucae are very
small, and gradually pass to those in which tiiey are more expanded, and
show that a series exists connecting the most extreme types.

O 2

100 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

A beautiful, simple colony of a pale orange colour. It is 17 cm. in
length. The base is broken off and the tip is dome-like.

The coenenchyma is moderately thick, and is finely granular. The polyps
are distributed over the whole of the coenenchyma ; in some parts they
appear as if in spirals, but they are in reality in longitudinal rows, the
members of which irregularly alternate. Four of these rows may be seen
from one aspect. The verrucae are extremely small, and ai-e sunk into pits
in the coenenchyma, so as to be almost level with it (fig. 83). The members
of one longitudinal series are separated by distances about three to four
times the length of the verrucae. The verrucae themselves are somewhat
cylindrical, and have a distinctly eight-rayed summit. There is not the
slightest trace of a bare tract.

The canal system is, however, typical. The two large main canals are
quite prominent in a cross-section. This reminds one of the type of Jimcella
juTicea with non-projecting verrucae.

The axis is lamellar, densely calcareous, and very hard ; the surface is
indefinitely marked by longitudinal atriations.

Locality. — Off and east of Cape Morgan, 36 fathoms. Bottom : stones.

A long, simple, flagelliform colony, 50 cm. in length. The diameter near
the base is 5 mm. ; near the tip it is 4 mm. The coenenchyma is thick,
being slightly over 1 mm. throughout. The general colour of the colony is
a dull orange-red.

The polyps are distributed in two longitudinal series separated by two
narrow bare tracts ; there are four to seven alternating rows in each series.
The verrucae are small and are closely adpressed to the coenenchyma,
being sunk in pits so as to be almost level with it. They are very much
retracted, however, and there is every reason to believe that when expanded
they would be more than double their present length (fig. 84).

The members of one row irregularly alternate with those of the
adjacent row.

The canal system is well developed, and is clearly seen in the thick
coenenchyma ; the two main canals are very large.

The axis is flexible, but very hard and densely calcareous ; it is about
2"5 mm. in diameter near the base. The surface is marked by distinct
longitudinal striae.

Loculity. — Umhlangakulu River mouth, N.-W. by N., 7^ miles ; 50 fathoms.
Bottom : sand, shell, and sponge fragments.

An almost complete colony, 24 cm. in length, of which only the base
is wanting. This specimen is extremely interesting, as it shows to what
extent the polyps may be extruded in this species.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 101

The diameter of the stem is 4 mm. near the base, but diminishes gratlually
to 3 mm. near the tip. The coenenchyraa is thick ; the general colour of the
colony is pale yellow ; but the tips of the verrucae and tlie anthocodiae are
white.

The present specimen agrees in detail with llie last, except in the nature
of the verrucae (cf. figs. 84 and 85).

Locality. — Off and oast of Cape Morgan, .36 fms. Bottom : stones.

A beautiful, complete, simple colony, 22-5 cm. in length ; the
coenenchyma is moderately thick and densely granular ; the general
colour is a bright orange-yellow ; but the tips of the verrucae and the
anthocodiae are wliite, and there are also white streaks throughout the
coenenchyma.

The polyps are distributed in two lateral, longitudinal series ; the bare
median tracts are faiily well delined. The number of rows in each series
varies from two to four. The verrucae are sub-cylindrical, directed
upwards, and adpressed to the stem (fig. 86). Ttie member.s of two adjacent
rows alternate with one another so that the tip of one verruca is on a level
with Llie base of the next liigiier in tlie adjacent row. The verrucae are
about l-2o mm. in height and 075 mm. in diameter. Near the base they
are much smaller, more distant, and a few are even sunk into pits in the
coenenchyma. The anthocodiae are white ; the tentacles are short, but have
a dense aboral armature.

The canal system is typical and well developed ; tlie two main canals are
easily seen when a piece of the coenenchyma is detaciied.

The axis is slender, flexible, but very calcareous ; tlie surface is marked
by longitudinal striae.

Luadity.—\] mhloii Kivcr moutli, N. by W. half W., >i\ miles, 4.5 fms.
Bottom : sand, shells, and hard ground.

A small, complete colony, 15"5 cm. in height ; is almost identical with the
last specimen.

The following dillerences may be noted : —

(1) The colour is almost brick-red.

(2) The verrucae are slightly smaller and are more adpressed to the

coenenchyma. (iJnlh these differences are probably due to greater
retraction and to the fact that the colony iUself is smaller.)
Locality. — Umhloti lliver mouth, N. by W. half \V., Sj miles, 40 fms.
Bottom: sand, shells, and hard ground.

In the Littoral Collection of tlie Indian Museum tiiere are four filiform
colonies which have the characteristic spiculalion of H. furailn, U) which
species we have therefore assigned them. They differ considerably in

102 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Acddemy.

external appearance, so that the following notes and figures (figs. 88 and 90)
give some idea of the fertility of variation. Let us commence with those in
which the verrucae are most contracted.

A long, simple filiform colony, 82 cm. in length, and having a maximum
diameter of 2-5 mm. The coenenehyma is finely granular, and only 0'25 mm.
in thickness near the base. The colour of the colony is a pale orange-yellow ;
but the tips of the polyps are reddish.

The verrucae are small and wart-like ; when retracted they are sunk into
the coenenehyma, and show an octoradiate structure (figs. 88rt and 886). The
polyps are disposed in two longitudinal series, with two or three transverse,
irregular rows in each series. No polyps occur on the lower basal part of the
colony. The polyp-bearing areas are separated by two bare tracts, in one of
which there is a distinct furrow, caused by the collapse of one of the main
canals ; the position of the other main canal is clearly visible owing to the
extreme thinness of coenenehyma.

The verrucae are about 1 mm. in diameter.

The canal system is well marked and is quite typical of the group. The
canals themselves are all very large.

The axis is cylindrical, dark brown at the base, where it is about 1 5 mm.
in diameter ; and pale yellow in the upper portion, where it is hair-like in
fineness. The surface is marked by indistinct longitudinal furrows and
ridges. Fig. 89 shows the chief types of spicules.

LocoJity. — Off Malabar Coast, 36 fms.

A small, complete, simple colony, 27 em. in length, from the Andamans,
also occurs in the Indian Museum Littoral Collection. It is of a creamy-
white colour, and is almost imiform in thickness throughout ; it agrees in
detail with the last specimen from the Malabar Coast, except that each
transverse row has only one polyp or occasionally two polyps. The axis is of
a straw colour throughout.

The spicules are identical with those described for the other specimens.

Locality. — Andamans.

Two slender colonies, of a creamy-white colour, with projecting wart-like
verrucae. The smaller colony is complete, and is 39 cm. in length ; it is
2"25 mm. in diameter near the base (without verrucae), and about the middle
of the colony ; the basal portion which is present is 47 cm. in length. The
diameter at the base is 2-75 mm., while at the broken end it is 4 mm.

The coenenehyma is granular, and moderately thin ; it is creamy-white in
colour.

Polyps do not occur for a considerable distance from the base ; thereafter
tjhey are separated into two longitudinal series by two sinuous depressions

Simpson — ,1 Revision of the Gorqonellidae.

103

(fig. 90&) ; the two serit-s approach so closely togetiier as to appear as if
merged into one, covering the whole of the coenenchyina, especially towards
the middle of the colony. The verrucae are low, broad, and mound-like;
they are sometimes 2'5 mm. in diameter at tlie base. Towards tiie base
(fig. 90rt) they are almost level with the coenenchyma ; while near the tip
they are often sunk into depressions in tlic coenenchyma (fig. 90f). The
oj^ening is circular, sometimes elongated, and has eight li]is amuiid it, giving
a very definite pattern.

The canal system is typical ; the two main canals are large. The axis is
brown at the base, but yellow in tlie younger part ; it is composed of
concentric laminae, and is markedly calcareous. Tliere are definite
longitudinal striae, especially in the older part. Fig. 91 shows the
predominant spicular types.

Locality. — Ofi' Malabar Coast, 36 fms.

Amongst the Alcyonaria collected by the writer in Ihe Mergui .Arclu-
pelago, Burma, there are six specimens which undoubtedly belong to tiiis
species. Five of these are long and llagdlifcirm, and represent a series in
development ; they are very slender, and taper only slightly from base to
apex. The following measurements will serve to illustrate tlie most salient
features : —

Total

Diameter of

Diameter

Specimen.

length of

colony

of colony

of axis

Colour.

colony.

at biise.

midway.

nt base.

27 cm.

l*7o mm.

]•.') mm.

1 mm.

Crcamy-wbito,
bnt yellowish
towardh t>a«e.

II.

42 cm.

.3 mm.

2'<J mm.

1-25 mm.

Ciennty-wbilo

III.

61 cm.

3*75 mm.

3 mm.

2 mm.

I'lilo crenmy-
white.

TV.

86 cm.

2'75 nim.

2-7S mm.

2 mm.

Crcamy-vihito.

1 17 cm.

4-5 mm.

3-25 mm.

3 mm.

Dull white.

The coenenchyma is very thin, as may be seen from the above measure-
ments ; it is finely granular and very compact.

The mode of distiibitlion of the polyps is very pronoiniced. Two of the
specimens, (namely, 1. and IV.) bear the di.sk of altncliment, so tliat in these
the arrangement may be studied fiom the base. The lower portion, for a
considerable distance, is devoid of polyps ; in the polyp-ltcaring region of tlie
colony the verrucae are distinctly separated into two series by two longitu-
dinal bare spaces, whose position is sometimea indicated by depressions.

104 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

This is especially marked towards the tip ; but the depressions are
continued very visibly along the non-polyp-bearing basal portion of the
coenenchyma.

The number of verrucae in a transverse row in each of tlie two series
varies according to the position in the colony. Towards the middle of the
colony as many as six may occur ; b>it this niimber decreases both towards
the base and the apex, in each of which two or even one is the common
number. Young forms occur scattered throughout the other veirucae, and
the distribution is then very difficult to determine.

The verrucae are very minute and wart-like ; when retracted, they are
slightly sunk into the coenenchyma, and present a distinct eight-rayed
figure which simulates a pseudo-operculum. In some cases they protrude
slightly, and give the surface of the colony a faintly undulating appearance.

The axis is composed of concentric laminae, and is markedly calcareous ;
the surface varies in colour from black, through brow-n to pale yellow,
according to its age. It tapers only very slightly.

The canal system is well developed ; even in these slender specimens
a cross-section, when viewed with a hand-lens, reveals the two longitu-
dinal series. The part of the coenenchyma between these two series is
very small compared with the outer non-canal-lsearing part. The two
main canals are extremely large in proportion to the others ; and to this
is dixe the very obvious longitudinal depressions even in the non-polyp-
bearing part.

Localitij. — Mergui Archipelago, Burma.

Scirpearia furcata var. robusta. Figs. 92-96.

We have examined two characteristic colonies, one from the Indian
Museum Littoral Collection and one from the Mergui Collection. These
exhibit certain differences from the other specimens ot furcata, but for the
present we would consider them as a variety of furcata.

The colony in the Indian Museum Littoral Collection is complete with
its basis of attachment ; it is 20 cm. in height and 3 cm. in breadth, and
consists of a main stem from which a branch of 6'5 cm. in length arises at a
distance of 6 cm. from the base (fig. 92). A second branch arose 1 cm. from
the first ; but this has been broken at the point of origin. The diameter of
the main stem near the base is 4 mm. ; near the tip it is o-o mm. The two
branches seem to arise in planes perpendicular to one another. The stem
and branch are cylindrical.

The coenenchyma proper is finely granular and thin, never attaining a

Simpson — .4 Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 105

thickness of over 1 mm., biit about OS mm. near the base. Near the tip of
the main stem it has been rubbed off.

The general colour of the colony is brick-red.

On superficial examination the polyps appear to be distributed over the
whole of the coenenehyma : but a minute inspection reveals a disposition
in two longitudinal series sepai-ated by a sinuous line in the lower portion :
this is more marked in the upper half and in the branch where a distinct
depression is visible. No polyps occur on the basal 1'5 cm.

The verrucae are large and dome-like ; they are about 2 mm. in diameter
and r25 mm. in height. There is a trace of an eight-rayed structure at the
■summit (fig. 9.3). They vary very little in the different parts of the colony.

Tlie canal system is t}'pical ; the two large main canals are very
distinct.

The axis is cylindrical, very calcareous, and gives great rigidity to the
colony; it is composed of concentric laminae. The colour varies from brown
in the lower portion to pale yellow near the tip. The diameter near the
base is over 3 mm. ; it does not taper very markedly until it approaches the
tiji. The surface is marked by indistinct longitudinal striae.

Tlie spicules (fig. 94) consist of double-clubs and elongated double-
spindles, which in some cases approached the spindle type.

The following are the chief types, with measurements, length by breadth,
in millimetres : —

(a) Double-clubs with a short constriction and with the warts somewhat

regularly disposed : 0-08 x 0-04 ; 0-073 X 0-046 ; 007 X 0042.
(h) Smaller double-clubs with the warts nearest to the constriction

arranged in a whorl : 0-06 X 0-034; 0-04.5 X 0025.
(c) Elongated double-spindles with irregular di.sposed warts: 01 X 0-035;

0-095 X 0-03; 0-09 x 003; 008 x 0-025.
{d) Spindles (like type (c), but with no constriction): 0-09 X 0-025;

0-08 X 0-02.

Types (c) and {d) are more abundant in the verrucae. Very characteristic
is the occurrence of a large number of conically shaped elongated double-
clubs and spindles.

Locality. — Andamans.

Another very characteristic, complete, simple colony, 17 cm. in length,
occurs in the Mergui Collection. Externally it recalls the projecting-
verrucae type of Jvncdln jv.ncm ; but the nature of the spiculation prechulcs
this possibility. The disk of attachment is present. The diameter at the
base, without verrucae, is 2 mm.; it increases in thickness very markedly.

106 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

so that near the middle of the colony it is 5-5 mm. 'nicluding verrucae) ;
from this position to the tip it decreases, so that midway it is only 3 5 mm.,
while the apex itself is distinctly pointed (fig. 95).

The coenenchyma is finely granular, and, except near the base and
towards the tip, it is very thick. About the middle of the colony, where
the diameter of the axis is O'To mm., the coenenchyma is 2 mm. in
thickness.

The colour of the colony is creamy-white.

The verrucae are dome-like; but the oral opening is directed slightly
upwards ; they are about 1 mm. in height and 1 mm. in diameter at the
base. The colour is markedly flattened throughout its entire length ; on
each of the two flattened surfaces there is a very deep groove ; these
separate the polyps into two longitudinal series. In each series there is
a varying number of polj^s ; near the base there are four transverse rows ;
towards the middle of the colony there are five ; while from this point
the number diminishes, so that near the apex there is a single row in
each series. Young forms occur amongst these, however, and break the
fundamental symmetry.

The canal system is well marked ; the two main canals corresponding
to the two longitudinal grooves are very large ; in this and other respects
it is characteristic of the group.

The axis is very slender ; at the base it is only slightly over 1 mui. in
diameter ; from this it tapers gradually to an almost hair-like fineness at
the tip. It is black in colour near the base, but passes through pale
brown to yellow near the apex.

The spicules (fig. 96) are almost identical with those in the previous
specimen, both in types and measurements.

Locality. — Mergui Archipelago, Burma.

XXVI. Scirpearia andamanensis n. sp. Figs. 97-101.

This new species is established for a very distinctive specimen in the
Littoral Collection in the Indian Museum.

The colony is 17 cm. in height and 9 cm. in maximum breadth ; it is laxly
branched in one plane. The branches arise in an irregular and sub-
alternate manner, and are considerably elongated. The basis of attachment is
broken off at what is e\idently a short distance from the actual base. (The
colony is shown complete in fig. 97.)

The stem and branches are cylindrical, and taper very slightly. The
coenenchyma is about 1 mm. in thickness ; and this is almost constant

Simpson — A Revmon of the Gorgonellidae. 107

throughout the colony, being slightly thinner in the older portions. Tlie
surface is finely granular.

The general colour of the colony is ochreous-yellow ; but the tip.s of the
verrucae and the anthocodiae are white.

The polyps are distributed in two longitudinal series situated laterally —
that is, on the aspects perpendicular to the plane of ramification. In each
series there are from three to four irregular rows. The two bare spaces are
quite distinct,- and only here and there are median depressions to be seen.

The verrucae vary considerably according to the stage of retraction. When
expanded they are mammilliform, are directed upwards, and adpressed to thi^
coenenchyma. This is well seen near the tips of some of the smaller liranclies
where the coenenchyma is relatively thicker and where tliey are depressed
into the coenenchyma (fig. 98). When partially retracted they are wart-like
or sometimes like short truncated cones standing perpendicular to the
coenenchyma (fig. 99). When still further retracted tliey appear as small
rounded projections or may be even sunk beneath the surface of the
coenenchyma (fig. 100).

In all stages an eight-rayed figure is discernible. Tliey are about 1 mm.
in diameter, and may attain a height of over 1 mm.

Two large main canals corresponding in position to the Ijare tracts are
plainly visilile in a cross-section. The small canals ai'e very numerous
owing to the large number of the polyps in a transverse row.

The axis is cylindrical and calcareous. It is about 3 mm. in diameter at
the base, but gradually tapers to an almost liair-like fineness. It is composed
of concentric laminae. The surface is greenish-brown in colour, Init towards
the centre it is whiter owing to the greater amount of calcareous matter; there
are indistinct longitudinal striae.

The spicules (fig. 101) are pale yellow or colourless; they consist of the
following types, of which the measurements in millimetres are given : —

(a) Large double-clubs, witli almost hemisplierical ends, and a very sliort

median constriction : O'OT X 00:55 ; GOT X 0-0;5 ; OOGo X 0-04 ;

0-06 X 0-04.
ib) Smaller double-clubs with more openly warted lieads and a longer

constriction : 0-045 X 0-03.
(c) Elongated double-clubs with comparatively few irregularly distributed

warts: 0-08 x 0023; 0-08 x 0-02; 0-OG X 0-015.
((/) Spindles (these may be modifications of type (r'; in whidi I be ccm-

striction is not visible) : 0-09 X 0-02.

Locality. — Andamans.

1 08 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

XXYII. Scirpearia ramosa n. sp. Figs. 102-104.

In the Littoral Collecriou of the Indian Museum there occurs a very-
beautiful and characteristic branched colony for which it has been necessary
to establish a new species. The mode of branching, the nature of the
verrucae, and the distinctive character of the spicules, are all features of
great importance. The colony is complete with its basis of attachment ; it is
14 cm. in height and about 9o cm. in maximum breadth, and is branched
irregularly in one plane. The majority of the branches arise at nearly right
angles ; they are long, and may ascend for a considerable distance without
giving rise to finer twigs. They vary very little in diameter throughout
their entire length (fig. 102). They are flattened in the plane of ramification,
so that a cross-section is elliptical. The diameter of the main stem is
2*5 mm., but some of the branches are 3 mm. in their longer and about 2 mm.
in their shorter diameter.

The coeneuchyma has a very granular surface ; it is 1 mm. in thickness
towards the tip of the branch, but considerably less in the older parts where
the axis is thicker.

The colour of the colony in spirit is yellowish-red ; but the verrucae are of
a more decided reddish tint, and streaks of red pass indefinitely from them,
and gradually merge into the general tone of the coenenchyma. When dry
the whole colony is almost ochreous yellow.

The polyps occur on the branches, but not on the main stem ; they are
distributed in two distinct series on the sides, or non-flattened aspects, of the
branches ; but occasionally they encroach on the flattened surfaces. There
are thus two very distinct bare longitudinal zones.

The verrucae have the appearance of very low truncated cones, and are
almost crater-like ; they hardly project beyond the coeneuchyma. This is
due to their great contractility, as is evident from the shrunken appearance.
They are about 0-5 mm. in height and 2 mm. in diameter at the summit.
The oral opening is very large ; it is circular in outline, and the eight
retracted tentacles apparently form a pseudo-operculum (flg. 103).

The canal-system is typical of the group ; the two main canals are very
large, and correspond to the bare tracts. On several of the branches there
is a distinct longitudinal furrow indicating their exact position.

The axis is cylindrical, and is composed of definite concentric laminae ; a
cross-section shows lines radiating from the centre to the circumference. The
outer more horny portion is brown in colour, but the more calcareous central
part is white. The surface is marked by longituiliual ridges and furrows, the
number of which varies according to the portion of the colony examined. Two

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 109

of the furrows, larger and deeper than tlie others, correspond in position to
the two large main canals.

The spicules consist essentially of double-clubs; but these may be
elongated and narrow, and with so short a constriction as to appear like
warty spindles. The warts are large and close-set. The spicules are either pale
yellow or colourless. In the coenenchyma there are only double-clubs, with
warty, hemispherical heads, and a short constriction. The following measure-
ments, in millimetres, are typical : —

0-07 X 0-05 ; 0-07 X O-O-i.").
0-05 X 0-03 ; 0-04 x 002.5.

The spicules of the polyps are, on the whole, longer and narrower than
those of the coenenchyma. They are

(1) Double-clubs, witli warty, slightly elongated heads, and with a slmrt

constriction : O'OO X 0-02; 008 X 0-02; 0-06 X 0-025.

(2) Tiiicker double-clubs, more like those of tlie coenenchyma :

0-08 X 0-035.

(3) Warty spindles (occasionally a constriction is discernible) :

0-07 X 0-02.
Lucality. — Andamans, 20 fms.

Specific Bingnosis.

Colony branched in one plane; most of the branches arise almost
perpendicularly, but soon turn upwards ; they are flattened in the plane of
ramification, vary very little in thickness throughout their entire lengtli, and
terminate bluntly. The polyps are distributed for the most pait on the
non-iiattened aspects of the branches, and stand perpendicularly ; the
verrucae, when retracted, have the form of low, truncated cones, and may
even appear almost level with the coenenchyma. The oral opening is closed
by the inturned tentacles, wliicli tluis form a pseudo-operculum. The
spicules consist essentially of [I) broad double-chibs, with a slmrt
constriction and almost hemispherical ends; (2) elongated, broad double-
clubs, with very ruuiuled ends, and witli the same character as tiie previous
type; and (3) longer and narrower doulde-clubs, which may appro.ximate
double-spindles, and eventually spindles.

XXVllI. Scirpearia ceylonensis n. sp. Figs. 105-107.
Among tlie Alcyonaria collected by I'rofessor lierdman in Ceylon is a
beautiful i)ranched specimen which was not described in the general report.
It has been found necessary to establish anew species to include it.

110 Proceedings of the Rojial Irish Academy.

The total height of the colony is 31 cm. ; it consists of a main stem
30 cm. in height, from which four branches arise, all on one side. The first
arises at a point 4 cm. from the base ; and the others after 2-5, 3, and 10 cm.
consecutively. The lowest branch is broken, and is 13 cm. in length, but
was evidently much longer ; the others are 5-5, 10, and 15 cm. respectively
(fig. 1051.

The main stem after the origin of the first branch and all tlie branches
are markedly flattened in the plane of ramification.

The diameter of the main stem near the base is 2 mm., and its greatest
breadth in the flattened portion 3 mm. The branches vary considerably
in thickness. The colour of the colony is a pale orange-yellow ; but the
verrucae are more reddish. The coenenchyma has a very granular surface ;
it is nearly 1 mm. in thickness in the branches, but thinner in the older
parts, where the axis is proportionately larger.

The polyps occur on the branches and also on the main stem, except on
the portion below the origin of the first branch ; they are distributed in two
longitudinal series on tlie sides of the branches ; the flattened aspect is broad,
and quite devoid of polyps. In each series this is a single row ; but over-
crowding or the interposition of young forms sometimes obliterates the
symmetry (fig. 106).

The verrucae, when retracted, are low, truncated cones, and often show
very distinct wrinkling ; they project very little beyond the coenenchyma.
Many of the anthocodiae are only partially withdrawn ; and the infolded
tentacles appear to form a cone ; on further retraction their bases foi'm a
horizontal pseudo-operculuni, and the verrucae present a very shrunken
appearance. The tentacles are eventually quite covered up by the inturued
sides of the verrucae.

The canal system is typical and well defined ; the two main canals,
corresponding in position to tlie bare tracts, are large ; and a depression is
sometimes visible owing to a collapse of the walls.

The axis is thin, cylindrical, composed of concentric laminae, and markedly
calcareous. It is yellow in colour; and the surface is striated, two grooves
slightly larger than the others being seen in some places.

The spicules (fig. 10*7) consist of the following types, with measurements,
length by breadth, in millimetres.

(«) Double-clubs, with a short constriction and with almost hemispherical
heads, very irregular in outline, covered with few large warts:
0-08 X 0-042; 0-076 x 0-046; 0076 x 042.

(i) Elongated double-clubs, with rounded ends, and openly-warted :
0-08 X 0-038 ; 008 x 0-034.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidm. 1 1 ]

(c) More elongated double-clubs, merging into double-spindles. The warts
on these are sometimes disposed in wliorls : 0084 x 0-027 ;
0082 X 003; 0082 x 0-026.

From these measurements it will be seen that there is very little
difference in the lengths of the various types, but that the breadths diminish
proportionately more than the lengths. Intermediate forms also occur.

Locality. — Off Galle, Ceylon.

XXIX. — Scirpearia maculata. Figs. 108 and 109.

EUisdla. maculata Studer, xxxiv., p. 629, Taf. iv., fig. 27 {a, h, and c).

Elliaella maculata (pars) Wright and Studer, 1., p. 160, PI. xxxiv., fig. 9.

MliseUa calamus Studer, xxxiv., p. 660, Taf. v., fig. 28 (a, b, c, d, and c).

Ellisella calamus Eidley, xxxiii., p. 348.

It is with considerable hesitation that we still recognize this species as
distinct. It has been impossible, however, to examine the type specimen of
the species ; but we have seen a Banda specimen in the Britisli Museum,
of which Professor Bell has sent me a photograph (fig. 108). The other
specimen, from the Torres Straits, described in the " Challenger" Report, has
proved, on examination of the spicules, to be Juncclla gcmmacea.

There can be no doubt, however, that Ellisella calamus is the same as
Ellisella maculata, since in spiculation they are identical, and the macroscopic
characters on which they are separated are only \ariational differences. This
will be evident from the following description. Studer, in describing
E. maculata says : —

The stem is cylindrical, forked, divided into only a few long cylindrical
branches. The colony is 5 em. in height ; the diameter of the stem is 5 mm.,
that of a branch 3 mm. One of the branches is 13 cm. in length.

The stem and branches are co\'ered with verrucae, which hardly project;
these occur laterally, on the thicker branches, in sevei'al rows, leaving a
narrow, shallow median space, which disappears in the twigs. The verrucae
have a circular opening. The spicules are (1) double-clubs, 0-095 mm. in
length ; and (2) a few warty spindles, 0'084 mm. long.

The colour of the coenenehyma is orange-red ; the verrucae are dark red.

Locality. — Mermaid Straits, North-West Australia, 50 fms.

In separating A'. c«te?i«s fromii'. maculata he gives the following diagnosis
of the former : —

Simple, rod-like, cylindrical stem. The length of the largest specimen
is 80 cm. The maximum diameter is 2 mm. The axis is horny and

112 Proceedings of the, Roi/al Irish Academ;/.

calcareous, with alternate horny and limy rings, flexible, yellowish. The
cortex is fairly thick. The verrucae project as pointed cones only in the
upper portion. They occur on the sides of the stem in quincunx, in several
rows, leaving a narrow, shallow, smooth space, which gradually becomes
narrower till it disappears in the terminal portion.

The spicules are like those of maculata, namely, spiny double-clubs and
spindles (0-06).

Locality. — Mermaid Straits, 50 fms.

Eidley (xxxiii., p. 348), in identifying a specimen in the "Alert"
Collection with E. calamus, gives the following notes : —

A specimen 9 inches (225 cm.) long; incomplete. The colour is dark
brick-red. The fusiform spicules were almost twice as long as those of
Studer's specimen. He says nothing of the dimensions of the double-clubs.

Locality.— Vort Denison, Queensland, 4 fms.

The following notes from the " Challenger " specimen in the British
Museum (fig. 108) may be of interest : — The fragment is 50 mm. in length,
and has a diameter varying from 3'5 mm. at the base and 2 mm. near the tip.
The coenenchyma is about 1 mm. in thickness throughout ; the canal system
is typical of the group, and there are two distinct main canals which define
two longitudinal bare spaces, although Wright aud Studer refer to only " a
very narrow median groove."

The polyps are disposed in two longitudinal series ; but a torsion of the
whole colony has resulted in a false spiral appearance. The verrucae are
small and dome-like ; some are adpressed to the stem; while others are almost
retracted within the coenenchyma.

The axis is of the typical Juncellid structure.

"Wright and Studer thus define the spicules, of which the chief types are
shown in fig. 109 : —

" The spicules consist of (1) salmon-coloured spindles, 012 x 0^04 mm.;
0-08 X 0-02 mm. (2) sherry-coloured double-clubs: 0-1 x 0-06 mm.; 0-06 X
0-04 mm. (3) Xeedles; 006 x 0-02 mm.

Locality. — Banda Islands.

Note. — Fig. 110 of the Torres Straits specimen of Juncclla gcmmacea, which
was originally described as Ellisdla maculata, has been added here to
illustrate convergence in the group, and show how futile it is to attempt to
separate Juncellids into genera without an examination of the spicules.

XXX. Scirpearia quadrilineata n. sp. Figs. 111-113.
It has been found necessary to establish this new species to include a very
distinctive specimen in which the most predominant feature is the presence

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidac. 1 1 3

of four main longitudinal canals, and Ihe consequent distribution of llie
verrueae in four longitudinal series.

The colony is complete, simple, and flagelliform ; the basis of attachment
is conical, covered with coenenchyma, and spread over a piece of rock. The
total height of the colony is 35 cm. ; the diameter at the base is 4-5 mm. ;
near the tip it is 2 mm.

A very noticealjle feature in the general appearance of tlie colony is the
fact that it is markedly square in section.

The coenenchyma is thin ; near the base it is 0'75 mm. in thickness ;
but near the tip it approaches 1 mm. Around the periphery of the axis
there is a system of longitudinal canals, of which /o^o- are markedly lai-ger
than the others; these are arranged symmetrically, equidistant from one
another; and thus forming the corners of a square (fig. 111). No outer
system of longitudinal canals was visible ; but the coenenchyma isso thin that
these may be easily overlookiid. It is extremely difficult to cut through the
coenenchyma without damaging it, so that it is quite possible that these are
present.

The polyps are disposed in a very characteristic fashion. They are
grouped in four definite longitudinal series, separated by four bare spaces
which correspond in position to the four main canals (fig. 112). Each
series consists of a single row ; but near the middle of the colony they
are somewhat crowded, and give an appearance of two rows, duo in great
part to displacement.

Near the l)ase and towards the tip they are more openly arranged,
but always in four series.

The verrueae are low and dome-like, and have a maximum height of
0-5 mm. Towards the tip of the colony and near the base they tend to
become almost level with the coenenchyma; while tl»e extreme basal portion
is quite destitute of polyps. When partially closed they show a very distinct
eight-rayed figure. The anthocodiae are very small, and arc all retracted
w^ithin the verrueae.

The axis is made up of concentric laminae ; it is extremely limy and very
hard ; the colour of the outside is brown, but the core is white ; the surface
is marked by faint longitudinal striae. Near the base the diameter is .S mm. ;
but towards the tip it becomes almost hair-like and less limy.

The spicules are quite distinctive. We have figured six types (fig. 113).

(ff) Double-clubs with very densely warted and regular heads; the
constriction is very short; and the warts are symmetrically
arranged : O'OG x O'O.j ; O'OTO x 0040 ; O-OTG x 0-046.

114 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

{b) Smaller double-clubs, with a longer constriction, with more open heads,

and with the warts less symmetrically arranged : 0'06 X O'Oo-i ;

0-05 X -031 ; 0-049 x 0-0:27.
(c) Elongated double-clubs, tending towards double-spindles, with rounded

blunt ends: 0-091 X 0-038 ; 0-0S7 X 0-03-1 ; 0-083 X 0-03-i.
{d) Elongated double-spindles, with pointed ends, and with a definite

constriction: 0-118 x 0-03-4; 0-114 x 0-31; 0-114 x 0-023;

0-103 X 0-023.
(e) Long spindles with a hint of constriction: 0-125 X 023;

0-114 X 0-031.
(/) Shorter spindles also with a hint of constriction: 0-095 x 0019;

0-087 X 0-015; 0-016 x 0-023.

We have little hesitation in defining («;, (&), and (c) as distinct types ;
but it is just possible that (/) might develop into (c) or (d) according as
increase with growth was greater in length or in breadth. So many of each
kind occur, however, that we feel justified in defining them as separate for
the present, at any rate, until more is known with regard to their growth.

The colour of the coenenchyma is a bright orange-red — but the tips of
the verrucae are more reddish.

Zocaliti/. — Laccadives, 30-40 fathoms.

Diagnosis, colony simple ; spicules contain double-clubs and double-
spindles, with transitions to spindles. The coenenchyma is thin, and
contains fotir main longitudinal canals. The verrucae are disposed in four
definite longitudinal series, separated by four bare tracts, which correspond
in position to the four main canals. The colony is markedly square in section.

XXXI. Genus Nicella emend.
(a) Discussion of the Genus.

This genus was established by Gray in 1870 (Cat. Lith. Brit. JIus., p. 40)
in the following terms : —

Coral fan-like, in one plane, branched ; branches forked, rather diverg-
ing. Bark smooth, brown. Polyp cells cylindrical, truncated, diverging
from the stem at nearly right angles , mouth open. Axis calcareous, white
solid.

To this genus he refers a specimen under the name Kicclla mauritiana,
and gives as a synonym his previous Scirpcaria dicliotoma (P.Z.S., 1859, 481-2).

Kidley (xxix., p. 130) identified a specimen from Mauritius under the
name Nicella dichotoma, and made the following observation on the spicules :
"There is a dense cortical layer of small double-heads and a subjacent

Simpson—^ Revision of the Gorgoncllidae. 115

layer of longer densely tuberculate spindles, having a l)are median space
more or less clearly indicated."

"Wright and Studer, with these facts as a basis, give the following
diagnosis : —

"The colony is upright, branched, with a thin coenenchyma and
protruding verrucae, which arise perpendicularly, and appear to be
terminally truncated. The polyps arise from either side of the stem and
branches, leaving a middle space free. The spicules form a cortical layer of
small double-clubs and an internal layer of long densely warted spindles."

The following species have been from time to time referred to this
genus : —

-A^. dichoiovia (Gray).

N. manritiana (Gray).

JV. Inxa Whitelegge.

N. flahdlata (Whitelegge).

N. reticulata Thomson and Simpson.

N. pustulosa Thomson and Simpson.

An examination of the type-specimen of Scirpearella moniliforme Wright
and Studer, in the Collection of the British Museum, has revealed the fact
that this species should be included in the genus Nicella. Thomson and
Henderson also referred Verrucella flaldlata Whitelegge to this genus, so
that the generic diagnosis has been emended to include these forms.

Thomson and Simpson (xli., p. 2G7) referred a specimen in the Littoral
Collection of the Indian Museum to this genus under the name Nicella
pustulosa, with tlie following reservation : —

"It is with some hesitation that we refer this type to the genus Nicella.
It is a matter of no small difficulty to distinguish between Nicella, Gorgonella,
and Verrucella. . . .

" Our specimens approach Nicella in several respects, though agreeing
with none of the described species; and as the positive characters of the other
genera are absent, we feel justified in making a new species to include these
forms."

The present study of this genus has, however, convinced me that the
presence of the abnormally large spindles is a character which cannot be
overlooked; so that, while still acknowledging the specific rank of the
specimens under consideration, I would suggest their withdrawal from the
genus Nicella, but until a revision of the species of Verrucella and Gorgonella
has been made I would not hazard an oj)inion on their generic position. With

1 1 6 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

regard to the spicules of this group, we also made the following observation : —
" Distinctions based on spicules alone are very unsatisfactory in this group
(Gorgonella and Verrucella), because the spieulation varies at different levels ;
and transition forms are so numerous and varied that it is sometimes almost
impossible to distinguish between double-spheres, double-stars, and double-
clubs, each in turn passing gradually to double-spindles. In Verrucella . . .
there are double-stars ; in Gorgonella . . . double-spheres occur."

As I have elsewhere pointed out, I doubt very much the validity of
these two genera, on the present spicular distinction, but await a revision of
the known species for a solution of the difficulty.

(b) Classification of tlie Species with emended Diagnoses.
On this basis four species may be recognized, and are included in this
report. These are : —

iV. dichotoraa Gray.

N. flahellata (Whitelegge).

N. reticulata Thomson and Simpson.

N. monUifwme (Wright and Studer).

The following short specific diagnoses may prove useful : —

Nicella fiMbellata.

The colony is branched in one plane ; the smaller branches tend to arise
from one side of the larger. The coeuenehyma is moderately thin, and often
presents a ridged appearance due to segregations of spicules. The polyps are
disposed in two longitudinal series; in the younger part they occur in a
sinuous row on either side of the branch ; but in the older portions they are
more numerous and may encroach slightly on the median bare spaces. The
venucae vary in shape and size according to the stage of retraction ; when
expanded they are prominent, and show an eight-i"ayed figure at the summit ;
when retracted they appear as low conical warts, and there is no trace of an
octo-radiate structure. The axis is composed of concentric laminae ; and the
surface is marked by longitudinal striae.

The spicules consist of (1) small double-clubs, {2} small double-wheels,
(3) elongated double-clubs, (4) long, massive, bluntly terminating double-
spindles, (5) long, slender simple-spindles. (See fig. 115.)

Nicella reticulata.

Colony branched in one plane, with abundant anastomosis ; ilie branches
and twigs are \ery slender, so that the colony is extremely reticulate and
fiabelliform. The coenenchyma is thin and finely granular. The polyps are

SiMi'SON — A RciHsion of tlie Gor(joneUi(l(ie. 117

disposed mainly in two longitudinal series; but deviations from this type
occur, owing in some cases to overcrowding, in others to the anastomosis.
The verrucae are usually low and dome-like. Tlie spicules consist of (1) small
double-clubs and elongated double-clubs, and ('!) lung duuble-spiudles and
simple-spindles. Tiiese two sets are quite distinct ; but the spindles are not
so disproportionate in length to the double-clubs as in most other species.

Nicdla moniliforme.
Colony simple or feebly branched, slender, filiform, and of almost uniform
diameter throughout ; polyps disposed in two longitudinal series, near the
tip in one row, but in the older parts in two or more indefinite rows in each
series. The spicules are very characteristic. They include small (li,iiil)le-
clubs and elongated slender double-clubs : also spintlles of two kinds
(1) long, slender, ninny spindles, and (2) loiuj, thick, denseli/ warlcd spindles.
The spindles are sometimes more than twice as long as the typical double-
clubs. (See figs. 117 and 118.)

XXXI 1. Nicella dichotoma Gray. Fig. 114.

Scirpearia dichotoma Gray, xi., p. 481.

Nicella mauritiana (Gray), xii., p. 40, fig. 12. non Media mauritiaiM

Studer.
Nicella dichotoma Ridley, xxix., p. 130.

Nicella dichotuma Thomson and llussell, xliii.,p. IGl, I'l. vii., tigs. 1 and 5.
Nicella laxa Whitelegge, xlix., p. 319, Tl. xvii., figs. 30-33.

This species was established by Gray in 1859 under llie name of Scirpcarm
dichotoma. He defined it tlius : — " Coral fan-like, in a single plane, irregularly
dichotomous. Gells cylindrical, elongateil, truncated, in a row on each side
of the branches, sub-alternate." Z(3ca/%. —Mauritius. In 1870 ho formed
another species, Nicella mtmritiana, while he gave as a ^ywitwywx Scirpearia
dichotoma. Since this new species is the same as the older dichotoma, it was
unnecessary to give it a new name, although he referred it to a new genus, so
that the newer name must give way to the older. The description of Nicella
mam-itiana is as follows : —

" Coral fan-like, dichotomously branched ; stem cylindrical, longitudinally
striated; bark thin, pale brown; cells elongate, cylindrical, longer than the
diameter of the stem, ascending, truncated at the tip, placed rather irre-
gularly, sub-alternate (rarely sub-opposite) on each side of the stem an.l
branches; axis pale greyish-brown." ZotW%.— Mauritius.

Eidley in 1882 re-identilied the species, and dcscribeil some specimens

118 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

from Mauritius, giving some positive, additional characters. One of his
specimens was 340 mm. in height, and 240 mm. in maximum diameter. He
says : — " The shape of the verrucae varies considerably according as to
whether they are open or closed ; in the former conditiou they are rectangular
at the apex, while in the latter they appear conical with rounded apices.
The basal diameter may vary from V2b mm. to 2'25 mm. when closed. The
spicules consist of a dense cortical layer of small double-heads and a sub-
jacent layer of longer densely tiiberculate spindles having a bare median
space more or less strongly indicated. The colour is variable, (1) ochreous
yellow to a dull flesh colour, (2) dirty white."

In 1897 Whitelegge established a new species under the name Nieella
laxa with the following characters : — The colony is feebly branched ; the
branching is lateral and in one plane. The axis is laminate and calcareous.
The coenenchyma is thin, and when viewed with a lens presents a series of
minute ridges, forming a network of raised lines, which are lighter in colour
and consist of double-club spicules. The polyps are confined to the sides of
the stem and branches in a single row on each side. The verrucae are large,
alternate, and stand nearly at right angles ; they are divided at the summit
into eight lobes. The spicules consist of (1) short double-clubs with smooth
or warty tubercles: 01 X 0-05 mm.; O'OV X 0-03 mm.; 0-05 x 0-02 mm.;
(2) fusiform spindles with rather obtusely pointed ends and a spiny tuber-
culated surface : 0-25 x 0-06 mm.; 0-2 x 0-05 mm.; 01 x 0-03 mm. Many
of both kinds are a little flattened. The colour is a light mouse-grey.

He says: — "This species differs from N. dichotoma by its smaller and
more distant polyps and by its lax method of branching."

We have already seen that neither of these two characters is of much
taxonomic importance ; and, taking into consideration Eidley's observations on
the size of verrucae in diflerent stages of retraction, we do not feel justified
in ranking this as a distinct species. At the same time Gray gives a very
good figure of his N. mav.ritiana, and the branching there is almost identical
with that figured by "Whitelegge. In Gray's figure also the distribution of the
polyps varies in different parts of the colony, so that while in some branches
they are more closely packed, in others they are quite as distant as in
Whitelegge's figure. The spicules are identical with those described by
Eidley ; and the network of ridges described by Whitelegge, though not given
in Gray's description, are unmistakably present in his figure. We therefore
see no reason for rarking N. laxa as a separate species.

Thomson and Eussell, 1909 (xliii., p. 161, Plate vii., figs. 1 and 5) describe
some specimens as follows : —

Several colonies of chestnut-browu to umber-brown colour. The largest is

Simpson— .1 Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 1 19

20 cm. in heiglit by 8 cm. in maximum breadLli, and consists of a main stem,
with lateral branches, which are again repeatedly branched. For the most
part the branching is in one plane ; but this is not rigorously adhered to.
On the main stem of one of the larger specimens there is a curious gall-like
swelling from which branches arise on all sides.

The stem is 4 mm. in thickness at its base, and gradually tapers to 2 mm.
at the ends of the branches. The axis is light brown in colour, and verj'
calcareous. On the surface of the general coenenchyma, and on the verrucae
there are irregular wavy longitudinal ridges, producing a characteristic bark-
like appearance. Under the low-power microscope the textui'e seems finely
arenaceous.

The verrucae are very prominent, rising more or less perpendicularly to
a height of 2 mm. They occur on all sides of the stem; l>ut in tlie upper
parts of the branches a bilateral arrangement is well dotiued. At Ihe apex
of the verrucae there is an indication of eight lobes, from which the tentacles
here and there project.

Another specimen, the basal part of a large colony, branches in a some-
what irregular fashion, and not rigidly in one plane. The verrucae are much
less bilateral, especially near the base of the colony. Examination of the
spicules shows that this may be referred to N. dkhotoma.

Locality. — Salomon A, 65 fathoms ; Salomon B, 60-120 fathoms.

XXXIII. Nicella flabeUata (Whitelegge). Fig. 115.
Verrucella flabdlata Whitelegge, xlix., p. 319, Plate xvil., figs. 34-37.
Nicdla flabcllata Thomson and Henderson, xl., p. 80.

This species was established by Whitelegge for a specimen from Funafuti,
but was tlien included in the genus Verrucella. Thomson and Hendersun,
in identifying a specimen from the Indian Ocean with this species, concluded
that it should really be referred to the genus Nicella : and in this we
thoroughly agree. The spiculation is quite distinctively Nicellid in
character ; and, as these authors point out, the actual shape of the verrucae
matters little in a generic diagnosis. As a matter of fact, the natuie of
the verrucae, as .shown in the figure given by Whitelegge, is intermediate
between that in N. dichotoma and the Indian Ocean specuuon.

The notes following may serve to indicate the chief specific characteristic.

The colony is branched in one plane ; the branches show a tendency to
arise from one side. The axis is densely calcareous and is striated. A
noteworthy feature is the presence of two distinct grooves corresponding in
position to the two main canals.

120 Proceedings of the Roi/al Iris// Acculemj/.

The polyps occur in a siunous row on each side of the younger branches ;
on the stem and on the older portions of the branches they are more numerous,
and encroach on the two bare, flattened surfaces, always leaving a slight
median depression free. Those on opposite sides alternate. The verrucas
may be slightly prominent or may appear as low conical warts. When
partially retracted, they show an eight-rayed figure ; but when fully withdrawn,
this is not evident. An average height may be taken as 1 mm.

The coenenchyma is of medium thickness, and may have ridges on the
surface. The canal system is the typical Juncellid.

The si)icules are essentially of two types, viz., small double-clubs and
long thick double-spindles. The double .spindles are about four times as
long as the small double-clubs. There are, however, in addition to these
two types : — (1 ) some small double-wheels, with elongated warty hubs ;
(2) elongated double-clubs ; (3) long slender spindles with practically no
constriction. Very small short rods and spiny spindles occur in the tentacles.

The colour of the Funafuti specimen was yellowish-white : that of the
Indian Museum specimen was ochreous yellow and brownish-white.

XXXIV. — Nioella reticulata Thomson and Simpson. Fig. 116.
Nicdla reticulata Thomson and Simpson, xli., p. 266, Plate iv., fig. 5 ;
Plate VIII., fig. 12.

This species was established Ijy Thomson and Simpson (xli., p. 266) for
specimens in the Indian Museum Littoral Collection. We have considered
it advisable, liowever, to recapitulate the original description for the sake of
completeness. A typical colony measures 27 cm. in height by 16 cm. in
maximum breadth, and is attached by a very much broadened expansion. It
consists of a main stem, only 2 cm. long, and measuring 4'5 mm. in diameter.
At the distal end of the main stem four branches arise, two suli-opposite and
two at slightly different levels, but all very close together. These divei'ge
at varying angles, the two lower being almost horizontal, the other two also
in the same plane of ramification. These ramify irregularly in one plane
and anastomose freely, forming a large, almost semicircular, flabelliform
mass, with very irregular meshes.

The coenenchyma is tliin and compact, and presents a glistening
arenaceous appearance. The colouring is very peculiar, being generally
reddish-brown in the lower part of the colony, but gradually merging into
slaty grey in the upper parts. Patches of grey appear throughout the red in
some of the colonies, and vice versa ; while one colony from the Laccadives is
almost uniformly of a brick-red colour. The surface bears longitudinal

Simpson — .4 Revision of the Gorgonellidue. 121

furrows, which are simious, and sometimes almost spirally twisted ; one being
generally deeper than the others. These extend into the secondary branches,
and even into one side of the twigs, the number diminishing with the size of
the branches.

The axis is very calcareous and cylindrical in form. It is composed of
concentric laminae, and has an ahnost olive-green colour at tlie base, gradually
merging into a pale yellow in the smaller branches.

The polyps are disposed essentially in two longitudinal series; but
deviations occur in several places, due sometimes to the anastomosis and
sometimes to overcrowding. They are chiefly lateral on the main stem or
primary branches ; in the secondary branches they are arranged almost all
round. On the finer branches and twigs they occur for tiie most part on two
sides ; but this rule is broken occasionally by the occurrence of polyps on all
the four sides. The verrucae are dome-like, but slightly flattened on the
twigs. They are separated by intervals of about 1 mm. in the branches ; but
their bases touch on the branchlets and give an undulating appearance.
They measure about 0-5 mm. in lieight and 1 mm. in diameter. "^^Hien the
verruca closes over the retracted polyp, an eight-rayed star is formed by the
eight lobes of the wall. The anthocodiae are very minute and are completely
retractile ; the spicules are arranged transversely on the tentacles.

The spicules of the coenenchyma consist of small doable-clubs, elongated
double-clubs, double-spindles, and simple-spindles. The double-spindles and
simple-spindles in this species are not so markedly disproportionate as in
most other species ; but their distinctive character justifies their inclusion in
the genus Nicella.

The following are a few of the more common types, witli measurements
in millimetres : —

(a) Double-clubs, with smooth warts :

0-05 X 0-04 ; constriction 0-02 broad X 0-008 long.
0048 X 0-04 „ 0-02 „ x 0-005 „

(5) Elongated double-clubs, with fewer and more irregular warts :
0-06 X 0-04 ; constriction O'Oo broad X 0-01 long.
0-048 X 0-035 „ 0-02 „ x 0-012 „

009 X 0-025 ; smooth part, 0-02 long.
0-085 X 0-028 „ „ 0-018 „

(rf) Minute crosses, with a very distinct cross, 0-04 x 004.
(e) Minute irregular crosses, elongated along one diagonal, with distinct
cross, 0-05 x 0-03.

122 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

Those of the tentacles are short, warty rods : 0-05 x 0-015 ; 0-06 X 0-015 ;
0-6 X 0-015.

Localities. — Persian Gulf, 48-49 fms. Laccadives, 30-50 fms.

XXXV. — Nicella moniliforme emend. Figs. 117 and 118.

Scirpearella nioniliforme Wright andStuder, p. 156, PI. xxxiv., fig. 8.
non. Gorgonia moniliforme Lamx., xxv., p. 420.
nee. Scirpearella moniliforme Thomson and Henderson, xl., p. 82.
nee. Scirpearia monilifm'mis Gray xii., p. .39.

This species, as established by Wright and Studer in the " Challenger "
Report, is a very distinctive one, based chiefly on the character of the
spiculation.

The colony may be simple or feebly branched ; the branched type-specimen
was 505 ram. in length; and the branch arose at a distance of 215 mm. from
the base ; one of the uubranched forms was 325 mm. in length. The
colonies are very slender and do not vary much in diameter throughout the
entire length. The coenenchyma is thin and coarsely granular.

" The axis is very deejDly grooved ; ten grooves can be very easily counted
on the older portion of the axis ; but these diminish to two at the apex.
These ridges show through the coenenchyma as linear furrows."

" The polyps are arranged on the stem, the lower portion in four irregular
rows; towards the apex they are alternate and arranged on either side
of the stem; while for the first 60 mm. of the stem, counting from the basal
disk, they are absent. They are retractile within the well-marked Ijut
shallow verrucae ; these latter measure at their base 1 mm. An occasional
verruca will be found larger and more elevated than the rest, measuring
1-5 mm. in diameter and the same in height ; these generally are to be found
near the summit of the axis."

The disposition of the verrucae is in two longitudinal series; and the two
bare tracts are marked by distinct furrows larger than the others.
Unfortunately Wright and Studer give no figure of the colony itself ; and, as
the figure of spicules is somewhat misleading, we have thought it advisable
to add to this memoir two figures from the type-specimen in the British
Museum (figs. 117 a, b, and c).

The colour in spirit is white.

The nature of the spicules in this species and also their relative
proportions are very striking, and mark it off as distinct. The following four
types can easily be identified: — («) long, comparatively slender spindles,
covered with coarse spines or small warts ; (b) long, thick spindles, very

Simpson — A Revision of the GorgonelUdae. 123

densely waited ; (c) slender double-clubs, with elongated conical ends, and
with the constriction more or less marked ; {d) small double-clubs, with
almost hemispherical ends and with a definite smooth constriction : aberrant
forms, such as crosses, (c) also occur. There are small needles in the
anthocodiae.

The following measurements, length by breadth in millimetres, will give
the relative proportions of these different types (see fig. 118) :

[a) Spindles — long, thin spiny or with small warts : 0-2 x 0-034 ;

0-15 X 0-026; 0-13 x 0-02.
{h) Spindles — long, thick and densely warted : 0-15 x 0-046 ; 0-13 x 0-042.
(c) Double-clubs — slender, with elongated ends, and with the constriction

more or less markedly defined: 0-11 x 004.") ; 0-o99 x 0-043;

0-087 X 0-03; O-OOo x 0-02.5.
{(1) Double-clubs — with massive ends, and witli a distinct, short, smooth

constriction: 0 072 x 0-042; 0-072 x 0-038; 0-057 X 0-038.
(e) Crosses— 0-16 x 0-11 ; 0-12 x 0-12.

(/) Needles— small (in anthocodiae) : 0-06 x 0-011; 0-04 x 0-02.
Locality — Amboina : 100 fathoms.

XXXVI. Bathy.metrical Distribution-.

The whole group is essentially littoral in its distriliution. The great
majority of the specimens hitherto described have been dredged within the
hundred-fathom line ; in fact, the only records outside this range are from
(1) " Challenger " Station 232, known as the Hyalomma-gvownd off Japan, 345
fathoms; (2) "Challenger" Station 177 off tlie New Hebrides, 130 fathoms;
(3) a dredging made by the "Investigator," off the Andamans in 124 fathoms;
and (4) off the Azores, 150 and 200 fathoms.

At the first of these Juncclla raccmosa and Seirpearia profunda were
obtained, at the second Seirpearia profimda, at the third only Juncella
racemom, and at the fourth only Seirpearia flayellum.

Consequently these are the only three species whioli can lay claim
to deep-sea forms ; and it is interesting that all the records of these
species are from over 100 fathoms, and also that each has been found in
distant localities over this deptli. At the same time it is not improbable
that these specimens occurred in deep water at the edge of an almost vertical
reef, and that these were merely " escapes " from tlie reef.

Such records are not unknown ; and the writer has experienced similar

occurrences in the deep water off the almost perpendicular reefs on the east

coast of Africa.

124

Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy .

Nicella monUifm-me is recorded from oue hundred fathoms, and the only
other records from over fifty fathoms are Scirpearia thomsoni and Scii-pearia
alba, both from 88 fathoms. The following table will give at a glance the
chief records for each of the species in this report : —

SPECIES.

DEPTHS IN FATHOMS FROM WHICH
RECORDED.

JunccUa juncca,

. 0-10; 4 ; 7-11; 15-35; 25-30; 45; 50

Juncclla gcmmacca,

0-8; 4; 8; 11; 19; 12-20; 32.

Juncella racemosa.

120; 345.

Juncella trilineata,

34.

Scirpearia profunda.

130 ; 345.

Scirpearia hicksoni,

36.

Scirpearia veniicosa.

50.

Scirpearia anomala,

Scirpearia pectinata,

3-4; 12; 30.

Scirpearia clongata,

Scirpearia fiagellum,

90; 150; 200; 60-120.

Scirpearia thomsoni.

88.

Scirpearia alba.

88.

Scirpearia aurantiaca, .

30-50; 60-130; 120; 150; 130.

Scirpearia fircata.

15. 20 30-40 ; 50-78.

Scirpearia andamanensis,

Scirpearia ramosa,

20.

Scirpearia ceylonensis, .

Scirpearia mamdata.

Scirpearia C[uadrilineata,

30-60.

Nicella dichotoma,

? 60-120.

Nicella fiabellata.

45.

Nicella reticidata,

30-50; 48-49.

Nicella moniliforme.

100.

It is quite probable, however, that when more inshore-work is carried
on in tropical seas records will be abundant from water of much less
depth than that at present given. Eidley in referring to the depths at
which Juncclla gemmacea occure gives " between tide marks," and, as has
been already pointed out in the " Biological Note," it is no uncommon
occurrence on the scattered coral reefs of the Mergui Archipelago to see at
low spring tide huge colonies of J. gcmmacca and J. juncca as well as
Melitodcs and other Alcyonaria swaying to and fro in the aii'.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 125

XXXVII. Geographical Distkibution.

The great importance of the Geographical Distribution of even a small
group of animals, but especially those whose early life is pelagic and whose
adult life is sedentary, is becoming more and more evident. Such knowledge,
combined with systematic oceanographical observations, may eventually help
to solve many problems that at present are a source of great perplexity to
the biologist.

It is premature to attempt such a distriliution of .luncellids; but in view
of the fact that in this memoir a general survey of the group, so far
as it is known, has been given, and as the references to localities, especially
in the case of the older species, are extremely scattered, the following
summary may serve as a basis for a more detailed study when furtiier records
are forthcoming.

Although doubt may exist as to the specific deterniinaliun of those species
added as an appendix to the genus Juncella, it may be useful to include
them here, inasmuch as they are in all probability Juncellids.

It has been considered inadvisaV)le with the limited records at our dispo-sal
to draw any conclusions as to tlie dispersal of these organisms, as to their
origin as a part of a littoral fauna, or as to the probability of their being
originally indigenous in certain areas.

Distribution of the Juncdla-group of Gorgonellids.

The Juncella-group of Gorgonellids occurs botli in the Atlantic and
Pacific waters, but almost entirely withui the Tropics of Cancer and Capricorn,
and also chiefly in the Pacific Ocean. The extreme records North and
South are " Off Japan " and " OH' Cape Colony." The following are the
chief centres : — (1) Red Sea, (2) Persian Gulf, (3) Laccadives, (4) Maldives,
(5) West Coast of India, (6) Ceylon, (7) Andamans, (8) Mergui, (9) Bourbon,
(10) Mauritius, (11) Cape Colony, (12) East Indies, (l.S) Japan, (14) East
Coast of Australia, (15) West Coast of Florida and in the Atlantic, (16) East
Coast of Central America, (17) N.-E. of South America, {lH) Azores,
(19) Mediterranean Sea.

Genus Juncella.

This is the most widely distributed genus in tlie group, and is almost
entirely a Pacilic Ocean form.

Genus Seirpcaria,
This genus is entirely restricted, with the exception of S.flagclhim, so far
as the present records show, to the Pacific Ocean.

126

Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

Genus Nicella.

This genus is entirely restricted to the Pacific Ocean.

Let us now illustrate " associations of species " in different localities.

(a) Laccadives,

(h) Maldives, .
(c) Ceylon,

{d) Andamans,

(e) Mergui,
(/) N.-E. Australia, .
((/) Bourbon-Mauritius,
Qi) Cape of Good Hope,

S. aurantiaca, S. quadnlineata, and

N. reticulata.
J. juncea, S. furcata.
J. gemmacea, J. trilineata, S. aurantiaca,

S. ceylon^nsis, S. furcata.
J. juncea, J. racemosa. S. hicksoni,

S. verrucosa, S. anomala, S. anda-

manensis, S. rarnosa.
J. juncea, J. gemmacea, S. furcata.
J. juncea, J. gemmacea.
J. juncea, J. gemmcuxa, N. dichotoma.
S. flagellum, S. furcata.

Beferervces to various large Collections of Juncellids.

" Challenger " Collection.

This collection was made by H.M.S. " Challenger," during her cruise
round the world, 1873-76. The specimens are deposited in the British
Museum, and were described by Wright and Studer in the Zoological Report
of the " Challenger" Collections, vol. xxxL, pp. 153-181.

Juncella juncea,
Juncella juncea,
Juncella gemnuicea, .
Juncella gemmacea, .
Juncella racemosa,
Scirpeai-ia maculata,
Scirpearia profmda,
Sdrpearia profunda,
Scirpearia pi'ofunda,
Nicella moniliforme,

DESCEIBED AS

Juncella juncea, var. alha, p. 168.
Junt,ella harbadensis, p. 159.
Juncella gemmacea, p. 158.
Ellisella nuiculata (pars), p. 160.
Juruxlla racemosa, p. 159.
Ellisella maculata (pars), p. 160.
Seirpearella profunda, p. 155.
Scirpearella gracilis, p. 156.
Seirpearella rubra, p. 157.
Sciipearella monilifwme, p. 156.

Simpson — A Revision of fhe Gorgonellidae.

127

"Alert" Collection.
This collection was made during the Surveying Voyage of H.M.S. " Alert "
during the years 1881-82. The Gorgonellids were reported on by Eidley in
" The Zoological Collections " of H.M.S. " Alert," 1884, pp. 345-349.

DESCRIBED AS

. Juncclla jvMcca, p. 345.
. Juncella fragilis, p. 347.
. Juncella gemmacca, p. 346.
. Juncclla elongata, var., p. 346.
. Ctcnocclla ixctinata, p. 348.
. Ellisclla calamus, p. 348.
Ceylon Collection.
This collection was made by Professor Herdman in the Ceylon Seas
in 1904 while investigating the Pearl Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar.
The type-specimens are deposited in the British Museum, and were reported
upon by Thomson and Henderson, " Ceylon Pearl Oyster Eeport," Poyal
Society, 1905. Supplementary Eeport, No. sx., Alcyonaria, pp. 311-315.

described as

Juncclln juncea,
Juncclla juncea,
Jtincella gemmacea,
Juncella gemmacea, .
Scirpearia pectiTiata,
Scirpearia maculata,

Juncclla juncea,
Juncella juncea,
Juncella juncea,
Juncclla juncea,
Juncclla trilineatii,
Scirpearia furcata, .
Scirpearia ficrcata, .
Scirpearia aurantiaca,
Scirpearia a^irantiaca,
Scirpearia ccyloncnsis.

Juncclla juncea, p. 314.
Juncella gcmnuicm, p. 313.
Juncella fragilis, p. 314.
Juncclla fragilis, var. rubra, p. 314.
Juncella trilineata, p. 315.
Scirpearia sp. (?), p. 313.
Scirpearella sp. B., p. 312.
Scirpearclla aurantiaca, p. 311.
Scirpearella divisa, p. 312.

{undcscribed).

Maldive Collection. 1.
This collection was made by Mr. Stanley Gardiner in 1900, and was
described by Hickson in "The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and
Laccadive Archipelagoes," vol. ii., part iv. " The Alcyonaria of the
Maldives," part iii., pp. 816-823.

described as
Juncella juncea, . . . Juncella juncea, -^.820.

Jun/:ella juncea,
Juncella jurwca,
Scirpearia furcata,
Scirpearia furcata,
Scirpearia furcata,
Scirpearia furcata

Juncclla flexilis, p. 821.
Juncella elongata, p. 821.
Sciipcaria furcata, p. 822.
Scirpearia furcata, var., p. 822,
Scirpearclla indica, p. 822.
Juncella elongata (Val), p. 821.

128 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

Maldive Collection. II. (described by Thomson and RusseU, 1910).

DESCRIBED AS

Juncella gemifnacea, . . Jimcella gemmacea.

Scirpcaria flagcUum, . . Scirpearia flagellum.

Scirpmria aurantiaca,. . Scirpcarella ourantiaca.

Nicella dichotoma, . . Nicella dicJiotoma.

Monaco Collection. I.

The collections made by the Prince of Monaco, during the scientific
voyage of the yacht " Hirondelle" in the North Atlantic Ocean, in 1886-88,
contain several Gorgonellids. These have been reported npon by Studer, in
"Eesultats des Campagnes Scientiiiques du Prince de Monaco," 1901,
fasc. XX., pp. 52, 53.

DESCKIBED AS

Scirpearia JlageUvm, . . Scirpearia flagellum, p. 53.
Scirpearia flagellum, . . Scirpearia ochracea, Tp. 53.

Indian Museum Deep-Sea Collection.

This Collection was made during the cruise of the old E. I. M. SS.
" Investigator " in the Indian Ocean. The specimens are deposited in
the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and were reported on by Thomson and
Henderson, in the memoirs of the Indian Museum, Alcyonaria (1906).

Juncella racemosa,
Scirpearia profunda,
Scirpearia alba,
Scirpearia thomscmi,
Nicella flabellata, .

DESCRIBED AS

Juncella miniacea, p. 81,
Scirpcarella moniliforme, p. 82.
Scirpcarella alba, p. 82.
Jimcella clongata, p. 81.
Nicella flabellata, p. 80.

Indl&n Museum Littoral Collection.

This Collection was made during the surveying cruises of the E. I. M. SS.
" Investigator" in the Indian Ocean.

The type specimens are deposited in the Indian ^Museum, Calcutta. They
were reported on by Thomson and Simpson, in the Memoirs of the Indian
Museum Alcyonaria, 1909 ; but specific names were given only to a few ;

Simpson — .1 Revision of the Gorgonellidne. 129

descriptions of the others were tcabiilated, so that the following list will
enable these to be identified.

DESCRIBED AS

Jufuxlla juncea, . . . E. and F.

Juncella gcmmxaceM, . . 0.

Juncella triliiicata, . . R.

Scirpearia pectinata, . . M.

Seirpea7'iu andamaiiensis, . N.

Scirpearia, anomala, . . Q.

Scirpearia aurantiaca, . . B.

Scirpearia fureata, . . H, G, D, I.

Scirpearia furcata var. robusta, P.

Scirpearia ramosa, . . K.

Scirpearia verrucosa, . . C.

Scirpearia hicksoni, . . A.

Scirpearia quadrilineota, . J.

Wood-Mason Collection.

This Collection was made by W. J. Wood-Mason in the Indian Ocean.
A few of the specimens were described by Thomson and Simpson, but the
majority of them were left over for incorporation in this paper. The types
are deposited in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

Juncella i-accmosa.
Juncella gemmacea.
Scirpearia aurantiaca.
Scirpearia furcata.
Nicella Jiabellata.

Mergui Collection. I.

This Collection was made by Dr. John Anderson for the trustees of tlic

Indian Museum, Calcutta, where the specimens are deposited. They were

described by Ridley in the Journal of the Linnean Society, vol. .\.\i.,

pp. 240-243.

DESCRIBED AS

Juncella juncea, . . . Juiuxlla fragUis, var., p. 242.

Juncella gemmacea, . . . Juncdla gemmacea, p. 241.

Scirpearia pectinata, . Ctenocella peetinata, p. 24:3.

180 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

Mergui Collection. II.

This Collection was made lay Simpson and Brown in the Mergui
Archipelago, Burma, in the spring of 1907. The specimens are deposited in
the Natural History Museum, Aberdeen University, and are reported on
here for the first time.

They include the following species : —

JunccUa jimcca.
Juncella gemmacea.
Scirpearia yectiimta.
Scirpearia furcata.
Schyearia furcata var. rohusta.

Australian Museum Collections.

This Collection was made by Mr. C. Hedley for the Australian Museum,

where the specimens are deposited. It was reported upon by Whitelegge in

the " Memoirs of the Australian Museum XII.," The Alcyonaria, Part ii.

(1897 ?), pp. 318-820.

DESCRIBED AS

Nicella dichotoma, . . . Nicella laxa, p. 318.

Nicclla Jlahcllata, . . . Verrucella flaiellata, p. 319.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 131

BIBLIOGRAPHY.'

i. 1817. CuviER, Regne Animal.

ii. 1830. CuviEK, Regne Animal. Nouv. Edit., t. iii., Paris,
iii. 1846. Dana, J. D., Zoophytes, United States Exploring E.xpedition.

Philadelphia,
iv. 1861. DUCHASSAING et Michelotti, Mdmoire sur les Coraillaires

des Antilles. Mem. E. Acad. Sci. Torino, 2 ser. xix.
V. 1866. DUCHASSAING et Michelotti, Supplement, ibid., xxviii., pp.

97-206. 11 Plates,
vi. 1786. Ellis and Solander, The Natural History of many curious

and uncommon Zoophytes. London,
vii. 1797. EsPER, E. J., Die Pflauzenthiere in Al)bildniigen uebst Bes-

chreibungen. Niirnberg, 1791-1797. 4 vols,
viii. 1896. Germanos, N. K., Gorgonaeeeu von Ternate. Abh. Senck.
Nat. Ges., xxiii., Heft, i., pp., 145-184. 4 Plates,
ix. 1857. Gray, J. E., Description of new Genera of Gorgoniadae. Proc.

Zool. Soc, pp. 158, 159.
X. 1857. Gray, J. E., Synopsis of the Families and Genera of Axiferous

Zoophytes or Barked Corals. Proc. Zool. Soc.
xi. 1859. Gray, J. E., Description of some new Genera of Lithophytes.

Proc. Zool. Soc, xxvii., pp. 479-486.
xii. 1870. Gray, J. K, Catalogue of the Lithophytes or Stony Corals in
the Collection of the British Museum, London,
xii.ft. HiCKSON, S. J., The Cambridge Natural History, vol. i., pp.

329-364.
xiii. 1900. HiCKSON, S. J., Alcyonaria and Hydrocorallinae of the Cape
of Good Hope. Part 1, Marine Investigations in South
Africa, i., No. 5, pp. 67-96. 6 Plates,
xiv. 1904. HiCKSON, S. J., The Alcyonaria of the Cape of Good Hope.
Part ii., Marine Investigations in South Africa, vol. iii.,
pp. 211-239. 3 Plates.
XV. 1903. HiCKSON, S. J., Alcyonaria of the Maldives, Fauna and Geogr.
Maldives and Laccadives, ii., pt. 4, pp. 807-826. Plate

LXVII.

' The Roman numerals correspond to the numbers given in the text.
" S2

132 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

xvi. 1899. HiLES, IsA I.. The Gorgonacea collected by Dr. Willey.

Willey's Zool. Eesults, pt. 11, pp. 195-206. 2 Plates,
xvii. 1899. HiLES, ISA L., Report on the Gorgonacean Corals collected by
Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti. Proc. Zool. Soc,
London, pp. 46-52. 4 Plates,
xviii. 1863. Johnson, J. Y., Description of a new species of Juncella. Proc.
. Zool. Soc, London, pp. 505, 506.
xix. 1864. Johnson, J. Y., Description of a new species of flexible
Coral belonging to the genus JunceUa obtained at
Madeira {J. flcujellum). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3 ser.
xiv., p. 142.
X.X. 1870. Kent, Saville, Trans. Eoy. Micro. Soc, p. 92. Plate xvii.,

fig. 38.
xxi. 1893. Kent, Saville, The Great Barrier Eeef of Australia,
xxii. 1897. Klunzinger, C. B., Die Korallthiere des Eothen Meeres.
Part 1. Die Alcyonarieu und Malacodermen, p. 59.
4 plates,
xxiii. 1865. Kolliker, A., Icones Histiologicae, pp. 131-142. 8 Plates,
xxiv. 1816. Lamarck, Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres-

vol. ii., Paris.
XXV. 1816. Lamouroux, Histoire des Polypiers coralligenes flexibles. Caen,

p. 419.
xxvi. 1857. Milne-Edwaeds and Haime, Histoire ISTaturelle des Corail-

laires ou Polypes proprement dits. 3 vols., 1857-1860.
xxvii. Pallas, Charakteristik der Thierpflanzen. pp. 224-6.

xxviii. 1766. Pallas, Eleuchus Zoophytorum.

xxix. 1882. EiDLEY, Stuart 0., Contributions to the knowledge of the
Alcyonaria. Part I., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5 ser. ix., pp.
125-1-33. 1 Plate
XXX. 1882. KiDLEY, Stuaet 0., ibid., Part ii., loc. cit., 6 ser. ix., pp.

184-193.
xxxi. 1883. EiDLEY, Stuart 0., The Coral-fauna of Ceylon, with descrip-
tions of new species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5 ser. xi.,
pp. 250-262.
xx.\ii. 1887. liiDLEY, Stuart 0., Eeport ou the Alcyoniid and Gorgoniid
Alcyonaria of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the
Indian Museum. Journ. Linn. Soc, London, xi., pp. 223-
247. 2 Plates.

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 183

xxxiii. 1884. Ridley, Stuakt O., Zoological collections of H.M.S. "Alert,"
London.

xxxiv. 1878. Studer, Th., Febersicht der Anthozoa Alcyonaria welche
wahiend der Reise S.M.S. -'Gazelle" uni die Erde
gesammelt wurden. Mouatsber., Akad. Wiss., Berlin, pp.
632-688. 5 Plates.

XXXV. 1887. Studer, Th., Versiich eines Systeme.'; der Alcyonaria, Arcli.
Naturges., liii., pp. 1-74. 1 Plate.

xxxvi. 1891. Studer, Th., " Note Pr(^liniinaire sur les Alcyonairesprovenant
des Campagnes du Yacht I'Hirondelle." 2 Partie Mem.
Soc. Zool. de France, vol. iv., Paris.

xxxvii. 1894. Studer, Th., "Alcyonarien aiis der Sanunluiig des Natur-
historisclien Museums in Liibeek," Mitteilungen der Geog.
Gesell., und des Naturhist. Museums in Liibeek, 2 ser.,
Heft, 7 und 8, pp. 103-128.

xxxviii. 1901. Studer, Th., " Alcyouaires provenant des Campagnes de
rHirondelle." Eesultats Campagnes scientifiques du
Prince de Monaco. Fasc. xx., pp. 04. 1 1 Plates,
xxxix. 1905. Thomson, J. A., and Henderson, W. L>., Alcyonaria; Ceylon
Pearl Oyster Fisheries Report. Roy. Soc, London, pp. 271-
328. 6 Plates,
xl. 1906. Thomson, J. A., and Henderson, W. D., The Alcyonarians
collected by the R.l.M.SS. " Investigator " in the Indian
Ocean. The Alcyonarians of the Deep Sea. Calcuttai
pp. 79-83.
xli. 1909. Thomson, J. A., and Simpson, J. J., The Alcyonarians collected
by tlie R.l.M.SS. " Investigator " in the Indian Ocean. The
Littoral Alcyonarians.
xlii. 1909. Thomson, J. A. (unpublished).

xliii. 1909. Thomson, J. A., and Russell, E. S., Alcyonarians of Sladen
Trust Expedition. Trans. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) xiii. (1910),
pp. 139-164.
xliv. 185-. Valenciennes, mss. Coll. du Janlin ties Plantes, Paris,
xlv. 1855. Valenciennes, Abstract of a Monograph on the Family Gor-
gonidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 16, ser. 2, pp. 177-183.
xlvi. 1855. Valen'CIENNES, E.xtrait d'une Monographie de la Famille des
Gorgonides de la class des Polypes. Comptes Reudus, xli.,
pp. 7-15.

134 Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

xlvii. 1864. Verrill, A. E., List of the Polyps and Corals (sent by the
Museum of Comparative Zoology to other Institutions in
exchange), with annotations. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Harvard, i., No. 3, pp. 29-40.

xlviii. 1865. A'eerill, A. E., Synopsis of Polyps and Corals of N. Pacific
Expedition, Part ii., Alcyonaria. Proc. Essex Instit.,
vol. iv., pp. 148-196. Plates v. and vi.
xlix. 1897. Whitelegge, Th., The Alcyonaria of Funafuti, Part ii.
Mem. Australian Mus., iii., pt. 5, pp. 307-320. 2 Plates.
1. 1889. Wright, E. P., and Studer, Th., Eeport on the Scientific
Eesults of the Voyage of H.M.S. " Challenger." Zoology,
vol. xxxi., Alcyonaria.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Fig.

1. Polyp of Scirpearia peetinafa enlarged ( X 25) to show structure.

2. Portion enlarged of Monaco specimen to illustrate the motility of the

polyps.

3. Cross-section of a Juncellid axis to show the concentric laminae and

the " ridges and depressions."

4. a-(/. " Clubs " of JuiiceUa, (e-g) showing characteristic variations.

5. a and b. Two kinds of double-clubs.

6. Variation forms of double-clubs.

7. Double-wheels or capstans.

8. Transition from the elongated double-club (a), through the double-

spindle (b), to the simple spindle (c).

9. Three portions of var. a. of Juncella juncea to show the disposition and

nature of the polyps, (a) near the base of the colony, (b) midway,
(c) near the tip.

10. Cross-sections of var. b. of J. juncea to show the internal structure. The

levels of (a), (b), and (c) correspond to those of fig. 9.

11. Three views of the superficial appearance of the axis in J. juncea. The

portions shown are from the parts of the colony given in fig. 9.

Simpson — A Revision nf tlie Gorgonellidae. 135

Fig.

12. Portions of J. juncea var. b. to show tlio distriliution and nature nf the

verrucas, (a) near the base, {h) midway (non-polyp-bearing aspect),
(c) near the tip.

13. ./. juncea var. b. Cross-sections at the three levels given in fig. 12 to

show the internal structure.

14. Spicules of J. juncea.

15. 16, and 17. Three colonies of t/MwccZ/a (7«m»i«ce<i, reduced proportionately,

to show the difference in the branching at different ages.

18. Three portions of Juncella f/cmmacea enlarged (x 5) to show the nature

and distribution of the verrucae at different levels, (a) near the
base, (b) midway (non-polyp-bearing aspect), (c) near the tip.

19. Transverse sections of J. gemmacea, at levels corresponding to those in

fig. 18, to show the structure of the coenenchyma ( x 5).

20. Juncella racemosa. Portion of colony described in XLI.

21. Juncella racemosa. Colony enlarged (x li).

22. Twig of Juncella raccmom to show disposition and nature of the

verrucae.

23. Spicules of Juncella racemosa.

24. Terminal twig of Juncella trilincata to show the nature and disposition

of the verrucae.

25. Transverse section of Juncella trilineatu to show (1) the structure of the

coenenchyma, (2) the three large main canals, and (3) the position
of three alternating rows of verrucae.

26. Spicules of Juncella trilincata.

27. Spicules of Scirpearia proftinda.

28. Scii-pearia, hicksoni n. sp. Portion near the base enlarged ( X 4) to show

the appearance of the aspect devoid of polyps.

29. Scirpcctria hicksoni n. sp. Portion near the liase enlarged ( X 4) to sliow

the nature of the verrucae on the " crowded " aspect.

30. Scirpcnria hicl-mni n. sp. T\\) of colony enlarged ( X 4) to show the

distribution and nature of the verrucae.

31. Spicules of Scirpearia hicksoni n. sp.

32. Scirpearia verrucosa n. sp. Portion enlarged ( X 6) to show the nature

and distribution of the verrucae.

33. Spicules of the Scirpearia verrucosa n. sp. ,

] 36 ProceedingB of the "Royal Irish Academt/.

Fig.

34 Scirpeana anomala n. sp. Three portions enlarged (x 5) to show the

difference iu the uatnre and distribution of the polyps at different

levels, (a) near base, (i) midway, (c) tip.

35. Spicules of Scirpearia anomala n. sp.

36-38. Silhouettes of the axis of colonies of S. pectiimta to show different
angles of origin for the branches.

39. »S'. pccthiafn. Silhouette of axis of a colony to show the crossing of the

branches due to contraction.

40. »S'. pcdinata. Silhouette of axis of a colony to show how a secondary

branch may take the place of a primary.

41. Secondary development in S. pecHiuita.

42. Portion near the base of a colony of ;S'. pectinafa to show the distribution

of the verrucae and the large canals superficially.

43. a, b, and c. Ti'ansverse sections of S. pectinata to show the structure

of the coenenchyma and the disposition of the main longitudinal
canals, («) main stem with numerous large canals, {h) and (c)
secondary branch, at different levels, with only two main canals.

44. rt and h. Two views from the non-polyp-bearing aspect of a secondary

branch of *S'. pectinata to show the disposition of the polyps and
also their appearance when partially expanded, («) about midway,
(h) tip.

45. Spicules of >S'. pectinata.

46. Colony of Sciipearia elongata in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons, London (from a photograph suppUed by Dr. Burne).

47. Spicules of the Royal College of Surgeons specimen of Scirpearia elo'iigata.

48. Spicules of the British Museum specimen of Scirpearia eloru/ata.

49. Scirpearia fiagellum. Portion of Naples specimen enlarged ( X 6) to

show the nature and distribution of the verrucae.

50. Spicules of Scirpearia flagelhim (Naples specimen).

51. Colony (nat. size) of Scirpearia jlagellum (Cape).

52. Portion of colony (fig. 51) to show the nature of the verrucae.

53. Longitudinal section through the portion of Scirpearia fiagellum shown

in fig. 52 to show the internal structure and the attachment of the
strong retractor muscles.

54. Spicules of Scirpearia fiagellum (fig. 51 specimen).

Simpson—^ Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 137

Fig.

55. Youug colony of Scirpearia Jktgdliun (nat. size) (Cape).

56. Portion of colony (fig. 55) enlarged (xl2) to show the nature and

distribution of the polyps.

57. Spicules of Scirpearia fiagdlum (fig. 55).

58. Portion of a Monaco specimen to show the distribution of the verrucae

(X4).

59. Same as 58)

„„ „ _„>• different specimens.

60. Same as 08)

61. Scirpearia thomsoni u. sp. Silhouette of axis to show the natui-e of the

branching.

62. Scirpearia thomsoni n. sp. Portion enlai-ged ( X 6) to show the disposition

and nature of the verrucae.

■63. Spicules of Sciipearia thomsoni n. sp.

64. Scirpearia alba. Two portions enlarged ( X 5) to show the nature and

distribution of the ^-eirucae at different levels, («) near tip, {b) near
the base.

65. Spicules of Scirpearia alba.

66. Scirpearia aurantiaca. Portion enlarged ( X 5) near the middle of the

colony to show the nature of the verrucae.

67. Scirpearia aurantiaca. Portion enlarged ( X 5) near the tip of the colony

to show the nature of the verrucae.

68. Spicules of Sciipearia aurantiaca.

69. Scirpearia furcata. Two views of the same portion of the t}-pe specimen

of Scirpearia sp. (?) enlarged (x5) to show the nature and distri-
bution of the verrucae.

70. Scirpearia furcata. Part of type specimen of Sdrpearella sp. B.

71. Scirpearia furcata. Part of type specimen of Juncella tlongata

(Hickson).

72. Scirpearia furcata. 'Spicules of type specimen of Juncella clongata

(Hickson).

73. Scirpearia furcata. Two views of the same part of a colony from the Indian

Collection ( x 5) to show the nature and distribution of the verrucae

74. r(il}ii of Scirpearia fircata.

'75. Spicules of Indian Collection specimen of Scirpearia furcata.

13S Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.

Fig.

76. Silhouette of axis of "Providence" specimen of Scvtpearia furcata

(t n- s.).

77. Scirpearia furcata. Small portion of main stem of " Pro\idence "

specimen to show the verrucae.

78. Scirpearia furcata. Two \'iews near the base of the second primary

branch of the " Pro\idence " specimen.

79. Scirpearia furcata. Two views midway on the third primary branch of

the " Providence " specimen.

80. Scirpea.ria furcata. Two views near the tip of the third primary branch

of the " P^o^"idence " specimen.

81. Spicules of the " Providence " specimen of Scirpearia furcata.

82. Sciipearia furcata. Complete colony (nat. size) of a young specimen in

the Cape Collection.

83. Scirpearia furcata. Portion enlarged I'x 8) of a Cape specimen to show

the low nature of the verrucae.

84. Scirpearia furcata. Portion enlarged (x4) of a Cape specimen to show

the nature of the verrucae.

85. Scirpearia furcata. Portion enlarged f X 5) of a Cape specimen to show

the nature of the verrucae.

86. Scirpearia furcata. Portion enlarged (x5) of a Cape specimen to show

the distribution and uatui'e of the verrucae.

87. Spicules of a Cape specimen of Scirpearia furcata.

88. Sciipearia furcata. Two views of a portion near the middle of a colony

in the Indian Collection to show the distribution of the verrucae,
(«) polyp-bearing aspect, (6) non-polyp-bearing aspect.

89. Spicules of ludiau Collection specimen (Fig. 88) of Scirpearia furcata.

90. Three views from a specimen of Scirpearia furcata in the Indian Collec-

tion to show the distribution and nature of the verrucae at different
levels, («) near base, [b] midway, (c) tip.

91. Spicules of Scirpearia furcata. (Specimen fig. 90.)

92. Scirpearia furcata, var. rohista. Colony (nat. size) to show the general

habit and the distribution of the verrucae.

93. Scirpearia furcata, var. rohista. Portion enlarged ( X 5) near the base

to show the nature of the verrucae.

94. Spicules of Sciipearia furcata, var. robusta. (Andamans specimen.)

Simpson — A Revision of the Gorgonellidae. 139

Fig.

05. Scirpearia furcata, var. rohusta. Three portions enlarged (x 5) to show
the proportions of the different parts and also the nature and
distribution of the verrucae, («) near base, (h) midway, (c) near
tip.

96. Spicules of Smyearia furcata, var. rohxista. (Mergui specimen.)

97. Scirpearia andnmaneTisis, u. sp. Colony (nat. size) to show the mode of

branching and the general habit.

98. Scirpearia andamancnsis, n. s. Portion near the tip of a branch

enlarged ( X 6) to show the nature of the verrucae when shghtly
retracted.

99. Scirpearia andamancnsis, n. sp. Portion of a branch enlarged ( x 6) to

show the nature of the verrucae when partially retracted.

100. Scirpearia andamancnsis, n. sp. Portion near the base enlarged ( X 6)

to show the nature of the fully retracted verrucae.

101. Spicules of Scirpearia andamanensis, n. sp.

IQ'l. Scirpearia ramosa, u. sp. Colony (nat. size) to show the mode of

branching and the general habit.
lOo. Scirpearia ramosa, n. sp. Portion enlarged (xG) to show the nature of

the verrucae.

104. Spicules of Scirpearia ramosa, u. sp.

105. Scirpearia ceylonensis, n. sp. Colony one-half nat. size to show the mode

of branching and the general habit.

106. Scirpearia, ceylonensis, n. sp. Portion enlarged (x5) to show the

disposition and nature of the verrucae.

107. Spicules of Scirpearia ceylonensis, n. sp.

108. "Challenger" specimen of Scirpearia maculata from Banda. (From a

photograph supplied by Prof. Bell.)

109. Spicules of the " Challenger " specimen of Scirpearia mMtdata.

110. Fragment of Juncella gemmacea, originally described as EUisclla

nuicidata.

111. Transverse section through Scirpearia quadrilineala,\\. sp., to show tin-

structure of the coenenchyma and the position of the four main
canals.
1 12. Two portions of Scirpearia quadrilincata, n. sp., slightly enlarged (X 1 J)
to show the distribution and nature of the verrucae at diflerciit
levels, (a) near the tip, (J) near the base.

140 Proceedings of the -Royal Irish Academy.

113. Spicules of Scirpearia guadrilinea.ta, n. sp.

114. Spicules of Nicella dichotoma.

115. ST^icnies oi Mcella flabellafa.

116. Spicules of Nicella. reticulata.

117. Three portions of Nicella moniliforme, enlarged (x5) to show the

difference in the distribution and nature of the verrucae at the
various levels, (a) near the base, (J) middle of the colony, (c) near
the tip.

118. Spicules of Nicella moniliforme.

rroc. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. I!.

Plate I.

^}iM^.

Fiff. 5.

Fig. 2.

l-i»f. 7.

,yAA ;/.--^V r^^^ //'A\

f>?^^'^^ i'''::^t i:'-^^ /A

Flu. 1.

L,V)

'm "KV s^

.'.A

Fiff. O.

Fie. M.

Simpson — Gorgonellidae.

Proc. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIIL, Sect. 15.

Plate 11.

-— • -7" '■^•-'ii

;-;-^Vi:A'.^

#;:*r■■'i^■'^'■■^^"■••••■.iV^^-l

vmmmm mil0

Her. »

Fig. 10.

b. ~ a

Fig. i:«.

Simpson— Oorgouellidae.

Proc. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

Plate 111.

Mk &■

Fig II.

Kig. 1.5.

Simpson— Gorgonelliilae.

V\K. lO.

Proc. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

Plate IV.

Kis i;

Fiif 20

FIs. 1».

'1!' fe---'i''^v, . f ■
Ct^.;i'--./..'-fe;,'.»

Fi,r. 18.

S1.MPS0N — Gorgoiiellidae.

Proc. E. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

Plate V,

M\.

.Wis ■-*•

-T^

1^ ^^'

a b.

Ftx --1

rlc -O.

vv"-

H-A

IIP fe^M ^^

Proc. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

Plate VI.

Fig. 31.

Fisf. 29-

Vtg. .11.

lis. :i:i.

i-i(t •■»■•*

Simpson — GorgouelliJae.

Proc. E. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

Plate VII.

fig 36.

••is .1?.

1-iff. 38

I iff .lO

Vlg. 40 FIgr. .11

SiMPSox — Gorgonellidae.

Proc. E. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

Plate VI 11.

its i;:s.'

<\.

'UP
Q>°0

KIk i:»

Ch A <^

FlK I*

Simpson— Goigonellidae.

Proc. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXYIIL, Sect. B.

Plate IX.

Fie. *9

Simpson — (iorgonellidae.

rig -lO

Proc. R. I. Acad.. Vol. XXYIIL, Sect. B.

Plate K.

Fiff. 51

I- is- 52

Fiff. .^.1

Fig. .5.*

Figr. 54

V\s- iB

Simpson — Gorgonellidae.

Pi-oc. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII, , Sect. B.

Plate XL

ft' ■

..I

■■A

Fiff. U3

Fi(j. <i«

«J

.'Ji'i-' •::■■'

;^^

fm'-'.

: 4

^^j

y "■■•:, \-

Fig;. 59

^l^^Pn

,^'4

Fig;. 60

1 is «5

Vis «•

FiK. OO

Simpson — Gorgonellidae.

FiB «l.

Proc. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

Plate Xll.

':.iM-\

§-^

fi%

I -M

If >

Fig. 68

Fig. 69

I: -I

IS; J

Fig. ;o

.•V

^?^

I'iff ?>

■-^,1^-

^'iV^'V

if ^WV -.fy

■;# M 1

^ -i^^. i:«^

l¥

Fiff. ?2

Fiff. J.'l

^^s

FlR. 71

kBf^ iVfl P^C^&

iL<

u^ ^^

^^nB

Fi|f. J.i

Simpson— Gorgonellidae.

Proc. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

Plate XIII.

^a)

*"iS S6

(h)

■

Ki"; s:i

i ■

-*T- ' •;■'

; M

:>>

1
1

s^-

f -lit:?:-!!

?'.i---.'5 .if. -rjaS-S'!

v.:

^0M

i^e.

^^jT'

ec' J

(^)

Fis

(a)V..v • v^

V '!(

(tr

Fiff. HO

FlK HI

Simpson — Gorgonellidae.

. '.■■Sri^.N,..-- ■-■

Proc. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

riate XIV.

mm v^ '%

Fi:;. OI

Simpson— Goigoiiellidae.

• .1

^ ^•i.

r
I

"..^

■^

^■^f

1-IK !M»

Proc. Pi. T. AL-ad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. P..

Plate XV,

Fig. OH

Fig. »l

Fig. OO

SiMi'SON — GorgDiiellidiie.

Fijt »•»

Proc. B. I. AcacL, Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

Plate XVI.

Hg. 9;

jii; <pir:.;'M

Vig. 100

Fis 103

Fig:. ■<>■

Simpson — Gorgonellidae.

Ftg. 10:1

Proc. R. I. Aead., Vol. XXVIIL. Sect. B.

PlatL- XVII.

^i^

Fig. 109

Fig. I08

Simpson— Gorgonellidae.

Proe. R. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

TLATK XVITI.

Kijf. Ill

Fi^. Iiu

,.,. i ?\ i.'.' . .'•'1

■•'i^. II I

Kig. Il.>

SiMi'soN — Gorgonellidae.

FIk 11.1

Proc. E. I. Acad., Vol. XXVIII., Sect. B.

Plate XIX.

Fig. lie

.^?«^r^^=^''^'T^^^'^- ^ -

^ iH^j^.^^Sj^^i^

Simpson — GorgonelliJae.

ALCYONARIANS OF THE "THETIS"
EXPEDITION.

By PROFESSOK J. ARTHUR THOMSON, M.A.,

ANIJ

MISS DORIS L. MACKINNON, B..Sc.
Curiieyie Scholar, Utdversity of Aberdeen.

ALCYONAKIA.

By J, Arthur Thomkon and Doius L. MAfKiNNON.

(Plates Ixi-lxxjcii.)

The collection of Alcyoiiarians niude by the " Tlielis " includes
thirty-five species, of which thiitcen are new, — alargepioportion.
When the specimens are arranj^ed in systematic order, it is seen
at a glance that tlie collection has a very detinile character,
namely, the proportionately lar<;e numher of Isidie {e.g., six
species of Mopsea, four new) and of Prinmoidre (e.g., five new
species of Plumnrella). These Isid and Prininoiil colonies are
extraordinarily beautiful, and their supeificial resemblance to
laTge fronds of Sertularians is striking. It is a matter for grati-
fication that numerous specimens of some of tlie new species have
been preserved, so that it was possible to make sure that one was
not dealing with iiulividual variations.

Another feature of the collection is the frequent occurrence of
encrusting colonies of Alci/onium (Erythropoflium) ineinbra-
iiaceuin and A. replaiis described b}' Kiikenthal, which grow over
Gorgonid axes in a very misleading fashion. It is not too much
to say that an unprejudiced observer, wlio had not seen tlie real
state of affairs exposed in unmistakeable cases, would de.scribe
these Gorgonid axes encrusted with Enjlhropodiuvi as peculiar
Axifera.

LIST OF SPECIES ^

Order I. STOLONIFERA, Hickson.
Family CORNULARIIDiE.
Clavulariajlava, Hickson.

Order II. ALCYONACEA, VerrilhK'ro. p»rte).

Family A LC YO N I D jE.

Alcyonium (Erythropodiuia) membra naceum, Kiikenthal.

,, „ reptans, Kiikenthal.

* „ etheridgei, sp. uov.

^ Those that aru new are marked with an aateriik.

1^4 " THETIS " SCIKNTIFIC RESULTS.

Family NEPHTHYlDiE.

Lithophyinm flabeUuni (Q.G.).
* Dendromphthya ivailei, sp. nov.

Order III. PSEUDAXONIA, G. von Koch.

Family MELITODID^.

Mopsella daviyera, Ridley.

„ lexlifortnis (Lauiarck).
Psilacabnria yracUlinui, Ridley.
Parisis amtralis, Wright and Studer

Order IV. AXIFERA, G. von Koch.

Family ISID^.

Mopsea dichofoma (Linne).
„ encrinula (Lamarck).

* ,, auslrali^, sp. nov.

* „ Jlabelhim, sp. no%-.
'' ,. eUgaiis, sp. nov.

* „ u-hUd-'.ggti, sp. nov.
Acantkoi-lsH'ihdhnn, Wriglit and Studer.

Family PRIMNOIDiE.

Siachyodes studeri, Vers!uys(,?. regulari,, Wrigl.t and Studer).
^Aniphilaphis plumacea, sp. nov.
^ liumardla Uvvis, sp. nov.

* „ ihelis, sp. nov.

* ,, corrnscans, sp. nov.

* „ tilicoiiles, sp. nov. ^
» ,, rerslnysi, sp. nov.
Primno^lla auslralasirn, Gray.

,, flagellnm, Studer.

„ . distans, Studer.
*Caligorgia laevis, sp. nov.

Family GORGOXID.E.
Lf.plogorgia, sp. (?)

Family GORGONELLID^
Ctenocella pectinata (Pallas).

ALCYONARIA— J. A. THOMSON' AN'D DOFUS L. MACKIXXOV Uo

Order V. STELECHOTOKEA, Bourne.

Seel ion A 8 I P H O N A C K A .

J-'nmi/;/ TKLEHTiDAi.

Telexto trichostemnia (Dana).

nrhorea, Wright and Stu.ler.

Sf.cfion P E N N A T Q L A C K A.

Frtmihj kophobe(j:\ixoxid^.

Kophobdemnon schmeUzii{^oi\ikvi), = Sclerobe'emnon schmellzii,
Kolliknr.

Family FTEROEIDID^

Godeffroyia elegans, Ktilliker.
Sarcophyllum aiistrale, Kolliker.

Of the thirtj'-fivR species in the collection, the following
thirteen have been ])reviously recorded from Australian seas ; —
Clavularia Jlava, Hickson.
Mopsella chivigera, Ridli^y.

„ textiformi.t (Lamarck).
Psilacabaria graciVima, RiiUej'.
Parisis (fiistrah's, Wright and Sluder.
Mppsea dichotoma (I.inne).

., encrinT-la (Limarck).
Acanthoifis ^ffiihnlhtm, Wright ami Studer.
Primnoella Jlagefhi,m, Stud er.
Primnoella anstralasia, Gray.
Ctenocella pectinala, Pallas.
Tehsto trichogtemma (Dana).
Sarcophyllum austral", Kolliker.

The most striking of the rectrils of flisiriliution are the
following: — Primnoella JlngeUnm, Studfir, prc\ionsly reported hy
Hickson from Australijin seas, was originally found in ilie .Smith
Atlantic, off Patagonia ; Primnoella ilialnns, .Stiiih-r, was
previously found off the West Indies and ISrazil ; lip)<liobel«miion
schmellzii (Kolliker), was previously fiiund oti FormoHa ;
Gndi-ffroyia elegans, Kolliker, was previously recorded from tlie
Oulf of Siani.

146 " THETIS " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Order I. STOLONIFERA, Hickson.
Family CORNULARIIDJE.

Genus C L A V IT L A R I A, Quoij and Gaimard.

CLAVULARIA FLAY A, Hickson.

Clavularia Jiava, Hickson.— A Revision of the Genera of the
Alcyonaria Stolonifera with a Description of one New Genus
and" several New Species. (Trans. Zool. See , xiii , 1894, p. 341,
pi. 1., figs, 12 and 13).

ClavuJaria flara, Hickson. — Preliminary Report on a Collection
of Alcyonaria and Zoantharia from Port Pliilip. (Proc. Roy.
Soc. Vict., (U.S.), ii., 180O, pp. 136-140).

A few small pieces of a Clavularia agree with Hickson's
description of C. /am. The .stolons are thin and ribbon-like;
the cylindrical polyps, 3-5 mm. in height,, with a diameter of
about 1-.5 mm., are separated from one another by rather wide
intervals, 1-2-5 mm. The upper part of the polyp with the tent-
acles is retracted completely into the stout-walled, heavily-
armoured lower portion. Tlie spicules agree with tliose described
by Hickson, but are flesh-pink instead of yellow. The colour of
the colony is a deep salmon-pink.

Kukenthal- places Clavularia fara, Hickson in his amended
genns Anthelia. His amended genus Clavularia, however, is
separated from Anthelia by having a lower, non-retractile, calyx-
like thick-walled portion, and an upper, retractile, thin-walled
portion bearing the tentacles. As Clavularia flava, Hickson,
answers this description, we think that Kiikeuthal is mistaken in
seeking to remove it from its original position in the genus
Clavularia.

Locality. — Between Port Jackrton and Tiiggerah.

Previouslv i-eeorded from the coast of Victoria, shallow water.

'Kiikenthal— Alcyonacea — Wissenschaftliclie Ergebnisse iter Deutschen
Tiefsee Expedition, "xiii., 1E06, p. 11.

ALCVOXARIA — J. A. THOMSON AND DORIS L. MACKINNON. 147

Order II. ALCYONACEA, F^rr/7/ (pro parte).

Family ALCYONIDAE.

Genus ALOYONIUM, Linni.

ALCYONIUM (ERYTHROPODIUM) MEMBRANACEUM,

Kukenthal.

Alcyon'min memhranaceum, Kiikentlial, Alcyonacea — Wiss. Ergeb.
deutscli. Tiefsee Exped., xiii., 1, 1906, pp. 52-53, pi. 1., tig. 3,
pi. ix , figs. 42-44.

Stations 42, 44, 34, 43. 47. 48.

Numerous Gorgonid axes, e.g. of Clenocella, are almost covered
by Si/mpodium-]i]ie growtlis, whicii investigation shows to be
creeping Alcyonids, agreeing on the whole, with Kiikenthal's
description of Alcyoniam ( Frylliroporlium) memhranacettm. Tlie
ccenenchyma-spicules are verj' variable in form. There are
approximately spherical bodies (diameter •08--12 mm.), short
thick cylinders with about two bands of thorny warts, foinis like
cervical vertebrae, and others of more irregular shape. The
polyp spicules are spindles. Below the eight points of converging
spicules in the anthocodia there is a deep collaret of about eight
rows of horizontally disposed slender spindles. The colour of
the colonies is light brown.

This species presents considerable difficulties to the classifier.
In some specimens the Gorgonid axis is so completely and so
evenly overgrown with tiie Alcyonid, that it is hard to believe
that one is not dealing with tlie natural ccenencliynia. There is,
however, a slight tendency to the formation of "independent
stocks," and at the tips of the branches the encrustation often
forms a well-marked projection beyond the axis. On the more
weathered specimens it is instructive to note how the encrusting
Alcyouid is brought up sharply against large groups of Ciri ipedes.
Sponges, etc., which have also found the Gorgonid axis « suitable
place of attachment.

In the majority of our specimens the internal structure couhl
not be made out with certainty, owing to their being in the dried
condition, and extremely f liable. In the sipirit-s|iecimens, how-
ever, the ccenenchyma shows the Alcyonid arrangement of side-
canals between the gastral cavities of the polyps, an arrangement
that, in Kukenthal's opinion, removes these SymjmUum-W^e

148 " THETIS " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

forms into the genus Alcijoniiim, where the sub-genus Erylhro
podium is designed for those that grow as menibranons expansions.

Locality. — Eleven miles east of Broken Bay.

Previou.sly recorded from 34"7'3" .S. Lat , 24°.59'3" E. Long.,
Francis Bay, 100 metres.

ALCYONIUM(ERYTHROPODIUM) REPTANS, Kiikenthal.

(PI. Ixi., fig. i.)

Alcyoiiiwn reptans, Kiikenthal, Alc3'onacea — Wiss. Ergeb.
deutsch. Tiefsee Exped., xiii., 1, 1906, pp. bZ-^i, pi ii., fig. 9, pi.
i.x., figs 45-49.

Stations 17, 34, 41, 42, 43, 44, 48, 53.

For 57 cm. of its entire length (83 cm.) the axis of a specimen
of PrimnoeUa austi-alasiae is completely overgrown wich a light
chocolate-coloured, Si/mpodiiim-\ike Alcyonid, which agrees with
Kiikenlhal's description of Alcyonium ( Erythropodium ) reptans.
The same species covers a branched Gorgonid axis from which all
trace of the original cceuenchj'ma has disappeared. Numerous
smaller specimens also occur that show scarcely more than a
fibrous residue of the Gorgonid a.\is which the Sympodinm-hke
mass had originally made its support. Without (he more com-
plete specimens with which to make a comparison, tlie.se last
forms would be very difficult of interpretation.

The spicules in every case are (1) slender spindles with few
and simple warts, 306 x 084 mm. ; -27 x 032 mm. : -204 x 017
mm. ; (2) stouter, blunter spindles with more numerous, projecting
tuberculate warls— -255 x C68 mm.; -238 x 052 mm.; (3)
flattened spindles with jagged and toothed margins — -323 x 051. ;
•289 X '034 mm. ; (4) a few irregular bodies— 085 x -051 mm.

Locality. — Eleven miles E. by N. of Barrenjoey, 30-40
fathoms, rocks.

Previouslj' recorded from the east side of Bouvet Island,
470 metres.

ALCYONIUM ETHERIDGEl, sp nov.

(PI. Ixi., fig. 2 and 3 : pi. Ixii., fig. 3 ; pi. Ixvii., fig. 4 ; pi. Ixix.)

Stations 10, 17, 28, 31, 34, 41, 44.

This striking form is represented by numerous siiecimens. The
largest colonies have the following dimensions. — Height and
breadt^i in centimetres 75 x 8, 85 x 85., and 9 5 x 7., the
smallest is -5 cm. high by 7 cm. broad,

ALCYONARIA — .T. A. THOMSON' AND DORIS L. MACKINXON. 149

Nearly all tlie specimens are coinplftte. From a slightly
encrusting base rises a stout stalk portion, witli a diameter, in
the largest specimen, of 4 5 cm. This stalk is of very tiini con-
sistency, and has a rather harsh, wrinkled surface. The poly-
parium of the smallest specimen is unbranched and club-shaped.
In all the others at a height of 2-3 cm. the stalk-portion divides
np into a number of stout, diverging, finger-like lobes, 1-2 cm. in
diameter. These subdivide into secondary lobes, usually from
05-l'75cui. in height, with diameters ranging from 1 cm. to 175
cm. Upwards from a point about •5-2 cm. from the base, the
entire colony is covered with polyps which, in most of the speci-
mens, are retracted into low, rounded, eight-lobed calyces. The
average distance lietween two polyps is l-.'j mm. The polyps,
when fully expanded, have a length of 'Jo mm. Tht-y are marked
with eight longitudinal grooves, and just below the level of the
tentacles they are armoured with eii;ht isosceles triangles, each
composed of 8-10 converging pairs of slender spicules. Near the
base of each triangle these meet at an angle of about 45°; higher
up, they are almost parallel ; but very occasionally one or two are
directed horizontally below the triangular points. The tentacles
are entirely without spicules : they are long and feathery, with
about ten long pinnules on each side of the middle line in a
single row.

The whole surface of ctenenchy ma appears as though dusted over
with a thick sprinkling of small, white, glistening spicules, which
bear a resemblance to grains of sugar. These are stout double-clubs
and capstan-like bodies with a distinct " neck," and, on an aver-
age, two whorls of projecting, tubercuHte warts. The following
measurements were taken of length and breadth in millimetres : —
■187 X 119; 17 X 119; 119 x -102; 085 x 085. Smaller
forms (102 X 068 ram. ; 085 x -051 mm.) approach Kiilliker's
" Sechser " and are proliably young stages of the first. The
entire cortex is crowd&l with s)iicul(s of the same form as those
on the surface, and similar spicules occur, but naioli more
sparingly in the canal walls.

The spicules of the i>olyps are spindles and clul>s of slender
form, with a few projecting warts. Tiieir dimensions in mm.
are 306 x 034; -27 x 068 ; 204 x 017 ; 17 x 017.

The colour of the colonies is greyish-brown to dark-brown ; the
polyps are a darker shade of the same colour.

Tn many respects this species comes very near to llickson's
Alcyoniwn pjirpiireunt'K

sHickson— The Alcyonaria of the Cape of Good Hope, part ii.— Marine
Investigations in Sonth Africa, iii., 190-1, pp. 215-217, pi. vii., fig. l.pl.ix.,
fig. 18.

150 " THETIS SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Our species differs from Hickson'.s in the absence of the char-
acteristic purple colour, the presence of a distinct stalk-portion,
the sparser distribution of the polyps, the larger size of the
polyp spicules, and the simpler character of the coenenchyiua
spicules, tiie double-clubs in Alcyoniutnpurpureumhemg figured
with at leHst four whorls of warts. The powdered appearance of
the surface of the coeuenchyma in our specimens is exceedingly
characteristic.

Locality. — Manning Bight, 22 fathoms.

Famt/y NEPHTHYIDAE.

Genus LITHOPHYTUM, Forskal.

LITHOPHYTUM FLABELLUM (Q.G.)

Lithophylnm JlabeUum, Kiikenthal, Versuch. einer Revision
der Alcyonarien, ii. Die Familie der Nephthyiden, i. Theil.
Zool. Jahrb., xix., 1903, p. 111.

A single catkin of this species was found among some broken
fragments in the pi-esent collection.

Locality. — Coast of New South Wales.

Previouslj' recorded from Zanzibar, Solomons, Tumbatu, New
Ireland, Carteret Harbour, and Egniont.

Genus DENDRONEPHTHYA, Kiikenthal.

{Spongodes in part).

DENDRONEPHTHYA WAITEl, sp. 7iov.

(PL Ixii., tig. 4 : PI, Ixv., tig. 2 ; PL ixvii., fig. 3.)

Station 25.

Several compact, bushy colonies, from 5 to 7 cm. in height,
represent this interesting species. The specimens are all intact,
and show great uniformity in their mode of growth. From a
luxuriantly-rooting basal attachment rises a somewhat flaccid
stalk, which just above the roots has a diameter of 10 mm., but
swells out to IG mm. higher up. At a height of about 2 cm. the
stem is surrounded by foliaceous expan.sions bearing polyps along
their edges. Above this, numerous small branches come off, and
the stem finally divides into two main branches, which ramify
extensively. The stem tends to be exposed on one side in its
upper reaches, as there is a much sparser occurrence of branches
on one side than on the other.

ALCYONARIA — J A. THOMSON AND DOKIS L. MACKINNON. 151

Over the branching side of the colony the polyp-bundles form
a dense covering. The polyps occur in bundles of about six, in
typically " glomerate" arrangement.

The polyp-stalks are very long, l-5-2'5 nnii. The poiyp-hends
are al)Out IS min. and make an angle willi tlieir stalk that may
be either a right angle or obtuse. The .Stiitzbiinilel is very weaklv
developed ; it consists of about four almost smooth spindles.

In contrast with the long polyp-stalk the Stiitzbiindel seems
quite inconspicuous, and this gives a Slereacanl/iiaAike appear-
ance to the polyp. The armature of the polyp consists of eight
longitudinal rows of closely apposed pairs of curved spindles: there
are about six to eight pairs in a row, of which the uppermost pair
is the most strongly developed. One or l)oth of this uppermost
pair may project slight!}' above the jiolyp-hoail. Between the
adjacent "points" thus formed, a few small spindles lie without
regular ariaugeinent. Uidike the spicules of the StUtzljiindel
and polyp-stalk, wluch are yeHow-brown smooth spindles with
scarcely an}' warts, the spicules of the |)oIyp-head are colourless,
bent spindles, with more numerous, rather prominent warts. Tiie
following measurements were taken of length and breadth in
millimetres: — (1) spicules of polyp-stalk, 1-37 x •08.'); 765 x
•035 ; -425 x -017 ; (2) polyp-spicules, -76.5 x -051 ; -544 x -034 ;
•34 X -017 ; •255 x 025. There is a median row of very small,
transverseij'-disposed spicules along eacli tentacle.

Tiie s]iiculesof the cortex are, in the upper part of tlie colony
directed more or less transversely. The}- are long spindles (2'97
x ^17 mm. ; 1^78 x -lO mm.; 5 27 x -34 mm.) with few, small
warts. Ill the branches these superficial sjiindles are smaller,
and take a longitudinal direction. Below the point where the
ring of foliaceous branches comes oft, the character of the cortical
spiculation changes. There are still a few spindles, but the
great majoi ity of the spicules are small opaque, white stars, tri-
and quadri-radiates and irregular spiny forms. '204 x '17 mm. ;
•119 X -102 ram. ; 102 x -085 mm.

In the canal-walls "of the lower part of the colony a few similar
star-like spicules are to be found. In the upper readies of the
canal-walls no trace of spicules could he found.

The colour of the stem is browni>h gray with a reddish tinge
on the branches ; the roots are dark gray, and the polyps and their
stalks are red-brown.

In certain features this species approaches very closely
Dendroneplilhyu maxima, Kiikenthal, particidarly in the
form of the long-stalked polyps with their weakly-developed
StiitzbUiidel, and in the remarkable smoothne.ss of the cortical
spindles. But our species shows laiger polyps, a greater number
of spicule pairs in the longitudinal rows on the polyps, and these
spicules are not smooth as in D. maxima, nor do they show any

152 " THETIS " SCIBNTIFIC RESULTS.

tendency to form clubbed ends. Fui thermore, the spicules on the
tentacles are not arranged in a double row "en chevron." The
spindles of the corte-K are very much larger than in D. mdrima ;
the star.s and irregular spiny bodies of tlie hase are similar iu
both species, but the canal-walls in our specimens do not show
any of the numerous, disc-shaped concretions characteristic of D.
maxima.

Order III. PSEUDAXOXIA, G.i-ouKoch.
Family MELITODIDAE.

Genus M O P S E L L A, Gray.
MO PS ELL A CLAVIGERA, Ridley.
(Plate Ixviii., fis;. 9.')

Stations 34, 40, 42 and 48.

Mopsella davigera, Ridley, Report ZooL Coll. H.M.S. " Alert,"
1884, p. 360, pi. xxxvii., fig. b. pi. xxxvii., figs. a-a'".

The largest specimens have lengths of 18 era., SS-o cm., 30 cm.,
and 53 cm. respectively. The branching is generally dichutonious
and is strictly in one plane. The branches arise from the nodes,
which are very markedly swollen. In the largest specimens they
have a diameter of as much as 18 mm. There is no anastomosis.

The polyps are chiefly confined to one surface, over which they
are disposed irregularly in slightly projecting verrucse. Into these
the polyps are in the most cases retracted. The polj'p armature
consists of eight triangular points of three or four couveiging
pairs of delicate spindles ; below these are about two rows of
similar spicules disposed horizontally. A double row of minute
spicules, " en chevron," occurs along the middle line of each
tentacle.

The spicules of the cceneiichyma are exactly like those
described by Ridley, i.e. — (I) orange-coloured fusiform shapes,
rather coarsel}' tuberculate, swollen, tapering, with occasional
" Hlattkenlen" at one end— -18 x -034 mm.; -15 x 035 mm. (2)
"Blattkeulen" of lemon-yellow colour, in shape like small pointed
tiowels, with a short handle, and a blade formed of about two
lancet shaped lamiiije — -076 x 034 mm. ; 051 x OS? mm ; 042
x 025.

With regard to the distribution of the ccencmhyma spicules,
it may be remarked that the orange-coloured spindles generally

ALCYONARIA — J. A. THOMSON AND U0R1^S 1.. MACKINNON. 1^3

form tlif lower strntuin, over the surface of wliicli llie yellow
clubs are disposed in a thiu layer, which may cover the entire
colony, or may he connned to a hroad circle round each i">lvp-
opening.

Locality. — Eleven miles east of Broken Bay, 30-40 fms.

Previously recorded frcjm Port Curtis, Queen.sland, .j- 11 fms,
Port Molle, 14 lm,s , Thursday Island, Torres Stiaits, 4-6 fms.;
Dirk Hartog Island, West Australia (Studer).

MOPSELLA TEXTIFORMIS, Lamarck.

(I'lrtte Ixiii., tigs. 4 and 5.)

Mopsella lexti/orinis, Ridley, Report Zool. Coll. II.M.b.
"Alert," 1884, pp. 358-360.

The strong basal portion of what must have heen a large
colony. It is about 23 cm. in height, and the diameter near the
base i.s as much as 3 cui. The length of the inter-nudcs varies
from 4 to 9 mm., and of the nodes 4-6 mm. The colour of the
axis is rose. At the liase where it is weathered and the longi-
tudinal canals are exposed, the axis has a very remaikable
labyrinthine pattern. The main stem gives off several strong
branches in one plane, and these .seem to have given off numerous
secondary branches strikingly slender in contrast. There his been
abundant anastomosis'. Most of the crenenchyma has been worn
off, but here and there patches ivmain of a bright yellow colour.
In legard to spicules the specimen agrees well with Ridley's
description, but very few of the characteristic dentate " Hlatt-
keulen " have long shafts. In these spicules the shafts are usually
orange and the heads lemon yellow, The nodes contain the usual
smooth rods.

Locality. — Lord Howe Island.

Previously recorded from many Australasian .Stations.

Genu.s P S I L A (J A I! A K I A, RiUI"!/.
PSILACABARIA (JRACILLI .\l A, liid/e,/.

Psilacabariagracillima, Ridley, Kcp. Zool. Cull. li.M..S. "Alert,"
1884, pp. 361-365, pi. xxxvii., figs, d-d", pi. xxxviii., figs. f-{".

Stations 34, 36, 48

A number uf broken pieces seem referable to Psilacaba/'iii
graciliima, Ridley. The chief characteristics of this tpecies may

154 "THETIS SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

be summarised : — dichotomous biauching approximately at right
angles and in one plane ; absence of anastomosis ; the axis of the
internodes hard, white, not striated; low, rounded, tubercular
polyps arranged in a rather irie<;ular manner, in spirals, and
oppoisite ; chief forms of spicules. — (1) lurge cylinders (-28 to -31
X 087' mm.), fusiform to sub-clavate, with thick axis, slightly
tapering to round-pointed ends, provided with strong tubercles
with tendency to arrangement in whorls ; (2) smaller spindles
(•21 to -25 X -053 to 071 mm.), more or less curved, with sharp
ends and roughened tubercles.

The colour of the specimens is yellowish-brown.

Locality. — South Coast of New South Wales.
Previously recorded from Port Molle, Queensland, 12-30
fathoms ; Port Darwin, 8-12 fathoms ; East Australia, 42 fathoms.

Genus P A R I S I S, Verrill.

• PARISIS AUSTRALIS, Wright and Studer.

(Plate Ixx.)

Parisis austraUs, Wright and Studer, Chall. Rep., Zool., xxxi.,
1889, pp. 183-184, pi. xli., fig. 5.

Stations 13, 34, 44, 47, 48.

This species was founded on two fragments, much overgrown
by an encrusting sponge. In the present collection there are
numerous specimens, many of tliem almost entire, so that we are
able to amplify the original description.

The largest colony is 35 cm. high, with a spread of 18 cm.
From a slightly encrusting calcareous base arises the cylindrical
stem, with an average diameter of 6 mm. which soon begins to
give off branches. These arise on the sides, alternately and in
one plane.

Higher up all distinction between main stem and branches is
lost. The upper part of the colo^iy consists of a close tangle of
equal sized branches, 3-3-5 mm. in diameter, which divide dichto-
mously or give off short branches quite irregularly, but invari-
ably in one plane. The tendency is for all the branches to bend
upwards at the tip, and the axillary angle is 45"-60°. Though
the branches often overlap one another, or even entwine slightly,
there is never any anastomosis.

The surface of all the colonies is more or less encrusted with a
siliceous sponge, which often entirely obscures the underlying
stcuctuie, and produces by its numerous projecting spicules a
curious brown, velvety surface. Beneath this is the hard pave-
ment-like surface-layer of the Parisis, consisting of cream-white
coenenchyma spicules.

XlCTONARIA — J. A. THOMSON AND DORIS L. MACKINNON. 155

In tlie lower part of the stem tlie calcareous and Iiornj' joints
have approximately equal lengths of about 2 5 mm. ; hut higher
up the internodes greatly ])redominate, 3-4 mm., while the nodes
are reduced to mere constrictions, -5 mm. in length. The intpr-
nodes are white, and bear .somewhat distant longitudinal grooves.

On the younger colonies and smaller branches the arrangement
of the polyps is bilateral, but on the larger branches they may
occur all round. In one specimen where they were less obscured
by sponge-growth than elsewhere, the jiolyps had a height of 75
mm. with a diameter of 1 mm. : they projected from the branch
as low, rounded warts.

The spicules are exactly like those described by Wright and
Studer — i.e., massive warty spindles, some almost as broad as
long, and approaching splieres. The warts are high and prom
inent and finely sculptured. The following measunniients were
taken of length and breadth in millimetres. — -261 x 17 ; -25 x
•1 ; -2 X 16; 17 x -1.

This species is distinguished fiom Parisis /'riUicosa, Verrill — (1)
by tlie_branches coining oil' at angles of 45^ 60", instead of at
approximately right angles ; (2) by the polyps occurring all
round the branches instead of being strictly bilateral ; (3) by
the smaller size, and greater slenderness of the spicules.

Locality. — South Coast, New South Wales.

Previously recorded from Station 163 B, off Port Jackson,
35 fathoms.

Order IV. AXIY^IX, G. von Koch.

Family 1 SI DAE.

Genus M O P S E A, Lamouroux.

MOPSEA DICHOTOMA, FAnnl

(Plate Ixvii. tig. 1.)

Morpsea dichotoma, Wright and Studer, Cliall, Hep., Zool., xxxi.,
1889, pp. 41-42, pi. ix., Hg. 10.

Stations 48, 47. 53.

The largest specimen is an almost complete lyre-shaped colony,
rising from a slightly encrusting calcareous base to a iieighl of
22-5 cm. The main stem, 3 mm. in diameter near the base,
divides to form two equal branclii s at a height of 2-5 cm. These
two main branches give rise along one side to a number of

156 " THETIS " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

secondary branches which ran parallel to one another. As the.>e
secondary branches are nearly as thick as the main branch from
which they spring, the eftect of a repeateii dichotomy is produced,
an effect that is heightened by the tendency of the main branch
to bend outwards after each brancli is given off, so that its course
describes a, series of shallow curves. The secondary bianclies
rise straight upwards and may remain unbranched throughout
their length, or may divide dichotoniously- Branching is strictly
in one plane.

The polyps are arranged in close spirals all over the larger
colonies, though one young specimen shows the polyps in a
single alternating row on each side of the branch.

The polyps are club-shaped, with truncated mouths ; they are
duected upwards, and bent towards the stem. lu the largest
specimen the upper parts of the polyps Imve all been rubbed off,
which produces a dece(itive appearance of very short, truncate
polyps with their mouths directed outwards from the stem.

There is a considerable variety in the spicules (PI. l.xvii. fig. 1).

(1) Tiiere are somewiiat flattened, curved spindles, produced
on the conve.x side into a number of sharp, prominent teeth. The
following measurements were taken of lengtli and breadth in
millimetres. --238 x -102 ; -187 x 085 ; 1 18 x -068 ; -102 x 051.

(2) .Spicules of similar form to (1), but simpler and with only
a few small warts.— 153 x 051 ; 136 x -053 ; 102 x 034 mm.

(3) Small " Blattkeulen " with a very small shaft, bearing
sometimes a few warts, and supporting a group of sharp, blade-
like projections.— -102 x -085 ; -09 x -068 ; -051 x -032 mm.

(4) Small irregular bodies and " capstans." — 085 x "085 ; -102
x 0-85 ; 0-68 x Uol mm.

The colour of the colonies is pale-brown to cream.
Previously recorded from the Indian Ocean, and Port Jackson,
New South Wales, 35 fathoms.

MOPSEA ENCRINULA, Lamarck.

Mopsea eiicrinula, Wriglitnnd Studer, Chall. Bep., Zool., xxxi.,
1889, pp. 43-44, pi. vii., figs 1, 1% l^, pi. ix., fig 11.

Stations 34, 44, 47.

A few incomplete specimens in the present collection agree
closely >vith the description of Mopsea eiiorinula (Lamarck), given
liy Wiight and Studer. Brauching is pbmie like in one plane ;
the club-shaped polyps, 1 mm. long, cover the brarches aid twigs
in a close spiral, and are incurved towards the stem. Many of
the spicules are yellow and white flattened s|)indles, approaching
the " lancet-shaped plates " of Wright and Studer's description.

ALCyONAUIA— ,T. A. THOMSOX AM) DORIS I, MAOKINVOX. 157

These bear nuniBrous high, projeetina; warts, wliicli tend to be
raoie numerous towards one siiie of tlie spicuh' tlian the other,
especially if the spicule is curved, wlien tiie oon\ex side is always
much the stronger toothed ; length !j3- itreadtli in mm. 187 x Ool ;
•15 X 06 ; 12 X 05. There are also scales with very iriegular
margins and numerous spiny warts. — 102 x -082 mm. ; 063 x
•0+ mm.; 02 x 02 mm. tiiirdly, there are small irregular
bodies.— 025 x -025 ; 051 x 025.

Tlio colour of the specimens [s orange-hrown : the polyps
yellowish-white.

Localihj. — Eleven miles east of Broken Hay.

Pre\ioiisly recorded from Australia (North-west Coast), 50
fathoms; Station 162, off Kast Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait, 3S
fathoms.

MOPSEA AUSTRALTS, sp. nw>.

(Plate Ixiv. tigs. 1 and 2., pi. Ixvii. tig. 5.)

One specimen has the basal portion almost intact, tne othets
are brOKen, branching pieces of various lejigths. All are in the
dried condition. The mode of branching, ;ind, in fact, the whole
general appearance of the colony is very similar to Mopsea
dichotoma ( I,inn6).

The pol3'ps are arranged in close spirals round the branches.
They are small (S-TS mm. in length), club-shaped, and, in the
dry state at any rate, are verj' closely |iressed to the suiface of
the branch, .so that their mouths are hidden. Their armature
consists of indistinct longitudinal rows of transversely arranged,
slightly overlapping spicules ; there are from fifteen (o eighteen
of these in the abaxial rows.

The spicules of this species are i-niallfcr than those of M . ilicfio-
tonia, ami much less spiny. The following types occur — (1)
rather bioad, flattened, almost scale-like spicules witli relatively
prominent teetli round their edges, and with a few warts over the
surface. These spicules vary in shape from Hatlened spindles lo
rough oc-shapes and ovals. The following nu asuremenis were
taken of length and breadth in millimetres. — 187 x 034; 153
X 068 ; 119 X 051 ; 102 x 068. (2) Stout spindles and some
clubs with prominent wart->. — •15:^ x '034 mm. ; I 19 x 017 mm. ;
•102 X 017 mm. (3) Capstans and small, irregular bo'lies.—
•051 X 034 mm. : 034 x 034 mm. ; -068 x 017 mm. ; O.'M x
•017 mm.

The colour of tiie dried specimens is deep cream.

It must be admitted that Mapitea dicholoma (Liime). M.
elongata, Roide, and the species at present umler discussion, are

168 " THETIS " SCIENTIFIC KESULTS.

vei'3' closely related. The only noteworthy difteieuce, as it
seems to us, lies in tlie character uf the spicules. Eoule lays
emphasis on the mode of branchiug, which he finds to be more
sparse in M. elouffatu than in M. dichotoina, and with a stiong
tendency to the formation of long, simple branches. Our new
species, M. austialis, agrees with Roule's description of the
branching of J/, elongala, but it also agrees with the undoubted
specimens of M. dichotoma in the present collection — so closely,
indeed, that it was at first mistaken for that species. We do
not think that the mode of branching can here be safely used as
a specific distinction. Perhaps the same is true in regard to the
details of spicule-forni.

Locality. — Eleven miles east of Broken Bay.

MOPSEA FLABELLUM, sp. nov.

(Plate Ixiii. figs. 1-3 ; pi. Ixvii. tig. 6 ; pi. Ixxi.)

Stations 34, 44.

This species is based on one complete colony and a number of
pieces.

The complete specimen rises from a slightly encrusting cal-
careous base to a height of 245 cm. Branching begins at a
ht-ight of 5 5 cm. an I is very luxuiiaut ; the branches are con-
fined almost exclusively to one plane, and there is a strong
tendency to dichotomy ; they are slender throughout, and
do not tapei- much ; the stouter branches have a diameter
2-5 mm., and the twigs of almost 2 mm., near their tips.

Near the base the diameter of the axis is 4 mm. Here the
ccBnenchyma has been worn ofl, and the bulk of the stem is
made up of the horny joints which are about 2 mm. long, the
calcareous joints being reduced to •75 mm. ; in some cases they
are quite overlapped by the horny joints. Higher up the cal-
careous joints have lengths of 3-4 mm., and the horny joints -25-
■5 mm. The colour of the horny joints is brown ; that of the
calcareous joints varies from cream-white near the base of the
colony to orange in the twigs. The calcareous joints bear marked
longitudinal tlutings. The branches arise from the calcareous
joints.

The polyps occur in close-wound spirals all over the stem
and branches In the j'oungest twigs the spir.tl is wider but
nowhere is there any trace of a bilateral arrangement. The
polyps are club-shaped, with .somewhat truncate mouths which
are pressed against the cortex of the branch. The average
length of a polyp is 1 mm. The calyces are armoured with about
eight rather indefinite longitudinal rows of overlapping spicules,

ALCYONARIA— J. A. TIIUMSON AND DORIS L. MACKINNON. 159

fifteen to eighteen in a row. These spicuh-s are flat, yellow scales
circular, Sshaped and irreguhir ; they are smootli, oi' bear a few
simple warts, and their margins are deeply dentate or serrate.
Their dimensions in millimetres are, '255 .v -136 ; ••2*i4 x -102 ; -17 x
■068 ; -153 x 1.53. A low eight-rayed operculum is formed by
similar scales.

The spicules of the ccenenchyma are yellow spindles and
cylinders (-187 x 035; .17 x -017; -136 x 051 mm.). They
have relatively few, but large warts. There are also small
irregular bodies (085 x -051 ; -051 x -034 ; 008 x 05 mm ).

The genera! colonr ofthec lonyis orange-brown, the polyps
are rather lighter.

MOPS E A ELEGANS, sp. nov.

(Plate Ixiv. figs. 3 and 4 ; pi. Ixviii. tig. 5; pi. Ixxii.)

Stations 34, 41, 42, 4(, 48.

" Several beautiful golden brown colonies, with rich dichulo-
mous, almost parallel, brandling. The largest is 34 cm. in
height, with a spread of about 5 cm. ; the branches Inive an
average diameter of 2 mm. The axis shows the usual white
calcareous internodes with tiue longitudinal Ihitiiig and short
amber-coloured noiles.

There is some variety in tlie origin of the branches. In ceitain
cases the dichotomy is precisely at the node ; in other cases the
calcareous internode foiins immediately below the node a slight
shelf from which a new branch arises with a horny node ns the
tirst joint. The cccnenchyma is very thin, and, wiili the excep-
tion of a median line on each surface, is in great part hidden
by the numerous polyps. These occur in alternating rows
on each side, here and there encroaching on the free median
spaces. Most of the branches show two rows on each side in
their upper reaches, but in the lower parts of the colony three
or four rows are often seen. The polyps are somewhat club-
shaped, 0 75-1 mm. in height by about 0-5 mm. in maximum
breadth. They project at an acute angle to llu; axis, but liie
upper parts are incurved. In the upper reaches there are about
twenty on each side in a centimetre.

The superficial spicules are Hat, often oval scales, with tlie
following dimensions in millimetres. — 073 x '060 ; 052 x 052 ;
0 38 X 0 55. Each scale shows a nucleus, often excentric, with
fine ridgfs radiating from it. Om- maigin «( the scale is entire,
the other bears more or less deep indentations, and the part of
the scale to this side of the nucleus is studded with enmll warts.
The whole might be compared to a ctenoid fish s^ale. ai,d they
overlap one another, the overlappi d part being the smooth portion.

ALOYONAKIA ".r. A. THOMSON ANII DOKls i. MACKINNON. ll'il

of the stem is missing. The stem has a maximum diajiielei of -1
mm. ; the average diHiueter of llie larger brandies is 2 mm , and
of the twigs, 1 mm. Anotlicr specimen, al>o imomjilete, lias a
height of 16 cm., witli a span of 11 cm. The ioweupart of llio
stem is overgrown Ijy a sponge.

Polyps occur here and there on the branches, but tiiey are
mainly coiihned to the twigs, along each siile of which they are
arranged alternately in a single row. Frequently this arrange-
ment becomes irregular, the polyps encroach on the middle line,
or a double row may he formed along each side. Tlier<- arc
ahoul fifteen polyps to 1 cm. in each row.

The polyps are small, -S-'To mm. in height, chibslia|)t'd, trun-
cate, and turned upwards towards the tip of the twig. They
are covered with closely-fii ting, elongated spicules arranged
transversely, which cither interlock by means of their dentate
margins, or overlap one another ; the abaxial rows are composed
of about sixteen such spicukis arranged in an imbricate manner.
Similar spicules form a low, eight-rayed operculum. The Sjiicules
of tlie ctenencliyma are like those of the polyps, but follow the
loTigituiliiial diiection of the stalk and form a sort of pavement
over its suiface, adjacent spicules being clcselj' interlocked by
their teeth. The calcareous internodes of the axis bear fine
longitudinal ridges, which are dentate at the upper and lower
ends of the joint. The spicules are small, colourless, somewhat
flattened spindles and lancet-shaped plates, fieqnently curved,
and hearing numerous sharp, tooth-like warts, which are usually
more strongly di'velopedon oneside of tliespicule than the other.
The following measurements wei'e taken of length and breadth
in millimetres:— -238 x 085; -17 x 008; ■]o6 x 051.

There are also numerous smaller spindles anil forms approach-
ing clubs:— 153 X V2r, ■ ll-J x 035 ; -085 x 031 ; -008 x 017
mm.

The colour of the colonies is pale-brown to cream-white, the
axis occasionally tinged with pink.

Locality. — Eleven miles east of IJroken Hay.

Genus A C A N T II I ) I S I S, Wriyhl and Slttder.

ACANTHOISIS FLAHELLUM, Wriyht and Sltider.

(Plate Ixii., Hgs. 1 and 2.)

Acanthoisis flabelluin, Wright and .Studer, Chall. Ue|)., Zool., xxxi.,
1889, pp. 45 46, pi. viii., figs. 1, la., lb., pi. ix., fig. 12.

Stations 22, 47 and 53.

Some very fine fan shaped specimens of an orange-brown
colour agree with Wright and Studer's description of Acanthoiais

162 "THETIS SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

flahellum, lliough there appears to be a stronger tendency to
anastomosis than in the Challenger specimens. The height of
the largest colony is 24 cm., with a width of 16 cm. across the
expanded portion.

A small, broken piece of a colony is of a brown colour with the
polyps tending to encroach on the middle line of the branch in-
stead of being s'rictly bilateral iu arrangement. The spicules
here are colourless, and rather smaller than in the orange
specimens.

Previously recorded from Port Jackson, 30-35 fathoms.

Fannly PRIMNOID^.
Genus STACHYODES, Wright and Studer.

STACHYODES STUDERI, Versluys.

Stachyodes regularis, Wright and Studer, Uhall. Rep., Zool., xxxi.
1889, p. 55, pi. xi., figs. 2, 2» ; pi. xx, fig. 3.

Stachyodes studeri, Versluys, Die tjorgoniden der Siboga Ex-
pedition, ii. Die Primnoidse, 1906, pp. 94-96, figs. 112-117.

Stations 15, 42, and 44.

Tlirfe incomplete specimens 11 cm., 23 cm. and 38 cm. in
length respectively. On the most slender specimen the polyps
occur in whorls of eight to nine ; on the largest there are as
many as ten to eleven in a whorl.

Previously recorded from Kermadec Islands, 600 fathoms ;
Celebes Sea (Siboga), 1080 and 11 6.5- 1264 M.

Genus A M P H I L A P H I S, Wright and Studer.

AM PHIL APHIS PLUM ACE A, sp. nov.
(Plate Ixv., fig. 3 ; pi. Ixviii., tig. 3 ; pi. Ixxiv.)

Stations 22, 40, 44.

This delicate and graceful form bears a certain resemblance
to an uncurled ostrich plume. Branching is approximately in
one plane, and the brandies and twigs show a strong tendency
to sweep togetlier in long, drooping curves. Occasionally the
branches come off like the barbs along tlie shaft of a feather, but
more generally the branching is dichotomons, or quite irregular.

ALCYONARIA— J. A. THOMSON AND DORIS L. MACKINNON. 103

Three of the four specimens are practically intact. The largest
has a height of 18-5 cm. witli a diameter near the hase of .3 mm.,
the corresponding dimensions of the smallest are 8-5 cm. and 2
mm.

The coenohyma is very thin, and allows the dark, bronze-liko
axis to sliine throngh.

The pol}-ps occur very rarely in two lateral rows; generally
they are anaiigfd in a spiral, which becomes closei- in the uppir
part of the colony.

The polyps are 1-1-5 mm. in length. They stand out markedly
from the branch at an angle of 45"-60". They are armonied witli
eight close-set longitudinal rows of overlapping " ctenoid " scales :
there iire from eight to twelve in a row on the abaxial side, and a
rather smaller number on the adaxial. The uppermost scale of each
row is more strongly developed than the rest, and its upper edge
is somewhat reflexed, so that it stands out from the operculum.
In this way a sort of collar or circum-operculum is formed. Above
this eight triangidar scales form a well-defined, conical operculum.

The dimensions of the " ctenoid " scales in millimetres are
•316 X I8I7 -255 X -272 ; -204 x -loS. Their free edge is entire
or crisply waved . around tl:e well-marked nucleus numerou.s
warts are grouped, and the clear border rouml the exposed portion
of the scale hears strongly-marked radiating ridges.

The opercular scales are isosceles triangles with a strong con-
cavity to the outer surface, and a corresponding ridge internally,
which extends for about three-quarters the length of the scale.
The surface is elaborately warted, and the narrow clear margin
bears ridges. The following measurements were taken of length
and breadth in millimetres. — -415 x 204; 34 x 221.

The spicules of the cceiieiichyma are approximately circular
scales, with a central nucleus, round which wans are grouped.
The border is clear, with at most a few low ridges (-187 x -17
mm. ; -136 X 119 m.m. ; •112x112 mm.).

The colour of the specimens is fawn to brown.

This species differs from Amiihil aphis regularis, Wright and
Studer, in the following points:— (1) its much more slender
build, a'ld bushier, more luxuriant branching; (2) the almost
invariable arrangement of the polyps in .spiials, and their much
denser crowding ; (3) the smaller size of the polyps, and (4) the
greater number of scales in the abaxial rows of tiie calyx.

From Amphilaphis ahielina , Studer, it is distinguished:— (1) by
the close spiral arrHngement of the polyps; and (2) by showing
no tendency fur the branches to come oft at right angles from the
Stem.

Locality. — Eleven miles E. by N. of 13arrenjo6y, 30-40 fathoins.

ALCYONARIA — J. A. THOMSON AND DORIS L. MACKINNON. 103

ai-e smaller than those described for P. /if.uua, ami :ire suioolhcr
and of more simple outline. The chii-f point of ditterence, liow-
ever, lies in the mode of branching, whiuii in F. penaa is close
and typically foiither like. Versluys speaks of as many as
twenty-three twigs on each side of a hianch in a stretch of 5 cm.;
these twigs, moreover, are rn-ver longer tli<an 3 cm and are always
unbranched.

Locality. — Elevt'n miles east of Broken Bay.

Pl.r.M.VliBLI^.V THEll.S, sp. „oe.

(Plate Ixvi., tig. .') ; pi. Ixviii , lig. 6 ; pi. lx.\vi )

Stations 34, 40, 42, 47, 4 S, 53.

This hand.some new species is well represenl(!il by drii-d speci-
mens; two siiiall pieces are preserved in spirit.

The colonies are lypicailj' feather-like. The long, frond-like
branches liear on each side a row of alternating twigs. These
twigs occasionally branch in the same pinnate manner, iiut
usually remain simple. The polyps rarely occur on two sidrs of
the twigs; usually they are airanged all over the twigs in close
spirals. On the larger branches they may he contined to two
sides, or they may be scattered indefinitely over the whole ^urface.

None of the specimens show the basal portion. The most
richly-branched colony ha.s a height of 32 cm., with a wiiltli of
53 cm. The stem luis a diameter of 5 mm. The twigs average
3-4-5 CQi. in length, with a diameter of 2 nun. There are about
fourteen twigs on each side in a length of 5 cms.

Some of the colonies are much more heavily built. A single
frond is 43cm. long, with a dianuter of 5-5 mm. at the ba.se.
The twigs in this ca.se are tJ-lOcm. long, with a diameter of
2-3 mm., and only seven to eight occur in each row in a h-nglh of
5 cm.

The polyps are very closely crowded over the twigs. Their
average length is 1 mm. The calyx scales aie arranged in longi-
tudinal rows, of which the abaxials alone are complete. Tiiese
consist of about six relatively large, overlapping scales. The
adaxial rows are reduced to about one snndl stale, and the adaxial-
laterals are also very few in number and are overlapped by the
abaxial-laterals. The calyx scales are broail, sliiehl like and fan-
like, with entire margins around the overlapping portion ; the
overlapped portion contains the nucleus, suriounded by numerous
tinely-tubeiculate warts. The clear border between the outer
margin and the waned portion bears radiating ridgex. The
following measurements were taken of the length and breadth of

166 "THETIS SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

the calyx scales ia millimetres : — -544 x -442 ; -408 x -595 ;
•289 X -425 ; -272 x -306 ; 204 x -374 ; 357 _x -374. The
eight opercular scales are of equal size — 425 x -238 mm.;
•391 X -204 01™. They are high, sharply-pointed isosceles
triangles, bearing a strong median ridge ; another ridge runs at
ri»ht angles to the median ridge across the basal portion, so that
the two together form a sort of T-square. Numerous small warts
and jagged projections are grouped along the sides of the main
ridges, and occur more sparsely over the " blade " of the scale ;
the margins of the two long sides of the scale are entire. The
spicules of the coenenchyma are for the most part scales, thicker
than those of the calyces, and without the clear border ; they
show a diversity of form, oval, fan-shaped, triangular, etc., and
are closely covered with tuberculate warts which surround an
excentric nucleus; their dimensions are: — -374 x 391 ram.; -323 x
•153 mm.; 272 x ^204 mm.; 204 x 17 mm. There are also a few
small approximately spherical bodies, covered with warts, 068 x
•068 mm.; -085 x -085 mm.; -102 x -102 mm.

The colour of the colonies is light brown with polyps, of a lighter
shade. The axis is dark brown to greenish-bronze, and is finely
grooved.

This species agrees in many respects with Plumnrella spinosa,
Kiikenthal. P. spinosa, however, has the opercular scales of
very unequal .size, and the scales have throughout a rather
different type of ornamentation from that in our specimens.

Locality. — Eleven miles E. by N. of Broken Bay, 30-40
fathoms.

PLUMARELLA CORRUSCANS, sp. nov.
(Plate Ixv., fig. 4; pi. Ixviii., lig. 8 ; pi. Ixxvii.)

Stations 40, 44, 47.

This is an extremely beautiful and graceful form with typically
feather-like blanching. It is well represented both among the
dried specimens and among those in spirit. The largest specimen
is an almost perfect colony, about 44 cm. high, with a maximum
breadtli across the branclied portion of 26 cm. A well-develojied
calcareous expansion, altout 2 mm. thick, attaches the colony to
the substratum. From this there rises a cylindrical stem, 6 mm.
in diameter, which almost from its origin gives off twigs in a
single row along each side. At a height of about 19 cm. the stem
divides into two main branches, which in their turn give off lesser

ALCYONARIA — J. A. THOMSON AND DORIS L. MACKIKNON. 167

branches. All these ramifications bear numerous twigs which
alternate in a single row along each side. There are about
thirteen twigs in each row in a length of 5 cm.; the average
length of a twig is 4 cm.

The polyps occur in a single row on each side of the twigs and
branches- -those of one row alternating with those of the other.
There is great, evenness and regularity in their arranjjement ;
they never encroach on the middle line. There are about ten
polyps to 1 cm. in each row ; the tip of one jiolyp just reaches to
the base of the one immediately above, the lengtli of a polyp
being 1 mm. Among the normal-sized polyps in some of the
specimens there are here and there large swollen polj'ps of aliout
twice the size of the others. These contain reproductive bodies.

Seen with a lens, the entire surface of the colony, both coen-
enchyma and polyps, presents a glistening frosted appearance
that is very chai-acteristic. The axis is almost black, and bears
fine longitudinal striations.

The polyps are armed with well-defined longitudinal rows of
broad, overlapping scales ; there are about six of these in the
abaxials, but in the lateral rows the number is eonsideralily
reduced, and the adaxials are indistinct. Tlie operculum of eight
isosceles tiiangles is rather high and conicil in the nornial-.sized
polyps, l)ut much lower and flatter in tlie lai-ge individuals. The
armature of the two kinds of polyps does not otherwise diflfer in
any marked way, except that the scales on the bodies of the large
polyps are oiuch larger than those on the small polyps.

The polyp scales are rather thin, fan-shaped " ctenoid " forms,
with a well-marked nucleus surrounded by tuberculate warts,
and a relatively broad clear border round the upper half of the
scale, l)earing a few strongly-marked radiating ridges The
following measurements were taken of length and breadth in
millimetres :— -255 x -204 ; -204 x -238; -17 x -136.

The opercular scales are, as usual, i.sosceles triangles with a
median ridge, Viearing numeious small warts without definite
arrangement. These scales are throughout of very uniform size

-459 X 221 mm. I'he scales of the coenencbynia are ii regularly

circular or oval ; they are smaller than those of tlie polyps (-107
X 136 mm.; -102 x •102 mm.), and have a number of warts
surrounding an approximately central nucleus.

The colour of the colonies is usually light brown ; one dried
specimen has a pinkish colour, which is apparently soluble, for a
piece put in alcohol stained the liquid pink after a short lime.

l^ocalillJ. — ^Coast between Port Jack.soii and Port Hacking.

ALCTONARIA — ,). A. THOMSON AND DOlUS I. MAOKINNON. 169

merits were taken ; — 323 \ 357 iiiin,; 272 x -255 raui.; -119 x
•085 mm. The colour of the majority of the colonies is rt'd-
brown ; o'le small specimen is cream-coloured, with very opaque

spicules. The axis is gieeiii.sh-bron/c, willi fine li,iii;it iiiliinil
striations.

Locality. — South Coast, New South Wales.

PLUMAHEI-LA V KRSMJ Vsi, .vy, „„,;.

(Plate IxvL, fii;. 1 ; pi, Ixx lii , liu, J ; pi. I.vxix.)
Station 53.

The largest specimen has a li(!ii,'lit of 225 cm. with a wiilth of
about 12 cm. across the btanciied jiortion ; the basal attachnifut
is lacking. The branching is confined to one plane, and is
typically feather-like. Along each side of the stem and main
branches there is a row of twigs alternating with those of the
opposite side. The average length of a twig is 2 cm. with a
dianietel- of 2 mm.; I here are abont fourteen twigs on eacii side of a
branch in a length of 5 cm. Tin; polyps are arranged bilaterally
on the larger branches ; on the twigs their arrangement is also
lateral, but, a few may encroacli on the middle line Usually
they stand in a single row, but occasionally the row is doubled.

The pol3'ps are of two sizes; the majority are very small,
■75 mm. in length ; here and there occur larger, more swollen
polyps, 125 mm. in length. In the smaller polyps the armature
consists of overlapping scales, of wliicl.' there are abont four in the
abaxial longitudinal rows ; the lateral rows are very indistinct,
and the aduxials practically obsolete; the uppermost of each
longitudinal row is larger tlmn the rest and projects, so that a
slight circumoperculum is formed. The operculum is weil-(lefine<l
and conical, formed of eight approximately equal isosceles
triangles. The armature of the larger polyps is of the same
general type as that just descrihed ; but the longitudinal rows are
even less distinct, the polyp scales are i-ather larger and more
numerous, and the operculum is low.

The polyp-scales are broad and fan-shaped, with a distinct
nucleus, numerous tnberculate warts, and a clear Anted nnirgin
round the part of the sc.ile that projects when on the polyp. The
genend appearance of the scales is ver}' similar to those of
Plumarelhi Jilicoides, \mt they are markedly thinner, and le.ss
heavily sculptured than in that species. The following measure-
ments were taken of length and breadth in Mdllimeties : —
•425 X -289; 306 x -300; -255 x •187. The opercular scales
are similar to those of P. filianiles, but are less strongly ridged —
•34 x ^204 mm.; 289 x •l's7 nnn.

170 " THETIS " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The colour of the colony is rafoushiown, tlie polyps rather
lighter.

Position. — This species approaches very closely Plutaarella
lilicoides. The chief points of ditference from that species are —
(1) its more slender build, and greater tendency to branch; (2)
the bilateral arrangement of the polyps ; (3) the rather larger
size of the polyps ; (4) the larger number of scales in the abaxial
rows on the polyps ; and (5) the less heavy type of spicules.

Genus PRIMNOELLA, Gray.

PRI.MNOELLA AUSTRALASIA, Gray.

(Plate Ixi., fig. 1.)

Primnoella australasicB, Wright and Studer, Chall. Rep., Zool.,
xxxi., 1889, p. 88, pi, xviii., tigs. 1, la, pi. xxi., fig. 15.

Primnoella australasice, Vershiys, Gorgoniden der Siboga Expedi-
tion, ii. Die Primnoidse, 1906, pp. 52-5-1, figs. 55-59.

Stations 31, 41, 42, 43, 44, 47, 48, 53, 54.

The three largest specimens are 135 era., 113 cm., and 83 cm.
in length. In very few cases is the coenenchyma intact; generally
it is more or less worn away, and the axis of the colony is over-
grown with Palythoids, Cirripedes, and in one case by Alcyonium
(Erylhropodium) reptans, Kiikenthal.

Localities. — Eleven miles east of Broken Bay ; Cape Hawke,
25-28 fathoms.

Previously recorded from Australian Seas ; New Zealand ;
Bluflf Harbour, Tasmania, 7 fathoms; Port Jackson (New South
Wales), 150 fathoms; Station 163.\, off Twofold Bay (New
South Wales), 150 fathoms.

PRIMNOELLA FLAGELLUM, Studer.

Primnoella flagellum, Wright and Studer, Uhall. Rep., Zool.,
xxxi., 1889, p. 85, pi. xviii., figs. 2, 2a, pi. xxi., fig 12.

Station 48.

A single specimen, 155 cm. in length, without a basal attach-
ment. The lower |)art of the wire-like axis is worn bare of ccen-
enchyma ; above this, 20 cms. of the length is encrusted with
Cirripedes and Alcyonium {Erythropodium) reptans, Kiikenthal.
The remainder of the colony is a long, flexible, whip-like,
unbranched stem, closely covered with polyps arranged in whorls,
and having an almost uniform diameter of 2 mm. There are
about eight polyps in a whorl ; the average length of a polyp is
1'5 mm. The geographical distribution is remarkable.

ALCYONAHIA— J. A. THOMSON AND DOHIS L. MACKINNON. 171

Pievio^iisly recorded from— Stiition 308, off Tom Bay, Pata-
gonia, 175 fathoms; 8. Atlantic, near S. American coast, Lat
43" 56' 2" S., Long. 60" 25' 2" W., 60 fathoms.

• PRIMNOELLA D1«TANS, Studer.

Primnoella distans, Wright and Studer, Cliall. Rep., Zool xxxi
1889, pp. 85, 86, pi. xvii., figs. 1, la.

.Stations 34, 42.

There are a nunilierof liroken pieces of this delicate form, some
with the peculiar stolon-like basal attaclmients. Tiie lar"est
specimen is 155 cin. Ion;,'. The polyps are for the most parr in
opposite pairs, but wiiorls of three occur. There are usually only
five transverse rows of scales in the abaxial rows on the polyp-
calyx — never so many as seven to eight, as described liy Wright
and Studer.

Previously recorded from -Station 23, otl' Sombrero, West
Indies, 450 fathoms; Station 122 a-c, off Pernambuco, 120-400
fathoms ; Lat. 22°21' S., Long. 154" 7' 7" E., 550 fathoms.

Genus CALIGORGIA, Gray (emend. Sliider).

CALIGORGIA LAEVIS, gp. nov.

(Plate Ixv., fig. 1 ; pi. I.<viii., tig. 7 ; pi. Ixxx.)
Stations 47, 48.

Several incomplete branching specimens, the largest with a
height of 20cm. In two cases the stem is partially overgrown
by a sponge. Branching is luxuriant and typically dicliotomous ;
the angle of the dichotomy is small. The diameter of the
thickest branches is 2'5 mm. Tiie axis is brown.

The polyps are arranged in close whorls on tiie thicker branches
as well as on the slender twigs. The average number of polyps
in a whorl is four, but six sometimes occur, especially where a
dichotomy is about to lie formed, and eight is a common numi>er
on the thicker branches. The usual number of whoilsin a length
of 3 cm. is twenty-two to twenty-four ; the lenglli uf a polyp is
about 1 mm. Tln' mouths are directeil distally.

The only complete longitudinal rows of calyx scales are the
abaxial and the al)axial-lateral ; iIkmo are never more than nine
overlapping scales in the abaxial rows ; thenuudjerin theubaxiul
lateral is more variable, but is usuallj' aliout six. Tlie adaxial
and adaxial-lateral rows are very incomplete, usually consisting of
two to three scales. The opercular scales are triangular and
pointed, the two abaxials being slightly larger than the others.

ALCroNARIA— J. A. THOMSON AND DORIS L. MACKINNON 17$-

Family GORGONELLID^.

Genus CTENOCELLAi", Valenciennes.

OTENOCELLA PECTINATA, Pallas.

(Plate Ixxxi.)

Ctenocella pectinata, Pallas, Elenchus Zooptiytoium, 17G6, p. 179.

Ctenocella peclinalo, Ridley, Zool. Coll. H.M.S. "Alert" ISS't
p. 348.

Ctenocella pectinata, Wright and Studer, Chall. Rep., Zool.. xxxi..
lS89,p Ixvi. ,

Stations 34, 42, 44, 4V.

There are several very perfect colonies of typical lyre-shape ;
they are all in the dried condition. The height of the largest
specimen is 50 cm., with a width of 42 cm. From a slightly
encrusting base rises a cylindrical stem, 7 mm. in diameter,
which soon forks. The two branches thus formed diverge at an
angle^of 45°, and give oiF, along the upper side only, a series of
parallel, ascending twigs. The space between two twigs is about
8 mm. One or two of these lesser branches may be stronger
than the rest, and may give off numerous ascending twigs in turn,
or fork dichotoniously. More generally, the branche.-; are simple,
from 4-12 cm. in length, and with an almost uniform diameter of
2-3 mm.

The axis is light brown, and strongly furrowed. The ccen-
enchyma is thin, but very compact and smooth ; in many places
a distinct median furrow can he made out.

The polyps have, on the twigs, an irregular bihiteral nrrHnge-
ment, but on the larger branches they occur all over the surface.
They are very numerous, about 05 mm. apart, and are all retracted'
into very low, wart-like verrucas.

The spicules include the following types : — colourless double
clubs — 068 X •034 mm.; 051 x 034 mm.; a few crosses — 051 x
■051 mm.; -034 x 0-34 mm.; and more elongated forms approach-
ing double-spindles, with scarcelv any "waist" — '085 x •OJSmm.;
•06S X 0-25 mm.

The colour of the specimens is creara-wliite to ycllowisli.

Locality. — Eleven miles east of Broken Bay.

Previously recorded from Indian Ocean, seas of the Moluccas,
India and China, Cuba, Australia (Warrior Reefs, Torres Strait,
12 fathoms ; off N. W. Cape, W. Australia, 3-4 fathoms).

^o In his " Revision of the Gorgonellidic " (Croc. Roy. Irisli Academy,
1910, p. 319), Mr. .). J. Simpson has shown convincingly that the genus.
Ctenocella shoiilii be merged in Srirjiearia.

174 " THETIS " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Order Y. STELECHOTOKEA, Bourne.
Family TELESTID^.

Genus TELESTO, Lamouroux.

TELESTO TRICHOSTEMMA, Dana.

Teleslo Irichoslemma, Wright and Studer, Cliall. Rep., Zool., xxxi.,
18S9, pp. 264, -265. ■ •

Station 44.

Three branching specimens, much overgrown with Hydroids,
etc. The largest specimen is 19-5cm. in height, with an average
diameter of 2'.5 mm. The polyps are about 5 mm. apart ; they
are 2o-3 mm. in height, and project at an angle of 45° to 60°.
The spicules are as described by Wright and Studer, i.e.,
"elongated spindles with strong lateral spines, often provided
with lateral branched processes, or forked at one extremity."
The colour of the specimens is yellowish-brown.

Previously recorded from Torres Strait, .3-11 fathoms; Fiji
Islands; Maldives.

TELESTO ARBOREA. Wright and Studer.

(Plate Ixvii., fig. 2.)

Telesto arborea, Wright and Studer, Chall. Rep., Zool., xxxi.,
1889, pp. 262-264, pi. xxxix., figs. 1, la.

Telesto arborea, Thomson and Henderson, Proc. Zool. Soc,
1906, pp. 431-435.

Station 42.

There are a few small, much broken species in the present
collection. The lateral polyps have dimensions of 4 x 2 mm. or
5 X 25 mm. The colour is dark brown. The spicules are as
described by Wright and Studer ; we give a figure of them here,
as there is apparently none in any previous report of this
.species.

Previously recorded from Arafura Sea, 49 fathoms ;
Zanzibar (Kokotoni Harbour, 5 fathoms, and Wasin Channel, 10
fatlioms); Maldives.

ALCYONARIA .1. A. THOMSON AND DOKIS 1,. MACKINNON. 175

Family KOPHOBELEMNONII)^.

Genus K O P H O B E L E M N O N , A'oWj/ter.
KOPHOBELEMiNON SCHxMELTZII {KMiker).

tSclerobelemnonschmelizii, Kolliker, Anatom. Systeiiiat. Besclireib.
Alcyonarien, 1 Abtli. Die Pennatuliclen, 1872, p. 312, pi. xxi.,
figs. 184a, 184n, IS.o.

Station 2.5.

Three specimens of a chocolate-brown Kophobdemnon. The
colonies are cylindrical, 13-1 4 cm. high, the polyp-bearing portion
rather thicker (7-9 mm.) than the stalk (5-G mm.) ; there is no
terminal bladder ; the polyps are arranged in rather irregular
longitudinal rows, leaving only a small bare strip on the pro-
rachidial side. The tentacles of the polyps are without spicules.
The upper part of the polyps is much poorer in spicules than the
lower. Siphonozooids, small, brown, wart-like, in very numerous
longitudinal rows. A.\is thick, with a tendency to ([uadransiular
cross-section in the lower ])art of the colony. Spicules biscuit-
shaped, flat discs and oi-shapes, with a few waits. Thej- are very
sparse in the cuti.s of the stalk, numerous in the club portion
lound the siphonozooids and on the polyps, absent in the interior.

This descri|>tion agrees with that of Sclerohcleianon schmellzii,
Kolliker.

Thomson and Simpson have shown' ' that it is impossible to
maintain a hard and fast line between the genern Kophobelemnon
and ScUrobelemon, since there e.xist species sucli as Ko/)/iobelemiion
biirgeri, Herklots, and K. intermedium, Thom.son and Simpson,
partaking of the characters of both. We therefore keep this
species in the older genus Kopliobelemnoti.

Locality. — Off Newcastle, 24-48 fathoms.

Previously recorded from Formosa.

Family PTE ROEI D I D^.

Genus GODEFFROYIA, Kiilliker.

GODEFFROYIA ELfilGANS, Kolliker.

Godeff'royia elegana, Kolliker, Anatom. Systemat. Beschreib.
Alcyonarien, 1 Abth. Die PennatuUden, 1872, p. IIC, figs.
63-6.").

Stations 22, 54.

Kolliker gives the following statement of the generic characters
— "Small, delicate sini-pens, of the same type of growth us Pier-

11 Thomson an<l Simpson — An imcount of the AlcyonnrianB collected by
-R.I.M.S.S. "Investigator" in the Indian Ocean. Part ii , 1909.

Sp. A.

Sp.B.

Sp. C.

... 18

. 14

... 9-5 ..

. 8-5

... 8-5 ..

. 5-5

... 5

. 4-5

1-4

... 1-2 ..

. 11

1-5

... 0-8 .

. 0-9

... 25 ..

. 2

... 09

.. 27

. 26

IS is c

lark brown,

with

176 "THETIS SCIENTIFIC RESULT.S.

oeides. The siphonozooid-plate forms on the ventral border of
the pinnule a cushion that extends on to the keel. Pinnules
provided with otie strong supporting row of needle-like spicules
on the ventral border only, otherwise without strong (ays of
spicules. Autozooid zone abutting on the ventral spicule row,
supported by numerous small needles, and having several rows of
autozooids on each side."'

This diagnosis was founded on a single specimen of small
dimensions. Our three specimens agree with it in all essentials,
but are very much larger.

The following table gives their dimensions in centimetres: —

Length of entire colony

,, rachis

,, stalk

Breadth of rachis

,, stalk

,, keel in the middle

Length of pinnules on' ventral side..
Maximum breadth of pinnules
Number of pinnules on each side ..

The colour of all three specimens
purplish tinge on the keel and pinnules.

Previously recorded from the Gulf of Siam.

Genus SARCOPHYLLUM, KolUker.

SARCOPHYLLUM AUSTRALE, KoUiker.

(Plate Ixxxii.)

Sarcophrjllum mistrale, KoUiker, Anatom. Systemat. Beschreib.
Alcyonarien, 1 Abth. Die Pennatuliden, 1872, p. 116,
tigs. 66, 67.

Stations 28, 31, 32, 54.

A number of specimens agree in the main with Ktilliker's
account of SarcophyUum australe. At the intersections of the
pinnules there are, on the ventral side, prominent transverse
cushions bearing minute siphonozooids. The spicules in the
interior of the lower part of the stem are relatively enormous,
white 8-shaped forms and a few discs, at once visible to the naked
eye. With regard to the other characters, we found some varia-
tion in the different specimens, variations that may well be
dependent on the age and vigour of the colony. For instance, in
the larger specimens there are numerous rows of autozooids on
the pinnules, in accordance with Kolliker's account, but a small
and obviously young specimen has on most pinnules only one row

ALCYONARIA — J. A. THOMSON AND DORIS L. MACKINNON. 177

of autozooids, rarely two. Hickson notes luucli the same thing
in his Preliminary Report on a collection of Alcyonaria and
Zoaotharia from Port Phillip.'-

Again, one of the marks that is given by KoUiker to distinguish
the genus Sarcophyllum from Pteroeides is the absence of spicule-
rays in the pinnules. We found this to hold true for all the
larger speoiraeus, but, in the young colony above referred to,
which has much less fleshy pinnules, the rays of spicules were
very well marked. This seems to us of considerable interest as
indicating the danger th;it arises from basing genera on chai-acters
that may lie present in the full-grown form only. We were in
considerable difficulty in the present instance, until we detected
the eminently characteristic spicules of Sarcophyllum australe in
the base of the colony. The following table gives the dimensions
in cm. of the largest, and of the smallest specimens : —

Specimen A. SpecimeD B.

Length of the entire colony ... 225 ... 7'2

,, rachis ... ... 13 ... 35

stalk 9-5 ... 3-7

Breadth of the racliis ... ... 65 .. 09

stalk 5-5 ... 0-3

Maximum breadth of pinnules ... 3 ... 04

Height of pinnules in the middle ... 2 ... 0'4

Number of pinnules on each side ... 30 ... 27

In all the larger colonies the stalk is greatly swollen midway
between the rachis and the base. The smallest specimen shows
no such swelling.

The colour of the specimen is light brown to dark chocolate-
brown, sometimes with a purplish tinge here and there.

Localities. — Cape Hawke, 10-12 fatiioms, and 25-28 fathoms;
off Port Stephen, 32-18 fathoms.

Previously recorded from Australia — Port Phillip, Victoria
(Hickson).

"Hickson— Prnc. Koy. .Soc. Vict., n.s., ii., li>90 p. lHt>.

1115

EXPLANATION OK PLATE LXI.

Fig L —Alci/onm>n(Erythropodium)reptans, Kiikenthal, growing

on axis of Primnoella aiislralasice, Gray, x 5.
Fia. 2. — Polyp of Alcyonium etheridyei, sp. nov. x 20.
Fig. 3. — Lobe of colony of the same with expanded polyps, x 2.

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. tV.

Hl.ATK XLI.

U. DAVIDSON, Del.

KXPLANATION OF PLATE LXII.

Fig. 1. — Acanthoisis flabelhim, Wright :iud Studer. x 2.
Fig. 2. — Detail of tlie same, x 20.

Fig. 3. — Very young colony of Alcyonium etheridgei, sp. nov. x 2.
Fig. 4. — Dendronephthya taaitei, sp. nov. Coniplote colony Nat.
size.

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. IV.

I'r-ATE LXII.

(i DAVinsON, Del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXilL

Fia. 1. Small portion of colony of Mopsea flnbellum, sp. nov.

Nat. size.
Fir/. 2. — Axis of same, x 3.
Fig. 3. — Enlargement of polyps, x 12.
Fi". 4. — Spicules of MopsMa textiformis, Lamarck.
Fig. 5. A.xis of same, with a few patches of coenencliyraa. Nat.

size.

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. IV.

I'LATK 1.XI1I.

G. DAVIDSON, Del.

EXPLAXATION OF PLATE LXIV.

Fig. 1. — Mopsen iiustralis, sp. nov. Nat. size.

Fig. 2. — ,, „ Enlarged tip of a dried branch, x 15.

Fig. 3. — - „ deyaiis, sp. nov. Small portion of a colony.

Nat. size,
Fig- 4- — ,, „ . Enlargement of stem and polyps, x 25.

MKM. AUSTK. MUS. IV.

Pl.*TK LXIV.

1 hi

f;. riAVIDSllN, Del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXV.

Fig. L — Polyp of Caligorgia Icevix, sp. nov.
Fig. 2 — ,, Detidronephthya waitei, sp. nov.

Fig. 3. — ,, A mphilaphis pluniacea, sp. nov.

Fig. 4. — „ Pliunarella corruscans, sp. nov.

Fig. 5. — ., Plumarella Jilicoides, sp. nov.

MENi AUSTR. MUS. IV.

Plate I.XV,

r f\

G. DAVIDSON, Del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVI.

Fig. 1. — Polyp of Pluniareila Icevis, sp. nov.
Fit,'. 2. — ,, Mopsea whiteleggei, sp. nov.

Fig. 3.- —Spicules of the same.
Fig. +. — Polyp of Phiinarella versluysi, sp. nov.
Fig. 5. — „ „ thelis, sp. nov.

Mem. austr. mts. iv.

Pl.ATK LXVl.

wf"^:

G. DAVIDSON, Del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVIL

Fig. 1. — -Spicules of Mopsea dichotoma, Linne.

Fig. 2. — ,, Teleslo arbarea, Wright and Studer.

Fig. 3. — ,, bendronephthya tvaitei, sp. nov., (a) cortex

(b) ba.se, (c) Stiitzbiindel, (d) polyp.
Fig- -t. — ,, Alcyonium etheridgei, sp. nov.

Fig. 5 — ,, Mopsea australis, sp. uov.

Fig. 6. — ,, „ Jlabdlum, sp. nov.

MEM. ACSTR. MU? IV.

PHTK LXVII,

^^^7^ ^OC"

r-'V

-r'

p-j^

v^^M

li. DAVIOSON, Del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVIIL

Fig. L — Spicule;! of Plumarella Jilicoides, sp iiov.
,, versluysi, sp. nov.

Ainphilaphis plumacea, sp. nov.
Plumarella Icevis, sp. nov,
Mopsea elegans, sp. nov.
Plumarella thetis, sp. nov.
Caligorgia l(Bvis, S|>. nov.
Plumarella corruscans, sp. nov
Mopsella clavitjera, Kidlev.

Fig.

3.—

Fig.

4—

Fig.

5.—

Fig.

6 —

Fig.

7.—

Fig.

8 —

Fig-

9.—

MBM. AUSTR. MUS. IV.

Platk I.XVIII.

■i "•*

^^^Qp.)^^'

' i-

'^«i^^

''\

-e*^'

»"•»"

I l\ "^

G. DAVIDSON. Uel.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIX.

Ahyoniiim etheridgei, sp. nov. Nat. size.

MEM. AUSTR, MUS. IV.

Platk LXIX.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXX.

Parisis australis, Wright and Studer. | nat. size.

MEM. AUSTR. MIJS. IV,

Plate LXX.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXI.

Mopsella flahellum, sp. nov. Nat. size.

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. iv.

Plate LXXI

EXPLA-NATION OF PLATE LXXII.
Mopsea elegans, sp nov. Nat. size.

MEM. AUSTK. MUS. IV.

HLATt LXXII.

RXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIII.

Mopsea whUeleggei, sp. no v. Nat. size

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. IV.

Platk LXXIII.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIV.

4mphilaphis phiniacea, sp. nov. Nat size.

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. IV,

Plate LXXIV,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXV.

Plumarelli Icevis, sp. nov. Half nat. size.

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. IV.

Pl-ATK LXXV.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXVI.
flumarella thetix, sp. nov. Nat. sizp.

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. IV.

Plate LXXVL

EXPLANATION" OF PLATE LXXVIL

Pluniarella cumiscaiis, sp. nov. Hull' n«t. size

MKM. AUSTR. MUS, IV.

Pi.vrK LXXVIl

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXVIII.

Flttniarella JilicoiiliiS, S|i. nov. Nat. size.

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. IV.

Plate LXXVIIl.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIX

Plumarella versb'ysi, sp nov. Nat. size.

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. IV,

Plate LXXIX.

EXPLANATION OK PLATE LXXX.
Caligorgia kevis, sp. nov. Nat. size.

MEM. AUSTR. MUS. IV.

Plate LXXX.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXJ.

Ctenocella pectinata, Pallas. Half iiat. size

MBM. AUSTR. MUS. IV.

Plate LXXXI.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXII

Sarcophyllum auslrale, Kolliker. Nat size

Mem. austr, mus. iv.

Pr.ATF. I.XXXIT.

}

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

C6S925

Biological
& Medical

Zoological studies chiefly on
alcyonaiians

i5M

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Zoological studies chiefly on alcyonarians : (fifth and sixth series)"

See other formats